000Start CD

g GE Power Systems

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control

Multicustomer Training Loveland, Colorado

2002

All rights reserved by the General Electric Company. No copies permitted without the prior written consent of the General Electric Company. The text and the classroom instruction offered with it are designed to acquaint students with generally accepted good practice for the operation or maintenance of equipment and/or systems. They do not purport to be complete nor are they intended to be specific for the products of any manufacturer, including those of the General Electric Company; and the Company will not accept any liability whatsoever for the work undertaken on the basis of the text or classroom instruction. The manufacturer’s operating and maintenance specifications are the only reliable guide in any specific instance; and where they are not complete, the manufacturer should be consulted. © 2002 General Electric Company

GE Power Systems

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control Multicustomer Training Loveland, Colorado 2002 Tab 1 Fundamentals of SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Control

Fund_Mk_VI

Tab 2 Introduction to SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Control System Tab 3 Windows NT© Introduction

mk_VI_intro R1 GER 4193A 95_NT_INTRO_2

Tab 4 System Manual for SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control Volume 1

GEH 6421D

Tab 5 System Manual for SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control

GEH 6421D

Volume 2 Tab 6 Control System Toolbox for Configuring a Mark VI Controller

GEH 6403F

Tab 7 Turbine Library Standard Block Help Library Turbine Help Library

GEH 6409 TBLIB

Tab 8 Unit Controller 2000/VME Operation and Maintenance

GEH 6371

Tab 9 Control System Toolbox Trending

GEH 6408C

Tab 10 I/O Report (Example)

io_rpt_samp

Tab 11 Panel Layout Drawings (Example)

panel_layout_ex

Tab 12 Network Layout (Example)

352B4435C

Tab 13 Mark VI I/O Definition

MKVI_IO2

Tab 14 Mark VI Protection Configuration SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control Multicustomer Training Loveland, Colorado

Prot_A3 1

GE Power Systems Tab 15 Alarm Troubleshooting Tab 16 CIMPLICITY® HMI Base System User’s Manual ®

alm_trbl_mk6 GFK 1180K

Tab 17 CIMPLICITY CimEdit Operation Manual

GFK 1396F

Tab 18 Reference Drawings Device Summary Servovalve Overview Lubrication Oil ppg Schematic Trip Oil ppg Schematic Fuel Gas ppg Schematic Cooling and Sealing Air ppg Schematic

363A5932G MOOG2 114E5966F 115E2525 115E2577 355B5850

Tab 19 Signal Data Base (SDB) Browser

GEI 100506

Tab 20 Control Specifications Tab 21 Documentation ANSI Device Nomenclature Acronyms Signal List

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control Multicustomer Training Loveland, Colorado

586A2603 A00029B acronym_class.pdf signal_name_class.pdf

2

GE Power Systems

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI Control contains a number of control, protection and sequencing systems designed for reliable and safe operation of the gas turbine. It is the objective of this chapter to describe how the gas turbine control requirements are met, using simplified block diagrams and one–line diagrams of the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control, protection, and sequencing systems. A generator drive gas turbine is used as the reference.

celeration, speed, temperature, shutdown, and manual control functions illustrated in Figure 1. Sensors monitor turbine speed, exhaust temperature, compressor discharge pressure, and other parameters to determine the operating conditions of the unit. When it is necessary to alter the turbine operating conditions because of changes in load or ambient conditions, the control modulates the flow of fuel to the gas turbine. For example, if the exhaust temperature tends to exceed its allowable value for a given operating condition, the temperature control system reduces the fuel supplied to the turbine and thereby limits the exhaust temperature.

CONTROL SYSTEM Basic Design Control of the gas turbine is done by the startup, acTO CRT DISPLAY

FUEL TEMPERATURE

TO CRT DISPLAY FSR MINIMUM VALUE SELECT LOGIC

SPEED

ACCELERATION RATE

FUEL SYSTEM

TO TURBINE TO CRT DISPLAY

START UP SHUT DOWN MANUAL

id0043

Figure 1 Simplified Control Schematic

Operating conditions of the turbine are sensed and utilized as feedback signals to the SPEEDTRONIC control system. There are three major control loops – startup, speed, and temperature – which may be in control during turbine operation. The output of these control loops is connected to a minimum value gate circuit as shown in Figure 1. The secondary control Fund_Mk_VI

modes of acceleration, manual FSR, and shutdown operate in a similar manner. Fuel Stroke Reference (FSR) is the command signal for fuel flow. The minimum value select gate connects the output signals of the six control modes to the FSR controller; the lowest FSR output of the six 1

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

GE Power Systems

LOGIC

FSRSU

CQTC

FSR LOGIC

TNHAR

FSRACC

ACCELERATION CONTROL

FSRMAN

MANUAL FSR

TNH

TNH

START-UP CONTROL

TNHAR FSRMIN

LOGIC

FSR

FSRSU FSRACC

FSRC

FSRMAN FSRSD

MIN GATE

FSRN

FSR

FSRT

LOGIC TNHCOR

FSRSD

FSRC

FSRMIN

FSR

CQTC

SHUTDOWN CONTROL

FSRMIN

SPEED CONTROL TTUR VTUR PR/D

77NH

LOGIC

TNR

LOGIC

TNRI

LOGIC TNH FSRN

TNR

TNRI

ISOCHRONOUS ONLY

TEMPERATURE CONTROL LOGIC

96CD

TBAI VAIC A/D

TTRX TTRX

FSR

FSRT LOGIC

TBTC VTCC TTXD

TTXM

TTXD

A/D

FSR

TTXM

MEDIAN

id0038V

Figure 2 Block Diagram – Control Schematic


2

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems control loops is allowed to pass through the gate to the fuel control system as the controlling FSR. The controlling FSR will establish the fuel input to the turbine at the rate required by the system which is in control. Only one control loop will be in control at any particular time and the control loop which is controlling FSR will be displayed on the .

The following speed detectors and speed relays are typically used: –L14HR Zero–Speed (approx. 0% speed) –L14HM speed)

–L14HA Accelerating Speed (approx. 50% speed)

Figure 2 shows a more detailed schematic of the control loops. This can be referenced during the explanation of each loop to show the interfacing.

–L14HS speed)

Operating Speed (approx. 95%

The zero–speed detector, L14HR, provides the signal when the turbine shaft starts or stops rotating. When the shaft speed is below 14HR, or at zero– speed, L14HR picks–up (fail safe) and the permissive logic initiates turning gear or slow–roll operation during the automatic start–up sequence of the turbine.

Start–up/Shutdown Sequence and Control Start–up control brings the gas turbine from zero speed up to operating speed safely by providing proper fuel to establish flame, accelerate the turbine, and to do it in such a manner as to minimize the low cycle fatigue of the hot gas path parts during the sequence. This involves proper sequencing of command signals to the accessories, starting device and fuel control system. Since a safe and successful start–up depends on proper functioning of the gas turbine equipment, it is important to verify the state of selected devices in the sequence. Much of the control logic circuitry is associated not only with actuating control devices, but enabling protective circuits and obtaining permissive conditions before proceeding.

The minimum speed detector L14HM indicates that the turbine has reached the minimum firing speed and initiates the purge cycle prior to the introduction of fuel and ignition. The dropout of the L14HM minimum speed relay provides several permissive functions in the restarting of the gas turbine after shutdown. The accelerating speed relay L14HA pickup indicates when the turbine has reached approximately 50 percent speed; this indicates that turbine start–up is progressing and keys certain protective features.

The gas turbine uses a static start system whereby the generator serves as a starting motor. A turning gear is used for rotor breakaway.

The high–speed sensor L14HS pickup indicates when the turbine is at speed and that the accelerating sequence is almost complete. This signal provides the logic for various control sequences such as stopping auxiliary lube oil pumps and starting turbine shell/exhaust frame blowers.

General values for control settings are given in this description to help in the understanding of the operating system. Actual values for control settings are given in the Control Specifications for a particular machine.

Should the turbine and generator slow during an underfrequency situation, L14HS will drop out at the under–frequency speed setting. After L14HS drops out the generator breaker will trip open and the Turbine Speed Reference (TNR) will be reset to 100.3%. As the turbine accelerates, L14HS will again pick up; the turbine will then require another start signal before the generator will attempt to auto– synchronize to the system again.

Speed Detectors An important part of the start–up/shutdown sequence control of the gas turbine is proper speed sensing. Turbine speed is measured by magnetic pickups and will be discussed under speed control. Fund_Mk_VI

Minimum Speed (approx. 16%

3


GE Power Systems The actual settings of the speed relays are listed in the Control Specification and are programmed in the processors as EEPROM control constants.

OR LOWER” allows manual adjustment of FSR setting between FSRMIN and FSRMAX. While the turbine is at rest, electronic checks are made of the fuel system stop and control valves, the accessories, and the voltage supplies. At this time, “SHUTDOWN STATUS” will be displayed on the . Activating the Master Operation Switch (L43) from “OFF” to an operating mode will activate the ready circuit. If all protective circuits and trip latches are reset, the “STARTUP STATUS” and “READY TO START” messages will be displayed, indicating that the turbine will accept a start signal. Clicking on the “START” Master Control Switch (L1S) and “EXECUTE” will introduce the start signal to the logic sequence.

START–UP CONTROL The start–up control operates as an open loop control using preset levels of the fuel command signal FSR. The levels are: “ZERO”, “FIRE”, “WARM– UP”, “ACCELERATE” and “MAX”. The Control Specifications provide proper settings calculated for the fuel anticipated at the site. The FSR levels are set as Control Constants in the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI start–up control.

The start signal energizes the Master Control and Protection circuit (the “L4” circuit) and starts the necessary auxiliary equipment. The “L4” circuit permits pressurization of the trip oil system. With the “L4” circuit permissive and starting clutch automatically engaged, the starting device starts turning. Startup status message “STARTING” will be displayed on the . See point “A” on the Typical Start–up Curve Figure 3.

Start–up control FSR signals operate through the minimum value gate to ensure that other control functions can limit FSR as required. The fuel command signals are generated by the SPEEDTRONIC control start–up software. In addition to the three active start–up levels, the software sets maximum and minimum FSR and provides for manual control of FSR. Clicking on the targets for “MAN FSR CONTROL” and “FSR GAG RAISE

SPEED – % 100

80 ACCELERATE IGNITION & CROSSFIRE 60

WARMUP IGV – DEGREES

1 MIN

START AUXILIARIES & DIESEL WARMUP

Tx – °F/10

PURGE COAST

40

DOWN

20

FSR – % C

0 A

B

APPROXIMATE TIME – MINUTES

D

id0093

Figure 3 Mark VI Start-up Curve


4

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems The starting clutch is a positive tooth type overrunning clutch which is self–engagifng in the breakaway mode and overruns whenever the turbine rotor exceeds the turning gear speed.

eration. This is done by programming a slow rise in FSR. See point “C” on Figure 3. As fuel is increased, the turbine begins the acceleration phase of start–up. The clutch is held in as long as the turning gear provides torque to the gas turbine. When the turbine overruns the turning gear, the clutch will disengage, shutting down the turning gear. Speed relay L14HA indicates the turbine is accelerating.

When the turbine ‘breaks away’ the turning gear will rotate the turbine rotor from 5 to 7 rpm. As the static starter begins it’s sequence, and accelerates the rotor the starting clutch will automatically disengage the turning gear from the turbine rotor. The turbine speed relay L14HM indicates that the turbine is turning at the speed required for proper purging and ignition in the combustors. Gas fired units that have exhaust configurations which can trap gas leakage (i.e., boilers) have a purge timer, L2TV, which is initiated with the L14HM signal. The purge time is set to allow three to four changes of air through the unit to ensure that any combustible mixture has been purged from the system. The starting means will hold speed until L2TV has completed its cycle. Units which do not have extensive exhaust systems may not have a purge timer, but rely on the starting cycle and natural draft to purge the system.

The start–up phase ends when the unit attains full– speed–no–load (see point “D” on Figure 3). FSR is then controlled by the speed loop and the auxiliary systems are automatically shut down. The start–up control software establishes the maximum allowable levels of FSR signals during start– up. As stated before, other control circuits are able to reduce and modulate FSR to perform their control functions. In the acceleration phase of the start–up, FSR control usually passes to acceleration control, which monitors the rate of rotor acceleration. It is possible, but not normal, to reach the temperature control limit. The display will show which parameter is limiting or controlling FSR.

The L14HM signal or completion of the purge cycle (L2TVX) ‘enables’ fuel flow, ignition, sets firing level FSR, and initiates the firing timer L2F. See point “B” on Figure 3. When the flame detector output signals indicate flame has been established in the combustors (L28FD), the warm–up timer L2W starts and the fuel command signal is reduced to the “WARM–UP” FSR level. The warm–up time is provided to minimize the thermal stresses of the hot gas path parts during the initial part of the start–up.

Fired Shutdown A normal shutdown is initiated by clicking on the “STOP” target (L1STOP) and “EXECUTE”; this will produce the L94X signal. If the generator breaker is closed when the stop signal is initiated, the Turbine Speed Reference (TNR) counts down to reduce load at the normal loading rate until the reverse power relay operates to open the generator breaker; TNR then continues to count down to reduce speed. When the STOP signal is given, shutdown Fuel Stroke Reference FSRSD is set equal to FSR.

If flame is not established by the time the L2F timer times out, typically 60 seconds, fuel flow is halted. The unit can be given another start signal, but firing will be delayed by the L2TV timer to avoid fuel accumulation in successive attempts. This sequence occurs even on units not requiring initial L2TV purge.

When the generator breaker opens, FSRSD ramps from existing FSR down to a value equal to FSRMIN, the minimum fuel required to keep the turbine fired. FSRSD latches onto FSRMIN and decreases with corrected speed. When turbine speed drops below a defined threshold (Control Constant K60RB) FSRSD ramps to a blowout of one flame detector. The sequencing logic remembers which flame detectors were functional when the breaker opened. When any of the functional flame detectors

At the completion of the warm–up period (L2WX), the start–up control ramps FSR at a predetermined rate to the setting for “ACCELERATE LIMIT”. The start–up cycle has been designed to moderate the highest firing temperature produced during accelFund_Mk_VI

5


GE Power Systems Speed/Load Reference

senses a loss of flame, FSRMIN/FSRSD decreases at a higher rate until flame–out occurs, after which fuel flow is stopped.

The speed control software will change FSR in proportion to the difference between the actual turbine– generator speed (TNH) and the called–for speed reference (TNR).

Fired shut down is an improvement over the former fuel shut off at L14HS drop out. By maintaining flame down to a lower speed there is significant reduction in the strain developed on the hot gas path parts at the time of fuel shut off.

The called–for–speed, TNR, determines the load of the turbine. The range for generator drive turbines is normally from 95% (min.) to 107% (max.) speed. The start–up speed reference is 100.3% and is preset when a “START” signal is given.

SPEED CONTROL The Speed Control System controls the speed and load of the gas turbine generator in response to the actual turbine speed signal and the called–for speed reference. While on speed control the control mode message “SPEED CTRL”will be displayed.

TNR MAX. 107

HIGH SPEED STOP

104

“FSNL”

95 TNR MIN.

LOW SPEED STOP

MAX FSR

RATED FSR

100

MINIMUM FSR

Three magnetic sensors are used to measure the speed of the turbine. These magnetic pickup sensors (77NH–1,–2,–3) are high output devices consisting of a permanent magnet surrounded by a hermetically sealed case. The pickups are mounted in a ring around a 60–toothed wheel on the gas turbine compressor rotor. With the 60–tooth wheel, the frequency of the voltage output in Hertz is exactly equal to the speed of the turbine in revolutions per minute.

FULL SPEED NO LOAD FSR

SPEED REFERENCE % (TNR)

Speed Signal

FUEL STROKE REFERENCE (LOAD) (FSR) id0044

The voltage output is affected by the clearance between the teeth of the wheel and the tip of the magnetic pickup. Clearance between the outside diameter of the toothed wheel and the tip of the magnetic pickup should be kept within the limits specified in the Control Specifications (approx. 0.05 inch or 1.27 mm). If the clearance is not maintained within the specified limits, the pulse signal can be distorted. Turbine speed control would then operate in response to the incorrect speed feedback signal.

Figure 4 Droop Control Curve

The turbine follows to 100.3% TNH for synchronization. At this point the operator can raise or lower TNR, in turn raising or lowering TNH, via the 70R4CS switch on the generator control panel or by clicking on the targets on the , if required. Refer to Figure 4. Once the generator breaker is closed onto the power grid, the speed is held constant by the grid frequency. Fuel flow in excess of that necessary to maintain full speed no load will result in increased power produced by the generator. Thus the speed control loop becomes a load control loop and the speed reference is a convenient control

The signal from the magnetic pickups is brought into the Mark VI panel, one mag pickup to each controller , where it is monitored by the speed control software. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

6

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems of the desired amount of load to be applied to the turbine–generator unit.

units have the same droop, all will share a load increase equally. Load sharing and system stability are the main advantages of this method of speed control.

Droop speed control is a proportional control, changing FSR in proportion to the difference between actual turbine speed and the speed reference. Any change in actual speed (grid frequency) will cause a proportional change in unit load. This proportionality is adjustable to the desired regulation or “Droop”. The speed vs. FSR relationship is shown on Figure 4.

Normally 4% droop is selected and the setpoint is calibrated such that 104% setpoint will generate a speed reference which will produce an FSR resulting in base load at design ambient temperature. When operating on droop control, the full–speed– no–load FSR setting calls for a fuel flow which is sufficient to maintain full speed with no generator load. By closing the generator breaker and raising TNR via raise/lower, the error between speed and reference is increased. This error is multiplied by a

If the entire grid system tends to be overloaded, grid frequency (or speed) will decrease and cause an FSR increase in proportion to the droop setting. If all

SPEED CONTROL FSNL TNR SPEED REFERENCE + –

+

ERROR SIGNAL

+

FSRN

TNH SPEED DROOP

SPEED CHANGER LOAD SET POINT

MAX. LIMIT L83SD RATE MEDIAN SELECT

L70R RAISE L70L LOWER

TNR

L83PRES PRESET LOGIC

SPEED REFERENCE

PRESET OPERATING MIN.

L83TNROP MIN. SELECT LOGIC START-UP OR SHUTDOWN

id0040

Figure 5 Speed Control Schematic Fund_Mk_VI

7


GE Power Systems gain constant dependent on the desired droop setting and added to the FSNL FSR setting to produce the required FSR to take more load and thus assist in holding the system frequency. Refer to Figures 4 and 5.

Synchronizing

The minimum FSR limit (FSRMIN) in the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI system prevents the speed control circuits from driving the FSR below the value which would cause flameout during a transient condition. For example, with a sudden rejection of load on the turbine, the speed control system loop would want to drive the FSR signal to zero, but the minimum FSR setting establishes the minimum fuel level that prevents a flameout. Temperature and/or

Automatic synchronizing is accomplished using synchronizing algorithms programmed into and software. Bus and generator voltage signals are input to the core which contains isolation transformers, and are then paralleled to . software drives the synch check and synch permissive relays, while provides the actual breaker close command. See Figure 6.

start–up control can drive FSR to zero and are not influenced by FSRMIN.

AUTO SYNCH AUTO SYNCH PERMISSIVE CALCULATED PHASE WITHIN LIMITS GEN VOLTS REF

LINE VOLTS REF

A A>B B

CALCULATED SLIP WITHIN LIMITS AND

L83AS AUTO SYNCH PERMISSIVE

A A>B B

CALCULATED ACCELERATION

AND

L25 BREAKER CLOSE

CALCULATED BREAKER LEAD TIME

id0048V

Figure 6 Synchronizing Control Schematic

There are three basic synchronizing modes. These may be selected from external contacts, i.e., generator panel selector switch, or from the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI .

For synchronizing, the unit is brought to 100.3% speed to keep the generator “faster” than the grid, assuring load pick–up upon breaker closure. If the system frequency has varied enough to cause an unacceptable slip frequency (difference between generator frequency and grid frequency), the speed matching circuit adjusts TNR to maintain turbine speed 0.20% to 0.40% faster than the grid to assure the correct slip frequency and permit synchronizing.

1. OFF – Breaker will not be closed by SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control 2. MANUAL – Operator initiated breaker closure when permissive synch check relay 25X is satisfied

For added protection a synchronizing check relay is provided in the generator panel. It is used in series with both the auto synchronizing relay and the manual breaker close switch to prevent large out– of–phase breaker closures.

3. AUTO – System will automatically match voltage and speed and then close the breaker at the appropriate time to hit top dead center on the synchroscope FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

8

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems turbine occurs in the flame zone of the combustion chambers. The combustion gas in that zone is diluted by cooling air and flows into the turbine section through the first stage nozzle. The temperature of that gas as it exits the first stage nozzle is known as the “firing temperature” of the gas turbine; it is this temperature that must be limited by the control system. From thermodynamic relationships, gas turbine cycle performance calculations, and known site conditions, firing temperature can be determined as a function of exhaust temperature and the pressure ratio across the turbine; the latter is determined from the measured compressor discharge pressure (CPD). The temperature control system is designed to measure and control turbine exhaust temperature rather than firing temperature because it is impractical to measure temperatures directly in the combustion chambers or at the turbine inlet. This indirect control of turbine firing temperature is made practical by utilizing known gas turbine aero– and thermo–dynamic characteristics and using those to bias the exhaust temperature signal, since the exhaust temperature alone is not a true indication of firing temperature.

ACCELERATION CONTROL Acceleration control compares the present value of the speed signal with the value at the last sample time. The difference between these two numbers is a measure of the acceleration. If the actual acceleration is greater than the acceleration reference, FSRACC is reduced, which will reduce FSR, and consequently the fuel to the gas turbine. During start–up the acceleration reference is a function of turbine speed; acceleration control usually takes over from speed control shortly after the warm–up period and brings the unit to speed. At “Complete Sequence”, which is normally 14HS pick–up, the acceleration reference is a Control Constant, normally 1% speed/second. After the unit has reached 100% TNH, acceleration control usually serves only to contain the unit’s speed if the generator breaker should open while under load.

EXHASUT TEMPERATURE (Tx)

ISOTHERMAL

Firing temperature can also be approximated as a function of exhaust temperature and fuel flow (FSR) and as a function of exhaust temperature and generator output (DWATT). Either FSR or megawatt exhaust temperature control curves are used as back–up to the primary CPD–biased temperature control curve.

COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE PRESSURE (CPD)

These relationships are shown on Figures 7 and 8. The lines of constant firing temperature are used in the control system to limit gas turbine operating temperatures, while the constant exhaust temperature limit protects the exhaust system during start– up.

id0045

Figure 7 Exhaust Temperature vs. Compressor Discharge Pressure

Exhaust Temperature Control Hardware

TEMPERATURE CONTROL Chromel–Alumel exhaust temperature thermocouples are used and, typically 27 in number. These thermocouples circumferentially inside the exhaust diffuser. They have individual radiation shields that allow the radial outward diffuser flow to pass over

The Temperature Control System will limit fuel flow to the gas turbine to maintain internal operating temperatures within design limitations of turbine hot gas path parts. The highest temperature in the gas Fund_Mk_VI

9


GE Power Systems tive exhaust temperature value, compares this value with the setpoint, and then generates a fuel command signal to the analog control system to limit exhaust temperature. ISOTHERMAL EXHASUT TEMPERATURE (Tx)

Temperature Control Command Program The temperature control command program compares the exhaust temperature control setpoint with the measured gas turbine exhaust temperature as obtained from the thermocouples mounted in the exhaust plenum; these thermocouples are scanned and cold junction corrected by programs described later. These signals are accessed by . The temperature control command program in (Figure 9) reads the exhaust thermocouple temperature values and sorts them from the highest to the lowest. This array (TTXD2) is used in the combustion monitor program as well as in the Temperature Control Program. In the Temperature Control Program all exhaust thermocouple inputs are monitored and if any are reading too low as compared to a constant, they will be rejected. The highest and lowest values are then rejected and the remaining values are averaged, that average being the TTXM signal.

FUEL STROKE REFERENCE (FSR) id0046

Figure 8 Exhaust Temperature vs. Fuel Control Command Signal

these 1/16” diameter (1.6mm) stainless steel sheathed thermocouples at high velocity, minimizing the cooling effect of the longer time constant, cooler plenum walls. The signals from these individual, ungrounded detectors are sent to the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI control panel through shielded thermocouple cables and are divided amongst controllers .

If a Controller should fail, this program will ignore the readings from the failed Controller. The TTXM signal will be based on the remaining Controllers’ thermocouples and an alarm will be generated.

Exhaust Temperature Control Software

The TTXM value is used as the feedback for the exhaust temperature comparator because the value is not affected by extremes that may be the result of faulty instrumentation. The temperature–control– command program in compares the exhaust temperature control setpoint (calculated in the temperature–control–bias program and stored in the computer memory) TTRXB to the TTXM value to determine the temperature error. The software program converts the temperature error to a fuel stroke reference signal, FSRT.

The software contains a series of application programs written to perform the exhaust temperature control and monitoring functions such as digital and analog input scan. A major function is the exhaust temperature control, which consists of the following programs: 1. Temperature control command 2. Temperature control bias calculations 3. Temperature reference selection

Temperature Control Bias Program

The temperature control software determines the cold junction compensated thermocouple readings, selects the temperature control setpoint, calculates the control setpoint value, calculates the representaFUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

Gas turbine firing temperature is determined by the measured parameters of exhaust temperature and 10

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems

. TO COMBUSTION MONITOR

TTXD2

TTXDR SORT HIGHEST TO LOWEST

TTXDS TTXDT

REJECT LOW TC’s

QUANTITY

REJECT HIGH AND LOW

TTXM

AVERAGE REMAINING

OF TC’s USED

CORNER

TEMPERATURE CONTROL REFERENCE

TEMPERATURE CONTROL FSRMIN

CPD FSRMAX SLOPE

SLOPE

TTRXB MEDIAN SELECT

MIN SELECT

FSRT

TTXM + FSR

+

GAIN CORNER FSR ISOTHERMAL id0032V

Figure 9 Temperature Control Schematic

compressor discharge pressure (CPD) or exhaust temperature and fuel consumption (proportional to FSR). In the computer, firing temperature is limited by a linearized function of exhaust temperature and CPD backed up by a linearized function of exhaust temperature and FSR (See Figure 8). The temperature control bias program (Figure 10) calculates the exhaust temperature control setpoint TTRXB based on the CPD data stored in computer memory and constants from the selected temperature–reference table. The program calculates another setpoint based on FSR and constants from another temperature– reference table.

DIGITAL INPUT DATA

SELECTED TEMPERATURE REFERENCE TABLE

COMPUTER MEMORY

TEMPERATURE CONTROL BIAS PROGRAM

COMPUTER MEMORY

CONSTANT STORAGE id0023

Figure 10 Temperature Control Bias

perature setpoint. The constants TTKn_K (FSR bias corner) and TTKn_M (FSR bias slope) are used with the FSR data to determine the FSR bias exhaust temperature setpoint. The values for these constants are

Figure 11 is a graphical illustration of the control setpoints. The constants TTKn_C (CPD bias corner) and TTKn_S (CPD bias slope) are used with the CPD data to determine the CPD bias exhaust temFund_Mk_VI

11


GE Power Systems Temperature Reference Select Program

EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

given in the Control Specifications–Control System Settings drawing. The temperature–control–bias program also selects the isothermal setpoint TTKn_I. The program selects the minimum of the three setpoints, CPD bias, FSR bias, or isothermal for the final exhaust temperature control reference. During normal operation with gas or light distillate fuels, this selection results in a CPD bias control with an isothermal limit, as shown by the heavy lines on Figure 11. The CPD bias setpoint is compared with the FSR bias setpoint by the program and an alarm occurs when the CPD setpoint is higher. For units operating with heavy fuel, FSR bias control will be selected to minimize the effect of turbine nozzle plugging on firing temperature. The FSR bias setpoint will then be compared with the CPD bias setpoint and an alarm will occur when the FSR setpoint exceeds the CPD setpoint. A ramp function is provided in the program to limit the rate at which the setpoint can change. The maximum and minimum change in ramp rates (slope) are programmed in constants TTKRXR1 and TTKRXR2. Consult the Control Sequence Program (CSP) and the Control Specifications drawing for the block diagram illustration of this function and the value of the constants. Typical rate change limit is 1.5°F per second. The output of the ramp function is the exhaust temperature control setpoint which is stored in the computer memory.

TTKn_K

TTKn_I

The exhaust temperature control function selects control setpoints to allow gas turbine operation at various firing temperatures. The temperature–reference–select program (Figure 12) determines the operational level for control setpoints based on digital input information representing temperature control requirements. Three digital input signals are decoded to select one set of constants which define the control setpoints necessary to meet those requirements. A typical digital signal is “BASE SELECT”, selected by clicking on the appropriate target on the operator interface .

FUEL CONTROL SYSTEM The gas turbine fuel control system will change fuel flow to the combustors in response to the fuel stroke reference signal (FSR). FSR actually consists of two separate signals added together, FSR1 being the called–for liquid fuel flow and FSR2 being the called–for gas fuel flow; normally, FSR1 + FSR2 = FSR. Standard fuel systems are designed for operation with liquid fuel and/or gas fuel. This chapter will describe a dual fuel system. It starts with the servo drive system, where the setpoint is compared with the feedback signal and converted to a valve position. It will describe liquid, gas and dual fuel operation and how the FSR from the control systems previously described is conditioned and sent as a set point to the servo system.

ISOTHERMAL

TTKn_C

DIGITAL INPUT DATA

CPD FSR

TEMPERATURE REFERENCE SELECT

SELECTED TEMPERATURE REFERENCE TABLE

CONSTANT STORAGE id0054 id0106

Figure 11 Exhaust Temperature Control Setpoints

Figure 12 Temperature Reference Select Program


12

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems Servo Drive System

actuator. If the hydraulic actuator has spring return, hydraulic oil will be ported to one side of the cylinder and the other to drain. A feedback signal provided by a linear variable differential transformer (LVDT, Figure 13) will tell the control whether or not it is in the required position. The LVDT outputs an AC voltage which is proportional to the position of the core of the LVDT. This core in turn is connected to the valve whose position is being controlled; as the valve moves, the feedback voltage changes. The LVDT requires an exciter voltage which is provided by the VSVO card.

The heart of the fuel system is a three coil electro– hydraulic servovalve (servo) as shown in Figure 13. The servovalve is the interface between the electrical and mechanical systems and controls the direction and rate of motion of a hydraulic actuator based on the input current to the servo. 3-COIL TORQUE MOTOR TORQUE MOTOR ARMATURE

TORQUE MOTOR N

N

Figure 14 shows the major components of the servo positioning loops. The digital (microprocessor signal) to analog conversion is done on the VSVO card; this represents called–for fuel flow. The called–for fuel flow signal is then compared to a feedback representing actual fuel flow. The difference is amplified on the VSVO card and sent through the TSVO card to the servo. This output to the servos is monitored and there will be an alarm on loss of any one of the three signals from .

JET TUBE FORCE FEEDBACK SPRING

S

S

FAIL SAFE BIAS SPRING

P

R 1

P 2

Â

SPOOL VALVE

FILTER DRAIN

PS

Liquid Fuel Control

1350 PSI

The liquid fuel system consists of fuel handling components and electrical control components. Some of the fuel handling components are: primary fuel oil filter, fuel oil stop valve, three fuel pumps, fuel bypass valve, fuel pump pressure relief valve, flow divider, combined selector valve/pressure gauge assembly, false start drain valve, fuel lines, and fuel nozzles. The electrical control components are: liquid fuel pressure switch (upstream) 63FL–2, fuel oil stop valve limit switch 33FL, liquid fuel pump bypass valve servovalve 65FP, flow divider magnetic speed pickups 77FD–1, –2, –3 and SPEEDTRONIC control cards TSVO and VSVO. A diagram of the system showing major components is shown in Figure 15.

HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR

TO

LVDT

ABEX Servovalve

id0029

Figure 13 Electrohydraulic Servovalve

The servovalve contains three electrically isolated coils on the torque motor. Each coil is connected to one of the three Controllers . This provides redundancy should one of the Controllers or coils fail. There is a null–bias spring which positions the servo so that the actuator will go to the fail safe position should ALL power and/or control signals be lost. If the hydraulic actuator is a double–action piston, the control signal positions the servovalve so that it ports high–pressure oil to either side of the hydraulic

Fund_Mk_VI

The fuel bypass valve is a hydraulically actuated valve with a linear flow characteristic. Located

13


TSVO

LVDT

TSVO

VSVO REF

14

Figure 14 Servo Positioning Loops


POSTION FEEDBACK 3.2KHZ

EXCITATION

D/A

FUEL

REF

SERVO VALVE

3.2KHZ

VSVO D/A

TORQUE MOTOR HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR

HIGH PRESSURE OIL

VSVO REF

3.2KHZ

EXCITATION

D/A

LVDT

Fund_Mk_VI id0026

GE Power Systems

POSTION FEEDBACK

GE Power Systems between the inlet (low pressure) and discharge (high pressure) sides of the fuel pump, this valve bypasses excess fuel delivered by the fuel pump back to the fuel pump inlet, delivering to the flow divider the

fuel necessary to meet the control system fuel demand. It is positioned by servo valve 65FP, which receives its signal from the controllers.

FQ1

FSR1

TSVO

FQROUT TNH L4 L20FLX

VSVO PR/A

BY-PASS VALVE ASM. P R

40µ

63FL-2

65FP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GUAGE

FLOW DIVIDER

TYPICAL FUEL NOZZLES

77FD-1

OH HYDRAULIC SUPPLY

COMBUSTION CHAMBER OFV

FUEL STOP VALVE

VR4 AD

OF FUEL PUMP (QTY 3)

M

33FL FALSE START DRAIN VALVE CHAMBER OFD

OLTCONTROL OIL

77FD-2 TO DRAIN 77FD-3 id0031V

Figure 15 Liquid Fuel Control Schematic

The flow divider divides the single stream of fuel from the pump into several streams, one for each combustor. It consists of a number of matched high volumetric efficiency positive displacement gear pumps, again one per combustor. The flow divider is driven by the small pressure differential between the inlet and outlet. The gear pumps are mechanically connected so that they all run at the same speed, making the discharge flow from each pump equal. Fuel flow is represented by the output from the flow divider magnetic pickups (77FD–1, –2 & –3). These are non–contacting magnetic pickups, giving a pulse signal frequency proportional to flow divider speed, which is proportional to the fuel flow delivered to the combustion chambers.

VSVO card modulates servovalve 65FP based on inputs of turbine speed, FSR1 (called–for liquid fuel flow), and flow divider speed (FQ1). Fuel Oil Control – Software When the turbine is run on liquid fuel oil, the control system checks the permissives L4 and L20FLX and does not allow FSR1 to close the bypass valve unless they are ‘true’ (closing the bypass valve sends fuel to the combustors). The L4 permissive comes from the Master Protective System (to be discussed later) and L20FLX becomes ‘true’ after the turbine vent timer times out. These signals control the opening and closing of the fuel oil stop valve. The FSR signal from the controlling system goes through the fuel splitter where the liquid fuel requirement becomes FSR1. The FSR1 signal is multiplied by TNH, so fuel flow becomes a function of

The TSVO card receives the pulse rate signals from 77FD–1, –2, and –3 and outputs an analog signal which is proportional to the pulse rate input. The Fund_Mk_VI

15


GE Power Systems Gas Fuel Control

speed – an important feature, particularly while the unit is starting. This enables the system to have better resolution at the lower, more critical speeds where air flow is very low. This produces the FQROUT signal, which is the digital liquid fuel flow command. At full speed TNH does not change, therefore FQROUT is directly proportional to FSR.

The dry low NOx II (DLN–2) control system regulates the distribution of gas fuel to a multi–nozzle combustor arrangement. The fuel flow distribution to each fuel nozzle assembly is a function of combustion reference temperature (TTRF1) and IGV temperature control mode. By a combination of fuel staging and shifting of combustion modes from diffusion at ignition through premix at higher loads, low nitrous oxide (NOx) emissions are achieved.

FQROUT then goes to the VSVO card where it is changed to an analog signal to be compared to the feedback signal from the flow divider. As the fuel flows into the turbine, speed sensors 77FD–1, –2, and –3 send a signal to the TSVO card, which in turn outputs the fuel flow rate signal (FQ1) to the VSVO card. When the fuel flow rate is equal to the called– for rate (FQ1 = FSR1), the servovalve 65FP is moved to the null position and the bypass valve remains “stationary” until some input to the system changes. If the feedback is in error with FQROUT, the operational amplifier on the VSVO card will change the signal to servovalve 65FP to drive the bypass valve in a direction to decrease the error.

Fuel gas is controlled by the gas stop/speed ratio valve (SRV), the primary, secondary and quaternary gas control valves (GCV) , and the premix splitter valve (PMSV). The premix splitter valve controls the split between secondary and tertiary gas flow. All valves are servo controlled by signals from the SPEEDTRONIC control panel (Figure 16). It is the gas control valve which controls the desired gas fuel flow in response to the command signal FSR. To enable it to do this in a predictable manner, the speed ratio valve is designed to maintain a predetermined pressure (P2) at the inlet of the gas control valve as a function of gas turbine speed.

The flow divider feedback signal is also used for system checks. This analog signal is converted to digital counts and is used in the controller’s software to compare to certain limits as well as to display fuel flow on the . The checks made are as follows:

There are three main DLN–2 combustion modes: Primary, Lean–Lean, and Premix. Primary mode exists from light off to 81% corrected speed, fuel flow to primary nozzles only. Lean– Lean is from 81% corrected speed to a preselected combustion reference temperature, with fuel to the primary and tertiary nozzles. In Premix operation fuel is directed to secondary, tertiary and quaternary nozzles. Minimum load for this operation is set by combustion reference temperature and IGV position.

L60FFLH:Excessive fuel flow on start–up L3LFLT1:Loss of LVDT position feedback L3LFBSQ:Bypass valve is not fully open when the stop valve is closed. L3LFBSC:Servo current is detected when the stop valve is closed.

The fuel gas control system consists primarily of the following components: gas strainer, gas supply pressure switch 63FG, stop/speed ratio valve assembly, fuel gas pressure transducer(s) 96FG, gas fuel vent solenoid valve 20VG, control valve assembly, LVDT’s 96GC–1, –2, –3, –4, –5, –6, 96SR–1, –2, 96 PS–1, –2, electro–hydraulic servovalves 90SR, 65GC and 65PS, dump valve(s) VH–5, three pressure gauges, gas manifold with ‘pigtails’ to respec-

L3LFT:Loss of flow divider feedback If L60FFLH is true for a specified time period (nominally 2 seconds), the unit will trip; if L3LFLT1 through L3LFT are true, these faults will trip the unit during start–up and require manual reset. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

16

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems tive fuel nozzles, and SPEEDTRONIC control cards TBQB and TCQC. The components are shown schematically in Figure 17. A functional explana-

tion is graphs.

contained

in

subsequent

para-

DLN–2 GAS FUEL SYSTEM T

SGCV

SRV PGCV

PMSV

S

SINGLE BURNING ZONE

P QGCV

5 BURNERS

* Q

GAS SKID

TURBINE COMPARTMENT

SRV SPEED/RATIO VALVE

T TERTIARY MANIFOLD, 1 NOZ. PREMIX ONLY

PGCV GAS CONTROL, PRIMARY

S SECONDARY MANIFOLD, 4 NOZ. PREMIX INJ.

SGCV GAS CONTROL, SECONDARY

P PRIMARY MANIFOLD, 4 NOZ. DIFFUSION INJ.

QGCV GAS CONTROL, QUATERNARY

Q QUAT MANIFOLD, CASING. PREMIX ONLY

PMSV PREMIX SPLITTER VALVE

*

PURGE AIR (PCD AIR SUPPLY)

Figure 16 DLN–2 Gas Fuel System

Fund_Mk_VI

17


GE Power Systems

VSVO TSVO

POS1

SPEED RATIO VALVE CONTROL

FSR2

FPRG POS2

VSVO

TSVO GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FEEDBACK

GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO

FPG

TBAI VAIC

TSVO

96FG-2A 96FG-2B 20VG

96FG-2C TRANSDUCERS

VENT

COMBUSTION CHAMBER 63FG-3 STOP/ RATIO VALVE

GAS CONTROL VALVE

GAS P2

Electrical Connection LVDT’S 96GC-1,2

LVDT’S 96SR-1,2

Hydraulic Piping

GAS MANIFOLD

Gas Piping VH5-1 DUMP RELAY TRIP

90SR SERVO

65GC SERVO

HYDRAULIC SUPPLY

id0059V

Figure 17 Gas Fuel Control System


18

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems Gas Control Valves

then output to the servo valve through the TSVO card. The gas control valve stem position is sensed by the output of a linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) and fed back through the TSVO card to an operational amplifier on the VSVO card where it is compared to the FSROUT input signal at a summing junction. There are two LVDTs providing feedback ; two of the three controllers are dedicated to one LVDT each, while the third selects the highest feedback through a high–select diode gate. If the feedback is in error with FSROUT, the operational amplifier on the VSVO card will change the signal to the hydraulic servovalve to drive the gas control valve in a direction to decrease the error. In this way the desired relationship between position and FSR2 is maintained and the control valve correctly meters the gas fuel. See Figure 18.

The position of the gas control valve plug is intended to be proportional to FSR2 which represents called– for gas fuel flow. Actuation of the spring–loaded gas control valve is by a hydraulic cylinder controlled by an electro–hydraulic servovalve. When the turbine is to run on gas fuel the permissives L4, L20FGX and L2TVX (turbine purge complete) must be ‘true’, similar to the liquid system. This allows the Gas Control Valve to open. The stroke of the valve will be proportional to FSR. FSR goes through the fuel splitter (to be discussed in the dual fuel section) where the gas fuel requirement becomes FSR2, which is then conditioned for offset and gain. This signal, FSROUT, goes to the VSVO card where it is converted to an analog signal and OFFSET GAIN

FSR2

+

+

HIGH SELECT

L4

TBQC

L3GCV FSROUT ANALOG I/O

GAS CONTROL VALVE

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION GAS PIPING HYDRAULIC PIPING

ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ

GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION LOOP CALIBRATION

LVDT’S 96GC-1, -2

SERVO VALVE

POSITION LVDT

GAS P2

FSR id0027V

Figure 18 Gas Control Valve Control Schematic Fund_Mk_VI

19


GE Power Systems

TNH GAIN VSVO

OFFSET

+

FPRG

+

D A

L4

FPG

L3GRV HIGH POS2 SELECT

96FG-2A 96FG-2B 96FG-2C SPEED RATIO VALVE GAS

ÎÎÎ ÎÎÎ ÎÎÎ

VAIC

96SR-1,2 LVDT’S

OPERATING CYLINDER PISTON TRIP OIL

TBAI

DUMP RELAY TSVO

SERVO VALVE LEGEND ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

HYDRAULIC OIL

GAS PIPING HYDRAULIC PIPING

P2 or PRESSURE CONTROL VOLTAGE

DIGITAL

TNH Speed Ratio Valve Pressure Calibration id0058V

Figure 19 Stop/Speed Ratio Valve Control Schematic


20

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems The plug in the gas control valve is contoured to provide the proper flow area in relation to valve stroke. The gas control valve uses a skirted valve disc and venturi seat to obtain adequate pressure recovery. High pressure recovery occurs at overall valve pressure ratios substantially less than the critical pressure ratio. The net result is that flow through the control valve is independent of valve pressure drop. Gas flow then is a function of valve inlet pressure P2 and valve area only.

The stop/speed ratio valve provides a positive stop to fuel gas flow when required by a normal shut– down, emergency trip, or a no–run condition. Hydraulic trip dump valve VH–5 is located between the electro–hydraulic servovalve 90SR and the hydraulic actuating cylinder. This dump valve is operated by the low pressure control oil trip system. If permissives L4 and L3GRV are ‘true’ the trip oil (OLT) is at normal pressure and the dump valve is maintained in a position that allows servovalve 90SR to control the cylinder position. When the trip oil pressure is low (as in the case of normal or emergency shutdown), the dump valve spring shifts a spool valve to a position which dumps the high pressure hydraulic oil (OH) in the speed ratio/stop valve actuating cylinder to the lube oil reservoir. The closing spring atop the valve plug instantly shuts the valve, thereby shutting off fuel flow to the combustors.

As before, an open or a short circuit in one of the servo coils or in the signal to one coil does not cause a trip. Each GCV has two LVDTs and can run correctly on one. Stop/Speed Ratio Valve

In addition to being displayed, the feedback signals and the control signals of both valves are compared to normal operating limits, and if they go outside of these limits there will be an alarm. The following are typical alarms:

The speed ratio/stop valve is a dual function valve. It serves as a pressure regulating valve to hold a desired fuel gas pressure ahead of the gas control valve and it also serves as a stop valve. As a stop valve it is an integral part of the protection system. Any emergency trip or normal shutdown will move the valve to its closed position shutting off gas fuel flow to the turbine. This is done either by dumping hydraulic oil from the Stop/Speed Ratio Valve VH–5 hydraulic trip relay or driving the position control closed electrically.

L60FSGH: Excessive fuel flow on start–up L3GRVFB: Loss of LVDT feedback on the SRV L3GRVO: SRV open prior to permissive to open L3GRVSC: Servo current to SRV detected prior to permissive to open L3GCVFB: Loss of LVDT feedback on the GCV

The stop/speed ratio valve has two control loops. There is a position loop similar to that for the gas control valve and there is a pressure control loop. See Figure 19. Fuel gas pressure P2 at the inlet to the gas control valve is controlled by the pressure loop as a function of turbine speed. This is done by proportioning it to turbine speed signal TNH, with an offset and gain, which then becomes Gas Fuel Pressure Reference FPRG. FPRG then goes to the VSVO card to be converted to an analog signal. P2 pressure is measured by 96FG which outputs a voltage proportional to P2 pressure. This P2 signal (FPG) is compared to the FPRG and the error signal (if any) is in turn compared with the 96SR LVDT feedback to reposition the valve as in the GCV loop. Fund_Mk_VI

L3GCVO: GCV open prior to permissive to open L3GCVSC: Servo current to GCV detected prior to permissive to open L3GFIVP: Intervalve (P2) pressure low The servovalves are furnished with a mechanical null offset bias to cause the gas control valve or speed ratio valve to go to the zero stroke position (fail safe condition) should the servovalve signals or power be lost. During a trip or no–run condition, a positive voltage bias is placed on the servo coils holding them in the ‘valve closed’ position. 21


GE Power Systems Premix Splitter Valve

FUEL SPLITTER A=B

The Premix splitter valve (PMSV) regulates the split of secondary/tertiary gas fuel flow between the secondary and tertiary gas fuel manifolds. The valve is referenced to the secondary fuel passages, i.e. 0% valve stroke corresponds to 0% secondary fuel flow. Unlike the SRV and GCV’s the flow through the splitter valve is not linear with valve position.The control system linearizes the fuel split setpoint and the resulting valve position command FSRXPOUT is used as the position reference.

A=B MAX. LIMIT

L84TG TOTAL GAS L84TL TOTAL LIQUID

MIN. LIMIT L83FZ PERMISSIVES

MEDIAN SELECT

RAMP RATE L83FG GAS SELECT L83FL LIQUID SELECT FSR

FSR1 LIQUID REF. FSR2 GAS REF. id0034

Dual Fuel Control

Figure 20 Fuel Splitter Schematic

Turbines that are designed to operate on both liquid and gaseous fuel are equipped with controls to provide the following features:

Fuel Transfer – Liquid to Gas If the unit is running on liquid fuel (FSR1) and the “GAS” target on the screen is selected the following sequence of events will take place, providing the transfer and fuel gas permissives are true (refer to Figure 21):

1.Transfer from one fuel to the other on command. 2. Allow time for filling the lines with the type of fuel to which turbine operation is being transferred.

FSR1 will remain at its initial value, but FSR2 will step to a value slightly greater than zero, usually 0.5%. This will open the gas control valve slightly to bleed down the intervalve volume. This is done in case a high pressure has been entrained. The presence of a higher pressure than that required by the speed/ratio controller would cause slow response in initiating gas flow.

3. Operation of liquid fuel nozzle purge when operating totally on gas fuel. 4. Operation of gas fuel nozzle purge when operating totally on liquid fuel. The software diagram for the fuel splitter is shown in Figure 20.

After a typical time delay of thirty seconds to bleed down the P2 pressure and fill the gas supply line, the software program ramps the fuel commands, FSR2 to increase and FSR1 to decrease, at a programmed rate through the median select gate. This is complete in thirty seconds.

Fuel Splitter As stated before FSR is divided into two signals, FSR1 and FSR2, to provide dual fuel operation. See Figure 20.

When the transfer is complete logic signal L84TG (Total Gas) will de–energize the liquid fuel forwarding pump, close the fuel oil stop valve by de–energizing the liquid fuel dump valve 20FL, and initiate the purge sequence.

FSR is multiplied by the liquid fuel fraction FX1 to produce the FSR1 signal. FSR1 is then subtracted from the FSR signal resulting in FSR2, the control signal for the secondary fuel. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

22

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems Fuel Transfer – Gas to Liquid Transfer from Full Gas to Full Distillate

Transfer from gas to liquid is essentially the same sequence as previously described, except that gas and liquid fuel command signals are interchanged. For instance, at the beginning of a transfer, FSR2 remains at its initial value, but FSR1 steps to a value slightly greater than zero. This will command a small liquid fuel flow. If there has been any fuel leakage out past the check valves, this will fill the liquid fuel piping and avoid any delay in delivery at the beginning of the FSR1 increase.

UNITS

FSR2

FSR1 PURGE

TIME

SELECT DISTILLATE

Transfer from Full Distillate to Full Gas

UNITS

FSR1

FSR2 PURGE

The rest of the sequence is the same as liquid–to– gas, except that there is usually no purging sequence.

TIME

SELECT GAS

Transfer from Full Distillate to Mixture

Gas Fuel Purge

UNITS

FSR1

Primary gas fuel purge is required during premix steady state and liquid fuel operation. This system involves a double block and bleed arrangement, wherby two purge valves (VA13–1, –2) are shut when primary gas is flowing and intervalve vent solenoid (20VG–2) is open to bleed any leakage across the valves. The purge valves are air operated through solenoid valves 20PG–1, –2. When there is no primary gas flow, the purge valves open and allow compressor discharge air to flow through the primary fuel nozzle passages. Secondary purge is required for the secondary and tertiary nozzles when secondary and tertiary fuel flow is reduced to zero and when operating on liquid fuel. This is a block and bleed arrangement similar to the primary purge with two purge valves (VA13–3, –4), intervalve vent solenoid (20VG–3), and solenoid valves 20PG–3, –4.

FSR2 PURGE SELECT GAS

TIME SELECT MIX id0033

Figure 21 Fuel Transfer

Liquid Fuel Purge To prevent coking of the liquid fuel nozzles while operating on gas fuel, some atomizing air is diverted through the liquid fuel nozzles. The following sequence of events occurs when transfer from liquid to gas is complete. Air from the atomizing air system flows through a cooler (HX4–1), through the fuel oil purge valve (VA19–3) and through check valve VCK2 to each fuel nozzle.

MODULATED INLET GUIDE VANE SYSTEM

The fuel oil purge valve is controlled by the position of a solenoid valve 20PL–2 . When this valve is energized , actuating air pressure opens the purge oil check valve, allowing air flow to the fuel oil nozzle purge check valves.

Fund_Mk_VI

The Inlet Guide Vanes (IGVs) modulate during the acceleration of the gas turbine to rated speed, loading and unloading of the generator, and deceleration of the gas turbine. This IGV modulation maintains proper flows and pressures, and thus stresses, in the 23


GE Power Systems compressor, maintains a minimum pressure drop across the fuel nozzles, and, when used in a com-

bined cycle application, maintains high exhaust temperatures at low loads.

CSRGV VSVO IGV REF

CSRGV

CSRGVOUT

D/A HIGH SELECT

TSVO

CLOSE HM3-1 HYD. SUPPLY IN

R

P

2

1

OPEN

FH6 OUT –1

90TV-1 A

96TV-1,2

OLT-1 TRIP OIL C1

VH3-1 D

C2 ORIFICES (2)

OD

id0030

Figure 23 Modulating Inlet Guide Vane Control Schematic

Guide Vane Actuation

Operation

The modulated inlet guide vane actuating system is comprised of the following components: servovalve 90TV, LVDT position sensors 96TV–1 and 96TV–2, and, in some instances, solenoid valve 20TV and hydraulic dump valve VH3. Control of 90TV will port hydraulic pressure to operate the variable inlet guide vane actuator. If used, 20TV and VH3 can prevent hydraulic oil pressure from flowing to 90TV. See Figure 23.

During start–up, the inlet guide vanes are held fully closed, a nominal 27 degree angle, from zero to 83.5% corrected speed. Turbine speed is corrected to reflect air conditions at 27° C (80° F); this compensates for changes in air density as ambient conditions change. At ambient temperatures greater than 80° F, corrected speed TNHCOR is less than actual speed TNH; at ambients less than 27° C (80° F), TNHCOR is greater than TNH. After attaining a speed of approximately 83.5%, the guide vanes will


24

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems modulate open at about 6.7 degrees per percent increase in corrected speed. When the guide vanes reach the minimum full speed angle, nominally 54°, they stop opening; this is usually at approximately 91% TNH. By not allowing the guide vanes to close to an angle less than the minimum full speed angle at 100% TNH, a minimum pressure drop is maintained across the fuel nozzles, thereby lessening combustion system resonance. Solenoid valve 20CB is usually opened when the generator breaker is closed; this in turn closes the compressor bleed valves.

IGV ANGLE – DEGREES (CSRGV)

FULL OPEN (MAX ANGLE)

SIMPLE CYCLE (CSKGVSSR)

MINIMUM FULL SPEED ANGLE ROTATING STALL REGION

0

REGION OF NEGATIVE 5TH STAGE EXTRACTION PRESSURE

100 CORRECTED SPEED–% (TNHCOR) 0 FSNL

100

LOAD–% EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

BASE LOAD id0037

Figure 24 Variable Inlet Guide Vane Schedule

PROTECTION SYSTEMS The gas turbine protection system is comprised of a number of sub–systems, several of which operate during each normal start–up and shutdown. The other systems and components function strictly during emergency and abnormal operating conditions. The most common kind of failure on a gas turbine is the failure of a sensor or sensor wiring; the protection systems are set up to detect and alarm such a failure. If the condition is serious enough to disable the protection completely, the turbine will be tripped.

During a normal shutdown, as the exhaust temperature decreases the IGVs move to the minimum full speed angle; as the turbine decelerates from 100% TNH, the inlet guide vanes are modulated to the fully closed position. When the generator breaker opens, the compressor bleed valves will be opened.

Protective systems respond to the simple trip signals such as pressure switches used for low lube oil pressure, high gas compressor discharge pressure, or similar indications. They also respond to more complex parameters such as overspeed, overtemperature, high vibration, combustion monitor, and loss of flame. To do this, some of these protection systems and their components operate through the master control and protection circuit in the SPEEDTRONIC control system, while other totally mechanical systems operate directly on the components of the turbine. In each case there are two essentially independent paths for stopping fuel flow, making use of both the fuel control valve (FCV) and the fuel stop valve (FSV). Each protective system is designed independent of the control system to avoid the possi-

In the event of a turbine trip, the compressor bleed valves are opened and the inlet guide vanes go to the fully closed position. The inlet guide vanes remain fully closed as the turbine continues to coast down. For underspeed operation, if TNHCOR decreases below approximately 91%, the inlet guide vanes modulate closed at 6.7 degrees per percent decrease in corrected speed. In most cases, if the actual speed decreases below 95% TNH, the generator breaker will open and the turbine speed setpoint will be reset to 100.3%. The IGVs will then go to the minimum full speed angle. See Figure 24. Fund_Mk_VI

STARTUP PROGRAM

FULL CLOSED (MIN ANGLE)

As the unit is loaded and exhaust temperature increases, the inlet guide vanes will go to the full open position when the exhaust temperature reaches one of two points, depending on the operation mode selected. For simple cycle operation, the IGVs move to the full open position at a pre–selected exhaust temperature, usually 371° C (700° F). For combined cycle operation, the IGVs begin to move to the full open position as exhaust temperature approaches the temperature control reference temperature; normally, the IGVs begin to open when exhaust temperature is within 17° C (30° F) of the temperature control reference.

COMBINED CYCLE (TTRX)

25


GE Power Systems bility of a control system failure disabling the protective devices. See Figure 25.

PRIMARY OVERSPEED

MASTER PROTECTION CIRCUIT

GCV SERVOVALVE

GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE

SRV SERVOVALVE

GAS FUEL SPEED RATIO/ STOP VALVE

OVERTEMP

VIBRATION

COMBUSTION MONITOR RELAY VOTING MODULE

LOSS of FLAME

SECONDARY OVERSPEED

MASTER PROTECTION CIRCUIT

20FG

BYPASS VALVE SERVOVALVE

RELAY VOTING MODULE

20FL

FUEL PUMP

LIQUID FUEL STOP VALVE id0036V

Figure 25 Protective Systems Schematic

Trip Oil

Inlet Orifice

A hydraulic trip system called Trip Oil is the primary protection interface between the turbine control and protection system and the components on the turbine which admit, or shut–off, fuel. The system contains devices which are electrically operated by SPEEDTRONIC control signals as well as some totally mechanical devices.

An orifice is located in the line running from the bearing header supply to the trip oil system. This orifice is sized to limit the flow of oil from the lube oil system into the trip oil system. It must ensure adequate capacity for all tripping devices, yet prevent reduction of lube oil flow to the gas turbine and other equipment when the trip system is in the tripped state. Dump Valve

Besides the tripping functions, trip oil also provides a hydraulic signal to the fuel stop valves for normal start–up and shutdown sequences. On gas turbines equipped for dual fuel (gas and oil) operation the system is used to selectively isolate the fuel system not required.

Each individual fuel branch in the trip oil system has a solenoid dump valve (20FL for liquid, 20FG for gas). This device is a solenoid–operated spring–return spool valve which will relieve trip oil pressure only in the branch that it controls. These valves are normally energized–to–run, deenergized–to–trip. This philosophy protects the turbine during all nor-

Significant components of the Hydraulic Trip Circuit are described below. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

26

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems mal situations as well as that time when loss of dc power occurs.

PROTECTIVE SIGNALS

MASTER PROTECTION L4 CIRCUITS

LIQUID FUEL LIQUID FUEL STOP VALVE 20FG

20FL

ORIFICE AND CHECK VALVE NETWORK 63HL

INLET ORIFICE GAS FUEL SPEED RATIO/ STOP VALVE

GAS FUEL

63HG

WIRING PIPING

GAS FUEL DUMP RELAY VALVE OH

id0056

Figure 26 Trip Oil Schematic – Dual Fuel

Check Valve & Orifice Network

dividual fuel stop valve may be selectively closed by dumping the flow of trip oil going to it. Solenoid valve 20FL can cause the trip valve on the liquid fuel stop valve to go to the trip state, which permits closure of the liquid fuel stop valve by its spring return mechanism. Solenoid valve 20FG can cause the trip valve on the gas fuel speed ratio/stop valve to go to the trip state, permitting its spring–returned closure. The orifice in the check valve and orifice network permits independent dumping of each fuel branch of the trip oil system without affecting the other branch. Tripping all devices other than the individual dump valves will result in dumping the total trip oil system, which will shut the unit down.

At the inlet of each individual fuel branch is a check valve and orifice network which limits flow out of that branch. This network limits flow into each branch, thus allowing individual fuel control without total system pressure decay. However, when one of the trip devices located in the main artery of the system, e.g., the overspeed trip, is actuated, the check valve will open and result in decay of all trip pressures. Pressure Switches Each individual fuel branch contains pressure switches (63HL–1,–2,–3 for liquid, 63HG–1,–2,–3 for gas) which will ensure tripping of the turbine if the trip oil pressure becomes too low for reliable operation while operating on that fuel.

During start–up or fuel transfer, the SPEEDTRONIC control system will close the appropriate dump valve to activate the desired fuel system(s). Both dump valves will be closed only during fuel transfer or mixed fuel operation.

Operation The dump valves are de–energized on a “2–out– of–3 voted” trip signal from the relay module. This helps prevent trips caused by faulty sensors or the failure of one controller.

The tripping devices which cause unit shutdown or selective fuel system shutdown do so by dumping the low pressure trip oil (OLT). See Figure 26. An inFund_Mk_VI

27


GE Power Systems The signal to the fuel system servovalves will also be a “close” command should a trip occur. This is done by clamping FSR to zero. Should one controller fail, the FSR from that controller will be zero. The output of the other two controllers is sufficient to continue to control the servovalve.

HIGH PRESSURE OVERSPEED TRIP HP SPEED

TNH

TRIP SETPOINT TNKHOS TNKHOST

By pushing the Emergency Trip Button, 5E P/B, the P28 vdc power supply is cut off to the relays controlling solenoid valves 20FL and 20FG, thus de–energizing the dump valves.

A A>B B

L12H SET AND LATCH

TO MASTER PROTECTION AND ALARM MESSAGE

TEST

LH3HOST

TEST PERMISSIVE

L86MR1

MASTER RESET

RESET

SAMPLING RATE = 0.25 SEC id0060

Figure 27 Electronic Overspeed Trip

Overtemperature Protection

Overspeed Protection

The overtemperature system protects the gas turbine against possible damage caused by overfiring. It is a backup system, operating only after the failure of the temperature control system.

The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI overspeed system is designed to protect the gas turbine against possible damage caused by overspeeding the turbine rotor. Under normal operation, the speed of the rotor is controlled by speed control. The overspeed system would not be called on except after the failure of other systems.

TTKOT1

EXH TEMP

The overspeed protection system consists of a primary and secondary electronic overspeed system. The primary electronic overspeed protection system resides in the controllers. The secondary electronic overspeed protection system resides in the controllers (in ). Both systems consist of magnetic pickups to sense turbine speed, speed detection software, and associated logic circuits and are set to trip the unit at 110% rated speed.

TRIP

TTRX TRIP MARGIN TTKOT2 ALARM MARGIN TTKOT3 CPD/FSR id0053

Figure 29 Overtemperature Protection

Electronic Overspeed Protection System

Under normal operating conditions, the exhaust temperature control system acts to control fuel flow when the firing temperature limit is reached. In certain failure modes however, exhaust temperature and fuel flow can exceed control limits. Under such circumstances the overtemperature protection system provides an overtemperature alarm about 14° C (25° F) above the temperature control reference. To avoid further temperature increase, it starts unloading the gas turbine. If the temperature should increase further to a point about 22° C (40° F) above the temperature control reference, the gas turbine is tripped. For the actual alarm and trip overtempera-

The electronic overspeed protection function is performed in both and as shown in Figure 27. The turbine speed signal (TNH) derived from the magnetic pickup sensors (77NH–1,–2, and –3) is compared to an overspeed setpoint (TNKHOS). When TNH exceeds the setpoint, the overspeed trip signal (L12H) is transmitted to the master protective circuit to trip the turbine and the “OVERSPEED TRIP” message will be displayed on the . This trip will latch and must be reset by the master reset signal L86MR. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

28

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems ture setpoints refer to the Control Specifications. See Figure 29.

will be tripped through the master protection circuit. The trip function will be latched in and the master reset signal L86MR1 must be true to reset and unlatch the trip.

Overtemperature trip and alarm setpoints are determined from the temperature control setpoints derived by the Exhaust Temperature Control software. See Figure 30.

Flame Detection and Protection System The SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI flame detectors perform two functions, one in the sequencing system and the other in the protective system. During a normal start–up the flame detectors indicate when a flame has been established in the combustion chambers and allow the start–up sequence to continue. Most units have four flame detectors, some have two, and a very few have eight. Generally speaking, if half of the flame detectors indicate flame and half (or less) indicate no–flame, there will be an alarm but the unit will continue to run. If more than half indicate loss–of–flame, the unit will trip on “LOSS OF FLAME.” This avoids possible accumulation of an explosive mixture in the turbine and any exhaust heat recovery equipment which may be installed. The flame detector system used with the SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI system detects flame by sensing ultraviolet (UV) radiation. Such radiation results from the combustion of hydrocarbon fuels and is more reliably detected than visible light, which varies in color and intensity.

OVERTEMPERATURE TRIP AND ALARM TTXM

A ALARM

TTKOT3

TTRXB

L30TXA

A>B

ALARM

B

TO ALARM MESSAGE AND SPEED SETPOINT LOWER

A A>B B

TTKOT2

OR A TRIP ISOTHERMAL

TTKOT1

A>B B

L86MR1

SET AND LATCH

L86TXT TRIP

TO MASTER PROTECTION AND ALARM MESSAGE

RESET SAMPLING RATE: 0.25 SEC.

id0055

Figure 30 Overtemperature Trip and Alarm

Overtemperature Protection Software Overtemperature Alarm (L30TXA) The representative value of the exhaust temperature thermocouples (TTXM) is compared with alarm and trip temperature setpoints. The “EXHAUST TEMPERATURE HIGH” alarm message will be displayed when the exhaust temperature (TTXM) exceeds the temperature control reference (TTRXB) plus the alarm margin (TTKOT3) programmed as a Control Constant in the software. The alarm will automatically reset if the temperature decreases below the setpoint.

The flame sensor is a copper cathode detector designed to detect the presence of ultraviolet radiation. The SPEEDTRONIC control will furnish +24Vdc to drive the ultraviolet detector tube. In the presence of ultraviolet radiation, the gas in the detector tube ionizes and conducts current. The strength of the current feedback (4 – 20 mA) to the panel is a proportional indication of the strength of the ultraviolet radiation present. If the feedback current exceeds a threshold value the SPEEDTRONIC generates a logic signal to indicate ”FLAME DETECTED” by the sensor.

Overtemperature Trip (L86TXT) An overtemperature trip will occur if the exhaust temperature (TTXM) exceeds the temperature control reference (TTRXB) plus the trip margin (TTKOT2), or if it exceeds the isothermal trip setpoint (TTKOT1). The overtemperature trip will latch, the “EXHAUST OVERTEMPERATURE TRIP” message will be displayed, and the turbine Fund_Mk_VI

The flame detector system is similar to other protective systems, in that it is self–monitoring. For example, when the gas turbine is below L14HM all channels must indicate “NO FLAME.” If this condition is not met, the condition is annunciated as a 29


GE Power Systems “FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE” alarm and the turbine cannot be started. After firing speed has been reached and fuel introduced to the machine, if at least half the flame detectors see flame the starting sequence is allowed to proceed. A failure of one detector will be annunciated as “FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE” when complete sequence is reached

and the turbine will continue to run. More than half the flame detectors must indicate “NO FLAME” in order to trip the turbine. Note that a short–circuited or open–circuited detector tube will result in a “NO FLAME” signal.

SPEEDTRONIC Mk VI Flame Detection Turbine Protection Logic

28FD UV Scanner 28FD UV Scanner 28FD UV Scanner

Analog I/O

Flame Detection Logic

Display

TBAI VAIC

28FD UV Scanner

Turbine Control Logic

NOTE: Excitation for the sensors and signal processing is performed by SPEEDTRONIC Mk VI circuits

Figure 31 SPEEDTRONIC Mk VI Flame Detection

ido115

Vibration Protection

ceeded, the vibration protection system trips the turbine and annunciates to indicate the cause of the trip.

The vibration protection system of a gas turbine unit is composed of several independent vibration channels. Each channel detects excessive vibration by means of a seismic pickup mounted on a bearing housing or similar location of the gas turbine and the driven load. If a predetermined vibration level is ex-

Each channel includes one vibration pickup (velocity type) and a SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI amplifier circuit. The vibration detectors generate a relatively low voltage by the relative motion of a permanent magnet suspended in a coil and therefore no excitation is necessary. A twisted–pair shielded cable is


30

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems used to connect the detector to the analog input/output module.

Combustion Monitoring

The pickup signal from the analog I/O module is inputted to the computer software where it is compared with the alarm and trip levels programmed as Control Constants. See Figure 32. When the vibration amplitude reaches the programmed trip set point, the channel will trigger a trip signal, the circuit will latch, and a “HIGH VIBRATION TRIP” message will be displayed. Removal of the latched trip condition can be accomplished only by depressing the master reset button (L86MR1) when vibration is not excessive.

The primary function of the combustion monitor is to reduce the likelihood of extensive damage to the gas turbine if the combustion system deteriorates. The monitor does this by examining the exhaust temperature thermocouples and compressor discharge temperature thermocouples. From changes that may occur in the pattern of the thermocouple readings, warning and protective signals are generated by the combustion monitor software to alarm and/or trip the gas turbine. This means of detecting abnormalities in the combustion system is effective only when there is incomplete mixing as the gases pass through the turbine; an uneven turbine inlet pattern will cause an uneven exhaust pattern. The uneven inlet pattern could be caused by loss of fuel or flame in a combustor, a rupture in a transition piece, or some other combustion malfunction.

L39TEST 39V OR A A
FAULT L39VF

VF

B

A A>B ALARM

ALARM L39VA

VA

B

A A>B TRIP

VT

AND

TRIP L39VT

SET AND LATCH

The usefulness and reliability of the combustion monitor depends on the condition of the exhaust thermocouples. It is important that each of the thermocouples is in good working condition.

TRIP

B RESET

Combustion Monitoring Software

AUTO OR MANUAL RESET L86AMR

id0057

The controllers contain a series of programs written to perform the monitoring tasks (See Combustion Monitoring Schematic Figure 33). The main monitor program is written to analyze the thermocouple readings and make appropriate decisions. Several different algorithms have been developed for this depending on the turbine model series and the type of thermocouples used. The significant program constants used with each algorithm are specified in the Control Specification for each unit.

Figure 32 Vibration Protection

When the “VIBRATION TRANSDUCER FAULT” message is displayed and machine operation is not interrupted, either an open or shorted condition may be the cause. This message indicates that maintenance or replacement action is required. With the display, it is possible to monitor vibration levels of each channel while the turbine is running without interrupting operation.

Fund_Mk_VI

31


GE Power Systems COMBUSTION MONITOR ALGORITHM

CTDA MAX

TTKSPL1

MIN

TTKSPL2

MEDIAN SELECT CALCULATE ALLOWABLE SPREAD

TTXM

MAX

TTKSPL5

MIN

TTKSPL7

MEDIAN SELECT

TTXSPL

A

L60SP1

CONSTANTS

A>B B

TTXD2

A

CALCULATE ACTUAL SPREADS

A>B

L60SP2

B A A
L60SP3

B A A
L60SP4

B id0049

Figure 33 Combustion Monitoring Function Algorithm (Schematic)

The most advanced algorithm, which is standard for gas turbines with redundant sensors, makes use of the temperature spread and adjacency tests to differentiate between actual combustion problems and thermocouple failures. The behavior is summarized by the Venn diagram (Figure 34) where:

VENN DIAGRAM

ALSO TRIP IF:

S2 S

S1 S

allow

a. SPREAD #1 (S1): The difference between the highest and the lowest thermocouple reading b. SPREAD #2 (S2): The difference between the highest and the 2nd lowest thermocouple reading c. SPREAD #3 (S3): The difference between the highest and the 3rd lowest thermocouple reading

TRIP IF S1 & S2 OR S2 & S3 ARE ADJACENT

uK

allow

The allowable spread will be between the limits TTKSPL7 and TTKSPL6, usually 17° C 〈30° F) and 53° C (125° F). The values of the combustion monitor program constants are listed in the Control Specifications.

1

COMMUNICATIONS FAILURE TYPICAL K1 = 1.0 K2 = 5.0 K3 = 0.8

TRIP IF S1 & S2 ARE ADJACENT

K3 MONITOR ALARM

K1

TC ALARM

The various controller processor outputs to the cause alarm message displays as well as appropriate control action. The combustion monitor outputs are:

S1 K2

S

allow id0050

Figure 34 Exhaust Temperature Spread Limits

Sallow is the “Allowable Spread”, based on average exhaust temperature and compressor discharge temperature.

Exhaust Thermocouple Trouble Alarm (L30SPTA) If any thermocouple value causes the largest spread to exceed a constant (usually 5 times the allowable

S1, S2 and S3 are defined as follows: FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC MARK VI CONTROL SYSTEM

32

Fund_Mk_VI

GE Power Systems spread), a thermocouple alarm (L30SPTA) is produced. If this condition persists for four seconds, the alarm message “EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE” will be displayed and will remain on until acknowledged and reset. This usually indicates a failed thermocouple, i.e., open circuit.

If any of the trip conditions exist for 9 seconds, the trip will latch and “HIGH EXHAUST TEMPERATURE SPREAD TRIP” message will be displayed. The turbine will be tripped through the master protective circuit. The alarm and trip signals will be displayed until they are acknowledged and reset.

Combustion Trouble Alarm (L30SPA)

Monitor Enable (L83SPM)

A combustion alarm can occur if a thermocouple value causes the largest spread to exceed a constant (usually the allowable spread). If this condition persists for three seconds, the alarm message “COMBUSTION TROUBLE” will be displayed and will remain on until it is acknowledged and reset.

The protective function of the monitor is enabled when the turbine is above 14HS and a shutdown signal has not been given. The purpose of the “enable” signal (L83SPM) is to prevent false action during normal start–up and shutdown transient conditions. When the monitor is not enabled, no new protective actions are taken. The combustion monitor will also be disabled during a high rate of change of FSR. This prevents false alarms and trips during large fuel and load transients.

High Exhaust Temperature Spread Trip (L30SPT) A high exhaust temperature spread trip can occur if: “COMBUSTION TROUBLE” alarm exists, the second largest spread exceeds a constant (usually 0.8 times the allowable spread), and the lowest and second lowest outputs are from adjacent thermocouples

The two main sources of alarm and trip signals being generated by the combustion monitor are failed thermocouples and combustion system problems. Other causes include poor fuel distribution due to plugged or worn fuel nozzles and combustor flameout due, for instance, to water injection.

“EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE” alarm exists, the second largest spread exceeds a constant (usually 0.8 times the allowable spread), and the second and third lowest outputs are from adjacent thermocouples

The tests for combustion alarm and trip action have been designed to minimize false actions due to failed thermocouples. Should a controller fail, the thermocouples from the failed controller will be ignored (similar to temperature control) so as not to give a false trip.

the third largest spread exceeds a constant (usually the allowable spread) for a period of five minutes

Fund_Mk_VI

33


GE Power Systems Training General Electric Company One River Road Schenectady, NY 12345

GE Industrial Control Systems

Mark VI Introduction

System Overview

GE Power Systems

Mark VI Availability 1997,8

Ran Gas & Steam Turbines in GE Plants “Prototypes”

1999

Retrofit Customer Gas & Steam Turbines “Initial Commercial Units”

2000

H, 7FA, Medium ST, IST, LM’s “New Unit Applications” 2001

7EA, LST, FPT “Expanding Applications”

Phased Product Introduction


Control Control Architecture Architecture

• • • • •

Electronics & Packaging Mark VI Configuration Remote I/O Mark VI Versus Mark V Comparison Mark VI ICS Architecture & Communications


Mark VI Circuit Cards

! ! ! !

VME Cards & Backplane I/O Cards Rated For 85 deg C Processor Card Rated For 60 deg C Designed For Direct Interface To Sensors

GE Power Systems

Control Module VME Rack: 21 Slots Power Supply

Cables to Termination Boards

21 Slot VME Rack 13 Slot VME Rack

J101

J102

J103

J104

J105

J106

J107

J108

J109

J110

J111

J112

J113

J114

J115

J116

J117

J118

J119

J120

J121

J201

J202

J203

J204

J205

J206

J207

J208

J209

J210

J211

J212

J213

J214

J215

J216

J217

J218

J219

J220

J221

J301

J302

J303

J304

J305

J306

J307

J308

J309

J310

J311

J312

J313

J314

J315

J316

J317

J318

J319

J320

J321

J402

J403

J404

J405

J406

J407

J408

J409

J410

J411

J412

J413

J414

J415

J416

J417

J418

J419

J420

J421

Communication between cards on VME backplane

Communication between cards and J300 & J400 connectors on VME backplane

Interface to I/O Termination Modules

Test points for power supplies and commons

TP1 = P15 TP2 = ACOM TP# = N15 TP4A = P28AA

TP4B = P28BB TP4C = P28CC TP4D = P28DD TP4E = P28EE Revision Number

TP5 = PCOM TP6 = N28 TP7 = DCOM TP8 = SCOM Engineer

Issue Date

February 23, 1998 SSTSLAY.VSD Page 3

Revision Date

Technician

Revised By

Drawn By

Requisition

WE Barker

Shop Order No.

Title

GENERAL ELECTRIC Industrial Control Systems Salem, Virginia

VME Card Rack Construction Sheet No.

336A5278 Continued on sheet

02E

02D


Termination Boards ! ! ! ! !

Barrier Type Termination Boards Pluggable Terminal Blocks Shield Bar Attached To TB Latching “D” Type Connectors ID Message In Each Connector - Serial Number - Revision Number - Connection Location

To Other GE Control Systems

Operator / Maintenance Interface

Unit Data Highway Ethernet

Mark VI - Simplex Architecture Ethernet

CIMPLICITY R Display System Windows NT TM Operating System

Primary I/O Interface 1. Control 2. Protection 3. Monitoring

Backup Protection 1. Emergency Overspeed 2. Synch Check Protection

Control Module

Protection Module

P S

Termination Boards

Communications To DCS 1. RS232 Modbus Slave/Master 2. Ethernet Modbus Slave 3. Ethernet TCP-IP

X

Y

Z

P.S. CPU I/O

GE Power Systems

Control Architecture Operator / Maintenance Station

NT: Client / Server Capability CIMPLICITYR GUI

Expansion Modules Control Modules

IONet - Ethernet

IONet - Ethernet Unit Data Highway Ethernet Peer-to-Peer Communications

IONet - Ethernet




CIMPLICITY R Display System Windows NT TM Operating System

Communications To DCS 1. RS232 Modbus Slave/Master 2. Ethernet Modbus Slave 3. Ethernet TCP-IP

Primary Controllers 1. Control 2. Protection 3. Monitoring

Protection Module

Control Module

Ethernet

P S

Mark VI - TMR Architecture Redundant Unit Data Highway (if required)

X

P.S. CPU I/O

Y

P.S. CPU I/O

Z

P.S. CPU I/O

Software Voting

Ethernet - IONET

Control Module

P S

Control Module

P S

GE Power Systems

Control Architecture - Separate Processors Operator / Maintenance Station

Remote Processors Controller Modules

Expansion Modules Interface Modules

NT: Client / Server Capability CIMPLICITYR GUI IONet - Ethernet

IONet - Ethernet

IONet - Ethernet




CIMPLICITYR Display System Windows NTTM Operating System

Primary Processors 1. Application Software 2. Software Voting 3. HMI Communications Control Module

Primary I/O Interface 1. Control 2. Protection 3. Monitoring

Ethernet

Protection Module

Interface Module

P C S P U

P S

X

P.S. CPU I/O

Y

P.S. CPU I/O

Z

P.S. CPU I/O

Redundant Unit Data Highway (if required) Control Module P C S P U

Control Module

Software Voting

Mark VI - TMR Architecture (Remote I/O)

Communications To DCS 1. RS232 Modbus Slave/Master 2. Ethernet Slave 3. Ethernet TCP-IP GSM

Interface Module

P S

Interface Module

P C S P U

P S

VCMI 1

UCVB 2

3

4

5

6

I/O Data On Backplane V O T E

Application Software

I/O From Other Modules

Voting Data

VCMI 1

UCVB 2 3

4

5

6



I/O From Other Modules VCMI 1

UCVB 2 3

4

5



I/O From Other Modules

6

GE Power Systems

Example of Voting Contact Inputs Contact

TB

Internal "Fanned" Connectors

I/O Card

Vote 2/3 "Each" Contact

Vote 2/3 "Field" Contacts

VCMI

UCV_

VCCC TBCI


IONet VCCC

VCMI

UCV_ Application Software

IONet * Redundant field contacts terminate on separate TB's. Example: 63QT1, 63QT2, 63QA

VCCC

VCMI

UCV_ Application Software

GE Power Systems

Example of Voting Servo Channels Valve Stroke Reference

No Voting Of Servo Outputs

Valve Regulators

UCV_

VCMI

VSVO TSVO

3 Coil Servo Valve

Hydraulic Cylinder

IONet UCV_

Coil 1

VCMI

VSVO

LVDTs

Coil 2

Coil 3

IONet

3.2kHz, 7 Vrms Excitation

UCV_

VCMI

VSVO LVDT Feedback

GE Power Systems

Example of Voting Servo Channels (Separate TB’s for No Single Point Failures) Valve Stroke Reference

No Voting Of Servo Outputs

Valve Regulators

UCV_

VCMI

VSVO

TSVO

3 Coil Servo Valve

Hydraulic Cylinder

IONet UCV_

Coil 1

VCMI

VSVO

LVDTs

Coil 2

Coil 3

IONet UCV_

VCMI

VSVO 3.2kHz, 7 Vrms Excitation

LVDT Feedback

GE Power Systems

Backup Protection Module VPRO Card Y

VPRO Card X

S E R

J 5

x

x

I O N E T

x

x

J 3

x

F VPRO x

RUN FAIL STAT 8 X 4 Y T 2 Z R 1 C S E R

J 6

J 5

P5 COM P28A P28B E T H R

To TPRO

To TREG

x

RUN FAIL STAT 8 X 4 Y T 2 Z R 1 C

Ground

To TPRO

x

x

x

• Functions

x x

I O N E T

IONet R IONet S IONet T

x

x

x

VPRO Card Z

J 4

P A R A L

N x

J 3

P O W E R x

F VPRO x

x

I O N E T

RUN FAIL STAT X 8 Y 4 T 2 Z R 1 C S E R

J 6

J 5


J 4

P A R A L

N x

J 3

P O W E R x

F VPRO x

x

J 6


J 4

P A R A L

N x

x P O W E R x

To TREG

Power In 125 Vdc

- Emergency Overspeed - Backup Synch Check • Triple Redundant - Isolated from Backplane - Separate PS, CPU, I/O - On-line Repair • 10ms Execution • Monitoring from 2 RPM • Communications - 3 Ethernet Links - Cross-Trippng - Permissives - Diagnostics on Network

GE Power Systems

Industrial Steam Turbine Control Cabinet (Simplex)

! ! ! ! !

NEMA 1 Convection Cooled Front Access Top / Bottom Cable Entrance Separate High & Low Level Channels Various Cabinet Arrangements Available

GE Power Systems

Industrial Steam Turbine Control

GE Power Systems

Typical TMR Cabinet Lineup (H, 7FA, D11, LST)

Mark VI Termination Cabinet

Mark VI Control Cabinet


1,600mm

1,000mm

1,600mm

• Terminations • Card Racks • Signal Conditioning

• Terminations • Signal Conditioning

• Rittal Cabinets • E-coat Primed • Pebble Gray RAL 7032 • NEMA 1 Convection Cooled • Top/Bottom Cable Entrance • Front Access • Depth = 600mm • Height = 2,324mm

GE Power Systems

7EA Skid With Generator Controls

EX2000 Brushless Regulator

Mark VI Control Cabinet


Generator Protection Cabinet

1,000mm

1,000mm

1,600mm

1,600mm

• Rittal Cabinets • E-coat Primed • Pebble Gray • NEMA 1 Convection Cooled • Top/Bottom Cables • Front Access • Depth = 600mm • Height = 2,324mm

GE Power Systems

Protection Module 3 Independent Sections

Center Cabinet 3 Control Modules

GE Power Systems

New Unit 7FA GT D11 ST Cabinet

GE Power Systems

Codes / Environment / Information

•

Codes and Standards - CE Mark: EMC 89/336/EEC amended 93/68/EEC (Now Certified) - EPRI: TR 102323-R1 emi/rfi & surge - Lots of Others

• Environment - 0 to 45 C Continuos, 0 to 50 C (Maintenance Periods) - PCs, Monitors, Printers, etc. 0 to 40 C - 5 to 95% Non-condensing - Others

• Information Sources - GER-4193 Mark VI Turbine Control (Power Leader Conference) Mark VI Product Description (GE-IS Intranet) - GEH-6421 Mark VI System Manual (Excellent Reference) - GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox

GE Power Systems

Effects of Ambient Temperature

Normalized MTBF

1.4 1.2 MTBF >40%

1 0.8 0.6

15 deg C

0.4 0.2 0 30

35

40

T (degrees C)

45

50


Typical System Architecture Operator Console CIMPLICITY Viewer

CIMPLICITY Viewer

NT

CIMPLICITY Viewer

NT

Engr'g Workstation B/N Mach Mgmnt SW GERS PEMS GEMIS Toolbox

NT

Engineering Services

Toolbox Laptops

NT

NT

Toolbox Laptops

Color Laser Red. Xcvr.

Laser printer

Plant Data Highway - Ethernet Plant Data Highway - Ethernet

CIMPLICITY Server

Historian

OSM

NT

NT

CIMPLICITY Server

NT

Red. Xcvr.

Red. Xcvr.

Red. Xcvr.

Red. Xcvr.

Unit Data Highway - EGD Unit Data Highway - EGD

Red. Xcvr.

* Or Mark VI

RCM

GBC

GBC

GBC

GBC

Proc

BTM

P Supply

RCM

Proc

BTM

VCMC

VCMC

Prox Inputs

UCVB UCVB P Supply P Supply

Gas Turbine & HRSG Controls

VCMC

UCVB

VCMC

Control Module

Bentley Nevada

UCVB P Supply

UCVB

VCMC

P Supply P Supply

UCVB

UC2000

VCMC

UC2000

Red. Xcvr.

P Supply

Red. Xcvr.

Red. Xcvr.

Fanuc 90/70 Mark VI

P Supply

Mark VI

Control Module

I/O Net

Steam Turbine Control

Unit Auxiliaries

I/O Net

AC

Mark VI

Innovation

Exciter

LCI

Remote I/O Remote I/O

Remote I/O

Genius Block

Mark VI

Genius Block

DC2000 DC2000 DC2000

Genius Block

Generator/ Transformer Protection

Genius Block

Mark VI

GE Power Systems Typical 7FA & D11 ST Network Plant Data Highway - Ethernet

IRIG-B Time Synch DCS Protocols Ethernet TCP-IP GSM Ethernet TCP-IP Modbus RS232/485 Modbus

Local Operator Station

Local Operator Station

Gas Turbine #1

Engineer's Station

Gas Turbine #2 Unit Data Highway - Ethernet

Gas Turbine Control Mark VI

Generator Excitation EX2000

Gas Turbine Control Mark VI

Steam Turbine Network Time Protocol NTP


Static Starter

Steam Turbine Control Mark VI


GE Power Systems Exhaust To Stack

IP Steam

HRSG Hot Reheat Steam

HP Steam

Typical “H” Network

Cold Reheat Steam

Comb.

T

C Gas Turbine

HP

IP/LP

Generator

Steam Turbine

Air

GT & Cooling Steam

HRSG & Steam Cycle Mech. Aux.

Steam Turbine & Bypass

Static Starter

Generator Excitation/Prot.

Mark VI

Mark VI

Mark VI

LCI

EX2001

Router Unit Data Highway To Other Units

LP Steam

Maintenance Workstation

Unit HMI Server (Gateway) Plant Data Highway

Unit HMI Server (Gateway)

GE Power Systems

Large Reheat Steam Turbine Network Plant Data Highway

Unit Data Highway

Mark VI

RST

Mark VI

RFPT

RFPT

EX2000

GEN


Typical Software Execution Rates 1 ms Contact Inputs (Sequence Of Events) ! 5 ms Servo Loops ! 10 ms Read Inputs ! 40 ms Complete System Execution (Frame) Rate !

40ms Complete Frame Rate Read Inputs

Vote Data

Execute Application Software

Output Data

GE Power Systems

Communications

• IONet (Internal to Mark VI)

••10Base-5 - Ethernet (Coax, 10 Base 2) ADL Protocol 10Base-5 max maxseg. seg.==500m 500m/ /1,640’ 1,640’ ••10Base-2 - Rates: Ethernet = 10 MB, Voting = 40/20ms 10Base-2 max maxseg. seg.==185m 185m/ /607’ 607’ • 10Base-T max seg. = 100m / 328’ - Time Synch = 50-100 micro-sec • 10Base-T max seg. = 100m / 328’ • • Unit Data Highway (Mark VI/ EX2000/LCI) •10Base-FL 10Base-FLmax maxseg. seg.==2km 2km/ /1.2 1.2miles miles FOIRL = 1km / 0.6 - Ethernet (UTP Cat 5 or Fiber) EGD Protocol FOIRL = 1km / 0.6miles miles - Peer-To-Peer Communications - Rates: Ethernet = 10 MB (Std.) / 100 MB, 40ms - Time Synch = 1ms Time Coherence NTP Protocol • Plant Data Highway - Ethernet TCP-IP Protocol - Rates: Ethernet = 10 MB (Std.) / 100 MB, 40ms • External Communication Links - RS232 Modbus Master / Slave From HMI - Ethernet TCP-IP Modbus Slave From HMI - Ethernet TCP-IP GSM From HMI - Other Links Supported By CIMPLICITYTM Software - Wide Area Network (WAN): not usually inGE scope - Remote Access: modem for diagnostics from factory - Time Synch: IRIG-B (GPS Receiver not usually in GE scope)

GE Power Systems

Mark V Versus Mark VI • Unique Backplane / Architecture • VME Backplane / Architecture • Not Expandable • Expandable • Not Upgradeable • Upgradeable • Box Type Terminal Blocks • Barrier Type Terminal Blocks - Not Pluggable • Compact Enclosure • Integer Data • Arcnet Network - Network Interface: Module - 2nd Network Interface: Module - Backup Display Needed - No Peer-to-Peer Communications • Operator / Maintenance Interface - Unique Operating System - Unique Graphic User Interface - Unique Maintenance Tools - Compatibility: Mark V Only

- Pluggable • Large Enclosure; Easier Maintenance • Floating Point Data • Ethernet Network - Network Interface: Main Processor Card - 2nd Network Interface: 2nd Processor Card - Backup Display Not Required - Peer-to-Peer Communications • Operator / Maintenance Interface - Windows NT Operating System - Cimplicity Graphic User Interface - Enhanced Maintenance Tools - Compatibility: Mark IV, V, VI


Mark VI vs Mark V (Hardware)

• VME Architecture • Remote I/O • Pluggable, barrier type TBs (increased size) • No Module - Ethernet or Genius from ~~to Operator Interface - No backup operator interface - RS232 Modbus from VME rack to DCS •~~
~~Module supplied for EOS, Synch Check, OT Protection - Auto Synch & Synch Check swapped &~~
~~• Gas Turbine only - Flame moved from~~
~~to ~~- Exhaust OT protection moved from to~~~~
• Medium & Large Steam only - PLU & EVA moved from to


Mark VI vs Mark V Comparison RS232 Modbus to DCS RS422

Backup Interface

VME Controller VME Controller

Genius Bus to Flat Panel Interface & Remote I/O

TMR Only

Turbine I/O Primary Control & Protection

VME Controller Discrete Wires

Protection “X” “Y” “Z”

Used Only If No Mech OS Bolt

Common I/O Arcnet Ethernet

Turbine I/O Special Protection

Turbine I/O Monitoring

Remote Computer CimplicityR & Windows NTR


Human Human Machine Machine Interface Interface (HMI) (HMI)

• • • •

Operator Interface UC2000 Software Maintenance Tools Application Software Historian


Flat Panel - Operator Interface Unit #1A Speed MW Var PF IP HPX LPX V1 Pos V2 Pos V3 Pos !

Main Display XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX

rpm MW Mvar PF psi psi psi % % %

Vib 1X Vib 1Y Vib 2X Vib 2Y Vib 3X Vib 3Y Axial 1 Axial 2 Eccent

05-Sept-1997 8:30:14 Control

Monitor

XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX

05-Sept-1997 10:14:57 mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils

IP Limit XXXX IP Control XXXX HP Extrac XXXX LP Extrac XXXX EP Control XXXX Econ Mode XXXX Gen Breaker XXXX TL Breaker XXXX Droop/Isoch XXXX Turning Gear XXXX

mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils mils

1 * L39V1X Turbine Vibration High - Prox. 1X

Tests On-line

Tests Off-line

Alarms

More Menu

Return Display


Operator / Maintenance Interface ! ! ! ! ! !

! !

!

!

CimplicityTM Graphics Windows NTTM Op Sys. Client / Server Redundant Servers Remote Access Platforms - PC - Laptop Trending Logging - Alarms (40ms) - Diagnostics (40ms) - SOE (1ms) Communication Links - RS232 Modbus - Ethernet Modbus - Ethernet TCP-IP Maintenance Tools



! !

!

!




! !

!

!




! !

!

!



Multiple Languages

! ! ! ! !

!

Operator Displays Alarm Messages Event Messages Help Files Non-English Windows NTTM Documentation


UC2000 - Maintenance Software Tools ! ! ! !

! ! ! Relay Ladder Diagram Editor for Boolean Functions

!

! !

Programmable Floating Point Math Blocks Editors For: - Application Software - I/O Assignments - Tuning Constants Password Protection Diagnostics Access Trending Forcing - Logic Data - Analog Data Help Files 95 & NT Compatible

GE Power Systems

Software Maintenance Tools - In Japanese Tool Bars Menus

! ! !

Download Procedures

Help Files Documentation Selectable With English

GE Power Systems

Maintenance Tools

! ! ! !

Display Multiple Racks Add / Delete Racks Add / Delete Cards Add / Delete TB’s

GE Power Systems

It’s NOT Just CimplicityTM Signals Devices Resources

GE FANUC - CIMPLICITY HMI v4.01 SP 2

SDB Exchange

Point Database

(Links to SCAPI System Configuration API)

SDB (System DataBase GE Salem)

EGD & "R" of SRTP

(import)

M6B Put = Post

SDB Util

Mark VI Runtime Configuration File (Salem)

DCS

v03.05.04C

to Ethernet ICN EGD DEVCOM

Requisition Engineer

Toolbox

SOE

EGD - Ethernet Global Data ADL - Asynchronous Drive Language SDI - System Data Interface MarkVI_HMI_Topology_1.vsd contact: Michael Good Last Revised: Oct 12, 1999

TCI

ICN Service

Process Alarm data (Salem - built by Hand)

External Alarm Manager interface

GSM GEDS Standard Messaging MODBUS

MODBUS point data (Serial or Ethernet)

Turbine Control Interface v1.5

Q DDBuild2

alarm.da t

MODBUS Master

v2.5

Sequence of Events data

GE Salem Configuration Utility

(Distributed Control System)

CIMB CIMPLICITY Bridge (FANUC/ Salem)

EGD

ICN global memory section

Get = Bind

(Remote Terminal Unit) MODBUS Slave

Service Request Transfer Protocol (SRTP) DEVCOM

NTP

SDB Service

Q

Alarm Queue Manager

Point Manager

Screens

Manually extract list of points for which controller must supply data.

RTU

Utility to build Data Dictionary (Salem)

DD Data Dictionary

Alarm System (Process alarms)

MODBUS Slave

Q ACK LOCK RESET

EGD Ethernet

Mark VI Controller


I/O I/O Architecture Architecture

• • • •

General Purpose I/O Direct Interface To Sensors & Actuators Turbine Specific I/O Interface Power Requirements


General Purpose I/O

• Contact Inputs (48 / VME card) - 125vdc (standard), 24vdc (option) - Optical Isolation - 1ms time tag (Sequence Of Events) • Relay Outputs (24 / VME card) - Plug-in, Magnetic Relays - Dry, Form “C” Contacts & Solenoid Interface (Fused) • Analog I/O (20/4 / VME card) - Inputs: 4-20ma, 0-1ma, +/-5vdc, +/-10vdc - Outputs: 4-20ma, 0-200ma • Thermocouple Inputs (24 / VME card) - Grounded or Ungrounded, Software Linearization • RTD Inputs (16 / VME card) - Grounded or Ungrounded, Software Linearization


Direct Interface No Vendor Instrumentation Mark VI

Turbine

• • • •

Eliminates Failure Points Reduces Maintenance Fewer Spare Parts Better Diagnostics

Load


Turbine Specific I/O (Direct Interface)

• Servo Channels For Control Valves (4 / VME card) - Bi-polar Outputs: +/-10, 20, 40, 80, 120ma - LVDT or LVDR Feedback, Software Regulation - (2) Pulse Rate Inputs /VME Card: Flow Divider or LP Speed • Speed Inputs (4 /VME card) - Passive Magnetic Pickups - Can Detect 2 rpm Turning Gear Speed - Separate EOS Module (Triple Redundant) • Vibration Inputs - (16) Vibration Inputs /VME card): Seismic, Prox, Accel.,Velomiter - (8) Position - (2) Keyphasors - Direct Plug Connection to Bently Nevada 3500 Monitor - Buffered BNC Outputs to Bently Nevada Analysis Equipment - Option For B-N DM2000 Embedded In Mark VI HMI


Turbine Specific I/O (Direct Interface)

• Flame Inputs (8 / VME card) - 335vdc Excitation Provided By Mark VI - Low Light Intensity Diagnostics • Shaft Voltage / Current Monitor • Automatic Synchronizing - (2) Single Phase PTs (Speed Matching & Voltage Matching) - Separate Synch Check Protection (Triple Redundant) • Generator Card - (2) 3 Phase PT Inputs - (3) 1 Phase CT Inputs - Power Load Unbalance & Early Valve Actuation - (4) Analog Inputs: 4-20ma, +/-5vdc, +/-10vdc - (12) Relay Outputs

Input Diagnostics

or or Control Module

Termination Board

Processor Card IS200UCV_

Input Card System (Software) Limit Checking - 2 Hi / Lo Limits J#1

J3/4 A/D

Process Input

Process Input in Engineering Units

f( ) Config_en_L(n)

Config_en_O(n) Sensor

Enable

Scaling

Noise Suppression

Config_lmt(n)

Latch

A=>B or A=
AND

Hi / Lo Select

Sensor

Noise Suppression

System Limit Check

OR

System Alarm Disable Config_latch(n) Latch Alarm

AND

AND Sensor

Noise Suppression

Reset Alarm Latch

To Other System Alarms

Diagnostic (Hardware) Limit Checking - 2 Hi / Lo Limits Sensor

Noise Suppression

Filtered Signal Hi / Lo Limits

Sensor

A=>B or A=
Latch OR

Diagnostic Alarm Limit Check

Noise Suppression

AND

Reset Diagnostic Alarm Latch

To Other Diagnostic Alarms Sensor

Noise Suppression

From Other Diagnostic Alarms

OR

Composite Diagnostic Alarm For Input Card

"System" Alarm Disable

Revision Number

Engineer

Issue Date

December 1, 1997

TEMP.VSD Page 5

Revision Date Revised By

Technician Drawn By

Requisition

WE Barker

Shop Order No.

Title

GENERAL ELECTRIC Industrial Control Systems Salem, Virginia

Input Limit Checking Sheet No.

336A5278 Continued on sheet

04D

04C


Control Valve Interface Actuating Cylinder Mark VI Controllers

3 Coil Servo Valve Coil 1

Coil 2 Coil 3

Dual LVDT Feedback


Control Valve Interface Actuating Cylinder Servo Valve

Mark VI Controller

Coil 1 Coil 2

Dual LVDT Feedback


Speed Control & Overspeed Protection Primary Speed Pickups

Mark VI Controllers

Emergency Speed Pickups

Protection Module “X”

“Y” “Z” Relay

Contact Voting

• Fast Sampling • Min. Threshold Det. • dN/dt Diagnostics • Cross-tripping • Communications Trip Solenoids


Flame Detection

UV Scanners

Mark VI

Flame Diagnostics

Low Light Intensity Diagnostics


Shaft Voltage & Current Monitor Voltage Brush Mark VI Mark VI Mark V Monitor Monitor Monitor & & & Diagnostics Diagnostics Diagnostics

Shaft Current Brush Shunt Case


Synchronizing

•• Speed SpeedMatching Matching •• Voltage Voltage Matching Matching •• Phase Phase/ /Slip SlipWindows Windows •• Breaker BreakerClosure ClosureTime Time Diagnostics Diagnostics •• Synch SynchCheck CheckProtection Protection •• Manual Synch Manual SynchFrom FromHMI HMI

Primary Phase / Slip Windows

Protection Module Breaker Coil

“X”

“Y”

R,S,T

Manual

“Z”

Generator Bus Line Bus

Perm. X,Y,Z

Bus Backup Phase/Slip Windows


Power Power Distribution Module

100 - 145 vdc 108 - 132 vac 216 - 264 vac 47 - 63 Hz

#1 AC SUPPLY

108 - 132 vac 216 - 264 vac 47 - 63 Hz

#2 AC SUPPLY

• •

To Mark V Controllers

Ground Detection Undervoltage Detection


Command Hierarchy

UCVB Processor

TBCI

VCRC

VCMI Command

Permissive Per Point

Genius Block Command

Permissive

Raise

L

R

Per Point HMI Logic Command Communication Link

Lower Permissive Numerical Entry

Link Level HMI

Logic Command From HMI Command

Permissive

Logic Command Unit Data Highway Per Point

L

GE Power Systems

Historian Architecture I/O

I/O

Mark VI

PLC

Ethernet

Turbine Control Exception Database Alarms&Events

I/O 3rd Party Devices

Ethernet

Data Dictionary

Modbus

PI Archives

Server Side Client Side

Web Browser Alarm & Event Report Cross Plot Event Scanner

PIProcessBook Graphical Interface Historical Trends Real Time Trends

PIDataLink Reports: Excel, Access, SQL, Minitab, etc.

GE Power Systems

Historian • •

Windows NT, PITM System by OSI Software Inc. Data Retains Local Time Tags - 1ms SOE, All Contact Inputs - 40ms All Alarms • 20,000 Total Point Tags @ 1 Hz • Configurable Data Compression • 4 MB per Day per Unit (500 points) Varies With Stability Of Process & Deadbands • PI Data Link: Reports • PI Process Book: Process Data (Trends) • PI - PI Exchange: Additional PI Archives • Tools - Alarm and Event Reports - Historical Cross-Plots - Event Scanner - Process Data (Trends) - Reports

GE Power Systems

Stage Test Facility

! ! !

!

System Integration Test

Two Operator Consoles System Stage Test Customer Demonstrations Customer Training

g SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System Walter Barker Michael Cronin GE Power Systems Schenectady, NY

GER-4193A

GE Power Systems

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Triple Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 I/O Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Purpose I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Application Specific I/O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Operator Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Software Maintenance Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Communication Link Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Time Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Codes and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Safety Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Printed Wire Board Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 CE – Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 CE – Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Gas Contaminants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Dust Contaminants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Seismic Universal Building Code (UBC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

GE Power Systems GER-4193A (10/00) ■

■

i

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System Introduction

Architecture

The SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI turbine control is the current state-of-the-art control for GE turbines that have a heritage of more than 30 years of successful operation. It is designed as a complete integrated control, protection, and monitoring system for generator and mechanical drive applications of gas and steam turbines. It is also an ideal platform for integrating all power island and balance-of-plant controls. Hardware and software are designed with close coordination between GE’s turbine design engineering and controls engineering to insure that your control system provides the optimum turbine performance and you receive a true “system” solution. With Mark VI, you receive the benefits of GE’s unmatched experience with an advanced turbine control platform. (See Figure 1.)

The heart of the control system is the Control Module, which is available in either a 13- or 21slot standard VME card rack. Inputs are received by the Control Module through termination boards with either barrier or box-type terminal blocks and passive signal conditioning. Each I/O card contains a TMS320C32 DSP processor to digitally filter the data before conversion to 32 bit IEEE-854 floating point format. The data is then placed in dual port memory that is accessible by the on-board C32 DSP on one side and the VME bus on the other. In addition to the I/O cards, the Control Module contains an “internal” communication card, a main processor card, and sometimes a flash disk card. Each card takes one slot except for the main processor that takes two slots. Cards are manufactured with surface-mounted technology and conformal coated per IPC-CC830. I/O data is transmitted on the VME backplane between the I/O cards and the VCMI card located in slot 1. The VCMI is used for “internal” communications between: ■ I/O cards that are contained within its card rack ■ I/O cards that may be contained in expansion I/O racks called Interface Modules

• Over 30 years experience • Complete control, protection, and monitoring • Can be used in variety of applications • Designed by GE turbine and controls engineering

Figure 1. Benefits of Speedtronic™ Mark VI GE Power Systems GER-4193A (10/00) ■

■

■ I/O in backup
Protection Modules ■ I/O in other Control Modules used in triple redundant control configurations ■ The main processor card The main processor card executes the bulk of the application software at 10, 20, or 40 ms depending on the requirements of the application. Since most applications require that spe1

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System cific parts of the control run at faster rates (i.e. servo loops, pyrometers, etc.), the distributed processor system between the main processor and the dedicated I/O processors is very important for optimum system performance. A QNX operating system is used for real-time applications with multi-tasking, priority-driven preemptive scheduling, and fast-context switching. Communication of data between the Control Module and other modules within the Mark VI control system is performed on IONet. The VCMI card in the Control Module is the IONet bus master communicating on an Ethernet 10Base2 network to slave stations. A unique poling type protocol (Asynchronous Drives Language) is used to make the IONet more deterministic than traditional Ethernet LANs. An optional Genius Bus™ interface can be provided on the main processor card in Mark VI Simplex controls for communication with the GE Fanuc family of remote I/O blocks. These blocks can be selected with the same software configuration tools that select Mark VI I/O cards, and the data is resident in the same database. The Control Module is used for control, protection, and monitoring functions, but some applications require backup protection. For example, backup emergency overspeed protection is always provided for turbines that do not have a mechanical overspeed bolt, and backup synch check protection is commonly provided for generator drives. In these applications, the IONet is extended to a Backup Protection Module that is available in Simplex and triple redundant forms. The triple redundant version contains three independent sections (power supply, processor, I/O) that can be replaced while the turbine is running. IONet is used to access diagnostic data or for cross-tripping between the Control Module and the


■

Protection Module, but it is not required for tripping.

Triple Redundancy Mark VI control systems are available in Simplex and Triple Redundant forms for small applications and large integrated systems with control ranging from a single module to many distributed modules. The name Triple Module Redundant (TMR) is derived from the basic architecture with three completely separate and independent Control Modules, power supplies, and IONets. Mark VI is the third generation of triple redundant control systems that were pioneered by GE in 1983. System throughput enables operation of up to nine, 21-slot VME racks of I/O cards at 40 ms including voting the data. Inputs are voted in software in a scheme called Software Implemented Fault Tolerance (SIFT). The VCMI card in each Control Module receives inputs from the Control Module back-plane and other modules via “its own” IONet. Data from the VCMI cards in each of the three Control Modules is then exchanged and voted prior to transmitting the data to the main processor cards for execution of the application software. Output voting is extended to the turbine with three coil servos for control valves and 2 out of 3 relays for critical outputs such as hydraulic trip solenoids. Other forms of output voting are available, including a median select of 4-20ma outputs for process control and 0200ma outputs for positioners. Sensor interface for TMR controls can be either single, dual, triple redundant, or combinations of redundancy levels. The TMR architecture supports riding through a single point failure in the electronics and repair of the defective card or module while the process is running. Adding sensor redundancy increases the fault tolerance

2

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System of the overall “system.” Another TMR feature is the ability to distinguish between field sensor faults and internal electronics faults. Diagnostics continuously monitor the 3 sets of input electronics and alarms any discrepancies between them as an internal fault versus a sensor fault. In addition, all three main processors continue to execute the correct “voted” input data. (See Figure 2.) Other GE ToTo Other GE Control Systems Control Systems

Operator Maintenance Operator /Maintenance Interface Interface Communications to DCS

Unit Data Highway Unit Data Highway Ethernet Ethernet

CIMPLICITY RDisplay System CIMPLICITY® Display System WindowsNT TM OperatingSystem Windows NT™ Operating System

CommunicationsToDCS 1.RS232 RS232 Modbus Modbus Slave/Master Slave/Master 1. Ethernet TCP-IP Slave 2.Ethernet TCP-IPModbus Modbus Slave 3. GSM 3.Ethernet Ethernet TCP-IP TCP-IPGSM

BackupProtection 1.Emergency Emergency Overspeed 1. Overspeed 2. Synch Synch Check Check Protection 2. Protection

Protection Module Protection Module

Control Module Control Module

P S

X

P.S. P.S. CPU CPU I/O I/O

Y


Z


Redundant Unit

RedundantUnit Data Highway Data Highway (Required) (ifrequired)

Ethernet Ethernet- IONet - IONet

Software SoftwareVoting Voting


P S

Ethernet Ethernet --IONet IONet


P S

Ethernet - IONet Ethernet - IONet

Figure 2. Mark VI TMR control configuration

I/O Interface There are two types of termination boards. One type has two 24-point, barrier-type terminal blocks that can be unplugged for field maintenance. These are available for Simplex and TMR controls. They can accept two 3.0 mm2 (#12AWG) wires with 300 volt insulation. Another type of termination board used on Simplex controls is mounted on a DIN rail and


I/O devices on the equipment can be mounted up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the termination boards, and the termination boards must be within 15 m (49.2’) from their corresponding I/O cards. Normally, the termination boards are mounted in vertical columns in termination cabinets with pre-assigned cable lengths and routing to minimize exposure to emi-rfi for noise sensitive signals such as speed inputs and servo loops.

Backup Protection

Primary Controllers Primary Controllers 1. Control 1. Control 2.2.Protection Protection 3. 3.Monitoring Monitoring

Ethernet Ethernet

has one, fixed, box-type terminal block. It can accept one 3.0 mm2 (#12AWG) wire or two 2.0 mm2 (#14AWG) wires with 300 volt insulation.

■

General Purpose I/O Discrete I/O. A VCRC card provides 48 digital inputs and 24 digital outputs. The I/O is divided between 2 Termination Boards for the contact inputs and another 2 for the relay outputs. (See Table 1.) Analog I/O. A VAIC card provides 20 analog inputs and 4 analog outputs. The I/O is divided between 2 Termination Boards. A VAOC is dedicated to 16 analog outputs and interfaces with 1 barrier-type Termination Board or 2 box-type Termination Boards. (See Table 2.) Temperature Monitoring. A VTCC card provides interface to 24 thermocouples, and a VRTD card provides interface for 16 RTDs. The input cards interface with 1 barrier-type TB

Type

I/O

TBCI

Barrier

24 CI

DTCI

Box

24 CI

TICI

Barrier

24 CI

TRLY

Barrier

12 CO

DRLY

Box

12 CO

Characteristics 70-145Vdc, optical isolation, 1ms SOE 2.5ma/point except last 3 input are 10ma / point 18-32Vdc, optical isolation, 1ms SOE 2.5ma/point except last 3 input are 10ma/point 70-145Vdc, 200-250Vdc, 90-132Vrms, 190-264Vrms (47-63Hz), optical isolation 1ms SOE, 3ma / point Plug-in, magnetic relays, dry, form “C” contacts 6 circuits with fused 3.2A, suppressed solenoid outputs Form H1B: diagnostics for coil current Form H1C: diagnostics for contact voltage Voltage Resistive Inductive 24Vdc 3.0A 3.0 amps L/R = 7 ms, no suppr. 3.0 amps L/R = 100 ms, with suppr 125Vdc 0.6A 0.2 amps L/R = 7 ms, no suppr. 0.6 amps L/R = 100 ms, with suppr 120/240Vac 6/3A 2.0 amps pf = 0.4 Same as TRLY, but no solenoid circuits

Table 1. Discrete I/O 3

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System

Analog I/O TB TBAI

Type Barrier

I/O 10 AI 2 AO

TBAO

Barrier

16 AO

DTAI

Box

10 AI 2 AO

DTAO

Box

8 AO

Characteristics (8) 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-5,10Vdc inputs (2) 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-1ma (500 ohms) inputs Current limited +24Vdc provided per input (2) +24V, 0.2A current limited power sources (1) 4-20ma output (500 ohms) (1) 4-20ma (500 ohms) or 0-200ma (50 ohms) output (16) 4-20ma outputs (500 ohms) (8) 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-5,10Vdc inputs (2) 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-1ma (500 ohms) inputs Current limited +24Vdc available per input (1) 4-20ma output (500 ohms) (1) 4-20ma (500 ohms) or 0-200ma (50 ohms) output (8) 4-20ma outputs (500 ohms)

Table 2. Analog I/O Termination Board or 2 box-type Termination Boards. Capacity for monitoring 9 additional thermocouples is provided in the Backup Protection Module. (See Table 3.) Temperature Monitoring TB TBTC

Type Barrier

I/O 24 TC

DTTC TRTD

Box Barrier

12 TC 16 RTD

DTAI

Box

8 RTD

Characteristics Types: E, J, K, T, grounded or ungrounded H1A fanned (paralleled) inputs, H1B dedicated inputs Types: E, J, K, T, grounded or ungrounded 3 points/RTD, grounded or ungrounded 10 ohm copper, 100/200 ohm platinum, 120 ohm nick H1A fanned (paralleled) inputs, H1B dedicated inputs RTDs, 3 points/RTD, grounded or ungrounded 10 ohm copper, 100/200 ohm platinum, 120 ohm nick

Table 3. Temperature Monitoring

Application Specific I/O In addition to general purpose I/O, the Mark VI has a large variety of cards that are designed for direct interface to unique sensors and actuators. This reduces or eliminates a substantial amount of interposing instrumentation in many applications. As a result, many potential single-point failures are eliminated in the most critical area for improved running reliability and reduced long-term maintenance. Direct interface to the sensors and actuators also enables the diagnostics to directly interrogate the devices on the equipment for maximum effectiveness. This data is used to analyze device and system performance. A subtle benefit of this design is that spare-parts inventories are


■

reduced by eliminating peripheral instrumentation. The VTUR card is designed to integrate several of the unique sensor interfaces used in turbine control systems on a single card. In some applications, it works in conjunction with the I/O interface in the Backup Protection Module described below. Speed (Pulse Rate) Inputs. Four-speed inputs from passive magnetic sensors are monitored by the VTUR card. Another two-speed (pulse rate) inputs can be monitored by the servo card VSVO which can interface with either passive or active speed sensors. Pulse rate inputs on the VSVO are commonly used for flow-divider feedback in servo loops. The frequency range is 214k Hz with sufficient sensitivity at 2 Hz to detect zero speed from a 60-toothed wheel. Two additional passive speed sensors can be monitored by “each” of the three sections of the Backup Protection Module used for emergency overspeed protection on turbines that do not have a mechanical overspeed bolt. IONet is used to communicate diagnostic and process data between the Backup Protection Module and the Control Module(s) including cross-tripping capability; however, both modules will initiate system trips independent of the IONet. (See Table 4 and Table 5.) Synchronizing. The synchronizing system consists of automatic synchronizing, manual synchronizing, and backup synch check protection. Two single-phase PT inputs are provided VTUR I/O Terminations from Control Module TB TTUR

Type Barrier

TRPG* TRPS* TRPL* DTUR DRLY DTRT

Barrier

Box Box

I/O 4 Pulse rate 2 PTs Synch relays 2 SVM 3 Trip solenoids 8 Flame inputs

Characteristics Passive magnetic speed sensors (2-14k Hz) Single phase PTs for synchronizing Auto/Manual synchronizing interface Shaft voltage / current monitor (-) side of interface to hydraulic trip solenoids UV flame scanner inputs (Honeywell)

4 Pulse Rate 12 Relays

Passive magnetic speed sensors (2-14k Hz) Form “C” contacts – previously described Transition board between VTUR & DRLY

Table 4. VTUR I/O terminations from Control Module

4


VPRO I/O Terminations from Backup Protection Module TB TPRO

Type Barrier

TREG* TRES* TREL*

Barrier

I/O 9 Pulse rate 2 PTs 3 Analog inputs 9 TC inputs 3 Trip solenoids 8 Trip contact in

Characteristics Passive magnetic speed sensors (2-14k Hz) Single phase PTs for backup synch check (1) 4-20ma (250 ohm) or +/-5,10Vdc inputs (2) 4-20ma (250 ohm) Thermocouples, grounded or ungrounded (+) side of interface to hydraulic trip solenoids 1 E-stop (24Vdc) & 7 Manual trips (125Vdc)

Table 5. VPRO I/O terminations from Backup Protection Module on the TTUR Termination Board to monitor the generator and line busses via the VTUR card. Turbine speed is matched to the line frequency, and the generator and line voltages are matched prior to giving a command to close the breaker via the TTUR. An external synch check relay is connected in series with the internal K25P synch permissive relay and the K25 auto synch relay via the TTUR. Feedback of the actual breaker closing time is provided by a 52G/a contact from the generator breaker (not an auxiliary relay) to update the database. An internal K25A synch check relay is provided on the TTUR; however, the backup phase / slip calculation for this relay is performed in the Backup Protection Module or via an external backup synch check relay. Manual synchronizing is available from an operator station on the network or from a synchroscope. Shaft Voltage and Current Monitor. Voltage can build up across the oil film of bearings until a discharge occurs. Repeated discharge and arcing can cause a pitted and roughened bearing surface that will eventually fail through accelerated mechanical wear. The VTUR / TTUR can continuously monitor the shaft-to- ground voltage and current, and alarm at excessive levels. Test circuits are provided to check the alarm functions and the continuity of wiring to the brush assembly that is mounted between the turbine and the generator.


■

Flame Detection. The existence of flame either can be calculated from turbine parameters that are already being monitored or from a direct interface to Reuter Stokes or Honeywell-type flame detectors. These detectors monitor the flame in the combustion chamber by detecting UV radiation emitted by the flame. The Reuter Stokes detectors produce a 4-20ma input. For Honeywell flame scanners, the Mark VI supplies the 335Vdc excitation and the VTUR / TRPG monitors the pulses of current being generated. This determines if carbon buildup or other contaminates on the scanner window are causing reduced light detection. Trip System. On turbines that do not have a mechanical overspeed bolt, the control can issue a trip command either from the main processor card to the VTUR card in the Control Module(s) or from the Backup Protection Module. Hydraulic trip solenoids are wired with the negative side of the 24Vdc/125Vdc circuit connected to the TRPG, which is driven from the VTUR in the Control Module(s) and the positive side connected to the TREG which is driven from the VPRO in each section of the Backup Protection Module. A typical system trip initiated in the Control Module(s) will cause the analog control to drive the servo valve actuators closed, which stops fuel or steam flow and de-energizes (or energizes) the hydraulic trip solenoids from the VTUR and TRPG. If crosstripping is used or an overspeed condition is detected, then the VTUR/TRPG will trip one side of the solenoids and the VPTRO/TREG will trip the other side of the solenoid(s). Servo Valve Interface. A VSVO card provides 4 servo channels with selectable current drivers, feedback from LVDTs, LVDRs, or ratio metric LVDTs, and pulse-rate inputs from flow divider feedback used on some liquid fuel systems. In TMR applications, 3 coil servos are commonly

5

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System used to extend the voting of analog outs to the servo coils. Two coil servos can also be used. One, two, or three LVDT/Rs feedback sensors can be used per servo channel with a high select, low select, or median select made in software. At least 2 LVDT/Rs are recommended for TMR applications because each sensor requires an AC excitation source. (See Table 6 and Table 7.) TB TSVO

Type Barrier

I/O 2 chnls.

DSVO

Box

2 chnls.

Characteristics (2) Servo current sources (6) LVDT/LVDR feedback 0 to 7.0 Vrms (4) Excitation sources 7 Vrms, 3.2k Hz (2) Pulse rate inputs (2-14k Hz) *only 2 per VSVO (2) Servo current sources (6) LVDT/LVDR feedback 0 to 7.0 Vrms (2) Excitation sources 7 Vrms, 3.2k Hz (2) Pulse rate inputs (2-14k Hz) *only 2 per VSVO

Table 6. VSVO I/O terminations from Control Module

mination board can be provided with active isolation amplifiers to buffer the sensor signals from BNC connectors. These connectors can be used to access real-time data by remote vibration analysis equipment. In addition, a direct plug connection is available from the termination board to a Bently Nevada 3500 monitor. The 16 vibration inputs, 8 DC position inputs, and 2 Keyphasor inputs on the VVIB are divided between 2 TVIB termination boards for 3,000 rpm and 3,600 rpm applications. Faster shaft speeds may require faster sampling rates on the VVIB processor, resulting in reduced vibration inputs from 16-to-8. (See Table 8.) VVIB I/O Terminations from Control Module TB TVIB

Type Barrier

I/O 8 Vibr.

4 Pos. 1 KP

Characteristics Seismic, Proximitor, Velomitor, accelerometer charge amplifier DC inputs Keyphasor Current limited –24Vdc provided per probe

Nominal Servo Valve Ratings Coil Type #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7

Nominal Current +/- 10 ma +/- 20 ma +/- 40 ma +/- 40 ma +/- 80 ma +/- 120 ma +/- 120 ma

Coil Resistance 1,000 ohms 125 ohms 62 ohms 89 ohms 22 ohms 40 ohms 75 ohms

Mark VI Control Simplex & TMR Simplex Simplex TMR TMR Simplex TMR

Table 7. Nominal servo valve ratings Vibration / Proximitor® Inputs. The VVIB card provides a direct interface to seismic (velocity), Proximitor®, Velomitor®, and accelerometer (via charge amplifier) probes. In addition, DC position inputs are available for axial measurements and Keyphasor® inputs are provided. Displays show the 1X and unfiltered vibration levels and the 1X vibration phase angle. -24vdc is supplied from the control to each Proximitor with current limiting per point. An optional ter-


■

Table 8. VVIB I/O terminations from Control Module Three phase PT and CT monitoring. The VGEN card serves a dual role as an interface for 3 phase PTs and 1 phase CTs as well as a specialized control for Power-Load Unbalance and Early-Valve Actuation on large reheat steam turbines. The I/O interface is split between the TGEN Termination Board for the PT and CT inputs and the TRLY Termination Board for relay outputs to the fast acting solenoids. 420ma inputs are also provided on the TGEN for monitoring pressure transducers. If an EX2000 Generator Excitation System is controlling the generator, then 3 phase PT and CT data is communicated to the Mark VI on the network rather than using the VGEN card. (See Table 9.) Optical Pyrometer Inputs. The VPYR card moni-

6


TB TGEN

Type Barrier

I/O 2 PTs 3 CTs 4 AI

TRLY

Barrier

12 CO

Characteristics 3 Phase PTs, 115Vrms 5-66 Hz, 3 wire, open delta 1 Phase CTs, 0-5A (10A over range) 5-66 Hz 4-20ma (250 ohms) or +/-5,10Vdc inputs Current limited +24Vdc/input Plug-in magnetic relays previously described

■ A backup operator interface to the plant DCS operator interface ■ A gateway for communication links to other control systems ■ A permanent or temporary maintenance station ■ An engineer’s workstation

Table 9. VGEN I/O terminations from Control Module tors two LAND infrared pyrometers to create a temperature profile of rotating turbine blades. Separate, current limited +24Vdc and –24Vdc sources are provided for each Pyrometer that returns four 4-20ma inputs. Two Keyphasors are used for the shaft reference. The VPYR and matching TPYR support 5,100 rpm shaft speeds and can be configured to monitor up to 92 buckets with 30 samples per bucket. (See Table 10.) TB TPYR

Type Barrier

I/O 2 Pyrometers

Characteristics (8) 4-20ma (100 ohms) (2) Current limited +24Vdc sources (2) Current limited -24Vdc sources (2) Keyphasor inputs

Table 10. VPYR I/O terminations from Control Module

Operator Interface The operator interface is commonly referred to as the Human Machine Interface (HMI). It is a PC with a Microsoft® Windows NT® operating system supporting client/server capability, a CIMPLICITY® graphics display system, a Control System Toolbox for maintenance, and a software interface for the Mark VI and other control systems on the network. (See Figure 3.) It can be applied as: ■ The primary operator interface for one or multiple units GE Power Systems GER-4193A (10/00) ■

■

Figure 3. Operator interface graphics: 7FA Mark VI All control and protection is resident in the Mark VI control, which allows the HMI to be a non-essential component of the control system. It can be reinitialized or replaced with the process running with no impact on the control system. The HMI communicates with the main processor card in the Control Module via the Ethernet based Unit Data Highway (UDH). All analog and digital data in the Mark VI is accessible for HMI screens including the high resolution time tags for alarms and events. System (process) alarms and diagnostics alarms for fault conditions are time tagged at frame rate (10/20/40 ms) in the Mark VI control and transmitted to the HMI alarm management system. System events are time tagged at frame rate, and Sequence of Events (SOE) for contact inputs are time tagged at 1ms on the contact input card in the Control Module. Alarms can 7

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System be sorted according to ID, Resource, Device, Time, and Priority. Operators can add comments to alarm messages or link specific alarm messages to supporting graphics. Data is displayed in either English or Metric engineering units with a one-second refresh rate and a maximum of one second to repaint a typical display graphic. Operator commands can be issued by either incrementing / decrementing a setpoint or entering a numerical value for the new setpoint. Responses to these commands can be observed on the screen one second from the time the command was issued. Security for HMI users is important to restrict access to certain maintenance functions such as editors and tuning capability, and to limit certain operations. A system called “User Accounts” is provided to limit access or use of particular HMI features. This is done through the Windows NT User Manager administration program that supports five user account levels.

Software Maintenance Tools The Mark VI is a fully programmable control system. Application software is created from inhouse software automation tools which select proven GE control and protection algorithms and integrate them with the I/O, sequencing, and displays for each application. A library of software is provided with general-purpose blocks, math blocks, macros, and application specific blocks. It uses 32-bit floating point data (IEEE-854) in a QNX operating system with real-time applications, multitasking, prioritydriven preemptive scheduling, and fast context switching. Software frame rates of 10, 20, and 40 ms are supported. This is the elapsed time that it takes to read inputs, condition the inputs, execute the application software, and send outputs. Changes to the application software can be


■

made with password protection (5 levels) and downloaded to the Control Module while the process is running. All application software is stored in the Control Module in non-volatile flash memory. Application software is executed sequentially and represented in its dynamic state in a ladder diagram format. Maintenance personnel can add, delete, or change analog loops, sequencing logic, tuning constants, etc. Data points can be selected and “dragged” on the screen from one block to another to simplify editing. Other features include logic forcing, analog forcing, and trending at frame rate. Application software documentation is created directly from the source code and printed at the site. This includes the primary elementary diagram, I/O assignments, the settings of tuning constants, etc. The software maintenance tools (Control System Toolbox) are available in the HMI and as a separate software package for virtually any Windows 95 or NT based PC. The same tools are used for EX2000 Generator Excitation Systems, and Static Starters. (See Figure 4 and Figure 5.)

Communications Communications are provided for internal data transfer within a single Mark VI control; communications between Mark VI controls and peer GE control systems; and external communications to remote systems such as a plant distributed control system (DCS). The Unit Data Highway (UDH) is an Ethernetbased LAN with peer-to-peer communication between Mark VI controls, EX2000 Generator Excitation Controls, Static Starters, the GE Fanuc family of PLC based controls, HMIs, and Historians. The network uses Ethernet Global Data (EGD) which is a message-based protocol with support for sharing information with mul-

8

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System control. All trips between units are hardwired even if the UDH is redundant.

Figure 4. Software maintenance tools – card configuration

Relay Ladder Diagram Editor for Boolean Functions

Figure 5. Software maintenance tools – editors tiple nodes based on the UDP/IP standard (RFC 768). Data can be transmitted Unicast, Multicast or Broadcast to peer control systems. Data (4K) can be shared with up to 10 nodes at 25Hz (40ms). A variety of other proprietary protocols are used with EGD to optimize communication performance on the UDH. 40 ms is fast enough to close control loops on the UDH; however, control loops are normally closed within each unit control. Variations of this exist, such as transmitting setpoints between turbine controls and generator controls for voltage matching and var/power-factor


■

The UDH communication driver is located on the Main Processor Card in the Mark VI. This is the same card that executes the turbine application software; therefore, there are no potential communication failure points between the main turbine processor and other controls or monitoring systems on the UDH. In TMR systems, there are three separate processor cards executing identical application software from identical databases. Two of the UDH drivers are normally connected to one switch, and the other UDH driver is connected to the other switch in a star configuration. Network topologies conform to Ethernet IEEE 802.3 standards. The GE networks are a Class “C” Private Internet according to RFC 1918: Address Allocation for Private Internets – February 1996. Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) has reserved the following IP address space 192.168.1.1: 192.168.255.255 (192.168/ 16 prefix). Communication links from the Mark VI to remote computers can be implemented from either an optional RS232 Modbus port on the main processor card in Simplex systems, or from a variety of communication drivers from the HMI. When the HMI is used for the communication interface, an Ethernet card in the HMI provides an interface to the UDH, and a second Ethernet card provides an interface to the remote computer. All operator commands that can be issued from an HMI can be issued from a remote computer through the HMI(s) to the Mark VI(s), and the remote computer can monitor any application software data in the Mark VI(s). Approximately 500 data points per control are of interest to a plant control system; however, about 1,200

9

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System points are commonly accessed through the communication links to support programming screen attributes such as changing the color of a valve when it opens.

Communication Link Options Communication link options include: ■ An RS-232 port with Modbus Slave RTU or ASCII communications from the Main Processor Card. (Simplex: full capability. TMR: monitor data only – no commands) ■ An RS-232 port with Modbus Master / Slave RTU protocol is available from the HMI. ■ An RS-232/485 converter (halfduplex) can be supplied to convert the RS-232 link for a multi-drop network. ■ Modbus protocol can be supplied on an Ethernet physical layer with TCP-IP for faster communication rates from the HMI. ■ Ethernet TCP-IP can be supplied with a GSM application layer to support the transmission of the local highresolution time tags in the control to a DCS from the HMI. This link offers spontaneous transmission of alarms and events, and common request messages that can be sent to the HMI including control commands and alarm queue commands. Typical commands include momentary logical commands and analog “setpoint target” commands. Alarm queue commands consist of silence (plant alarm horn) and reset commands as well as alarm dump requests that cause the entire alarm queue to be transmitted from the Mark VI to the DCS. GE Power Systems GER-4193A (10/00) ■

■

■ Additional “master” communication drivers are available from the HMI.

Time Synchronization Time synchronization is available to synchronize all controls and HMIs on the UDH to a Global Time Source (GTS). Typical GTSs are Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) receivers such as the StarTime GPS Clock or other timeprocessing hardware. The preferred time sources are Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) or GPS; however, the time synchronization option also supports a GTS using local time as its base time reference. The GTS supplies a time-link network to one or more HMIs with a time/frequency processor board. When the HMI receives the time signal, it is sent to the Mark VI(s) using Network Time Protocol (NTP) which synchronizes the units to within +/-1ms time coherence. Time sources that are supported include IRIG-A, IRIG-B, 2137, NASA36, and local signals.

Diagnostics Each circuit card in the Control Module contains system (software) limit checking, high/low (hardware) limit checking, and comprehensive diagnostics for abnormal hardware conditions. System limit checking consists of 2 limits for every analog input signal, which can be set in engineering units for high/high, high/low, or low/low with the I/O Configurator. In addition, each input limit can be set for latching/nonlatching and enable/disable. Logic outputs from system limit checking are generated per frame and are available in the database (signal space) for use in control sequencing and alarm messages. High/low (hardware) limit checking is provided on each analog input with typically 2 occurrences required before initiating an alarm. These limits are not configurable, and they are 10

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System selected to be outside the normal control requirements range but inside the linear hardware operational range (before the hardware reaches saturation). Diagnostic messages for hardware limit checks and all other hardware diagnostics for the card can be accessed with the software maintenance tools (Control System Toolbox). A composite logic output is provided in the data base for each card, and another logic output is provided to indicate a high/low (hardware) limit fault of any analog input or the associated communications for that signal. The alarm management system collects and time stamps the diagnostic alarm messages at frame rate in the Control Module and displays the alarms on the HMI. Communication links to a plant DCS can contain both the software (system) diagnostics and composite hardware diagnostics with varying degrees of capability depending on the protocol’s ability to transmit the local time tags. Separate manual reset commands are required for hardware and system (software) diagnostic alarms assuming that the alarms were originally designated as latching alarms, and no alarms will reset if the original cause of the alarm is still present. Hardware diagnostic alarms are displayed on the yellow “status” LED on the card front. Each card front includes 3 LEDs and a reset at the top of the card along with serial and parallel ports. The LEDs include: RUN: Green; FAIL: Red; STATUS: Yellow. Each circuit card and termination board in the system contains a serial number, board type, and hardware revision that can be displayed; 37 pin “D” type connector cables are used to interface between the Termination Boards and the J3 and J4 connectors on the bottom of the Control Module. Each connector comes with latching fasteners and a unique label identify-


■

ing the correct termination point. One wire in each connector is dedicated to transmitting an identification message with a bar-code serial number, board type, hardware revision, and a connection location to the corresponding I/O card in the Control Module.

Power In many applications, the control cabinet is powered from a 125Vdc battery system and short circuit protected external to the control. Both sides of the floating 125Vdc bus are continuously monitored with respect to ground, and a diagnostic alarm is initiated if a ground is detected on either side of the 125Vdc source. When a 120/240vac source is used, a power converter isolates the source with an isolation transformer and rectifies it to 125Vdc. A diode high select circuit chooses the highest of the 125Vdc busses to distribute to the Power Distribution Module. A second 120/240vac source can be provided for redundancy. Diagnostics produce an under-voltage alarm if either of the AC sources drop below the undervoltage setting. For gas turbine applications, a separate 120/240vac source is required for the ignition transformers with short circuit protection of 20A or less. The resultant “internal” 125Vdc is fuse-isolated in the Mark VI power distribution module and fed to the internal power supplies for the Control Modules, any expansion modules, and the termination boards for its field contact inputs and field solenoids. Additional 3.2A fuse protection is provided on the termination board TRLY for each solenoid. Separate 120Vac feeds are provided from the motor control center for any AC solenoids and ignition transformers on gas turbines. (See Table 11.)

11


Steady State Voltage 125Vdc (100 to 144Vdc) 120vac (108 to 132vac) 240vac (200 to 264vac)

Freq.

Load

Comments

10.0 A dc

Ripple <= 10V p-p Note 1

47 - 63Hz

10.0 A rms

Harmonic distortion < 5% Note 2

47 - 63 Hz

5.0 A rms

Harmonic distortion < 5 % Note 3

Table 11. Power requirements

Codes and Standards ISO 9001 in accordance with Tick IT by Lloyd's Register Quality Assurance Limited. ISO 90003 Quality Management and Quality Assurance Standards, Part 3: Guidelines for the Application of ISO 9001 to Development Supply and Maintenance of Software.

Safety Standards

IEC 6100-4-4: 1995 Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility IEC 6100-4-5: 1995 Surge Immunity IEC 61000-4-6: 1995 Conducted RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-11: 1994 Voltage Variation, Dips, and Interruptions ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Surge

CE - Low Voltage Directive EN 61010-1 Electrical Equipment, Industrial Machines IEC 529 Intrusion Protection Codes/NEMA 1/IP 20 Reference the Mark VI Systems Manual GEH6421, Chapter 5 for additional codes and standards.

Environment

CSA 22.2 No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment

The control is designed for operation in an airconditioned equipment room with convection cooling. Special cabinets can be provided for operation in other types of environments.

Printed Wire Board Assemblies

Temperature:

UL 796 Printed Circuit Boards

Operating

UL recognized PWB manufacturer,

Storage

UL file number E110691

The control can be operated at 50∞C during maintenance periods to repair air-conditioning systems. It is recommended that the electronics be operated in a controlled environment to maximize the mean-time-between-failure (MTBF) on the components.

UL 508A Safety Standard Industrial Control Equip.

ANSI IPC guidelines ANSI IPC/EIA guidelines

CE - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) EN 50081-2 Generic Emissions Standards EN 50082-2:1994 Generic Immunity Industrial Environment EN 55011 Radiated and Conducted Emissions IEC 61000-4-2:1995 Electrostatic Discharge Susceptibility IEC 6100-4-3: 1997 Radiated RF Immunity


■

0° to +45°C +32° to +113°F -40° to +70°C -40° to +158°F

Purchased commercial control room equipment such as PCs, monitors, and printers are typically capable of operating in a control room ambient of 0° to +40°C with convection cooling.

Humidity 5% to 95% non-condensing Exceeds EN50178: 1994 12

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System Elevation

Communication Links From HMI:

Exceeds EN50178: 1994

RS232 Modbus Master/Slave, Ethernet Modbus Slave, Ethernet TCP-IP GSM HMI

Gas Contaminants Dust Contaminants

SPEEDTRONIC™ Application Manual Chapter 7 (GEH-6126), Ethernet TCP-IP GEDS Standard

Exceeds IEC 529: 1989-11 (IP-20)

Message Format (GSM) (GEI-100165)

EN50178: 1994 Section A.6.1.4 Table A.2 (m)

Seismic Universal Building Code (UBC)

■ Operator/Maintenance Interface HMI

Section 2312 Zone 4

HMI for Controls

Documentation

Application Manual (GEH-6126)

The following documentation is available for Mark VI Turbine Controls. A subset of this documentation will be delivered with each control depending on the functional requirements of each system.

Cim Edit Operation Manual (GFK-1396)

Manuals ■ System Manual for SPEEDTRONICTM Mark VI Turbine Control (GEH-6421) ■ Control System Toolbox, for Configuring a Mark VI Controller (GEH-6403) Configuring the Trend Recorder (GEH6408) System Data Base for System Toolbox (GEI-100189) System Data Base Browser (GEI-100271) Data Historian (used for trip history) (GEI-100278) ■ Communications To Remote Computers / Plant DCS RS232 Modbus Slave From Control Module Modbus Communications Implementation UCOC2000 - I/O Drivers, Chapter 2


■

SPEEDTRONIC™

Turbine

User Manual (GFK-1180) Cimplicity HMI For Trending Operators

Windows

NT

Manual (GFK-1260) ■ Turbine Historian System Guide (GEH-6421) ■ Standard Blockware Library (SBLIB) ■ Turbine Blockware Library (TURBLIB)

Drawings ■ Equipment Outline Drawing AutoCAD R14 ■ Equipment Layout Drawing AutoCAD R14 ■ I/O Termination List (Excel Spreadsheet) ■ Network one-line diagram (if applicable) ■ Application Software Diagram (printout from source code) ■ Data List For Communication Link To DCS

13

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Turbine Control System List of Figures Figure 1.

Benefits of Speedtronic™ Mark VI

Figure 2.

Mark VI TMR control configuration

Figure 3.

Operator interface graphics: 7FA Mark VI

Figure 4.

Software maintenance tools – card configuration

Figure 5.

Software maintenance tools – editors

List of Tables Table 1.

Discrete I/O

Table 2.

Analog I/O

Table 3.

Temperature Monitoring

Table 4.

VTUR I/O terminations from Control Module

Table 5.

VPRO I/O terminations from Backup Protection Module

Table 6.

VSVO I/O terminations from Control Module

Table 7.

Nominal servo valve ratings

Table 8.

VVIB I/O terminations from Control Module

Table 9.

VGEN I/O terminations from Control Module

Table 10:

VPYR I/O terminations from Control Module

Table 11:

Power requirements


■

14

Introduction to Windows 95 / NT 4.0

95/NT Overview & Features •32 bit operating system •32 bit applications •Excel 7.0 •PowerPoint 7.0 •Word 7.0 •Access 7.0 •More efficient memory use •Security (NT) •New, improved user interface •“Folders”, not “Directories” •Shared information •“Right clicking” •Graceful handling of program errors (w/ all 32-bit apps) •Up to 256-character filenames

Differences Technical Area

Windows 95™

Windows NT™ Workstation 4.0

Recommended Hardware Standards

486 w/ 16MB

Pentium w/ 32MB

Software Compatibility

Supports most Windows and MS-DOS® applications.

No support for applications which breach Windows NT™ security (any application which directly accesses hardware)

Hardware and Device Compatibility

Supports more than 4,000 devices

Supports approx. 3,000 devices

Installation & Deployment

Comprehensive detection code and dynamic device configuration support accurately recognizes, configures, and supports hardware

Less Comprehensive detection code and static device driver support

Power Management and Plug and Play

Built-in APM support for laptops and Plug and Play for both mobile and desktop systems

Built-in APM

Performance

Robust: Preemptive multitasking for 32-bit applications. Slightly greater performance on 16 MB systems

High Performance: Preemptive multitasking for all applications. Significantly greater performance on 32 MB systems

Reliability/Stability

Better: Vastly improved over Windows 3.11 and Windows for Workgroups 3.11

Industrial Strength: All applications run in protected memory space

Security

Improved: Support for server-based validated logon.

Industrial Strength: Complete protection down to the file level (w/ NTFS)

User Interface Right Click Menu

Desktop

Start Button

Taskbar

Status Tray

Shortcuts Shortcuts in a folder

Shortcuts on the Desktop

Windows Screen Elements Title Bar Control Menu Menu Bar

Maximize/Restore

Close

Minimize Scroll Bar Scroll Arrow

Status Bar

Tiling Windows Right click here

Windows Explorer

Send To Right Click on a file to access the ‘Send To’ options. You can send to many different things - printers, applications, directories, servers, etc..

Adding to the “Send To”




Sharing a Drive or Folder

VERY IMPORTANT: Sharing folders is a potential security risk. Shared information defaults to The World (in 95) or to Everyone (in NT) (everyone on the network), which is not generally what you want to do. Be very careful to limit the rights on shared information to suit your specific purposes.

Accessing Shared Information

Changing Passwords • NT Servers – NT (Ctrl-Alt-Del) - Choose Change Password. – 95 - Open the control panel and and open Passwords. • • • •

Enter your old password. Press Tab, NOT Enter. Enter your new password. Enter your new password a second time to verify your typed it correctly. • Choose ‘OK.’

Norton AntiVirus AntiVirus Autoprotect

Norton Program Scheduler

Shutdown

Tasks & Keystrokes Cut (Ctrl-X) Moves the selected object to the clipboard Copy (Ctrl-C) Copies the selected object to the clipboard. Paste (Ctrl-V) Pastes clipboard contents to the current cursor location. X C V Ctrl

Undo (Ctrl-Z) Reverses changes made to the document. Redo (Ctrl-Y) Reverts back from Undo

Tasks & Keystrokes Help (F1) Starts the current applications help. Print (Ctrl-P) Opens the print window. Save As (F12) Opens the Save As dialogue box. Select All (Ctrl-A) Selects entire current document.

Tasks & Keystrokes Fast Task Switching (Alt-Tab) Toggles thru open applications. Document Switching (Ctrl-Tab) Toggles thru open documents.

Start (Ctrl-Esc) or (Windows Key) Opens Start Button Menu.

The Windows key is between the Alt and Ctrl. Not all computers have this key.

Tasks & Keystrokes 95 Task Manager (Ctrl-Alt Del) End task causing error condition.

NT Security (Ctrl-Alt-Del) NT Security options. • • • • •

Lock Workstation Logoff Shutdown Change Password Task Manager

Tasks & Keystrokes Screen Capture (Print Screen) Captures entire screen to clipboard. Window Capture (Alt-Print Screen) Captures current window to clipboard. These features are great for instructional/documentation purposes and also for problem solving and reporting. If you get an error message, capture it and email it a technical support specialist.

Tasks & Keystrokes Cancel (Esc) Performs ‘cancel’ option on active window. Close (Alt-F4) Exit the current application, or exit Windows (from Desktop). Prompts to save any unsaved document(s). Refresh (F5) Updates the current screen. Especially useful in Explorer.

Tasks & Keystrokes Copy File (Ctrl-DRAG w/ mouse) Copy file to a new destination. Move File (Shift -DRAG w/ mouse) Move file to a new destination. Select Non-contiguous Files (Ctrl-Left mouse button) Selects multiple files. Select Contiguous Files (Shift-Left mouse button) Click on first & last files. You can combine the above two for complete freedom of selection.

Tasks & Keystrokes • Windows Keyboards – – – –

Explorer (Windows-E) Opens Explorer. Run (Windows-R) Opens the run programs box Find (Windows-F) Opens the Find box Minimize all (Windows-M) Minimizes all open windows – Unminimize all (Windows-Shft-M) Unminimizes all open windows

NT Administration - User Manager

Local PC Users listed here

Groups help associate users with privileges

g

Power Systems University

USING WINDOWS NT 4 User Manager

g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g



g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Services

g



g



g



g



g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Services STOP START

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Task Manager Right click

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Task Manager Applications Tab

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Task Manager Processes Tab

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Task Manager Performance Tab

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Event Viewer

g



g



g



g



g



g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Version Tab

NT version and Service Pack

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics System Tab BIOS date

Processor and Speed

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Display Tab Display adapter

Files used by driver

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Drives Tab Displays all drives

Can sort by Drive type or by Drive Letter

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Drives Tab

Double click displays Drive Properties

Displays Drive information

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Memory Tab RAM Memory

Hard Drive space use for temporary storage

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Network Tab

Access different aspects of Network information

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Environment Tab

Access both System and Local variables

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Resources Tab

Access different resource types

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Windows NT Diagnostics Services Tab

Access both Services and Devices

g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Performance Monitor

g



g



g



g



g


USING WINDOWS NT 4 Environment - Path

g



g



Click once here

g



Now read or change value here

;d:\tci\exec

g

GEH-6421D, Volume I (Supersedes GEH-6421C, Volume I)

GE Industrial Systems

SPEEDTRONIC

TM

Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide, Volume I (1 of 2)

Publication: Issued:

GEH-6421D, Volume I (Supersedes GEH-6421C, Volume I) 2002-02-13

SPEEDTRONIC

TM

Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide, Volume I (1 of 2)

© 2002 General Electric Company, USA. All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America. GE provides the following document and the information included therein as is and without warranty of any kind, express or implied, including but not limited to any implied statutory warranty of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose. These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation, and maintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, and GE makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein. Changes, modifications and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are made periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It is understood that GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to the equipment referenced herein or to the document itself at any time. This document is intended for trained personnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein. GE may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing of this document does not provide any license whatsoever to any of these patents. All license inquiries should be directed to the address below. If further information is desired, or if particular problems arise that are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purpose, the matter should be referred to: GE Industrial Systems Post Sales Service 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA Phone: + 1 888 GE4 SERV (888 434 7378, United States) + 1 540 378 3280 (International) Fax: + 1 540 387 8606 (All) (“+” indicates the international access code required when calling from outside the USA) This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA and is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation, testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document shall not be reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third party without the written approval of GE Industrial Systems.

ARCNET is a registered trademark of Datapoint Corporation. CIMPLICITY and Series 90 are trademarks, and Genius is a registered trademark, of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation. IBM and PC are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation. Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. Modbus is a registered trademark of Modicon. PI-ProcessBook, PI-Data Archive, and PI-DataLink are registered trademarks of OSI Software Inc. Proximitor, Velomitor, and KeyPhasor are registered trademarks of Bently Nevada. QNX is a registered trademark of QNX Software Systems, LTD. SPEEDTRONIC is a trademark of General Electric Company, USA. Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

To:

g

GE Industrial Systems Documentation Design, Rm. 291 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA

Reader Comments

Fax: 1-540-387-8651 (GE Internal DC 8-278-8651)

General Electric Company

We welcome comments and suggestions to make this publication more useful. Your Name

Today’s Date

Your Company’s Name and Address

Job Site GE Requisition No.

If needed, how can we contact you? Fax No. Phone No. E-mail

Your Job Function / How You Use This Publication

Publication No.

Address

Publication Issue/Revision Date

General Rating Contents Organization Technical Accuracy Clarity Completeness Drawings / Figures Tables Referencing Readability

Excellent ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡

Good ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡

Fair ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡

Poor ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡

Additional Comments _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________

Specific Suggestions (Corrections, information that could be expanded on, and such.) Page No.

Comments

______

__________________________________________________________________________________

______

__________________________________________________________________________________

______

__________________________________________________________________________________

______

__________________________________________________________________________________

______

__________________________________________________________________________________

______

__________________________________________________________________________________

Other Comments (What you like, what could be added, how to improve, and such.) ________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________ Overall grade (Compared to publications from other manufacturers of similar products, how do you rate this publication?) ¡ Superior

¡ Comparable

¡ Inferior

Detach and fax or mail to the address noted above.

¡ Do not know

Comment ____________________________________________

......................................................................... Fold here and close with staple or tape .......................................................................................... ____________________________

Place stamp here.

____________________________ ____________________________

GE Industrial Systems Documentation Design, Rm. 291 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA

...........................................................................................Fold here first .........................................................................................................

Safety Symbol Legend

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury or death.

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to or destruction of equipment.

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that should be strictly followed in order to optimize these applications.

Note Indicates an essential or important procedure, condition, or statement.

GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide

Safety Symbol Legend • a

This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment. To minimize hazard of electrical shock or burn, approved grounding practices and procedures must be strictly followed.

To prevent personal injury or equipment damage caused by equipment malfunction, only adequately trained personnel should modify any programmable machine.

The example and setup screens in this manual do not reflect the actual application configurations. Be sure to follow the correct setup procedures for your application.

Note Component and equipment reliabilities have improved dramatically over the past several years. However, component and equipment failures can still occur. Electrical and environmental conditions beyond the scope of the original design can be contributing factors. Since failure modes cannot always be predicted or may depend on the application and the environment, best practices should be followed when dealing with I/O that is critical to process operation or personnel safety. Make sure that potential I/O failures are considered and appropriate lockouts or permissives are incorporated into the application. This is especially true when dealing with processes that require human interaction.

b • Safety Symbol Legend

Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421D, Vol. I

Safety Symbol Legend

Symbol

3

Publication

Description

IEC 417, No. 5031

Direct Current

IEC 417, No. 5032

Alternating Current

IEC 417, No. 5033

Both direct and alternating

IEC 617-2, No. 02-02-06

Three-phase alternating

IEC 417, No. 5017

Earth (CCOM signal ground) Terminal

IEC 417, No. 5019

Protective Conductor Terminal (Chassis Safety Ground) Protective Conductor Terminal (Chassis Safety Ground)

PE IEC 417, No. 5020

Frame or Chassis Terminal

IEC 417, No. 5021

Equipotentiality

IEC 417, No. 5007

On (Supply)

IEC 417, No. 5008

Off (Supply)

IEC 417, No. 5172

Equipment protected throughout Double Insulation or Reinforced Insulation (equivalent to Class II of 536)

ISO 3864, No. B.3.6 Caution, risk of electric shock ISO 3864, No. B.3.1 Caution


Safety Symbol Legend • c

Drawing Symbols Locations O

Supplied by Others

Purchaser's Equipment

R

Remotely Mounted

Bus Aux Compt Device

D

Door Mounted

Generator Compt Device

1

2

Mounted on Door 1, 2, and so on

G

Generator Terminal Enclosure

P

Panel Mounted

Packaged Electrical Cont. CTR (PEEC)

OS

Mounted in Main Operator Station

PEECC MCC

E

Equipment Exists in place

SS

Static Starter

EX

EX2000 Exciter

LCI

Load Commutated Inverter

Generator Control Panel

ISO

Isolation Transformer

Turbine Control

Generator Excitation Compartment

Devices J1

Cable Plug Connector

Case Ground

Jumper

Ground Bus

Relay Coil

Signal Ground

Solenoid Coil

Contact Actually Shown Elsewhere

Flame Detector

Customer Connection

Current Limiter (Polyfuse)

Voltage Limiter (MOV)

Conventions Twisted Pair Wire

Twisted Shielded Pair Wire

1. For wire runs internal to the controller, twisted pairs are adequate.

Shielded Pair Wire

2. For wire runs external to the controller (and internal to the controller when longer than 20 feet), shielded twisted pair is required.

Low Level Signal Wiring Practices Required Delta Wye L

Low Level Wiring

H

High Level Wiring

P

Power Wiring

d • Safety Symbol Legend

3. All shield drain wires should be terminated on one end only, that end being the shield ground points immediately adjacent to the termination boards. The other end should be cut off and the wire taped to prevent grounding. 4. None of the shield drain wires should ever be routed through any controller terminal board-mounted ferrite cores.


Contents Chapter 1

Overview

1-1

Introduction ..............................................................................................................1-1 System Guide Outline...............................................................................................1-3 Related Documents...................................................................................................1-4 How to Get Help.......................................................................................................1-5 Acronyms and Abbreviations ...................................................................................1-6

Chapter 2

System Architecture

2-1

Introduction ..............................................................................................................2-1 System Components .................................................................................................2-2 Control Cabinet .................................................................................................2-2 I/O Cabinet ........................................................................................................2-2 Unit Data Highway (UDH) ...............................................................................2-2 Human Machine Interface (HMI)......................................................................2-3 Computer Operator Interface (COI) ..................................................................2-4 Link to Distributed Control System (DCS) .......................................................2-5 Plant Data Highway (PDH) ...............................................................................2-5 Operator Console...............................................................................................2-5 EX2000 Exciter .................................................................................................2-5 Generator Protection .........................................................................................2-5 LCI Static Starter...............................................................................................2-6 Control Module .................................................................................................2-6 Interface Module ...............................................................................................2-8 Controller ..........................................................................................................2-9 VCMI Communication Board .........................................................................2-10 IONet ...............................................................................................................2-11 I/O Boards .......................................................................................................2-12 Terminal Boards..............................................................................................2-14 Power Sources .................................................................................................2-15 Turbine Protection Module .............................................................................2-16 Operating Systems...........................................................................................2-17 Levels of Redundancy ............................................................................................2-18 Control and Protection Features .............................................................................2-19 Triple Modular Redundancy............................................................................2-19 TMR Architecture ...........................................................................................2-20 TMR Operation ...............................................................................................2-22 Designated Controller......................................................................................2-22 Output Processing............................................................................................2-23 Input Processing ..............................................................................................2-25 State Exchange ................................................................................................2-28 Median Value Analog Voting .........................................................................2-28 Two Out of Three Logic Voter........................................................................2-28 Disagreement Detector ....................................................................................2-29


Contents • i

Peer I/O ...........................................................................................................2-29 Command Action ............................................................................................2-29 Rate of Response .............................................................................................2-29 Failure Handling..............................................................................................2-30 Turbine Protection ..................................................................................................2-32 Reliability and Availability ....................................................................................2-34 Online Repair for TMR Systems .....................................................................2-34 Reliability ........................................................................................................2-34 Third Party Connectivity ........................................................................................2-36

Chapter 3

Networks

3-1

Introduction ..............................................................................................................3-1 Network Overview ...................................................................................................3-2 Enterprise Layer ................................................................................................3-2 Supervisory Layer .............................................................................................3-2 Control Layer ....................................................................................................3-3 Controller Input/Output.....................................................................................3-4 Data Highways .........................................................................................................3-5 Plant Data Highway...........................................................................................3-5 Unit Data Highway............................................................................................3-6 Data Highway Ethernet Switches......................................................................3-8 Selecting IP Addresses ....................................................................................3-11 IONet......................................................................................................................3-12 IONet - Communications Interface .................................................................3-13 I/O Data Collection .........................................................................................3-13 Ethernet Global Data (EGD) ..................................................................................3-14 EGD Features ..................................................................................................3-15 Modbus Communications.......................................................................................3-18 Ethernet Modbus Slave...........................................................................................3-19 Ethernet Modbus Features...............................................................................3-20 Serial Modbus Slave...............................................................................................3-21 Serial Modbus Features ...................................................................................3-21 Modbus Configuration ....................................................................................3-21 Hardware Configuration..................................................................................3-22 Serial Port Parameters .....................................................................................3-24 Ethernet GSM.........................................................................................................3-25 PROFIBUS Communications.................................................................................3-27 Features ...........................................................................................................3-28 Configuration ..................................................................................................3-28 I/O and Diagnostics .........................................................................................3-29 Fiber-Optic Cables..................................................................................................3-30 Cable Contruction............................................................................................3-30 Cable Ratings ..................................................................................................3-31 Fiber-optic Converter ......................................................................................3-32 Connectors.......................................................................................................3-32 System Considerations ....................................................................................3-33 Installation.......................................................................................................3-33 Component Sources.........................................................................................3-34 Time Synchronization ............................................................................................3-35 Redundant Time Sources.................................................................................3-35 Selection of Time Sources...............................................................................3-36

ii • Contents


Chapter 4

Codes and Standards

4-1

Introduction ..............................................................................................................4-1 Safety Standards .......................................................................................................4-1 Electrical...................................................................................................................4-2 Printed Circuit Board Assemblies .....................................................................4-2 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) .............................................................4-2 Low Voltage Directive ......................................................................................4-2 Supply Voltage..................................................................................................4-2 Environmental ..........................................................................................................4-4 Temperature Ranges..........................................................................................4-4 Humidity............................................................................................................4-4 Elevation............................................................................................................4-4 Contaminants.....................................................................................................4-4 Vibration ...........................................................................................................4-5 Packaging .................................................................................................................4-5 UL Class 1 Division 2 Listed Boards .......................................................................4-6

Chapter 5

Installation

5-1

Introduction ..............................................................................................................5-1 Installation Support ..................................................................................................5-3 Early Planning ...................................................................................................5-3 GE Installation Documents................................................................................5-3 Technical Advisory Options..............................................................................5-3 Equipment Receiving, Handling, and Storage..........................................................5-5 Receiving and Handling ....................................................................................5-5 Storage...............................................................................................................5-5 Operating Environment .....................................................................................5-6 Weights and Dimensions ..........................................................................................5-8 Cabinets.............................................................................................................5-8 Control Console (Example).............................................................................5-12 Power Requirements...............................................................................................5-13 Installation Support Drawings ................................................................................5-14 Grounding...............................................................................................................5-19 Equipment Grounding .....................................................................................5-19 Building Grounding System ............................................................................5-20 Signal Reference Structure (SRS) ...................................................................5-20 Cable Separation and Routing ................................................................................5-26 Signal/Power Level Definitions ......................................................................5-26 Cableway Spacing Guidelines.........................................................................5-28 Cable Routing Guidelines ...............................................................................5-31 Cable Specifications ...............................................................................................5-32 Wire Sizes .......................................................................................................5-32 Low Voltage Shielded Cable...........................................................................5-33 Connecting the System ...........................................................................................5-36 I/O Wiring .......................................................................................................5-38 Terminal Block Features .................................................................................5-39 Power System..................................................................................................5-39 Installing Ethernet ...........................................................................................5-39 Startup Checks........................................................................................................5-41 Board Inspections ............................................................................................5-41 Wiring and Circuit Checks ..............................................................................5-44 Startup ....................................................................................................................5-45 Topology and Application Code Download ....................................................5-46 I/O Wiring and Checkout ................................................................................5-46


Contents • iii

Maintenance ...........................................................................................................5-47 Modules and Boards........................................................................................5-47 Component Replacement........................................................................................5-48 Replacing a Controller.....................................................................................5-48 Replacing a VCMI...........................................................................................5-48 Replacing an I/O Board in an Interface Module..............................................5-49 Replacing a Terminal Board............................................................................5-49 Cable Replacement..........................................................................................5-50

Chapter 6

Tools

6-1

Introduction ..............................................................................................................6-1 Toolbox ....................................................................................................................6-2 Configuring the Application..............................................................................6-3 CIMPLICITY HMI ..................................................................................................6-4 Basic Description ..............................................................................................6-4 Product Features ................................................................................................6-5 Computer Operator Interface (COI) .........................................................................6-7 Interface Features ..............................................................................................6-7 Historian ...................................................................................................................6-8 System Configuration........................................................................................6-8 Data Flow ..........................................................................................................6-9 Historian Optional Tools .................................................................................6-10

Chapter 7

Applications

7-1

Introduction ..............................................................................................................7-1 Servo Regulator Descriptions...................................................................................7-2 LVDT Auto Calibration ....................................................................................7-9 Generator Synchronization .....................................................................................7-11 Hardware .........................................................................................................7-11 Application Code.............................................................................................7-13 Algorithm Descriptions ...................................................................................7-13 Configuration ..................................................................................................7-17 VTUR Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function............................................7-20 VPRO Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function ............................................7-20 Hardware Verification Procedure....................................................................7-20 Synchronization Simulation ............................................................................7-21 Overspeed Protection Logic ...................................................................................7-22 Power Load Unbalance...........................................................................................7-46 Early Valve Actuation ............................................................................................7-49 Fast Overspeed Trip in VTUR................................................................................7-51 Compressor Stall Detection ....................................................................................7-54 Vibration Sampling Speed and Accuracy...............................................................7-58 Ground Fault Detection Sensitivity ........................................................................7-60

iv • Contents


Chapter 8

Troubleshooting and Diagnostics

8-1

Introduction ..............................................................................................................8-1 Overview ..................................................................................................................8-2 Process Alarms .........................................................................................................8-3 Process (and Hold) Alarm Data Flow................................................................8-3 Diagnostic Alarms ....................................................................................................8-5 Voter Disagreement Diagnostics.......................................................................8-6 I/O Board Alarms ..............................................................................................8-7 Controller Runtime Errors...............................................................................8-33 Totalizers................................................................................................................8-35 Troubleshooting......................................................................................................8-36 I/O Board LEDs ..............................................................................................8-36 Controller Failures...........................................................................................8-38 Power Distribution Module Failure.................................................................8-38

Glossary of Terms Index


G-1 I-1

Contents • v

Chapter 1

Overview

Introduction This document describes the SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI turbine control system. Mark VI is used for the control and protection of steam and gas turbines in electrical generation and process plant applications. This chapter provides an overview of the turbine control system. It is organized as follows: Section

Page

System Guide Outline...............................................................................................1-3 Related Documents...................................................................................................1-4 How to Get Help.......................................................................................................1-5 Acronyms and Abbreviations ...................................................................................1-6


Chapter 1 Overview • 1-1

The main functions of the Mark VI turbine control system are as follows: •

Speed control during turbine startup

•

Automatic generator synchronization

•

Turbine load control during normal operation on the grid

•

Protection against turbine overspeed on loss of load

The Mark VI system is available as a simplex control or a triple modular redundant (TMR) control with single or multiple racks, and local or remote I/O. The I/O interface is designed for direct interface to the sensors and actuators on the turbine, to eliminate the need for interposing instrumentation, and to avoid the reliability and maintenance issues associated with that instrumentation.

To obtain the highest reliability, Mark VI uses a TMR architecture with sophisticated signal voting techniques.

Figure 1-1 shows a typical Mark VI control system for a steam turbine with the important inputs and control outputs.

RS-232C

Laptop

Mark VI I/O Board Rack

PC Interface Comm Controller VCMI

UCVX

VSVO VTUR VAIC

Speed Extraction Pressure Exhaust Pressure Shaft Voltage & Current Monitor Automatic Synchronizing

Vibration, Thrust, Eccentricity Temperature (RTDs) Temperature (Thermocouples) Generator 3-Phase PTs & CT

(2) 3-Phase Gen/Line Voltage, (1) 3-Phase Gen. Current

Trip Generator

(24) Thermocouples

Inlet Pressure

(16) RTDs

Actuator

Proximitors: (16) Vibration, (8) Position, (2) KP

Actuator

VVIB VRTD VTCC VGEN

(24) Relays

(48) Contact Inputs. 1 ms SOE

Ethernet Data Highway

VCCC or VCRC

Figure 1-1. Typical Turbine Control System

1-2 • Chapter 1 Overview


System Guide Outline The Mark VI System Guide (Volumes I and II) is organized as follows: Volume I: Chapter 1

Overview Chapter 1 outlines the Mark VI system and the contents of the other chapters in this document.

Chapter 2

System Architecture Chapter 2 describes the main system components, the networks, and details of the TMR architecture.

Chapter 3

Networks Chapter 3 describes communication networks, the data highways, and links to other control systems.

Chapter 4

Codes and Standards Chapter 4 describes the codes, standards, and environmental guidelines used for the design of all printed circuit boards, modules, cores, panels, and cabinet line-ups in the Mark VI.

Chapter 5

Installation Chapter 3 provides instructions for system installation, wiring, grounding, checkout, and startup.

Chapter 6

Tools Chapter 6 summarizes the functions of the GE Control System Toolbox (toolbox), CIMPLICITY HMI, and the Historian.

Chapter 7

Applications Chapter 7 describes several applications including protection logic, synchronization, and details of the servo regulators.

Chapter 8

Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Chapter 8 describes how process and diagnostic alarms are generated and displayed for the operator and service engineer. It includes a listing of the board diagnostics and an introduction to system troubleshooting.

Volume II: Chapter 9


I/O Descriptions Chapter 9 describes the I/O boards, terminal boards, controller, communication boards, and power supplies. It also includes descriptions of the compact DIN-rail mounted terminal boards used in smaller turbine control systems.


Related Documents For additional information, refer to the following documents:


•

GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller (for details of configuring and downloading the control system)

•

GEH-6422 Turbine Historian System Guide (for details of configuring and using the Historian)

•

GEH-6408 Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Trend Recorder (for details of configuring the toolbox trend displays)

•

GEI-100534, Control Operator Interface (COI) for Mark VI and EX2100 Systems

•

GEI-100535, Modbus Communications

•

GEI-100536, Profibus Communications

•

GEI-100189, System Database (SDB) Server User's Guide

•

GEI-100271, System Database (SDB) Browser


How to Get Help If help is needed beyond the instructions provided in the system documentation, contact GE as follows: "+" indicates the international access code required when calling from outside of the USA.

GE Industrial Systems Post Sales Service 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA Phone: + 1 888 GE4 SERV (888 434 7378, United States) + 1 540 378 3280 (International) Fax: + 1 540 387 8606 (All)



Acronyms and Abbreviations


CT

Current transformer, senses the current in a cable

DCS

Distributed Control System, for the balance of plant and auxiliary equipment

EGD

Ethernet Global Data, a control network and communication protocol

HMI

Human-Machine Interface, usually a PC with CIMPLICITY software

HRSG

Heat Recovery Steam Generator, used with gas turbine plants

KP

KeyPhasor®, a shaft position sensor for rotational position sensing

MTBF

Mean Time Between Failures, a measure of reliability

MTTR

Mean Time To Repair, used with MTBF to calculate system availability

NEC

National Electrical Code

NFPA

National Fire Protection Association

PDH

Plant Data Highway, links HMIs to servers and viewers

PT

Potential Transformer, senses the voltage in a cable

RTD

Resistance Temperature Device, senses temperature in the process

SIFT

Software Implemented Fault Tolerance, employs "2 out of 3" voting

SOE

Sequence of Events, a record of high-speed contact closures

TMR

Triple modular redundant, uses three sets of controllers and I/O

UDH

Unit Data Highway, links the controllers to the HMI servers


Chapter 2

System Architecture

Introduction This chapter defines the architecture of the Mark VI turbine control system, including the system components, the three communication networks, and the various levels of redundancy that are possible. It also discusses system reliability and availability, and third party connectivity to plant distributed control systems. This chapter is organized as follows: Section

Page

System Components .................................................................................................2-2 Levels of Redundancy ............................................................................................2-18 Control and Protection Features .............................................................................2-19 Turbine Protection ..................................................................................................2-32 Reliability and Availability ....................................................................................2-34 Third Party Connectivity ........................................................................................2-36


Chapter 2 System Architecture • 2-1

System Components This section summarizes the main subsystems that make up the Mark VI system. These include the cabinets, networks, operator interfaces, controllers, I/O boards, terminal boards, and the protection module.

Control Cabinet Local or remote I/O is possible.

The control cabinet contains either a single (simplex) Mark VI control module or three TMR control modules. These are linked to their remote I/O by a single or triple high speed I/O network called IONet, and are linked to the UDH by their controller Ethernet port. The control cabinet requires 120/240 V ac and/or 125 V dc power. This is converted to 125 V dc to supply the modules. The NEMA 1 control cabinet housing the controller is rated for operation in a 45 ˚C ambient temperature.

I/O Cabinet The I/O cabinet contains either single or triple interface modules. These are linked to the controllers by IONet, and to the terminal boards by dedicated cables. The terminal boards are in the I/O cabinet close to the interface modules. The NEMA 1 cabinet housing the I/O is rated for operation in a 50 ˚C ambient temperature. Power requirements are 120/240 V ac and/or 125 V dc power. The controllers can also be located in the I/O cabinet if the ambient temperature is less than 45 ˚C.

Unit Data Highway (UDH) The UDH network supports the Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol for communication with other Mark VIs, HRSG, Exciter, Static Starter, and Balance of Plant (BOP) control.

The UDH connects the Mark VI control panels with the HMI or HMI/Data Server. The network media is UTP or fiber-optic Ethernet. Redundant cable operation is optional and, if supplied, unit operation continues even if one cable is faulted. Dual cable networks still comprise one logical network. Similar to the plant data highway (PDH), the UDH can have redundant, separately powered network switches, and fiber optic communication. UDH data is replicated to all three controllers. This data is read by the Master communication controller board (VCMI) and transmitted to the other controllers. Only the designated processor transmits UDH data (refer to the section, Designated Controller).

2-2 • Chapter 2 System Architecture


To Optional Customer Network (Enterprise Layer)

Optional Control Console

Router

CIMPLICITY Viewer

Viewer

Viewer

Engineering Work Station

Field Support

LaserJet Printer

LaserJet Printer

P LANT D ATA H IGHWAY P LANT D ATA H IGHWAY

CIMPLICITY Servers U NIT D ATA H IGHWAY U NIT D ATA H IGHWAY hardwire LCI

EX2000

AC

AC

GPP

Bently Nevada

Mark VI

Mark VI

GE Fanuc 90-70 PLCs Hot Backup

Innovation

LCI EXStatic 2000 Generator/ Gas Starter Exciter Transformer Turbine Protection

From Buffered Outputs

Control

IONet

IONet Mark VI

Steam Turbine Control

Mark VI

Remote Mark VI I/O

Mark VI

Mark VI

Remote Mark VI I/O

90-70 PLC

GE Fanuc 90-70 PLCs Hot Backup

90-70 PLC

HRSG/ Auxiliaries Genius Bus

Balance of Plant Genius Bus

Genius Genius Genius

Genius Genius Genius

Genius Field I/O

Genius Field I/O

Figure 2-1. Typical Mark VI Integrated Control System

Human Machine Interface (HMI) Typical HMIs are PCs running Windows NT®, with communication drivers for the data highways, and CIMPLICITY operator display software. The operator initiates commands from the real-time graphic displays, and can view real-time turbine data and alarms on the CIMPLICITY graphic displays. Detailed I/O diagnostics and system configuration are available using the Control System Toolbox (toolbox) software on a viewer or separate PC. An HMI can be configured as a server or viewer, and can contain tools and utility programs. HMIs are linked to one data highway, or a redundant switch can be used to link the HMI to both data highways for greater reliability. The HMI can be mounted in an optional control console, or on a tabletop.



Servers Redundant data servers are optional, and if supplied, communication with the viewers continues even if one server fails.

CIMPLICITY servers collect data on the UDH and use the PDH to communicate with viewers. If two servers are used, one acts as the primary server and passes synchronized data to the backup server in a configuration called host redundancy.

Computer Operator Interface (COI) The Computer Operator Interface (COI) consists of a set of product and application specific operator displays running on a small panel pc (10.4 or 12.1 inch touch screen) hosting Embedded Windows NT. Embedded Windows NT uses only the components of the operating system required for a specific application. This results in all the power and development advantages of Windows NT in a much smaller footprint. Development, installation or modification of requisition content requires the GE Control System Toolbox. For details, refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox For Mark VI Controller. The COI can be installed in many different configurations, depending on the product line and specific requisition requirements. For example, it can be installed in the panel door for Mark VI applications or in a control room desk for EX2100 applications. The only cabling requirements are for power and for the Ethernet connection to the UDH. Network communication is via the integrated auto-sensing 10/100BaseT Ethernet connection. Expansion possibilities for the pc are limited, although it does support connection of external devices through FDD, IDE, and USB connections. The networking of the COI to the Mark VI is requisition or customer defined.

The COI can be directly connected to the Mark VI or EX2100, or it can be connected through an EGD Ethernet switch. A redundant topology is available when the controller is ordered with a second Ethernet port.

Interface Features Numeric data displays are driven by EGD pages transmitted by the controller. The refresh rate depends both on the rate at which the controller transmits the pages, and the rate at which the COI refreshes the fields. Both are set at configuration time in the toolbox. The COI uses a touch screen, and no keyboard or mouse is provided. The color of pushbuttons are feedbacks and represent state conditions. To change the state or condition, press the button. The color of the button will change if the command is accepted and the change implemented by the controller. Numeric inputs on the COI touch screen are made by touching a numeric field that supports input. A numeric keypad then displays, and the desired number can be entered. For complete information, refer to GEI-100434, Computer Operator Interface (COI) for Mark VI or EX2100 Systems.

An Alarm Window is provided and an alarm is selected by touching it. Then Ack, Silence, Lock, or Unlock the alarm by pressing the corresponding button. Multiple alarms can be selected by dragging through the alarm list. Pressing the button then applies to all selected alarms.



Link to Distributed Control System (DCS) External communication links are available to communicate with the plant distributed control system. A serial communication link, using Modbus protocol (RTU binary), can be supplied from an HMI. This allows the the DCS operator access to real time turbine data, and provides for discrete and analog commands to be passed to the turbine control. In addition, an Ethernet link from the HMI supports periodic data messages at rates consistent with operator response, plus sequence of events (SOE) messages with data time tagged at a one millisecond resolution.

Plant Data Highway (PDH) The optional PDH connects the CIMPLICITY HMI/Data Server with remote operator stations, printers, historians, and other customer PCs. It does not connect with the Mark VI directly. The media is UTP or fiber-optic Ethernet running at 10/100 Mbps, using the TCP/IP protocol. Redundant cables are required by some systems, but these form part of one single logical network. The hardware consists of two redundant Ethernet switches with optional fiber-optic outputs for longer distances, such as to the central control room. On small systems, the PDH and the Unit Data Highway (UDH) may physically be the same network, as long as there is no peer-to-peer control on the UDH.

Operator Console The turbine control console is a modular design, which can be expanded from two monitors, with space for one operator, to four monitors, with space for three operators. Printers can be tabletop mounted, or on pedestals under the counter. The full size console is 5507.04 mm (18 ft 0 13/16 in) long, and 2233.6 mm (7 ft 3 15/16 in) wide. The center section, with space for two monitors and a phone/printer bay, is a small console 1828.8 mm (6 ft) wide.

EX2000 Exciter The EX2000 digital static exciter supplies dc power to the field of the synchronous generator. By means of the field current the exciter controls the generator ac terminal voltage and/or the reactive volt-amperes. The exciter is supplied in NEMA 1 freestanding, floor mounted indoor type metal cabinets. The cabinet lineup consists of several cabinets bolted together. Cable entry can be through the top or bottom. The cabinet and contained equipment are designed for operation in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 ˚C.

Generator Protection The generator protection system is mounted in a single, indoor, free standing cabinet, designed for an operating temperature range of –20 to +40 ˚C. The enclosure is NEMA 1, and weighs 2500 lbs. The Generator Panel interfaces to the Mark VI with hardwired I/O, and has an optional Modbus interface to the HMI.



LCI Static Starter The LCI Static Starter system is used to start a gas turbine by running the generator as a starting motor. The static starter system is integrated into the Mark VI control system along with the EX2000 digital excitation system. The Mark VI control supplies the run, torque, and speed setpoint signals to the LCI, which operates in a closed loop control mode to supply variable frequency power to the generator stator. The EX2000 is controlled by the LCI to regulate the field current during startup. The control cabinet contains an Innovation Series™ controller in a VME (Versa Module Eurocard) control rack. The controller provides the Ethernet link to the UDH and the HMI, and communication ports for field control I/O and Modbus. The field control I/O are used for temperature inputs and diagnostic variables. The LCI cabinet is a ventilated NEMA 1 free standing enclosure made of 12-gauge sheet steel on a rigid steel frame designed for indoor mounting. The total enclosure weight is 7400 lbs., and the operating temperature range is 0 to 50 ˚C.

Control Module The 13-slot rack can accommodate all the boards for control of a small turbine.

The control module is available as an integrated control and I/O module, or as a stand-alone control module only. The integrated control and I/O rack can be either a 21-slot or 13-slot VME size. The back plane has P1 and P2 connectors for the VME boards. The P1 connectors communicate data across the back plane, and the P2 connectors communicate data between the board and 37-pin J3 and J4 connectors located directly beneath each board. Cables run from the J3 and J4 connectors to the terminal boards. There can be one control module (simplex) or three (TMR), and each of these configurations supports remote I/O over IONet. The simplex control modules can be configured to support up to three independent parallel IONet systems for higher I/O throughput. Multiple communication boards may be used in a control module to increase the IONet throughput. Figure 2-2 shows a 21-slot rack with a three-IONet VCMI communication board, and a UCVE controller. The UCVE must go in slot 2. The remaining slots are filled with I/O boards. The two sizes of I/O rack and the I/O processor boards are shielded to control EMI/RFI emissions. This shielding also protects the processor boards against interference from external sources.

Do not plug the UCVE controller into any rack that has J302 and J402 connectors.



Controller UCVE (slot 2)

VME Chassis, 21 slots

x

x

I/O Processor Boards

Fan

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Power Supply

UDH Port

VCMI Communication Board, with One or Three IONet Ports x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Note: This rack is for the UCVE controller, connectors J302 and J402 are not present. UCVB and UCVD controllers can be used in this rack.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Connectors for Cables to Terminal Boards (J3 & J4)

Figure 2-2. Control Module with Control, Communication, and I/O Boards

The stand-alone controller module is a VME rack, with the controller board UCVX, communications board VCMI, and interface board VDSK, as shown in Figure 2-3. This version is for remote I/O systems. The rack is powered by an integrated power supply. VDSK supplies 24 V dc to the cooling fan mounted under the rack, and monitors the Power Distribution Module (PDM) through the 37-pin connector on the front. The VDSK board is ribbon cabled in the back to the VCMI to transmit the PDM diagnostics.



VCMI Communication Board with Three IONet Ports (VCMI with One IONet is for Simplex systems)

Controller UCVX

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Interface Board VDSK

VME Rack POWER SUPPLY

Power Supply

Cooling Fan behind Panel

Fan 24 Vdc Power

Figure 2-3. Rack with Controller, VCMI, and VDSK (No I/O Boards)

Interface Module The interface module houses the I/O boards remote from the control module. The rack, shown in Figure 2-4, is similar to the control module VME rack, but without the controller, interface board VDSK, and cooling fan. Each I/O board occupies one or two slots in the module and has a backplane connection to a pair of 37-pin D connectors mounted on an apron beneath the VME rack. Cables run from the 37-pin connectors to the terminal boards. Most I/O boards can be removed, with power removed, and replaced without disconnecting any signal or power cable. Communication with the module is via a VCMI with a single IONet port, located in the left-hand slot. The module backplane contains a plug wired to slot 1, which is read by the communication board to obtain the identity of the module on IONet.



VME Chassis, 21 slots VCMI Communication Board with one IONet Port

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

I/O Processor Boards

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Power Supply

IONet Link to Control Module

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Note: Slot 2 cannot be used for an I/O processor board; it is reserved for a controller board

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

J3 & J4 Connectors for Cables to Terminal Boards

Figure 2-4. Interface Module with VCMI and I/O Boards

Controller The UCVE controller is a single-slot VME board, housing a high-speed processor, DRAM, flash memory, cache, an Ethernet port, and two serial RS-232C ports. It must always be inserted in slot 2 of an I/O rack designed to accommmodate it. These racks can be identified by the fact that there are no J3 and J4 connectors under slot 2. The controller provides communication with the UDH through the Ethernet port, and supports a low-level diagnostic monitor on the COM1 serial port. The base software includes appropriate portions of the existing Turbine Block Library of control functions for the steam, gas, and Land-Marine aero-derivative (LM) products. The controller can run its program at up to 100 Hz, (10 ms frame rate), depending on the size of the system configuration. External data is transferred to/from the controller over the VME bus by the VCMI communication board. In a simplex system, the data consists of the process I/O from the I/O boards, and in a TMR system, it consists of voted I/O. The various controllers are generically referred to as UCVX in the figures.

Two other controller versions are available, UCVB and UCVD, which are no longer delivered with new systems, refer to Chapter 9, I/O Descriptions (GEH-6421, Vol. II, Mark VI System Guide).



Mark VI Controller UCVE x

Status LEDs STATUS

VMEbus SYSFAIL Flash Activity Power Status

Monitor Port for GE use S V G A

Keyboard/mouse port for GE use COM1 RS-232C Port for Initial Controller Setup; COM2 RS-232C Port for Serial communication

Ethernet Port for Unit Data Highway Communication

M / K C O M

Ethernet Status LEDs

1:2

L A N

Active RST P C M I P

Link Notice: To connect batteries, user to set jumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN") and jumper E10 to ("IN")

M E Z Z A N I N E UCVE H2A x

Figure 2-5. UCVE Controller Front Panel

VCMI Communication Board The VCMI board in the control and interface module communicates internally to the I/O boards in its rack, and to the other VCMI cards through IONet. There are two versions, one with one Ethernet IONet port for simplex systems, and the other with three Ethernet ports for TMR systems. Simplex systems have one control module connected to one or more interface modules using a single cable. The VCMI with three separate IONet ports is used in TMR systems for communication with the three I/O channels Rn, Sn, and Tn, and with the two other control modules. This is shown in Figure 2-6. Software Implemented Fault Tolerant (SIFT) voting is implemented in the VCMI board. Input data from each of the IONet connections is voted in each of the R, S, and T VCMI boards. The results are passed to the control signal database in the controllers (labeled UCVX in the diagram) through the backplane VME bus.



Control Module R0

VCMI Board with Three IONet Ports

V C M I

U C V X

I/O Boards IONet - T to other Control, Interface, & Protection Modules IONet - S to other Control, Interface, & Protection Modules

IONet - R Interface Module R1 VCMI Board with One IONet Port

V C M I

I/O Boards

IONet to other Interface Modules & Protection Module Figure 2-6. VCMI Boards providing I/O Communication and I/O Voting

In TMR mode, the VCMI voter in the control module is always the Master of the IONet and also provides the IONet clock. Time synch messages from the time source on the UDH are sent to the controllers and then to the VCMIs. All input data from a single rack is sent in one or more IONet packets (approximately 1500 bytes per packet maximum). The VCMI in the control module broadcasts all data for all remote racks in one packet, and each VCMI in the remote rack extracts the appropriate data from the packet.

IONet The IONet connection on the VCMI is a BNC for 10Base2 Ethernet. The interface circuit is high impedance allowing “T” tap connections with 50-ohm terminal at the first and last node. The cabling distances are restricted to 185 meters per segment with up to eight nodes, using RG-58C/U or equivalent cable. The Link Layer protocol is IEEE 802.3 standard Ethernet. The application layer protocol uses Asynchronous Device Language (ADL) messaging with special adaptations for the input/output handling and the state exchanges. IONet supports control operation at up to 100 times per second.

The VCMI board acts as IONet Master and polls the remote interface module for data. The VCMI Master broadcasts a command to all slave stations on a single IONet causing them to respond with their message in a consecutive manner. To avoid collisions on the media, each station is told how long to delay before attempting to transmit. Utilizing this Master/slave mechanism, and running at 10 Mb/s, the IONet is capable of transmitting a 1000 byte packet every millisecond (8 MHz bit rate).



In a multiple module or multiple panel system, powering down one module of a channel does not disrupt IONet communication between other modules within that channel. If one IONet stops communicating then the I/O boards, in that channel, time out and the outputs go to a safe state. This state does not affect TMR system operation. If two IONets stop then the I/O boards in both channels go to a safe state and a turbine trip occurs.

I/O Boards Most I/O boards are single width VME boards of similar design and front panel, using the same digital signal processor (TMS320C32). The central processing unit (CPU) is a high-speed processor designed for digital filtering and for working with data in IEEE 32-bit floating point format. The task scheduler operates at a one ms and five ms rate to support high-speed analog and discrete inputs. The I/O boards synchronize their input scan to complete a cycle before being read by the VCMI board. Contact inputs in the VCCC and VCRC are time stamped to 1 ms to provide a sequence of events (SOE) monitor. Each I/O board contains the required sensor characteristic library, for example thermocouple and RTD linearizations. Bad sensor data and alarm signal levels, both high and low, are detected and alarmed. The I/O configuration in the toolbox can be downloaded over the network to change the program online. This means that I/O boards can accept tune-up commands and data while running. Servo loops can be performed in the Servo board at 200 times per second.

Certain I/O boards such as the servo and turbine board contain special control functions in firmware. This allows loops such as the valve position control to run locally instead of in the controller. Using the I/O boards in this way provides fast response for a number of time critical functions. Each I/O board sends an identification message (ID packet) to the VCMI when requested. The packet contains the hardware catalog number of the I/O board, the hardware revision, the board barcode serial number, the firmware catalog number, and the firmware version. Also each I/O board identifies the connected terminal boards via the ID wire in the 37-pin cable. This allows each connector on each terminal board to have a separate identity.



Table 2-1. I/O Boards I/O Processor Board

Terminal Board

I/O Signal Types

No. per I/O Processor Board

Type of Terminal Board

VAIC

TBAI (2)

Analog inputs, 0−1mA, 4−20 mA, voltage Analog outputs, 4−20 mA, 0−200 mA

20 4

TMR, SMX

VAOC

TBAO

Analog outputs, 4−20 mA

16

TMR, SMX

VCCC and VCRC

TBCI (2) TRLY (2)

Contact inputs Solenoids Dry contact relays

48 12 12

TMR, SMX TMR, SMX

VGEN

TGEN

Analog inputs, 4−20 mA Potential transformers Current transformers Relay outputs (optional)

4 2 3 12

TMR, SMX

TPRO

Pulse rate Potential transformers Thermocouples Analog inputs, 4−20 mA

3 2 3 3

TMR

Emergency Protect

TREG (2)

Solenoid drivers

6

TMR

Gas turbine

Trip contact inputs Emergency stop

TMR

Hardwire,Trip ,Clamp Large steam

TMR, SMX

Small/medium steam

Trip contact inputs

7 2 3 7 3 7

TRLY VPRO (3)

TREL

solenoid drivers

TRES

Solenoid drivers

Trip contact inputs

Comments

(VCCC is two slots)

for FAS (PLU)

VPYR

TPYR

Pyrometers (4 analog inputs each) KeyPhasor shaft position sensors

2 2

TMR, SMX

VRTD

TRTD,

Resistance Temperature Devices (RTD)

16

TMR, SMX,

3 wire

VSVO

TSVO (2)

Servo outputs to valve hydraulic servo LVDT inputs from valve LVDT excitation Pulse rate inputs for flow monitoring Pulse rate excitation

4 12 8 2 2

TMR, SMX

Trip, Clamp, Input

VTCC

TBTC

Thermocouples

24

TMR, SMX

VTUR

TTUR

Pulse rate magnetic pickups Potential transformers, gen. and bus Shaft current and voltage monitor Breaker interface Flame detectors (Geiger Mueller) Solenoid drivers Solenoid drivers Emergency stop Solenoid drivers Emergency stop

4 2 2 1 8 3 3 2 3 2

TMR, SMX

Shaft vibration probes (Bently Nevada) Shaft proximity probes (Displacement) Shaft proximity reference (KeyPhasor)

16 8 2

TRPG TRPL TRPS VVIB

TVIB (2)


TMR, SMX

Gas turbine

TMR

Large steam

TMR, SMX

Small/med. steam

TMR, SMX

Buffered using BNC


Terminal Boards The terminal board provides the customer wiring connection point, and fans out the signals to three separate 37-pin D connectors for cables to the R, S, and T I/O boards, refer to Figure 2-7. Each type of I/O board has its own special terminal board, some with a different combination of connectors. For example, one version of the thermocouple board does not fanout and has only two connectors for cabling to one I/O board. The other version does fan out and has six connectors for R, S, and T. Since the fanout circuit is a potential single point failure, the terminal board contains a minimum of active circuitry limited primarily to filters and protective devices. Power for the outputs usually comes from the I/O board, but for some relay and solenoid outputs, separate power plugs are mounted on the terminal board. TBAI Terminal Board x

Customer Wiring

x x x x x x x x x x x x

Shield Bar

Customer Wiring BarrierType Terminal Blocks can be unplugged from board for maintenance

JT1

37-pin "D" shell type connectors with latching fasteners

JS1

Cable to VME Rack T

x x



x

x


JR1

x

Cable to VME Rack S

Cable to VME Rack R

Figure 2-7. Typical Terminal Board with Cabling to I/O Boards in VME Rack



DIN-rail Mounted Terminal Boards Smaller DIN-rail mounted terminal boards are available for simplex applications. These low cost, small size simplex control systems are designed for small gas and steam turbines. IONet is not used since the D-type terminal boards cable directly into the control chassis to interface with the I/O boards. The types of DIN-rail boards are shown in Table 2-2. Table 2-2. DIN–Rail Mounted Terminal Boards DIN Euro Size Terminal Board

Number of Points

Description of I/O

Associated I/O Processor Board

DTTC

12

Thermocouple temperature inputs with one cold junction reference

VTCC

DRTD

8

RTD temperature inputs

VRTD

DTAI

10

Analog current or voltage inputs with on-board 24 V dc power supply Analog current outputs, with choice of 20 mA or 200 mA

VAIC

2 DTAO

8

Analog current outputs, 0−20 mA

VAOC

DTCI

24

Contact Inputs with external 24 V dc excitation

VCRC (or VCCC)

DRLY

12

Form-C relay outputs, dry contacts, customer powered

VCRC (or VCCC)

DTRT

-------

Transition board between VTUR and DRLY for solenoid trip functions

VTUR

DTUR

4

Magnetic (passive) pulse rate pickups for speed and fuel flow measurement

VTUR

DSVO

2

Servo-valve outputs with choice of coil currents from 10 mA to 120 mA LVDT valve position sensors with on-board excitation Active pulse rate probes for flow measurement, with 24 V dc excitation provided

VSVO

Vibration, Position, or Seismic, or Accelerometer, or Velomiter Position prox probes KeyPhasor (reference)

VVIB

6 2 DVIB

8 4 1

Power Sources A reliable source of power is provided to the rack power supplies from either a battery, or from multiple power converters, or from a combination of both. The multiple power sources are connected as high select in the Power Distribution Module (PDM) to provide the required redundancy. A balancing resistor network creates a floating dc bus using a single ground connection. From the 125 V dc, the resistor bridge produces +62.5 V dc (referred to as P125) and −62.5 V dc (referred to as N125) to supply the system racks and terminal boards. The PDM has ground fault detection and can tolerate a single ground fault without losing any performance and without blowing fuses.



Turbine Protection Module The Turbine Protection Module (VPRO) and associated terminal boards (TPRO and TREG) provide an independent emergency overspeed protection for turbines that do not have a mechanical overspeed bolt. The protection module is separate from the turbine control and consists of triple redundant VPRO boards, each with their own on-board power supply, as shown in Figure 2-8. VPRO controls the trip solenoids through relay voting circuits on the TREG, TREL, and TRES boards. VPRO S8

VPRO R8

IONet R

I O N E T

IONet S IONet T

x

x

x

S E R

J 5

J 3

x

F VPRO

J 5


J 4

P A R A L

N x

J 3

P O W E R x

F VPRO x

x

x

RUN FAIL STAT 8 X 4 Y T 2 Z R 1 C S E R

J 6

x

x

x I O N E T

To TPRO

To TREG

x

RUN FAIL STAT 8 X 4 Y T 2 Z R 1 C

Ground

To TPRO

x

VPRO T8

x

x

x I O N E T

J 5


J 4

P A R A L

N x

J 3

P O W E R x

F VPRO x

x

RUN FAIL STAT X 8 Y 4 T 2 Z R 1 C S E R

J 6

x

x

J 6


J 4

P A R A L

N x

x P O W E R x

To TREG

Power In

125 Vdc Figure 2-8. Turbine Protection Module with Cabling Connections.

The TPRO terminal board provides independent speed pickups to each VPRO, which processes them at high speed. This high speed reduces the maximum time delay to calculate a trip and signal the ETR relay driver to 20 ms. In addition to calculating speed, VPRO calculates acceleration which is another input to the overspeed logic. TPRO fans out generator and line voltage inputs to each VPRO where an independent generator synchronization check is made. Until VPRO closes the K25A permissive relay, generator synchronization cannot occur. For gas turbine applications, inputs from temperature sensors are brought into the module for exhaust overtemperature protection. The VPRO boards do not communicate over the VME backplane. Failures on TREG are detected by VPRO and fed back to the control system over IONet. Each VPRO has an IONet communication port equivalent to that of the VCMI.



Operating Systems All operator stations, communication servers, and engineering workstations use the Microsoft Windows NT® operating system. The HMIs and servers run CIMPLICITY software, and the engineer's workstation runs toolbox software for system configuration. The Mark VI I/O system, because of its TMR requirements, uses a proprietary executive system designed for this special application. This executive is the basis for the operating system in the VCMI and all of the I/O boards. The controller uses the QNX operating system from QNX Software Systems Ltd. This is a real time POSIX compliant operating system ideally suited to high speed automation applications such as turbine control and protection.



Levels of Redundancy The need for higher system reliability has led vendors to develop different systems of increasing redundancy (see Figure 2-9). Simplex systems are the simplest systems having only one chain, and are therefore the least expensive. Reliability is average. TMR systems have a very high reliability, and since the voting software is simple, the amount of software required is reasonable. Input sensors can be triplicated if required. Simplex System Input

Controller

Redundancy Type

Reliability (MTBF)

Simplex

Average

Triple

Very

(TMR)

High

Output

Triple Redundant System Input

Controller Vote

Input

Controller

Vote

Output

Vote

Input

Controller

Figure 2-9. Single and Triple Redundant Systems

Simplex systems in a typical power plant are used for applications requiring normal reliability, such as control of auxiliaries and balance of plant (BOP). A single PLC with local and remote I/O might be used in this application. In a typical Mark VI, many of the I/O are non-critical and are installed and configured as simplex. These simplex I/O boards can be mixed with TMR boards in the same interface module. Triple Modular Redundant (TMR) control systems, such as Mark VI, are used for the demanding turbine control and protection application. Here the highest reliability ensures the minimum plant downtime due to control problems, since the turbine can continue running even with a failed controller or I/O channel. With continuous I/O and state variable voting, a failure is always masked. Failures are detected and annunciated, and can be repaired online. This means the turbine protection system can be relied on to be fully operational, if a turbine problem occurs.



Control and Protection Features This section describes the fault tolerant features of the TMR part of the Mark VI. The Mark VI system can operate in two different configurations: •

Simplex configuration is for non-redundant applications where system operation after a single failure is not a requirement.

•

TMR configuration is for applications where single failures do not cause a shutdown of the control process.

Triple Modular Redundancy A TMR system is a special case of N-modular redundancy where N=3. It is based on redundant modules with input and output voting. Input signal voting is performed by software using an approach known as Software Implemented Fault Tolerant (SIFT). Output voting is performed by hardware circuits that are an integral part of the output terminal boards. The voting of inputs and outputs provides a high degree of fault masking. When three signals are voted, the failure of any one signal is masked by the other two good signals. This is because the voting process selects the median of the three analog inputs. In the case of discrete inputs, the voting selects the two that agree. In fact, the fault masking in a TMR system hides the fault so well that special fault detection functions are included as part of the voting software. Before voting, all input values are compared to detect any large differences. This value comparison generates a system diagnostic alarm. In addition to fault masking, there are many other features designed to prevent fault propagation or to provide fault isolation. A distributed architecture with dc isolation provides a high degree of hardware isolation. Restrictions on memory access using dual-port memories prevent accidental data destruction by adjacent processors. Isolated power sources prevent a domino effect if a faulty module overloads its power supply.



TMR Architecture As shown in Figure 2-10, the TMR control architecture has three duplicate hardware controller modules labeled R, S, and T. A high-speed network connects each control module with its associated set of I/O modules, resulting in three independent I/O networks. Each network is also extended to connect to separate ports on each of the other controllers. Each of the three controllers has a VCMI with three independent I/O communication ports to allow each controller to receive data from all of the I/O modules on all three I/O networks. The three protection modules are also on the I/O networks. VCMI Board with Three IONet Ports

Control Module R0 V U C C I/O M V Boards I X

Control Module S0 V U C C I/O M V Boards I X

Control Module T0 V U C C I/O M V Boards I X

TMR System with Local & Remote I/O, Terminal Boards not shown

IONet - R IONet - S IONet - T

VCMI Board with One IONet Port

Interface Module R1 V C I/O M Boards I

Interface Module S1 V C I/O M Boards I

VPRO VPRO VPRO R8 S8 T8

Interface Module T1 V C I/O M Boards I

IONet Supports Multiple Remote I/O Racks

Protection Module

Figure 2-10. TMR Architecture with Local & Remote I/O, and Protection Module

Each of the three controllers is loaded with the same software image, so that there are three copies of the control program running in parallel. External computers, such as the HMI operator stations, acquire data from only the designated controller. The designated controller is determined by a simple algorithm (described later). A separate protection module provides for very reliable trip operation. The VPRO is an independent TMR subsystem complete with its own controllers and integral power supplies. Separate independent sensor inputs and voted trip relay outputs are used. Figure 2-11 displays a possible layout of equipment in the cabinets.



Redundant Unit Data Highway

1

Control Cabinet

Termination Cabinet Interface Module

Serial V Power DC C U Supply / M C DC

I V H X 2

V D S K

IONET Ethernet 10Base2 Thin Coax

Control Module

1

I V H X 2

V D S K


Control Module

1

DC

I V H X 2

V D S K


Control Module

Input Power Converter Input Power Converter

Termination Boards

V I I I C I I I / / / M / / / 21 SLOT I O O O VME RACK O O O H 1

DC / DC

Power Interface Module Supply

Serial Power DC V U Supply / C M C

V DC I I I C I I I / 21 SLOT / / / M / / / I O O O VME RACK O O O DC H 1

Power Interface Module Supply

Serial Power DC V U Supply / C DC M C

Power Supply

V I I I C I I I / / / 21 SLOT M / / / I O O O VME RACK O O O H 1

+125Vdc Internal

Protection Modules

Power

Buss to

Power

Supplies

Input Power Converter

IONET Interface to other I/O Cabinet Lineups (Optional)

Input Power Converter Input Power Converter Input Power Converter Input Power Cond.

45 Degree C Ambient

Customer Supplied Power Input(s)

DC / DC

V V V P P P R R R O O O

+125Vdc Internal Power Busses to Power Supplies & Termination Cards

T R I P

Contact Input Excitatn. To Termination Solenoid Power Cards

50 Degree C Ambient Customer Sensor Cables

Figure 2-11. Typical Cabinet Layout of Mark VI Triple modular redundant System



TMR Operation Voting systems require that the input data be voted, and the voted result be available for use on the next calculation pass. The sequential operations for each pass are input, vote, calculate, and output. The time interval that is allotted to these operations is referred to as the frame. The frame is set to a fixed value for a given application so that the control program operates at a uniform rate. For SIFT systems, a significant portion of the fault tolerance is implemented in software. The advantage to this approach is software does not degrade over time. The SIFT design requires little more than three identical controllers with some provision of transferring data between them. All of the data exchange, voting, and output selection may be performed by software. The exception to the all software approach is the modification to the hardware output circuitry for hardware voting. With each controller using the same software, the mode control software in each controller is synchronizing with, and responding to, an identical copy of itself that is operating in each of the other controllers. The three programs acting together are referred to as the distributed executive and coordinate all operations of the controllers including the sequential operations mentioned above. There are several different synchronization requirements. Frame synchronization enables all controllers and associated I/O modules to process the data at the same time for a given frame. The frame synchronization error is determined at the start of frame (SOF) and the controllers are required to adjust their internal timing so that all three controllers reach SOF of the same frame at the same time. The acceptable error in time of SOF is typically several microseconds in the 10 to 25 Hz control systems that are encountered. Large errors in SOF timing will affect overall response time of the control since the voter will cause a delay until at least two controllers have computed the new values. The constraining requirement for synchronization comes from the need to measure contact SOE times with an accuratcy of 1ms.

Designated Controller Although three controllers R, S, and T contain identical hardware and software, some of the functions performed are individually unique. A single designated controller is chosen to perform the following functions: •

Supply initialization data to the other two controllers at boot-up

•

Keep the Master time clock

•

Generate the control data for the panel if one of the other controllers fails.

For purposes of deciding which controller is to be the designated controller, each VCMI nominates itself based on a weighting scheme using the following algorithm: 1* (if previously designated controller) + 2* (number of stable I/O nets) + 3* (if UDH traffic visible) The nominating values are voted among the VCMIs and the majority value is used. If there is a tie, or no majority, the priority is R, then S, and then T. If a controller, which was designated, is powered down and repowered, the designated controller will move and not come back if all controllers are equal. This ensures that a toggling designated controller is not automatically reselected.



UDH Communicator Controller communications takes place across the Unit Data Highway (UDH). A UDH communicator is a controller selected to provide the panel data to that network. This data includes both control signals (EGD) and alarms. Each controller has an independent, physical connection to the UDH. In the event that the UDH fractures and a controller becomes isolated from its companion controllers, it assumes the role of UDH communicator for that network fragment. While for one panel there can be only one designated controller, there may be multiple UDH communicators. The designated controller is always a UDH communicator. When a controller does not receive external EGD data from its UDH connection, it may request that the data be forwarded across the IONet from another UDH communicator. One or more communicators may supply the data and the requesting controller uses the last data set received. Only the EGD data used in sequencing by the controllers is forwarded in this manner.

Output Processing The system outputs are the portion of the calculated data that have to be transferred to the external hardware interfaces and then to the various actuators controlling the process. Most of the outputs from the TMR system are voted in the output hardware, but the system can output individual signals in a simplex system. Output voting is performed as close to the final control element as possible.

Normally, outputs from the TMR system are calculated independently by the three voting controllers and each controller sends the output to its associated I/O hardware (for example, R controller sends to R I/O). The three independent outputs are then combined into a single output by a voting mechanism. Different signal types require different methods of establishing the voted value. The signal outputs from the three controllers fall into three groups: •

Signals exist in only one I/O channel and are driven as single ended nonredundant outputs

•

Signals exist in all three controllers and output separately to an external voting mechanism

•

Signals exist in all three controllers but are merged into a signal by the output hardware

For normal relay outputs, the three signals feed a voting relay driver, which operates a single relay per signal. For more critical protective signals, the three signals drive three independent relays with the relay contacts connected in the typical six-contact voting configuration. Figure 2-12 illustrates the two types of output boards.



Terminal Board, Relay Outputs I/O Board Channel R

Voted Relay Driver

I/O Board Channel S

Coil

V

Relay Output

I/O Board Channel T

Terminal Board, High Reliability Relay Outputs I/O Board Channel R

Relay KR Coil Driver

I/O Board Channel S I/O Board Channel T

Relay Driver

KS

Relay Driver

KT

KR KS KS KT

Coil

Relay Output

KT KR Coil

Figure 2-12. Relay Output Circuits for Protection

For servo outputs as in Figure 2-13, the three independent current signals drive a three-coil servo actuator, which adds them by magnetic flux summation. Failure of a servo driver is sensed and a deactivating relay contact is opened. I/O Boards Channel R

Servo Driver D/A

Output Terminal Board

Coils on Servo Valve

Servo Driver Channel S

Channel T

D/A

Servo Driver D/A

Hydraulic Servo Valve

Figure 2-13. TMR Circuit to Combine Three Analog Currents into a Single Output



Figure 2-14 shows 4−20 mA signals combined through a 2/3 current sharing circuit that allows the three signals to be voted to one. This unique circuit ensures the total output current is the voted value of the three currents. Failure of a 4−20 mA output is sensed and a deactivating relay contact is opened. I/O Boards Output Terminal Board

4-20 mA Driver Channel R

D/A

Current Feedback Output Load

4-20 mA Driver Channel S

Channel T

D/A

4-20 mA Driver D/A

Figure 2-14. TMR Circuits for Voted 4−20 mA Outputs

Input Processing All inputs are available to all three controllers but there are several ways that the input data is handled. For those input signals that exist in only one I/O module, the value is used by all three controllers as common input without voting as shown in Figure 2-15. Signals that appear in all three I/O channels may be voted to create a single input value. The triple inputs may come from three independent sensors or may be created from a single sensor by hardware fanning at the terminal board. I/O Rack Field Wiring Termin. Bd. I/O Board VCMI

Sensor

Direct Input

Signal Condition

Control Rack IONet

VCMI

Controller

Exchange

No Vote

Control System Data Base

Alarm Limit

A

SC

R

S

T

Figure 2-15. Single Input to Three Controllers, Not Voted



A single input can be brought to the three controllers without any voting as shown in Figure 2-15. This is used for non-critical, generic I/O, such as monitoring 4−20 mA inputs, contacts, thermocouples, and RTDs. One sensor can be fanned to three I/O boards as above for medium integrity applications as shown in Figure 2-16. This is used for sensors with medium to high reliability. Three such circuits are needed for three sensors. Typical inputs are 4−20 mA inputs, contacts , thermocouples, and RTDs. Control Rack

I/O Rack Field Wiring Termin. Bd. I/O Board VCMI

Sensors

Fanned Input

A

IONet

VCMI

Controller

Exchange

Voter


SC R

R Voter

Voted (A)

SC S

S Voter

Voted (A)

SC T

T Voter

Voted (A)

Signal Prevote Condition

Figure 2-16. One Sensor with Fanned Input & Software Voting

Three independent sensors can be brought into the controllers without voting to provide the individual sensor values to the application. Median values can be selected in the controller if required. This configuration, shown in Figure 2-17, is used for special applications only. I/O Rack Field Wiring Termin. Bd. I/O Board VCMI

Sensors

Common Input

Signal Condition Alarm Limit

Control Rack Controller

IONet VCMI No Vote


Median Select Block

A

SC R

A B C

MSB R

B

SC S

A B C

MSB S

C

SC T

A B C

MSB T

Median (A,B,C) A B C



Figure 2-17. Three Independent Sensors with Common Input, Not Voted



Figure 2-18 shows three sensors, each one fanned and then SIFT voted. This provides a high reliability system for current and contact inputs, and temperature sensors. Controller Rack


C

Controller Control System Data Base

SC R

R Voter

Voted "A" Control Voted "B" Block Voted "C"

Same

SC S

S Voter


Same

SC T

T Voter


A

B

VCMI

Voter

Fanned Input

Sensors

Signal Prevote Condition Alarm Limit

IONet Exchange

Figure 2-18. Three Sensors, Each One Fanned and Voted, for Medium to High Reliability Applications

Speed inputs to high reliability applications are brought in as dedicated inputs and then SIFT voted. Figure 2-19 shows this configuration. Inputs such as speed control and overspeed are not fanned so there is a complete separation of inputs with no hardware cross-coupling which could propagate a failure. RTDs, thermocouples, contact inputs, and 4−20 mA signals can also be configured this way. Control Rack


Sensors

Dedicated Signal Prevote Condition Input

IONet

VCMI

Controller

Exchange

Voter


Alarm Limit

A

SC R

R Voter

Voted (A,B,C)

B

SC S

S Voter

Voted (A,B,C)

C

SC T

T Voter

Voted (A,B,C)

Figure 2-19. Three Sensors with Dedicated Inputs, Software Voted for High Reliability Applications



State Exchange Voting all of the calculated values in the TMR system is unnecessary and not practical. The actual requirement is to vote the state of the controller database between calculation frames. Calculated values such as timers, counters, and integrators are dependent on the value from the previous calculation frame. Logic signals such as bistable relays, momentary logic with seal-in, cross-linked relay circuits, and feedbacks have a memory retention characteristic. A small section of the database values is voted each frame.

Median Value Analog Voting The analog signals are converted to floating point format by the I/O interface boards. The voting operation occurs in each of the three controller modules (R, S, and T). Each module receives a copy of the data from the other two channels. For each voted data point, the module has three values including its own. The median value voter selects the middle value of the three as the voter output. This is the most likely of the three values to be closest to the true value. Figure 2-20 shows some examples. The disagreement detector (see the section, Disagreement Detector) checks the signal deviations and sets a diagnostic if they exceed a preconfigured limit, thereby identifying failed input sensors or channels. Median Value Voting Examples Sensor Median Input Selected Value Value

Sensor Inputs

Sensor 1

981

Sensor 2

985

Sensor 3

978

Sensor Median Input Selected Value Value

910

981

No TMR Diagnostic

Configured TMR Deviation = 30

Sensor Median Input Selected Value Value

985

1020

978

978

985

985

978

TMR Diagnostic on Input 1

TMR Diagnostic on Input 1

Figure 2-20. Median Value Voting Examples with Normal & Bad Inputs

Two Out of Three Logic Voter Each of the controllers has three copies of the data as described above for the analog voter. The logical values are stored in the controller database in a format that requires a byte per logical value. Voting is a simple logic process, which inputs the three values and finds the two values that agree. The logical data has an auxiliary function called forcing which allows the operator to force the logical state to be either true or false and have it remain in that state until unforced. The logical data is packed in the input tables and the state exchange tables to reduce the bandwidth requirements. The input cycle involves receive, vote, unpack, and transfer to the controller database. The transfer to the database must leave the forced values as they are.



Disagreement Detector Failure of one of the three voted input circuits has no effect on the controlled process since the fault is masked by SIFT. Without a disagreement detector, a failure could go unnoticed until occurrence of a second failure.

A disagreement detector is provided to continuously scan the prevote data sets and produce an alarm bit if a disagreement is detected between the three values in a voted data set. The comparisons are made between the voted value and each of the three prevote values. The delta for each value is compared with a user programmable limit value. The limit can be set as required to avoid nuisance alarms but give indication that one of the prevote values has moved out of normal range. Each controller is required to compare only its prevote value with the voted value, for example, R compares only the R prevote value with the voted value. Note Early versions of the Mark VI may not have the Disagreement Detector implemented.

Peer I/O In addition to the data from the I/O modules, there is a class of data that comes from other controllers in other cabinets that are connected through a common data network. For the Mark VI controller the common network is the UDH. For integrated systems, this common network provides a data path between multiple turbine controllers and possibly the controls for the generator, the exciter, or the HRSG/boiler. Selected signals from the controller database may be mapped into a page of peer outputs that are broadcast periodically on the UDH to provide external panels a status update. For the TMR system this action is performed by the UDH communicator using the data from its internal voted database. Several pages of peer inputs may be received by the TMR panel as the other control panels on the UDH are broadcasting their status pages. The designated controller/primary communicator may have the responsibility for receiving the pages and replicating the content for the other controllers in the voting trio. The operation is similar to the input of common input data from a single I/O module, but in this case the data is broadcast on the I/O network by the designated controller.

Command Action All of the commands to the TMR control need special processing to cause the three voting controllers to perform the same action at the same time. Since the source is a standard computer connected to the UDH and sending messages over a single network, there is very little benefit for voting the commands in each controller. The situation is complicated by commands being sent from one of several redundant computers at the operator position (s). In Mark VI, the designated controller normally receives all commands, and the response of the voting trio is synchronized by issuing the commands to all three controllers at the same frame time.

Rate of Response Mark VI can run selected control programs at the rate of 100 times per second, (10 ms frame rate) for simplex systems, and 25 times per second (40 ms frame rate) for TMR systems. This is the fastest rate for the TMR system. The timing diagram is shown in Figure 2-21. In this example, bringing the data from the interface modules to the control module and voting it takes three ms, running the control program takes four ms, and sending the data back to the interface modules takes three ms.



Start of Frame (SOF)

One Frame Time (10 ms) 1

Control Module CPU Control Module Voting

3

Background

Fast R1

Fast R1

4

5

6

7

8

Fast R2

SOF

9

Background

Compute Control Sequence & Blocks

Vote

State Vote

Control Module Comm I/O Module Comm

2

Prevote Compare

Fast R2

State Xchg.

Out

Input Input Fast

Fast

Background

Receive

Scatter

Gather Send Send Scale Calc

I/O Module Board

Set Output

Background

Scan Input

Scale Calc

Write Data

Read Data Just in Time to Start

Figure 2-21. TMR System Timing Diagram for System with Remote I/O

Failure Handling The general operating principle on failures is that corrective or default action takes place in both directions away from the fault. This means that, in the control hierarchy extending from the terminal screws up through I/O boards, backplanes, networks and main CPUs, when a fault occurs, there is a reaction at the I/O processor and also at the main controller if still operating. When faults are detected, health bits are reset in a hierarchical fashion. If a signal goes bad, the health bit is set false at the control module level. If a board goes bad, all signals associated with that board, whether input or output, have their health bits set false. A similar situation exists for the I/O rack. In addition, there are preconfigured default failure values defined for all input and output signals so that normal application code may cope with failures without excessive healthy bit referencing. Healthy bits in TMR systems are voted if the corresponding signal is TMR. Loss of Control Module in Simplex System - If a control module fails in a simplex system, the output boards go to their configured default output state after a timeout. The loss of the controller board propagates down through the IONet so that the output board knows what to do. This is accomplished by shutting down the IONet. Loss of Control Module in TMR System - If a control module fails in a TMR system, the TMR outputs and simplex outputs on that channel timeout to their configured default output state. TMR control continues using the other two control modules.



Loss of I/O VCMI in TMR System - If the VCMI in an interface module in a TMR system fails, the outputs timeout to their configured default output state. The inputs are set to their configured default state so that resultant outputs, such as UDH, may be set correctly. Inputs and output healthy bits are reset. A failure of the VCMI in Rack 0 is viewed as equivalent to a failure of the control module itself. Loss of I/O VCMI in Simplex System - If the VCMI in an interface module in a simplex system fails, the outputs and inputs are handled the same as a TMR system. Loss of I/O Board in Simplex System – If an I/O board in a simplex system fails, hardware on the outputs from the I/O boards set the outputs to a low power default value given typical applications. Input boards have their input values set to the preconfigured default value in the Master VCMI board. Loss of Simplex I/O Board in TMR System - If the failed simplex I/O board is in a TMR system, the inputs and outputs are handled as if they were in a simplex system. Loss of TMR I/O Board in TMR System - If a TMR I/O board fails in a TMR system, inputs and outputs are handled as described previously. TMR SIFT and hardware output voting keep the process running. Loss of IONet in Simplex System - If the IONet fails in a simplex system, the output boards in the I/O racks timeout and set the preconfigured default output values. The Master VCMI board defaults the inputs so that UDH outputs can be correctly set. Loss of IONet in TMR System - If the IONet fails in a simplex system, outputs follow the same sequence as for a Loss of Control Module in simplex. Inputs follow the same sequence as for Loss of I/O VCMI in TMR.



Turbine Protection Turbine overspeed protection is available in three levels, control, primary, and emergency. Control protection comes through closed loop speed control using the fuel/steam valves. Primary overspeed protection is provided by the controller. The TTUR terminal board and VTUR I/O board bring in a shaft speed signal to each controller where they are median selected. If the controller determines a trip condition, the controller sends the trip signal to the TRPG terminal board through the VTUR I/O board. The three VTUR outputs are 2/3 voted in three-relay voting circuits (one for each trip solenoid) and power is removed from the solenoids. Figure 2-22 shows the primary and emergency levels of protection. Software Voting High Speed Shaft

R

TTUR Terminal Board

High Speed Shaft S

High Speed Shaft

Controller R & VTUR Controller S & VTUR

T

Terminal Board

VPRO R8 VPRO S8

High Speed Shaft T8

Magnetic Speed Pickups (3 used)

Primary Protection

Trip Solenoids (Up to three)

TPRO

High Speed Shaft S8

Hardware Voting (Relays)

Controller T & VTUR

Magnetic Speed Pickups (3 used)

High Speed Shaft R8

TRPG Terminal Board

TREG Terminal Board Hardware Voting (Relays)

Emergency Protection

VPRO T8 Trip Signal to Servo Terminal Board TSVO

Figure 2-22. Primary and Emergency Overspeed Protection



Either the controllers or the protection system can independently trip the turbine.

Emergency overspeed protection is provided by the independent triple redundant VPRO protection system shown in Figure 2-22. This uses three shaft speed signals from magnetic pickups, one for each protection module. These are brought into TPRO, a terminal board dedicated to the protection system. Each VPRO independently determines when to trip, and the signals are passed to the TREG terminal board. TREG operates in a similar way to TRPG, voting the three trip signals in relay circuits and removing power from the trip solenoids. This system contains no software voting, making the three VPRO modules completely independent. The only link between VPRO and the other parts of the control system is the IONet cable, which transmits status information. Additional protection for simplex systems is provided by the protection module through the Servo Terminal Board, TSVO. Plug J1 on TREG is wired to plug JD1 on TSVO, and if this is energized, relay K1 disconnects the servo output current and applies a bias to force the control valve closed.



Reliability and Availability System reliability and availability can be calculated using the component failure rates. These numbers are important for deciding when to use simplex circuits versus TMR circuits. TMR systems have the advantage of online repair discussed in the section, Online Repair for TMR Systems.

Online Repair for TMR Systems The high availability of the TMR system is a result of being able to do repair online. It is possible to shut down single modules for repair and leave the voting trio in full voting mode operation, which effectively masks the absence of the signals from the powered down module. However, there are some restrictions and special cases that require extra attention. Many signals are reduced to a single customer wire at the terminal boards so removal of the terminal board requires that the wires be disconnected momentarily. Each type of terminal board must be evaluated for the application and the signal type involved. Voltages in excess of 50 V are present in some customer wiring. Terminal boards that have only signals from one controller channel may be replaced at any time if the faulty signals are being masked by the voter. For other terminal boards such as the relay outputs, the individual relays may be replaced without disconnecting the terminal board. For those singular signals that are driven from only one I/O board, there is no redundancy or masking. These are typically used for non-critical functions such as pump drives, where loss of the control output simply causes the pump to run continuously. Application designers must avoid using such singular signals in critical circuits. The TMR system is designed such that any of the three controllers may send outputs to the singular signals, keeping the function operational even if the normal sending controller fails. Note Power down only the module (rack) that has the fault. Failure to observe this rule may cause an unexpected shutdown of the process (each module has its own power disconnect or switch). The modules are labeled such that the diagnostic messages identify the faulty module. Repair the faulty modules as soon as possible. Although the TMR system will survive certain multiple faults without a forced outage, a lurking fault problem may exist after the first unrepaired failure occurs. Multiple faults within the same module cause no concern for online repair since all faults will be masked by the other voters. However, once a second unrelated fault occurs in the same module set, then either of the faulty modules of the set that is powered down will introduce a dual fault in the same three signal set which may cause a process shutdown.

Reliability Reliability is represented by the Mean Time Between Forced Outages (MTBFO). In a simplex system, failure of the controller or I/O communication may cause a forced outage. Failure of a critical I/O module will cause a forced outage, but there are noncritical I/O modules, which can fail and be changed out without a shutdown. The MTBFO is calculated using published failure rates for components.



Availability is the percentage of time the system is operating, taking into account the time to repair a failure. Availability is calculated as follows: MTBFO x 100% MTBFO + MTTR where: MTTR is the Mean Time To Repair the system failure causing the forced outage, and MTBFO is the Mean Time Between Forced Outages With a TMR system there can be failures without a forced outage because the system can be repaired while it continues to run. The MTBFO calculation is complex since essentially it is calculating the probability of a second (critical) failure in another channel during the time the first failure is being repaired. The time to repair is an important input to the calculation. The availability of a well designed TMR system with timely online repair is effectively 100%. Possible forced outages may still occur if a second failure of a critical circuit comes before the repair can be completed. Other possible forced outages may occur if the repairman erroneously powers down the wrong module. Note To avoid possible forced outages from powering down the wrong module,

check the diagnostics for identification of the modules which contain the failure. System reliability has been determined by calculating the Failures In Time (FIT) (failures per 109 hours) based on the Bellcore TR-332 Reliability Prediction Procedure for Electronic Equipment. The Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) can be calculated from the FIT. The Mean Time Between Forced Outage (MTBFO) of the control system is a function of which boards are being used to control and protect the turbine. The complete system MTBFO depends on the size of the system, number of simplex boards, and the amount of sensor triplication.



Third Party Connectivity The Mark VI can be linked to the plant Distributed Control System (DCS) in three different ways as follows.

The Mark VI can be operated from the plant control room.

•

Modbus link from the HMI Server RS-232C port to the DCS

•

A high speed 10 Mbaud Ethernet link using the Modbus over TCP/IP protocol

•

A high speed 10 Mbaud Ethernet link using the TCP/IP protocol with an application layer called GEDS Standard Messages (GSM)

GSM supports turbine control commands, Mark VI data and alarms, the alarm silence function, logical events, and contact input sequence of events records with 1 ms resolution. Figure 2-23 shows the three options. Modbus is widely used to link to DCSs, but Ethernet GSM has the advantage of speed, distance, and functionality.

To DCS

To DCS Serial Modbus

Ethernet Modbus

To DCS Ethernet GSM

UCVE Controller x

PLANT DATA HIGHWAY

HMI Server Node L A N

To Plant Data Highway (PDH) Ethernet

Ethernet UCVE

x

Ethernet UNIT DATA HIGHWAY

Figure 2-23. Optional Communication Links to Third Party Distributed Control System



Chapter 3

Networks

Introduction This chapter defines the various communication networks in the Mark VI system. These networks provide communication with the operator interfaces, servers, controllers, and I/O. Communication with the plant distributed control system is included, together with information on fiber-optic cables, and the time synchronization function. The chapter is organized as follows: Section

Page

Network Overview ...................................................................................................3-2 Data Highways .........................................................................................................3-5 IONet......................................................................................................................3-12 Ethernet Global Data (EGD) ..................................................................................3-14 Modbus Communications.......................................................................................3-18 Ethernet Modbus Slave...........................................................................................3-19 Serial Modbus Slave...............................................................................................3-21 Ethernet GSM.........................................................................................................3-25 PROFIBUS Communications.................................................................................3-27 Fiber-Optic Cables..................................................................................................3-30 Time Synchronization ............................................................................................3-35


Chapter 3 Networks • 3-1

Network Overview Ethernet is used for all Mark VI data highways and the I/O network.

The Mark VI system is based on a hierarchy of networks used to interconnect the individual nodes. These networks separate the different communication traffic into layers according to their individual functions. This hierarchy extends from the I/O and controllers, which provide real-time control of the turbine and its associated equipment, through the operator interface systems, and up to facility wide monitoring or distributed control systems (DCS). Each layer uses standard components and protocols to simplify integration between different platforms and improve overall reliability and maintenance. The layers are designated as the Enterprise, Supervisory, Control, and I/O, as described in the following sections, and shown in Figure 3-1.

Enterprise Layer The Enterprise layer serves as an interface from the turbine control into a facility wide or group control layer. These higher layers are provided by the DCS vendor or the customer. The network technology used in this layer is generally determined by the customer and may include either Local Area Network (LAN) or Wide Area network (WAN) technologies, depending on the size of the facility. The Enterprise layer is generally separated from other control layers through a router, which isolates the traffic on both sides of the interface. Where unit control equipment is required to communicate with a facility wide or DCS system, GE uses either a Modbus interface or a TCP/IP protocol known as GE Standard Messaging (GSM).

Supervisory Layer The Supervisory layer provides operator interface capabilities such as to coordinate HMI viewer and server nodes, and other functions like data collection (Historian), remote monitoring, and vibration analysis. This layer uses Ethernet in a shared dual network configuration, which provides redundant Ethernet switches and cables to prevent complete network failure if a single component fails. The network is known as the Plant Data Highway (PDH).

3-2 • Chapter 3 Networks


To Optional Customer Network

HMI Viewer

HMI Viewer

Enterprise Layer

Router

HMI Viewer

Field Support

Supervisory Layer

PLANT DATA H IGHWAY PLANT DATA H IGHWAY

HMI Servers

Control Layer U NIT D ATA H IGHWAY U NIT DATA H IGHWAY Steam Turbine Control

Gas Turbine Control TMR

Mark VI

Generator Protection

Mark VI

Mark VI

Gen. Protect

Exciter

BOP

90-70 PLC

EXCITER

Mark VI

IONet

I/O Boards

IONet

I/O Boards

Genius Bus

I/O Boards

Figure 3-1. Turbine Control as Part of Integrated Control System

Control Layer The Control layer provides continuous operation of the power generation equipment. The controllers on this layer are highly coordinated to support continuous operation without interruption. This synchronization operates the control network at a fundamental rate called the frame rate. During each frame, all controllers on the network transmit their internal state to all other nodes. Ethernet Global Data (EGD) provides data exchange between nodes at a nominal frame rate of 25 Hz. Redundancy is important on the Control layer to ensure that a failure of any single component does not cause a turbine trip. This is accomplished with a shared dual network configuration known as the Unit Data Highway (UDH). Various levels of redundancy for the connected equipment are supported by the Supervisory and Control layers. Four redundancy levels are shown in Figure 3-2.



Controller Input/Output Communication between the I/O boards and the Mark VI controllers is based on Ethernet. The network is either a simplex or TMR system. This redundancy provides very high reliability and superior communications diagnostics. Printer Printer Type 1 Redundancy Non-critical nodes such as printers can be connected without using additional communication devices. Network Switch B Network Switch A

Type 2 Redundancy Nodes that are only available in Simplex configuration, such as an HMI, can be connected with a redundant switch. The switch automatically senses a failed network component and fails-over to a secondary link.

Redundant Switch Network Switch B Network Switch A

Controller

Controller Type 3 Redundancy Nodes such as duplex or TMR controllers are tightly coupled so that each node can send the same information. By connecting each controller to alternate networks, data is still available if a controller or network fails.

Network Switch B Network Switch A

Redundant Switch

Redundant Switch

Network Switch B

Type 4 Redundancy This type provides redundant controllers and redundant network links for the highest reliability. This is useful if the active controller network interface cannot sense a failed network condition.

Network Switch A

Figure 3-2. Redundant Networks for Different Applications



Data Highways Plant Data Highway The PDH is the plant level supervisory network. The PDH connects the HMI Server with remote viewers, printers, historians, and external interfaces. Usually there is no direct connection to the Mark VI controllers, which communicate over the UDH. Use of Ethernet with the TCP/IP protocol over the PDH provides an open system for third party interfaces. Figure 3-3 shows the equipment connections to the PDH. HMI View Node

HMI View Node

Laser printer

Laser printer

Redundant Switch

Redundant Switch

PLANT DATA HIGHWAY - SWITCH B PLANT DATA HIGHWAY - SWITCH A

HMI Server Node

From UDH

HMI Server Node

From UDH

Figure 3-3. Redundant Plant Data Highway Communication with Operator Stations



Table 3-1. PDH Network Features PDH Feature

Description

Type of Network

Ethernet CSMA/CD in a single or redundant star configuration.

Speed

10 Mb/s data rate (100 Mb/s optional).

Media and Distance

Ethernet 10BaseT (or 100BaseTX) for switch to controller/device connections. The cable is 22 to 26 AWG with unshielded twisted pair, category 5 EIA/TIA 568 A/B. Distance is up to 100 meters. Ethernet 100BaseFX with fiber-optic cable for network backbone; distances of 2 km.

Number of Nodes

Up to 1024 nodes supported.

Protocols

Any Ethernet compatible protocol, typically TCP/IP based. Use GE Standard Messaging (GSM) or Modbus over Ethernet for external communications.

Message Integrity

32-bit Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC) appended to each Ethernet packet plus additional checks in protocol used.

External Interfaces

Various third party interfaces are available; GSM and Modbus are the most common.

Fiber-optic cable provides the best signal quality, completely free of electromagnetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RFI). Large point-to-point distances are possible, and since the cable does not carry electrical charges, ground potential problems are eliminated. The PDH network hardware is listed in Table 3-2. Table 3-2. PDH Network Hardware PDH Network Hardware

Description

UTP Cable

Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, four pair, Category 5 EIA/TIA 568 A/B or better, including RJ-45 connectors.

Fiber Cable

Optical fiber cable, Ethernet 100BaseFX type, 62.5/125 micron, dual window, graded index profile, multimode glass-onglass construction, thermoplastic jacket, including SC connectors.

Ethernet Switches

Fast Ethernet switches (2), Cisco Catalyst 2900 is an example.

Redundant Switches

Fault Tolerant media converter, Lancast 2711 "redundant twister" is an example.

Unit Data Highway The UDH is an Ethernet-based network that provides direct or broadcast peer-to-peer communications between controllers and an operator/maintenance interface. It uses Ethernet Global Data (EGD) which is a message-based protocol for sharing information with multiple nodes based on the UDP/IP standard. UDH network hardware is similar to the PDH hardware described previously. Figure 3-4 shows redundant UDH networks with connections to the controllers and HMI servers.



Table 3-3. UDH Network Features UDH Feature

Description

Type of Network

Ethernet CSMA/CD using Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol; in single or redundant network configuration

Speed

10 Mb/s data rate (100 Mb/s optional)

Media and Distance

Ethernet 10BaseT (or 100BaseTX) for switch to controller/device connections. The cable is 22 to 26 AWG unshielded twisted pair (standard telephone wire); category 5 EIA/TIA 568 A/B. Distance is up to 100 meters. The UCVB requires 10Base2 cable. Ethernet 100BaseFX with fiber-optic cable optional for network backbone; distance is two km.

Number of Nodes

With 10 nodes, system provides a 25 Hz data rate. For other configurations contact the factory.

Type of Nodes Supported

Mark VI Controllers; will also support Innovation Series Controllers, PLCs, operator interfaces, and engineering work stations

Protocol

EGD protocol based on the UDP/IP standard (RFC 768) SRTP (Serial Request Transfer Protocol) protocol

Message Integrity

32-bit CRC appended to each Ethernet packet plus integrity checks built into UDP and EGD

Time Sync. Methods

Network Time Protocol (NTP), accuracy ±1 ms.

External Time Sync. Options

Timecode signals supported: IRIG-A, IRIG-B, NASA-36, 2137 Global Position System (GPS), also periodic pulse option.

To Plant Data Highway

HMI Server Node

HMI Server Node

Control Network UNIT DATA HIGHWAY - SWITCH B UNIT DATA HIGHWAY - SWITCH A

Mark VI STEAM TURBINE

Mark VI GAS TURBINE

90-70 PLC HEAT RECOVERY STEAM GEN. RCM

CPU

RCM

EX7 EX7 CPU

I/O I/O DISK

UCVX VCMI

I/O

I/O DISK I/O

UCVX VCMI

UCVx VCMI

Simplex

I/O I/O DISK

UCVX VCMI

TMR

Redundant Switch

Figure 3-4. UDH Showing Connections to Simplex, Duplex, and TMR Controllers



Data Highway Ethernet Switches The UDH and PDH networks use Fast Ethernet switches. The system modules are cabled into the switches to create a star type network architecture. Redundancy is obtained by using two switches with an interconnecting cable. Mark VI networks use stateof-the art commercially available communication equipment.

A typical Ethernet switch is shown in Figure 3-5. The Ethernet cables plug into two multi-port 10BaseT adapters on the front of the unit. The adapters have RJ45 ports for unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cabling.

Switches are configured by GE for the Mark VI; preconfigured switches should be purchased from GE.

Redundant switches are used to provide redundant, duplex communication links to controllers and HMIs (see Figure 3-6). Primary and Secondary designate the two redundant Ethernet links. If the Primary link fails, the converter automatically switches the traffic on Main over to the Secondary link without interruption to network operation. At 10 Mb/s, using the minimum data packet size, the maximum data loss during fail-over transition is 2-3 packets.

Fiber-optic cables plug into the ports in the lower half of the front panel using SC type connectors. The unit forwards 64-byte data packets through the 10 Mb/s ports providing a throughput of 148,800 packets per second for each port. Data rates through the 100BaseFX fiber-optic ports is 10 or 100 Mb/s.

10BaseT/10BaseTX expansion slots

10 BaseT

3.5 (88 mm) 1

2

3

4

10 BaseT

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

10/100BaseFX (Fiber Optic) ports; protect with plastic plug if not used

Fans (3)

JRJ-45 Connector

Back View

DC Input

Power

17.5 (445 mm) Figure 3-5. Typical Fast Ethernet Switch with Fiber-Optic Ports



5.75 (146 mm)

Length of Switch is 4.5 (114.3 mm)

1.5 (38.1 mm)

SW 10BASE-T

SECONDARY

PRIMARY

MAIN

PWR

Main link switches from Primary to Secondary if Primary link fails

UTP port

Figure 3-6. Typical Redundant Switch (Media Converter)

The switch shown in Figure 3-7 has 12 ports for UTP connectors and is called a T-Switch. It can have one or more fiber-optic ports. 100BaseFX Port (Fiber-optic)

UTP Ports

1.7 (44 mm)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11

12

A

Front View Power

BX

100BaseTX Port RJ45 Connector

Fan

Back View

Dc Input

AUI Port

17.5 (445 mm) Figure 3-7. Typical Fast Ethernet Switch (T-Switch) with UTP Ports

Typical UDH and PDH networks are shown in Figure 3-8. Fiber-optics are used for communication between the local controllers and the central control room. UTP cabling is used for short distances.



Central Control Room UTP connections

Local HMI Viewer, UTP PDH Switch B

PDH Switch A

A B Switch

A B Switch

HMI Server

HMI Server

Switch

Switch

A

A

B

To remote HMI Viewer, 100Base-FX

B UTP connections

UDH Switch A

UDH Switch B

From other Units

From other Units

T-Switch A

100Base-FX connections

T-Switch B

To local HMI Viewer, UTP

UTP connections From Unit Controllers

From Unit Controllers

Local Control Area Figure 3-8. Typical UDH and PDH Networks



Selecting IP Addresses A recommended procedure for selecting the IP addresses on the UDH and PDH is outlined in the following table. The standard IP address is 192.168.ABC.XYZ Table 3-4. Ethernet IP Address Rules Network

A

BC

X

Y

Z

Type

Type

Network Number

Controller/Device Number

Unit Number

Type of Device

UDH

1

01-99

1 = Gas Turbine Controllers 2 = Steam Turbine Controllers

1 = Unit 1 2 = Unit 2 . .

1 = R0 2 = S0 3 = T0 4 = HRSG A 5 = HRSG B 6 = EX2000 or EX2100 A 7 = EX2000 or EX2100 B 8 = EX2000 or EX2100 C 9 = Not assigned 0 = Static Starter

9 = Unit 9

0 = All other devices on the UDH

02 − 15 = Servers 16 − 25 = Workstations 26 − 37 = Other stations (Viewers) 38 = Historian 39 = OSM 40 − 99 = Aux Controllers, such as ISCs

PDH

2

01 – 54

2 to 199 are reserved for customer supplied items 200 to 254 are reserved for GE supplied items such as Viewers and Printers

The following are examples of IP addresses: 192.168.104.133 would be UDH number 4, gas turbine unit number 3, T0 core. 192.168.102.215 would be UDH number 2, steam turbine unit number 1, HRSG B. 192.168.201.201 could be a CIMPLICITY Viewer supplied by GE, residing on PDH#1. 192.168.205.10 could be a customer-supplied printer residing on PDH#5. Note Each item on the network such as a controller, server, or viewer must have an

IP address. The above addresses are recommended, but if this is a custom configuration, the requisition takes precedence.



IONet IONet is an Ethernet 10Base2 network used to communicate data between the VCMI communication board in the control module, the I/O boards, and the three independent sections of the Protection Module
. In large systems, it is used to communicate with an expansion VME board rack containing additional I/O boards. These racks are called interface modules since they contain exclusively I/O boards and a VCMI. IONet also communicates data between controllers in TMR systems. Another application is to use the interface module as a remote I/O interface located at the turbine or generator. Since there is no controller in the rack, all boards are specified for an external cabinet ambient temperature of 50 °C. Figure 3-9 shows a TMR configuration using remote I/O and a protection module.

Remote I/O can be located up to 185 meters from the controller.

R0

TMR System with Remote I/O Racks

V C M I

S0 V C M I

U C V X

T0

U C V X

V C M I

R8 V P R O

U C V X

S8 V P R O

T8 V P R O

IONet - R IONet - S IONet - T

R1 V C M I

IONet Supports Multiple Remote I/O Racks

S1 V C M I

I/O Boards

I/O Boards

T1 V C M I

I/O Boards

UCVX is Controller, VCMI is Bus Master, VPRO is Protection Module, I/O are VME boards. (Terminal Boards not shown)

Figure 3-9. IONet Communications with Controllers, I/O, and Protection Modules

Table 3-5. IONet Features IONet Feature

Description

Type of Network

Ethernet using extension of ADL protocol

Speed

10 Mb/s data rate

Media and Distance

Ethernet 10Base2, RG-58 coax cable is standard Distance to 185 meters Ethernet 10BaseFL with fiber-optic cable and converters Distance is 2 km

Number of Nodes

16 nodes

Protocol

Extension of ADL protocol designed to avoid message collisions; Collision Sense (CSMA) functionality is still maintained

Message Size

Maximum packet size 1500 bytes

Message Integrity

32-bit CRC appended to each Ethernet packet



IONet - Communications Interface Communication between the control module (control rack) and interface module (I/O rack) is handled by the VCMI in each rack. In the control module the VCMI operates as the IONet Master, while in the interface module it operates as an IONet slave. The VCMI establishes the network ID, and displays the network ID, channel ID, and status on its front panel LEDs. The VCMI serves as the Master frame counter for all nodes on the IONet. Frames are sequentially numbered and all nodes on IONet run in the same frame This ensures that selected data is being transmitted and operated on correctly.

I/O Data Collection I/O Data Collection, Simplex Systems - When used in an interface module, the VCMI acts as the VME bus Master. It collects input data from the I/O boards and transmits it to the control module through IONet. When it receives output data from the control module it distributes it to the I/O boards. The VCMI in slot 1 of the control module operates as the IONet Master. As packets of input data are received from various racks on the IONet, the VCMI collects them and transfers the data through the VME bus to the I/O table in the controller. After application code completion, the VCMI transfers output values from the controller I/O table to the VCMI where the data is then broadcast to all the I/O racks. I/O Data Collection and Voting, TMR Systems - For a small TMR system, all the I/O may be in one module (triplicated). In this case the VCMI transfers the input values from each of the I/O boards through the VME bus to an internal buffer. After the individual board transfers are complete, the entire block of data is transferred to the pre-vote table, and also sent as an input packet on the IONet. As the packet is being sent, corresponding packets from the other two control modules are being received through the other IONet ports. Each of these packets is then transferred to the pre-vote table. After all packets are in the pre-vote table, the voting takes place. Analog data (floating point) goes through a median selector, while logical data (bit values) goes through a two-out-of-three majority voter. The results are placed in the voted table. A selected portion of the controller variables (the states such as counter/timer values and sequence steps) must be transferred by the Master VCMI boards to the other Master VCMI boards to be included in the vote process. At completion of the voting the voted table is transferred through the VME bus to the state table memory in the controller. For a larger TMR system with remote I/O racks, the procedure is very similar except that packets of input values come into the Master VCMI over IONet. After all the input data is accumulated in the internal buffer, it is placed in the pre-vote table and also sent to the other control modules over IONet. After all the packets and states are in the pre-vote table, they are voted, and the results are transferred to the controller. For more information on the VCMI, see Chapter 9, I/O Descriptions (GEH-6421D, Vol. II, Mark VI System Guide).

Output Data Packet - All the output data from a control module VCMI is placed in packets. These packets are then broadcast on the IONet and received by all connected interface and control modules. Each interface module VCMI extracts the required information and distributes to its associated I/O boards.



Ethernet Global Data (EGD) The Unit Data Highway uses the Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol.

Ethernet Global Data (EGD) is the primary, peer-to-peer, communications protocol used by the Mark VI. Controller data configured for transmission over EGD are segretated into groups called exchanges. An exchange has the same meaning as a page for other protocols supported in the control system toolbox. EGD provides for the repeated transmission of an exchange from a controller, called a producer, to other devices, such as operator interfaces, called consumers. Each controller can support several exchanges, and these may be configured to be sent to either a specific address (unicast) or to multiple consumers at the same time (broadcast). Each exchange is identified by the combination of a Producer ID and an Exchange ID so the consumer recognizes the data and knows where to store it. The exchange contains a configuration signature, which shows the revision number of the exchange configuration. If the consumer receives data with an unknown configuration signature then it makes the data unhealthy.

Error handling services handle lost packets and device failure conditions.


In the case of a transmission interruption, the receiver waits three periods for the EGD message, after which it times out and the data is considered unhealthy. Data integrity is preserved by: •

32-bit cyclic redundancy code (CRC) in the Ethernet packet

•

Standard checksums in the UDP and IP headers

•

Configuration signature

•

Data size field


EGD Features Table 3-6. EGD Communications Features Feature

Description

Type of Communication

Multidrop Ethernet CSMA/CD, employing the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) facilities of TCP/IP. Pages are normally transmitted every 320 ms but can be sent as fast as every 10 ms.

Speed

10 Mb/s data rate

Media and Distance

Using 10Base2 RG-58 coax, the maximum distance is 185 meters. Using 10BaseT shielded-twisted pair, with a media access converter, the maximum distance is 100 meters. Using 10BaseFL fiber-optics, with a media access converter, a distance of several km is possible. Only the coax cable can be multidropped; the other cable types use a hub to form a Star network.

Message Type

Broadcast - a message to all stations on a subnet Unicast - a directed message to one station

Redundancy

Exchanges may be broadcast onto multiple Ethernet subnets or may be received from multiple Ethernet subnets if the specified controller hardware supports multiple Ethernet ports.

Fault Tolerance

In TMR configurations a controller is capable of forwarding EGD data across the IONet to another controller in the panel that has been isolated from the Ethernet.

Mode

A page (exchange) can be a maximum of 1400 bytes long.

Message Integrity

Ethernet supports a 32-bit CRC appended to each Ethernet packet. Reception timeout (3 periods). Missing/out of order packet detection UDP and IP header checksums Configuration signature (data layout revision control) Exchange size validation

Function Codes

EGD allows each controller to send a block of information to, or receive a block from, other controllers in the system. Integer, Floating Point, and Boolean datatypes are supported.

EGD exchange is available only on controllers which have multiple Ethernet ports.

For greater failsafe protection, an EGD exchange may be sent over multiple Ethernets as shown in Figure 3-10. If at least one of the two physical networks is functioning the exchange will be received by the consumer and considered healthy.



HMI

UNIT DATA HIGHWAY

EGD

EGD

Mark VI

90-70 PLC ENET2

ENET1

CPU

I/O

I/O

I/O

VCMI

UCVx

ENET1

ENET2

Simplex DEDICATED ETHERNET EGD

Figure 3-10. EGD Multiple Ethernets

TMR configurations provide Ethernet fault tolerance.

Each of the three controllers in a TMR panel receives EGD data independently from a direct Ethernet connection. If the connection is broken a controller may request for the missing data from the IONet. When other controllers in the panel receive these requests they forward the data if it is available from their own Ethernet connection. One controller in a TMR configuration is automatically selected to transmit the panel’s EGD data onto the UDH. If the UDH fractures causing the controllers to be isolated from each other onto different physical network segments, multiple controllers are enabled for transmission, providing panel data to each of the segments. These features add a level of Ethernet fault tolerance to the basic protocol.



EGD

EGD

UNIT DATA HIGHWAY

IONET

Redundant path for EGD

EGD

Figure 3-11. TMR Configuration



Modbus Communications The Modbus support is available in either the Simplex or TMR configurations.

The Mark VI control platform can be a Modbus Slave on either the COM2 RS-232C Serial connection or over Ethernet. In the TMR configuration, commands are replicated to multiple controllers so only one physical Modbus link is required. All the same functions are supported over Ethernet that are supported over the serial ports. All Ethernet Modbus messages are received on Ethernet port 502. Messages are transmitted and received using the Modbus RTU transmission mode where data is transmitted in eight-bit bytes. The other Modbus transmission mode where characters are transmitted in ASCII is not supported. The supported Modbus point data types are bits, shorts, longs and floats. These points can be scaled and placed into compatible Mark VI signal types. There are four Modbus register page types used: •

Input coils

•

Output coils

•

Input registers

•

Holding registers

Since the Mark VI has high priority control code operating at a fixed frame rate, it is necessary to limit the amount of CPU resources that can be taken by the Modbus interface. To limit the operation time, a limit on the number of commands per second received by the Mark VI is enforced. The Mark VI control code also can disable all Modbus commands by setting an internal logical signal. There are two diagnostic utilities that can be used to diagnose problems with the Modbus communications on a Mark VI. The first utility prints out the accumulated Modbus errors from a network and the second prints out a log of the most recent Modbus messages. This data can be viewed using the toolbox. Note For additional information on Mark VI Modbus communications, refer to the sections Ethernet Modbus Slave and Serial Modbus Slave and to document, GEI100535, Modbus Communications.



Ethernet Modbus Slave Modbus is widely used in control systems to establish communication between distributed control systems, PLCs, and HMIs. The Mark VI controller supports Ethernet Modbus as a standard slave interface. Ethernet establishes high-speed communication between the various portions of the control system, and the Ethernet Modbus protocol is layered on top of the TCP/IP stream sockets. The primary purpose of this interface is to allow third party Modbus Master computers to read and write signals that exist in the controller, using a subset of the Modbus function codes. The Mark VI controller will respond to Ethernet Modbus commands received from any of the Ethernet ports supported by its hardware configuration. Ethernet Modbus may be configured as an independent interface or may share a register map with a serial Modbus interface.

UNIT DATA HIGHWAY Ethernet Modbus

Ethernet Modbus

Mark VI

90-70 PLC Serial 1

ENET1

CPU

I/O

I/O

I/O

UCVx

VCMI

ENET1

Com2

Simplex RS-232 Serial Modbus Figure 3-12. Ethernet Modbus



Ethernet Modbus Features Table 3-7. Ethernet Modbus Features Feature

Description

Communication Type

Multidrop Ethernet CSMA/CD, employing TCP/IP with Modbus Application Protocol (MBAP) layered on top. Slave protocol only

Speed

10 Mb/s data rate

Media and Distance

Using 10Base2 RG-58 coax, the maximum distance is 185 meters. Using 10BaseT shielded twisted-pair, with media access converter, the maximum distance is 100 meters Using 10BaseFL fiber-optics, with media access converter, a distance of several kilometers is possible Only the coax cable can be multidropped; the other cable types use a hub forming a Star network.

Message Integrity

Ethernet supports a 32-bit CRC appended to each Ethernet packet.

Redundancy

Responds to Modbus commands from any Ethernet interface supported by the controller hardware Supports register map sharing with serial Modbus

Function Codes 01 Read Coil

Read the current status of a group of 1 to 2000 Boolean signals

02 Read Input


03 Read Registers

Read the current binary value in 1 to 125 holding registers

04 Read Input Registers

Read the current binary values in 1 to125 analog signal registers

05 Force Coil

Force a single Boolean signal to a state of ON or OFF

06 Preset Register

Set a specific binary value into holding registers

07 Read Exception Status Read the first 8 logic coils (coils 1−8) - short message length permits rapid reading 15 Force Coils

Force a series of 1 to 800 consecutive Boolean signals to a specific state

16 Preset Registers

Set binary values into a series of 1 to 100 consecutive holding registers



Serial Modbus Slave Serial Modbus is used to communicate between the Mark VI and the plant Distributed Control System (DCS). This is shown as the Enterprise layer in the introduction to this Chapter. The serial Modbus communication link allows an operator at a remote location to make an operator command by sending a logical command or an analog setpoint to the Mark VI. Logical commands are used to initiate automatic sequences in the controller. Analog setpoints are used to set a target such as turbine load, and initiate a ramp to the target value at a predetermined ramp rate. The Mark VI controller also supports serial Modbus slave as a standard interface.

The HMI Server supports serial Modbus as a standard interface. The DCS sends a request for status information to the HMI, or the message can be a command to the turbine control. The HMI is always a slave responding to requests from the serial Modbus Master, and there can only be one Master.

Serial Modbus Features Table 3-8. Serial Modbus Features Serial Modbus Feature

Description


Master/slave arrangement with the slave controller following the Master; full duplex, asynchronous communication

Speed

19,200 baud is standard; 9,600 baud is optional

Media and Distance

Using an RS-232C cable without a modem, the distance is 15.24 meters (50 feet); using an RS-485 converter it is 1.93 kilometers (1.2 miles).

Mode

ASCII Mode - Each 8-bit byte in the message is sent as two ASCII characters, the hexadecimal representation of the byte. (Not available from the HMI server.) Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) Mode - Each 8-bit byte in the message is sent with no translation, which packs the data more efficiently than the ASCII mode, providing about twice the throughput at the same baud rate.

Redundancy

Supports register map sharing with Ethernet Modbus.

Message Security

An optional parity check is done on each byte and a CRC16 check sum is appended to the message in the RTU mode; in the ASCII mode an LRC is appended to the message instead of the CRC.

Note This section discusses serial Modbus communication in general terms. Refer to GEH-6410, Innovation Series Controller System Manual and HMI manuals for additional information. Refer to GEH-6126, HMI Application Guide and GFK-1180, CIMPLICITY HMI for Windows NT and Windows 95 User's Manual. For details on how to configure the graphic screens refer to GFK-1396, CIMPLICITY HMI for Windows NT and Windows 95 CimEdit Operation Manual.

Modbus Configuration Systems are configured as single point-to-point RS-232C communication devices. A GE device on Serial Modbus is a slave supporting binary RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) full duplex messages with CRC. Both dedicated and broadcast messages are supported.



A dedicated message is a message addressed to a specific slave device with a corresponding response from that slave. A broadcast message is addressed to all slaves without a corresponding return response. The binary RTU message mode uses an 8-bit binary character data for messages. RTU mode defines how information is packed into the message fields by the sender and decoded by the receiver. Each RTU message is transmitted in a continuous stream with a 2-byte CRC checksum and contains a slave address. A slave station’s address is a fixed unique value in the range of 1 to 255. The Serial Modbus communications system supports 9600 and 19,200 baud, none, even, or odd parity, and 7 or 8 data bits. Both the Master and slave devices must be configured with the same baud rate, parity, and data bit count. Table 3-9. Modbus Function Codes Function Codes

Title

Message Description

01

01 Read Holding Coils


02

02 Read Input Coils


03

03 Read Holding Registers

Read the current binary values in 1 to 125 analog signal registers

04

04 Read Input Registers

Read the current binary values in 1 to125 analog signal registers

05

05 Force Single Holding Coil

Force (or write) a single Boolean signal to a state of ON or OFF

06

06 Preset Single Holding Register

Preset (or write) a specific binary value into a holding register

07

07 Read Exception Status

Read the first 8 logic coils (coils 1−8) - short message length permits rapid reading of these values

08

08 Loopback Test

Loopback diagnostic to test communication system

15

15 Force Multiple Coils

Force a series of 1 to 800 consecutive Boolean signals to a specific state

16

16 Preset Multiple Holding Registers

Set binary values into a series of 1 to 100 consecutive analog signals

Hardware Configuration The RS-232C standard specifies twenty-five signal lines: twenty lines for routine operation, two lines for modem testing, and three remaining lines unassigned. Nine of the signal pins are used in a nominal RS-232C communication system. Cable references in this document will refer to the 9-pin cable definition found in Table 310. Terms describing the various signals used in sending or receiving data are expressed from the point of view of the DTE device. For example the signal, transmit data (TD), represents the transmission of data coming from the DTE device going to the DCE device. Each RS-232C signal uses a single wire. The standard specifies the conventions used to send sequential data as a sequence of voltage changes signifying the state of each signal. Depending on the signal group, a negative voltage (less than −3 volts) represents either a binary one data bit, a signal mark, or a control off condition, while a positive voltage (greater that +3 volts) represents either a binary zero data bit, a signal space, or a control on condition. Because of voltage limitations, an RS232C cable may not be longer than 50 feet.



A Data Terminal Device (DTE) is identified as a device that transmits serial data on pin 3 (TD) of a 9-pin RS-232C cable (see pin definitions in the following table). A Data Communication Device (DCE) is identified as a device that transmits serial data on pin 2 (RD) of a 9-pin RS-232C cable. Using this definition, the GE slave Serial Modbus device is a Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) device because it transmits serial data on pin 3 (TD) of the 9-pin RS-232C cable. If the Master Serial Modbus device is also a DTE device, connecting the Master and slave devices together requires an RS-232C null modem cable. Nine of the twenty-five RS-232C pins are used in a common asynchronous application. All nine pins are necessary in a system configured for hardware handshaking. The Modbus system does not use hardware handshaking; therefore it requires just three wires, receive data (RD), transmit data (TD), and signal ground (GND) to transmit and receive data. The nine RS-232C signals used in the asynchronous communication system can be broken down into four groups of signals: data, control, timing, ground. Table 3-10. RS-232C Connector Pinout Definition DB 9

DB 25

Description

DTE Output

1

8

Data Carrier Detect (DCD)

2

3

Receive Data (RD)

3

2

Transmit Data (TD)

4

20

Data Terminal Ready (DTR)

5

7

Signal Ground (GND)

6

6

Data Set Ready (DSR)

7

4

Request To Send (RTS)

8

5

Clear To Send (CTS)

9

22

Ring Indicator (RI)

DTE Input

Signal Type

Function

X

Control

Signal comes from the other RS-232C device telling the DTE device that a circuit has been established

X

Data

Receiving serial data

X

Data

Transmitting serial data

X

Control

DTE places positive voltage on this pin when powered up

Ground

Must be connected

Control

Signal from other RS-232C device telling the DTE that the other RS-232C device is powered up

Control

DTE has data to send and places this pin high to request permission to transmit

X

Control

DTE looks for positive voltage on this pin for permission to transmit data

X

Control

A modem signal indicating a ringing signal on the telephone line

X

X

Data Signal wires are used to send and receive serial data. Pin 2 (RD) and pin 3 (TD) are used for transmitting data signals. A positive voltage (> +3 volts) on either of these two pins signifies a logic 0 data bit or space data signal. A negative voltage (< −3 volts) on either of these two pins signifies a logic 1 data bit or mark signal. Control Signals coordinate and control the flow of data over the RS-232C cable. Pins 1 (DCD), 4 (DTR), 6 (DSR), 7 (RTS), and 8 (CTS) are used for control signals. A positive voltage (> +3 volts) indicates a control on signal, while a negative voltage (< −3 volts) signifies a control off signal. When a device is configured for hardware handshaking, these signals are used to control the communications.



Timing Signals are not used in an asynchronous 9-wire cable. These signals, commonly called clock signals, are used in synchronous communication systems to synchronize the data rate between transmitting and receiving devices. The logic signal definitions used for timing are identical to those used for control signals. Signal Ground on both ends of an RS-232C cable must be connected. Frame ground is sometimes used in 25-pin RS-232C cables as a protective ground.

Serial Port Parameters An RS-232C serial port is driven by a computer chip called a universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART). The UART sends an 8-bit byte of data out of a serial port preceded with a start bit, the 8 data bits, an optional parity bit, and one or two stop bits. The device on the other end of the serial cable must be configured the same as the sender to understand the received data. The software configurable setup parameters for a serial port are baud rate, parity, stop, and data bit counts. Transmission baud rate signifies the bit transmission speed measured in bits per second. Parity adds an extra bit that provides a mechanism to detect corrupted serial data characters. Stop bits are used to pad a serial data character to a specific number of bits. If the receiver expects eleven bits for each character, the sum of the start bit, data bits, parity bit, and the specified stop bits should equal eleven. The stop bits are used to adjust the total to the desired bit count. UARTs support three serial data transmission modes: simplex (one way only), full duplex (bi-directional simultaneously), and half duplex (non-simultaneous bidirectional). GE’s Modbus slave device supports only full duplex data transmission. Device number is the physical RS-232C communication port. Baud rate is the serial data transmission rate of the Modbus device measured in bits per second. The GE Modbus slave device supports 9,600 and 19,200 baud (default). Stop bits are used to pad the number of bits that are transmitted for each byte of serial data. The GE Modbus slave device supports 1 or 2 stop bits. The default is 1 stop bit. Parity provides a mechanism to error check individual serial 8-bit data bytes. The GE Modbus slave device supports none, even, and odd parity. The default is none. Code (byte size) is the number of data bits in each serial character. The GE Modbus slave device supports 7 and 8-bit data bytes. The default byte size is 8 bits.



Ethernet GSM Some applications require transmitting alarm and event information to the DCS. This information includes high-resolution local time tags in the controller for alarms (25 Hz), system events (25 Hz), and sequence of events (SOEs) for contact inputs (1 ms). Traditional SOEs have required multiple contacts for each trip contact with one contact wired to the turbine control to initiate a trip and the other contact to a separate SOE instrumentation rack for monitoring. The Mark VI uses dedicated processors in each contact input board to time stamp all contact inputs with a 1 ms time stamp, thus eliminating the initial cost and long term maintenance of a separate SOE system. The HMI server has the turbine data to support GSM messages.

An Ethernet link is available using TCP/IP to transmit data with the local time tags to the plant level control. The link supports all the alarms, events, and SOEs in the Mark VI panel. GE supplies an application layer protocol called GSM (GEDS Standard Messages), which supports four classes of application level messages. The HMI Server is the source of the Ethernet GSM communication (see Figure 3-13).

HMI View Node PLANT DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM (DCS)

Redundant Switch Ethernet GSM

Ethernet Modbus

PLANT DATA HIGHWAY PLANT DATA HIGHWAY

HMI Server Node

HMI Server Node

Modbus Communication

From UDH

From UDH

Figure 3-13. Communication to DCS from HMI using Modbus or Ethernet Options

Administration Messages are sent from the HMI to the DCS with a Support Unit message, which describes the systems available for communication on that specific link and general communication link availability.



Event Driven Messages are sent from the HMI to the DCS spontaneously when a system alarm occurs or clears, a system event occurs or clears, or a contact input (SOE) closes or opens. Each logic point is transmitted with an individual time tag. Periodic Data Messages are groups of data points, defined by the DCS and transmitted with a group time tag. All of the 5,000 data points in the Mark VI are available for transmission to the DCS at periodic rates down to 1 second. One or multiple data lists can be defined by the DCS using controller names and point names. Common Request Messages are sent from the DCS to the HMI including turbine control commands and alarm queue commands. Turbine control commands include momentary logical commands such as raise/lower, start/stop, and analog setpoint target commands. Alarm queue commands consist of silence (plant alarm horn) and reset commands as well as alarm dump requests which cause the entire alarm queue to be transmitted from the Mark VI to the DCS.



PROFIBUS Communications PROFIBUS is an open fieldbus communication standard.

PROFIBUS is used in wide variety of industrial applications. It is defined in PROFIBUS Standard EN 50170 and in other ancillary guideline specifications. PROFIBUS devices are distinguished as Masters or slaves. Masters control the bus and initiate data communication. They decide bus access by a token passing protocol. Slaves, not having bus access rights, only respond to messages received from Masters. Slaves are peripherals such as I/O devices, transducers, valves, and such devices.

PROFIBUS functionality is only available in simplex, non-TMR Mark VI’s only.

At the physical layer, PROFIBUS supports three transmission mediums: RS-485 for universal applications; IEC 1158-2 for process automation; and optical fibers for special noise immunity and distance requirements. The Mark VI PROFIBUS controller provides opto-isolated RS-485 interfaces routed to 9-pin D-sub connectors. Termination resistors are not included in the interface and must therefore be provided by external connectors. Various bus speeds ranging from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s are supported, although maximum bus lengths decrease as bus speeds increase.

The Mark VI operates as a PROFIBUS-DP Class 1 Master exchanging information (generally I/O data) with slave devices each frame.

To meet an extensive range of industrial requirements, PROFIBUS consists of three variations: PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-FMS, and PROFIBUS-PA. Optimized for speed and efficiency, PROFIBUS-DP is utilized in approximately 90% of PROFIBUS slave applications. The Mark VI PROFIBUS implementation provides PROFIBUS-DP Master functionality. PROFIBUS-DP Masters are divided into Class 1 and Class 2 types. Class 1 Masters cyclically exchange information with slaves in defined message cycles, and Class 2 Masters provide configuration, monitoring, and maintenance functionality. Mark VI UCVE controller versions are available providing one to three PROFIBUSDP Masters. Each may operate as the single bus Master or may have several Masters on the same bus. Without repeaters, up to 32 stations (Masters and slaves) may be configured per bus segment. With repeaters, up to 126 stations may exist on a bus. Note More information on PROFIBUS can be obtained at www.profibus.com.



Features Table 3-11. PROFIBUS Features PROFIBUS Feature

Description


PROFIBUS-DP Class 1 Master/slave arrangement with slaves responding to Masters once per frame; a standardized application based on the ISO/OSI model layers 1 and 2

Network Topology

Linear bus, terminated at both ends with stubs possible

Speed

9.6 kbit/s, 19.2 kbit/s, 93.75 kbit/s, 187.5 kbit/s, 500 kbit/s, 1.5 Mbit/s, 12 Mbit/s

Media

Shielded twisted pair cable

Number of Stations

Up to 32 stations per line segment; extendable to 126 stations with up to 4 repeaters

Connector

9-pin D-sub connector

Number of Masters

From 1−3 Masters per UCVE

Table 3-12. PROFIBUS Bus Length kb/s

Maximum Bus Length in Meters

9.6

1200

19.2

1200

93.75

1200

187.5

1000

500

400

1500

200

12000

100

Configuration GSD files define the properties of all PROFIBUS devices.

The properties of all PROFIBUS Master and slave devices are defined in electronic device data sheets called GSD files (for example, SOFTB203.GSD). PROFIBUS can be configured with configuration tools such as Softing AG’s PROFI-KON-DP. These tools enable the configuration of PROFIBUS networks comprised of devices from different suppliers based on information imported from corresponding GSD files. The third party tool is used rather than the toolbox to identify the devices making up PROFIBUS networks as well as specifying bus parameters and device options (also called parameters). The toolbox downloads the PROFIBUS configurations to Mark VI permanent storage along with the normal application code files. Note Although the Softing AG’s PROFI-KON-DP tool is provided as the PROFIBUS configurator, any such tool will suffice as long as the binary configuration file produced is in the Softing format. For additional information on Mark VI PROFIBUS communications, refer to document, GEI-100536, PROFIBUS Communications.



I/O and Diagnostics PROFIBUS I/O transfer is done by application blocks.

PROFIBUS I/O transfer with slave devices is driven at the Mark VI application level by a set of standard block library blocks. Pairs of blocks read and write analog, Boolean, and byte-oriented data types. The analog blocks read 2, 4, 8 bytes, depending on associated signal data types, and handle the proper byte swapping. The Boolean blocks automatically pack and unpack bit-packed I/O data. The byteoriented blocks access PROFIBUS I/O as single bytes without byte swapping or bit packing. To facilitate reading and writing unsigned short integer-oriented PROFIBUS I/O (needed since unsigned short signals are not available), a pair of analog-to-word/word-to-analog blocks work in tandem with the PROFIBUS analog I/O blocks as needed. Data transfers initiated by multiple blocks operating during a frame are fully coherent since data exchange with slave devices takes place at the end of each frame.

PROFIBUS diagnostics can be monitored by the toolbox and the Mark VI application.

PROFIBUS defines three types of diagnostic messages generated by slave devices: •

Station-related diagnostics provide general station status.

•

Module-related diagnostics indicate certain modules having diagnostics pending.

•

Channel-related diagnostics specify fault causes at the channel (point) level.

Presence of any of these diagnostics can be monitored by the toolbox as well as in Mark VI applications by a PROFIBUS diagnostic block included in the standard block library.



Fiber-Optic Cables Fiber-optic cable is an effective substitute for copper coaxial cable, especially when longer distances are required, or electrical disturbances are a serious problem. The main advantages of fiber-optic transmission in the power plant environment are:

Fiber-optics is a good choice for high bandwidth transmission over longer distances.

•

Fiber-optic segments can be longer than copper because the signal attenuation per foot is less.

•

In high lightning areas, copper cable can pick up currents, which can damage the communications electronics. Since the glass fiber does not conduct electricity, the use of fiber-optic segments avoids pickup and reduces lightning caused outages.

•

Grounding problems are avoided with fiber-optic cable. The ground potential can rise when there is a ground fault on transmission lines, caused by currents coming back to the generator neutral point.

•

Optical cable can be routed through a switchyard or other electrically noisy area and not pick up any interference. This can shorten the required runs and simplify the installation.

•

Fiber-optic cable with proper jacket materials can be run direct buried, in trays, or in conduit.

•

High quality fiber-optic cable is light, tough, and easily pulled. With careful installation, it can last the life of the plant.

•

The total cost of installation and maintenance of a fiber-optic segment may be less than a coax segment.

Disadvantages of fiber-optics are: •

Fiber-optic links require powered hubs with a reliable source of ac power. Power failure to the hub on either end of the fiber-optic segment causes a link failure.

•

Light travels more slowly in a fiber than electricity does in a coax conductor. As a result the effective distance of a fiber-optic segment is 1.25 times the electrical cable distance.

•

The extra equipment required for fiber-optic links, such as fiber hubs and any UPS systems, can contribute to communications downtime.

•

The cost, especially for short runs, may be more for a fiber-optic link.

•

Inexpensive fiber-optic cable can be broken during installation, and is more prone to mechanical and performance degradation over time. The highest quality cable avoids these problems.

Cable Contruction Two connectors are required for duplex operation of each fiber-optic link.

Each fiber-optic link consists of two fibers, one outgoing and the other incoming, to form a duplex channel. A light emitting diode drives the outgoing fiber and the incoming fiber illuminates a phototransistor, which generates the incoming electrical signal. Multimode fiber, with a graded index of refraction core and outer cladding, is recommended for the fiber-optic links. The fiber is protected with buffering which is the equivalent of insulation on metallic wires. Mechanical stress is bad for fibers so a strong sheath is used, sometimes with pretensioned Kevlar fibers to carry the stress of pulling and vertical runs.



Connectors for a power plant need to be fastened to a reasonably robust cable with its own buffering. The SC type connector is recommended. This connector is widely used for local area networks, and is readily available.

Cable Ratings Multimode fibers are rated for use at 850 nanometers and 1300 nanometers wavelength. Cable attenuation is between 3.0 and 3.3 db/km at 850 nm. The core of the fiber is normally 62.5 microns in diameter, with a gradation of index of refraction. The higher index of refraction is at the center, gradually shifting to a medium index at the circumference. The higher index slows the light, therefore a light ray entering the fiber at an angle curves back toward the center, out toward the other side, back toward the center, and so on. This ray travels further but goes faster because it spends most of its time nearer the circumference where the index is less. The index is graded to keep the delays nearly equal, thus preserving the shape of the light pulse as it passes through the fiber. The inner core is protected with a low index of refraction cladding, which for the recommended cable is 125 microns in diameter. 62.5/125 optical cable is the most used type of cable and should be used if possible. Never look directly into a fiber. Although most fiber links use light emitting diodes, which cannot damage the eyes, some longer links use lasers, which can cause permanent damage to the eyes. Some guidelines on cables: •

Gel filled (or loose tube) cables should not be used because of difficulties making installations, and terminations, and the potential for leakage in vertical runs.

•

Use a high quality break out cable, which makes each fiber a sturdy cable, and helps prevent too sharp bends.

•

Sub-cables are combined with more strength and filler members to build up the cable to resist mechanical stress and the outside environment

•

Two types of cable are recommended, one with armor and one without. Rodent damage is a major cause of fiber-optic cable failure. If this is a problem in the plant, the armored cable should be used. If not, the armor is not recommended because it is heavier, has a larger bend radius, is more expensive, attracts lightning currents, and has lower impact and crush resistance.

•

Optical characteristics of the cable can be measured with an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR). Some manufacturers will supply the OTDR printouts as proof of cable quality. A simpler instrument is used by installers to measure attenuation, and they should supply this data to demonstrate the installation has a good power margin.

•

Cables described here have four fibers, enough for two fiber-optic links. This can be used to bring redundant communications to a central control room, or the extra fibers can be retained as spares for future plant enhancements. Cables with two fibers are available for indoor use.



Fiber-optic Converter The Mark VI communication system may require an Ethernet Media Converter to convert selected UDH and PDH electrical signals to fiber-optic signals. The typical media converter makes a two-way conversion of one or more Ethernet 10BaseT signals to Ethernet 100BaseFX signals (10 or 100 Mb/s). The media converter mounts adjacent to the Ethernet switch. The fiber-optic cable plugs into two SC ports on the front as shown in Figure 3-14. The diagnostic display consists of four LEDs providing visual status monitoring of the fiber-optic link.

100BaseFX Port TX

RX

10/100BaseTX Port

Pwr

Fiber

UTP/STP

Dimensions:

Power:

Data:

Width: 3.0 (76 mm) Height: 1.0 (25 mm) Depth: 4.75 (119 mm)

120 V ac, 60 Hz

100 Mbps, fiber optic

Figure 3-14. Media Converter, Ethernet Electric to Ethernet Fiber-optic

Connectors The 100BaseFX fiber-optic cables for indoor use in Mark VI have SC type connectors. The connector, shown in Figure 3-15, is a keyed, snap-in connector that automatically aligns the center strand of the fiber with the transmission or reception points of the network device. An integral spring helps to keep the SC connectors from being crushed together, to avoid damaging the fiber. The two plugs can be held together as shown, or they can be separate.

.

Locating Key Fiber

. Solid Glass Center Snap-in connnectors Figure 3-15. SC Connector for Fiber-optic Cables

The process of attaching the fiber-optic connectors involves stripping the buffering from the fiber, inserting the end through the connector, and casting it with an epoxy or other plastic. This requires a special kit designed for that particular connector. After the epoxy has hardened, the end of the fiber is cut off, ground, and polished. The complete process takes an experienced person about five minutes.



System Considerations When designing a fiber-optic network, note the following considerations: •

Redundancy should be considered for continuing central control room (CCR) access to the turbine controls. Redundant HMIs, fiber-optic links, Ethernet switches, and power supplies are recommended.

•

The optical power budget for the link should be considered. The total budget refers to the brightness of the light source divided by the sensitivity of the receiver. These power ratios are measured in dBs to simplify calculations. The difference between the dB power of the source and the dB power of the receiver represents the total power budget. This must be compared to the link losses made up of the connector and cable losses.

•

Installation of the fiber can decrease its performance compared to factory new cable. Installers may not make the connectors as well as experts can, resulting in more loss than planned. The LED light source can get dimmer over time, the connections can get dirty, the cable loss increases with aging, and the receiver can become less sensitive. For all these reasons there must be a margin between the available power budget and the link loss budget, of a minimum of 3 dB. Having a 6 dB margin is more comfortable, helping assure a fiber-optic link that will last the life of the plant.

Installation Planning is important for a successful installation. This includes the layout for the required level of redundancy, cable routing distances, proper application of the distance rules, and procurement of excellent quality switches, UPS systems, and connectors. Considerations include the following: •

Install the fiber-optic cable in accordance with all local safety codes. Polyurethane and PVC are two possible options for cable materials that might meet the local safety codes.

•

Select a cable strong enough for indoor and outdoor applications, including direct burial.

•

Adhere to the manufacturer's recommendations on the minimum bend radius and maximum pulling force.

•

Test the installed fiber to measure the losses. A substantial measured power margin is the best proof of a high quality installation.

•

Use trained people for the installation. If necessary hire outside people with fiber-optic LAN installation experience.

•

The fiber-optic switches and converters need reliable power, and should be placed in a location that minimizes the amount of movement they must endure, yet keep them accessible for maintenance.



Component Sources The following are typical sources for fiber-optic cable, connectors, converters, and switches. Fiber-Optic Cable: Optical Cable Corporation 5290 Concourse Drive Roanoke, VA 24019 Phone: (540) 265-0690 Siecor Corporation PO Box 489 Hickory, NC 28603-0489 Phone: (800) 743-2673 Fiber-Optic Connectors: 3M - Connectors and Installation kit Thomas & Betts - Connectors and Assembly polishing kit Amphenol – Connectors and Terminal kit Ethernet Media Converters and Switches: Cisco Systems West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA www.cisco.com Transition Networks Minneapolis, MN 55344 3COM Corporation 5400 Bayfront Plaza Santa Clara, CA 95052 www.3com.com Lancast 12 Murphy Drive Nashua, NH 03062 www.lancast.com



Time Synchronization The time synchronization option synchronizes all turbine controls, generator controls, and operator interfaces (HMIs) on the Unit Data Highway to a Global Time Source (GTS). Typical GTSs are Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) receivers such as the StarTime GPS Clock or similar time processing hardware. The preferred time sources are Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) or GPS. Sequence of Events data requires accurate time tags for event analysis.

A time/frequency processor board, either the BC620AT or BC627AT, is placed in the HMI PC. This board acquires time from the GTS with a high degree of accuracy. When the HMI receives the time signal, it makes the time information available to the turbine and generator controls on the network through Network Time Protocol (NTP). The HMI Server provides time to time slaves either by broadcasting time, or by responding to NTP time queries, or by both methods. Refer to RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol (Version 3) dated March 1992 for details Redundant time synchronization is provided by supplying a time/frequency processor board in another HMI Server as a backup. Normally, the primary HMI Server on the UDH is the time Master for the UDH, and other pcs without the time/frequency board are time slaves. The time slave computes the difference between the returned time and the recorded time of request and adjusts its internal time. Each time slave can be configured to respond to a time Master through unicast mode or broadcast mode. Local time is used for display of real-time data by adding a local time correction to UTC. A node’s internal time clock is normally global rather than local. This is done because global time steadily increases at a constant rate while corrections are allowed to local time. Historical data is stored with global time to minimize discontinuities.

Redundant Time Sources If either the GTS or time Master becomes inoperative, the backup is to switch the BC620AT or BC627AT to flywheel mode with a drift of ±2 ms/hour. In most cases, this allows sufficient time to repair the GTS without severe disruption of the plant’s system time. If the time Master becomes inoperative, then each of the time slaves picks the backup time Master. This means that all nodes on the UDH lock onto the identical reference for their own time even if the primary and secondary time Masters have different time bases for their reference. If multiple time Masters exist, each time slave selects the current time Master based on whether or not the time Master is tracking the GTS, which time Master has the best quality signal, and which Master is listed first in the configuration file.



Selection of Time Sources The BC620AT and BC627AT boards support the use of several different time sources; however, the time synchronization software does not support all sources supported by the BC620AT board. A list of time sources supported by both the BC620AT and the time synchronization software includes:


•

Modulated IRIG-A, IRIG-B, 2137, or NASA-36 timecode signals - Modulation ratio 3:1 to 6:1 - Amplitude 0.5 to 5 volts peak to peak

•

Dc Level Shifted Modulated IRIG-A, IRIG-B, 2137, or NASA-36 timecode signals - TTL/CMOS compatible voltage levels

•

1PPS (one pulse per second) using the External 1PPS input signal of the BC620AT board - TTL/CMOS compatible voltage levels, positive edge on time

•

Flywheel mode using no signal, using the low drift clock on the BC620AT or BC627AT board - Flywheel mode as the sole time source for the plant


Chapter 4

Codes and Standards

Introduction This chapter describes the codes, standards, and environmental guidelines used for the design of all printed circuits, modules, cores, panels, and cabinet line-ups in the Mark VI. Requirements for harsh environments, such as marine applications, are not covered here. Section

Page

Safety Standards .......................................................................................................4-1 Electrical...................................................................................................................4-2 Environmental ..........................................................................................................4-4 Packaging .................................................................................................................4-5 UL Class 1 Division 2 Listed Boards .......................................................................4-6

Safety Standards UL 508A CAN/CSA 22.2 No. 1010.1-92 ANSI/ISA S82.01 1999


Safety Standard Industrial Control Equipment Industrial Control Equipment Industrial Control Equipment

Chapter 4 Codes and Standards • 4-1

Electrical Printed Circuit Board Assemblies UL 796 ANSI IPC guidelines ANSI IPC/EIA guidelines

Printed Circuit Boards

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) EN 55081-2 EN 50082-2:1994 EN 55011 IEC 61000-4-2:1995 IEC 61000-4-3:1997 IEC 61000-4-4:1995 IEC 61000-4-5:1995 IEC 61000-4-6:1995 IEC 61000-4-11:1994 ANS/IEEE C37.90.1

General Emission Standard Generic Immunity Industrial Environment Radiated and Conducted Emissions Electrostatic Discharge Susceptibility Radiated RF Immunity Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility Surge Immunity Conducted RF immunity Voltage variation, dips, and interruptions Surge

Low Voltage Directive EN 61010-1 IEC 529

Safety of Electrical Equipment, Industrial Machines Intrusion Protection Codes/NEMA 1/IP 20

Supply Voltage Line Variations Ac Supplies – Operating line variations of ±10 % IEEE Std 141-1993 defines the Equipment Terminal Voltage – Utilization voltage. The above meets IEC 204-1 1996, and exceeds IEEE Std 141-1993, and ANSI C84.1-1989. Dc Supplies – Operating line variations of −30 %, +20 % This meets IEC 204-1 1996.

Voltage Unbalance Less than 2 % of positive sequence component for negative sequence component Less than 2 % of positive sequence component for zero sequence component This meets IEC 204-1 1996 and IEEE Std 141-1993.

4-2 • Chapter 4 Codes and Standards


Harmonic Distortion Voltage: Less than 10% of total rms voltage between live conductors for 2nd through 5th harmonic Additional 2% of total rms voltage between live conductors for sum of 6th – 30th harmonic This meets IEC 204-1 1996. Current: The system specification is not per individual equipment Less than 15% of maximum demand load current for harmonics less than 11 Less than 7% of maximum demand load current for harmonics between 11 and 17 Less than 6% of maximum demand load current for harmonics between 17 and 23 Less than 2.5% of maximum demand load current for harmonics between 23 and 35 The above meets IEEE Std 519-1992.

Frequency Variations Frequency variation of ±5% when operating from ac supplies (20 Hz/sec slew rate) This exceeds IEC 204-1 1996.

Surge Withstand 2 kV common mode, 1 kV differential mode This meets IEC 61000-4-5 (ENV50142), and ANSI C62.41 (combination wave).

Clearances NEMA Tables 1-111-1 and 1-111-2 from NEMA ICS1-1993 This meets IEC 61010-1:1993/A2:1995, CSA 22.2 #14, and UL 508C, and exceeds EN50178 (low voltage).

Power Loss 100 % Loss of supply - minimum 10 ms for normal operation of power products 100 % Loss of supply - minimum 500 ms before control products require reset This exceeds IEC 61000-4-11.



Environmental Temperature Ranges Ambient temperature ranges for the Mark VI equipment are as follows: Operating I/O processor and terminal boards 0 to 50 °C Operating controller with forced air cooling 0 to 45 °C −40 to 80 °C

Shipping and storage

The allowable temperature change without condensation is ± 15 °C per hour.

Humidity The ambient humidity range is 5% to 95%. This exceeds EN50178, 1994.

Elevation Equipment elevation is related to the equivalent ambient air pressure. Normal Operation 0 to 3300 feet (101.3 KPa – 89.8 KPa) Extended Operation 3300 to 10000 feet (89.8 KPa – 69.7 KPa) Shipping 15000 feet maximum (57.2 KPa) Note A guideline for system behavior as a function of altitude is that for altitudes above 3300 feet, the maximum ambient rating of the equipment decreases linearly to a derating of 5 °C at 10000 feet. The extended operation and shipping specifications exceed EN50178, 1994.

Contaminants Gas The control equipment withstands the following concentrations of corrosive gases at 50% relative humidity and 40 °C: Sulfur dioxide (SO2) 30 ppb Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) 10 ppb Nitrous fumes (NOx) 30 ppb 10 ppb Chlorine (Cl2) Hydrogen fluoride (HF) 10 ppb Ammonia (NH3) 500 ppb Ozone (O3) 5 ppb The above meets EN50178:1994 Section A.6.1.4 Table A.2 (m).



Dust Particle sizes from 10 – 100 microns for the following materials: Aluminum oxide Ink Sand/Dirt Cement Lint Steel Mill Oxides Coal/Carbon dust Paper Soot This exceeds IEC 529:1989-11 (IP20).

Vibration Seismic Universal Building Code (UBC) - Seismic Code section 2312 Zone 4

Operating/Installed at Site Vibration of 1.0 G Horizontal, 0.5 G Vertical at 15 to 120 Hz See Seismic UBC for frequencies lower than 15 Hz.

Packaging The standard Mark VI cabinets meet NEMA 1 requirements (similar to the IP-20 cabinet). Optional cabinets for special applications meet NEMA 12 (IP-54), NEMA 4 (IP-65), and NEMA 4X (IP-68) requirements. Redundant heat exchangers or air conditioners, when required, can be supplied for the above optional cabinets.



UL Class 1 Division 2 Listed Boards Certain boards used in the Mark VI are UL listed (E207685) for Class 1 Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D, Hazardous Locations, Temperature Class T4 using UL-1604. Division 2 is described by NFPA 70 NEC 1999 Article 500 (NFPA - National Fire Protection Assocation, NEC - National Electrical Code). The Mark VI boards/board combinations that are listed may be found under file number E207685 at the UL website and currently include: •

IS200VCMIH1B, H2B

•

IS200DTCCH1A, IS200VTCCH1C

•

IS200DRTDH1A, IS200VRTDH1C

•

IS200DTAIH1A, IS200VAICH1C

•

IS200DTAOH1A, IS200VAOCH1B

•

IS200DTCIH1A, IS200VCRCH1B

•

IS200DRLYH1B

•

IS200DTURH1A, IS200VTURH1B

•

IS200DTRTH1A

•

IS200DSVOH2B, IS200VSVOH1B

•

IS200DVIBH1B, IS200VVIBH1C

•

IS200DSCBH1A, IS200VSCAH2A

•

IS215UCVEH2A, M01A, M03A, M04A, M05A

•

IS215UCVDH2A

•

IS2020LVPSG1A



Chapter 5

Installation

Introduction This chapter defines installation requirements for the Mark VI control system. Specific topics include GE installation support, wiring practices, grounding, equipment weights and dimensions, power dissipation and heat loss, and environmental requirements. The chapter is organized as follows: Section

Page

Installation Support ..................................................................................................5-3 Early Planning ...................................................................................................5-3 GE Installation Documents................................................................................5-3 Technical Advisory Options..............................................................................5-3 Equipment Receiving, Handling, and Storage..........................................................5-5 Receiving and Handling ....................................................................................5-5 Storage...............................................................................................................5-5 Operating Environment .....................................................................................5-6 Weights and Dimensions ..........................................................................................5-8 Cabinets.............................................................................................................5-8 Control Console (Example).............................................................................5-12 Power Requirements...............................................................................................5-13 Installation Support Drawings ................................................................................5-14 Grounding...............................................................................................................5-19 Equipment Grounding .....................................................................................5-19 Building Grounding System ............................................................................5-20 Signal Reference Structure (SRS) ...................................................................5-20 Cable Separation and Routing ................................................................................5-26 Signal/Power Level Definitions ......................................................................5-26 Cableway Spacing Guidelines.........................................................................5-28 Cable Routing Guidelines ...............................................................................5-31 Cable Specifications ...............................................................................................5-32 Wire Sizes .......................................................................................................5-32 Low Voltage Shielded Cable...........................................................................5-33 Connecting the System ...........................................................................................5-36 I/O Wiring .......................................................................................................5-38 Terminal Block Features .................................................................................5-39 Power System..................................................................................................5-39 Installing Ethernet ...........................................................................................5-39


Chapter 5 Installation • 5-1

Startup Checks........................................................................................................5-41 Board Inspections ............................................................................................5-41 Wiring and Circuit Checks ..............................................................................5-44 Startup.....................................................................................................................5-45 Topology and Application Code Download ....................................................5-46 I/O Wiring and Checkout ................................................................................5-46 Maintenance............................................................................................................5-47 Modules and Boards ........................................................................................5-47 Component Replacement........................................................................................5-48 Replacing a Controller.....................................................................................5-48 Replacing a VCMI...........................................................................................5-48 Replacing an I/O Board in an Interface Module..............................................5-49 Replacing a Terminal Board............................................................................5-49 Cable Replacement..........................................................................................5-50 Note Before installation, consult and study all furnished drawings. These should include panel and layout drawings, connection diagrams, and a summary of the equipment.

5-2 • Chapter 5 Installation


Installation Support GE’s system warranty provisions require both quality installation and that a qualified service engineer be present at the initial equipment startup. To assist the customer, GE offers both standard and optional installation support. Standard support consists of documents that define and detail installation requirements. Optional support is typically the advisory services that the customer may purchase.

Early Planning To help ensure a fast and accurate exchange of data, a planning meeting with the customer is recommended early in the project. This meeting should include the customer’s project management and construction engineering representatives. It should accomplish the following: • Familiarize the customer and construction engineers with the equipment • Set up a direct communication path between GE and the party making the customer’s installation drawings • Determine a drawing distribution schedule that meets construction and installation needs • Establish working procedures and lines of communication for drawing distribution

GE Installation Documents Installation documents consist of both general and requisition-specific information. The cycle time and the project size determine the quantity and level of documentation provided to the customer. General information, such as this manual, provides product-specific guidelines for the equipment. They are intended as supplements to the requisition-specific information. Requisition documents, such as outline drawings and elementary diagrams, provide data specific to a custom application. Therefore, they reflect the customer’s specific installation needs and should be used as the primary data source.

As-Shipped Drawings These drawings include changes made during manufacturing and test. They are issued when the equipment is ready to ship. As Shipped drawings consist primarily of elementary diagrams revised to incorporate any revisions or changes made during manufacture and test. Revisions made after the equipment ships, but before start of installation, are sent as Field Change, with the changes circled and dated.

Technical Advisory Options To assist the customer, GE Industrial Systems offers the optional technical advisory services of field engineers for: • Review of customer’s installation plan • Installation support



These services are not normally included as installation support or in basic startup and commissioning services shown in Figure 5-1. GE presents installation support options to the customer during the contract negotiation phase.

Installation Support Startup

Begin Installation

Complete Installation

Commissioning

Product Support - On going

Begin Formal Testing

System Acceptance

Figure 5-1. Startup and Commissioning Services Cycle

Review of Installation Plan It is recommended that a GE field representative review all installation/construction drawings and the cable and conduit schedule when completed. This optional review service ensures that the drawings meet installation requirements and are complete.

Installation Support Optional installation support is offered: planning, practices, equipment placement, and onsite interpretation of construction and equipment drawings. Engineering services are also offered to develop transition and implementation plans to install and commission new equipment in both new and existing (revamp) facilities.

Customer’s Conduit and Cable Schedule The customer’s finished conduit and cable schedule should include: •

Interconnection wire list (optional)

•

Level definitions

•

Shield terminations

Level Definitions The cable and conduit schedule should define signal levels and classes of wiring (see section, Cable Separation). This information should be listed in a separate column to help prevent installation errors. The cable and conduit schedule should include the signal level definitions in the instructions. This provides all level restriction and practice information needed before installing cables.

Shield Terminations The conduit and cable schedule should indicate shield terminal practice for each shielded cable (refer to section, Connecting the System).



Equipment Receiving, Handling, and Storage This section is a general guide to the receiving, handling, and storage of a Mark VI control system.

Receiving and Handling GE inspects and packs all equipment before shipping it from the factory. A packing list, itemizing the contents of each package, is attached to the side of each case. Upon receipt, carefully examine the contents of each shipment and check them with the packing list. Immediately report any shortage, damage, or visual indication of rough handling to the carrier. Then notify both the transportation company and GE Industrial Systems. Be sure to include the serial number, part (model) number, GE requisition number, and case number when identifying the missing or damaged part. Immediately upon receiving the system, place it under adequate cover to protect it from adverse conditions. Packing cases are not suitable for outdoor or unprotected storage. Shock caused by rough handling can damage electrical equipment. To prevent such damage when moving the equipment, observe normal precautions along with all handling instructions printed on the case. If assistance is needed contact: GE Industrial Systems Post Sales Service 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 Phone: +1 888 GE4 SERV (888 434 7378, United States) +1 540 378 3280 (International) Fax: +1 540 387 8606 (All)

"+" indicates the international access code required when calling from outside of the USA.

Storage If the system is not installed immediately upon receipt, it must be stored properly to prevent corrosion and deterioration. Since packing cases do not protect the equipment for outdoor storage, the customer must provide a clean, dry place, free of temperature variations, high humidity, and dust. Use the following guidelines when storing the equipment: •

Place the equipment under adequate cover with the following requirements: - Keep the equipment clean and dry, protected from precipitation and flooding. - Use only breathable (canvas type) covering material – do not use plastic.

•

Unpack the equipment as described, and label it.



•

Maintain the following environment in the storage enclosure: - Recommended ambient storage temperature limits from –20 °C (–4 °F) to 55 °C (131 °F). - Surrounding air free of dust and corrosive elements, such as salt spray or chemical and electrically conductive contaminants - Ambient relative humidity from 5 to 95% with provisions to prevent condensation - No rodents - No temperature variations that cause moisture condensation

Moisture on certain internal parts can cause electrical failure.

Condensation occurs with temperature drops of 15 °C (27 °F) at 50% humidity over a four hour period, and with smaller temperature variations at higher humidity. If the storage room temperature varies in such a way, install a reliable heating system that keeps the equipment temperature slightly above that of the ambient air. This can include space heaters or panel space heaters (when supplied) inside each enclosure. A 100-watt lamp can sometimes serve as a substitute source of heat. To prevent fire hazard, remove all cartons and other such flammable materials packed inside units before energizing any heaters.

Operating Environment The Mark VI control cabinet is suited to most industrial environments. To ensure proper performance and normal operational life, the environment should be maintained as follows: Ambient temperature (acceptable): Control Module 0 °C (32 °F) to 45 °C (113 °F) I/O Module 0 °C (32 °F) to 50 °C (122 °F) Ambient temperature (preferred): Relative humidity:

20 °C (68 °F) to 30 °C (87 °F) 5 to 95%, non-condensing.

Note Higher ambient temperature decreases the life expectancy of any electronic component. Keeping ambient air in the preferred (cooler) range should extend component life.



Environments that include excessive amounts of any of the following elements reduce panel performance and life: •

Dust, dirt, or foreign matter

•

Vibration or shock

•

Moisture or vapors

•

Rapid temperature changes

•

Caustic fumes

•

Power line fluctuations

•

Electromagnetic interference or noise introduced by: - Radio frequency signals, typically from nearby portable transmitters - Stray high voltage or high frequency signals, typically produced by arc welders, unsuppressed relays, contactors, or brake coils operating near control circuits

The preferred location for the Mark VI control system cabinet would be in an environmentally controlled room or in the control room itself. The cabinet should be mounted where the floor surface allows for attachment in one plane (a flat, level, and continuous surface). The customer provides the mounting hardware. Lifting lugs are provided and if used, the lifting cables must not exceed 45° from the vertical plane. Finally, the cabinet is equipped with a door handle, which can be locked for security. Interconnecting cables can be brought into the cabinet from the top or the bottom through removable access plates. Convection cooling of the cabinet requires that conduits be sealed to the access plates. Also, air passing through the conduit must be within the acceptable temperature range as listed previously. This applies to both top and bottom access plates.



Weights and Dimensions Cabinets A single Mark VI cabinet is shown below. This can house three controllers used in a system with all remote I/O. Dimensions, clearance, bolt holes, lifting lugs, and temperature information is included. Lift Bolts with 38 mm (1.5 in) dia hole, should be left in place after installation for Seismic Zone 4. If removed, fill bolt holes.

Single Control Panel

Window

400

lbs

Cabinet Depth

610.0 mm (24 in)

Cable Entry Space for wire entry in base of cabinet 1842 mm (72.5)

A A

Total Weight

Air Intake

Equipment Access Front and rear access doors, no side access. Front door has clear plastic window. Service Conditions NEMA1 enclosure for standard indoor use.

610 mm (24)

610 (24.0)

Six 16 mm (0.635 inch) dia holes in base for customers mounting studs or bolts.

236.5 (9.31) 236.5 (9.31)

View of base looking down in direction "A" 475 (18.6875)

Figure 5-2. Controller Cabinet



The one door cabinet shown in Figure 5-3 is for small gas turbine systems (Simplex only). It contains control, I/O, and power supplies, and weighs 1,367lbs complete.

One Panel Lineup (one door)

609.6 (24.0)

151.64 (5.97)

Notes: 1. All dimensions are in mm and (inches) unless noted. 2. Door swing clearance required at front as shown. Doors open 105 degrees max. and are removable by removing hinge pins. 3. All doors have provisions for pad locking. 4. Suggested mounting is 10 mm (0.375) expansion anchors. Length must allow for 71.1 (2.8) case sill. 5. Cross hatching indicates conduit entry with removable covers. 6. Lift angles should remain in place to meet seismic UBC zone 4 requirements. 7. No mechanical clearance required at back or ends. 8. Service conditions - indoor use at -5 C minimum to =40 C maximum ambient temperature. 9. Approx. weight is 1367 lbs.

View of top looking down in direction of arrow "A"

254.0 (10.0) 317.25 (12.49)

114.3 (4.5)

38.1 (1.5) 2400.3 (94.5) 57.9 (2.28)

A

865.63 (34.08)

906.53 (35.69)

184.15 (7.25)

348.49 (13.72)

925.58 (36.44)

Approx. Door Swing (See Note 2)

387.6 (15.26)

62.74 (2.47)

6 holes, 16 mm (0.635 inch) dia, in base for customers mounting studs or bolts.

387.6 (15.26)

69.09 (2.72)

775.97 (30.55)

61.47 (2.42)

View of base looking down in direction of arrow "A"

Figure 5-3. Controller Cabinet



The two-door cabinet shown in Figure 5-4 is for small gas turbine systems. It contains control, I/O, and power supplies, and weighs 1,590 lbs complete. A 1600 mm wide version of this cabinet is available, and weighs 2,010 lbs complete. Lift Angles with two 30.2 (1.18) holes, should be left in place for Seismic Zone 4, if removed, fill bolt holes.

Two Panel Lineup (two doors) Total Weight

1,590 lbs

Cabinet Depth

903.9 mm (35.59 in)

Cable Entry Removable covers top and bottom. 2324.3 mm (91.5)

Front Equipment Access doors only, no rear or side access. Door swing clearance 977.9 mm (38.5). Mounting Holes in Base Six 16 mm (0.635 in) dia holes in base of the cabinet for customers mounting studs or bolts, for details see GE dwgs.

A

1350 mm (53.15)

Service Conditions Standard NEMA1 enclosure for indoor use.

387.5 (15.26) 387.5 15.26)

6 holes, 16 mm (0.635 inch) dia, in base for customers mounting studs or bolts. 1225.0 (48.23)

62.5 (2.46)

62.5 (2.46) View of base looking down in direction of arrow "A" Figure 5-4. Controller Cabinet



A typical lineup for a complete Mark VI system is shown in Figure 5-5. These cabinets contain controllers, I/O, and terminal boards, or they can contain just the remote I/O and terminal boards. Lift Angles front and back, should be left in place for Seismic Zone 4, if removed, fill bolt holes.

I/O

Three Cabinet Lineup Li (five doors)

I/O

Control

I/O

1600 mm (62.99)

237.5 (9.35) 237.5 (9.35)

1475.0 (58.07) 62.5 (2.46)

875.0 (34.45)

125.0 (4.92)

Equipment Access Front doors only, no rear or side access. Door swing clearance 977.9 mm (38.5).

18 holes, 16 mm (0.635 inch) dia, in base for customers mounting studs or bolts.

1475.0 (58.07)

125.0 (4.92)

602 mm (23.7 in)

Service Conditions Standard NEMA1 enclosure for indoor use.

4200 mm (165.35)

62.5 (2.46)

Cabinet Depth

Mounting Holes in Base Six 16 mm (0.635 in) dia holes in base of each of the three cabinets for customers mounting studs or bolts, for details see GE dwgs.

A

1000mm (39.37)

3,900 lbs

Cable Entry Removable covers top and bottom.

Power 2324.3 mm (91.5)

1600 mm (62.99)

Total Weight

62.5 (2.46)

View of base looking down in direction of arrow "A"

Figure 5-5. Typical Mark VI Cabinet Lineup



Control Console (Example) The turbine control HMI pcs can be tabletop mounted, or installed in the optional control console shown in Figure 5-6. The console is modular and expandable from an 1828.8 mm version with two pcs. A 5507 mm version with four pcs is shown. The console rests on feet and is not usually bolted to the floor. Full Console 5507 mm (18 '- 0 13/16 ") Short Console 1828.8 mm (72 ")

or Monit e ul d o M

Main Module M M onit od or ule

Modular Desktop

Printer

Phone

Monitor

Phone

Monitor

Printer Pedestal

2233.61 mm (7 '- 3 15/16")

Monitor

Monitor 1181.1mm (46.5 ")

Undercounter Keyboards

Figure 5-6. Turbine Control Console with Dimensions



Power Requirements The Mark VI control panel can accept power from multiple power sources. Each power input source (such as the dc and two ac sources) should feed through its own external 30 A two-pole thermal magnetic circuit breaker before entering the Mark VI enclosure. The breaker ratings are 250 V and 30 A with a minimum withstand of 10,000 A. The breaker should be supplied in accordance with required site codes. Power sources can be any combination of a 125 V dc source and/or up to two 120/240 V ac sources. Each module within the panel has its own power supply board, each of which operates from a common 125 V dc panel distribution bus. Power requirements for a typical three-bay (five-door) 4200 mm panel containing controllers, I/O, and terminal boards are shown in the table below. The power shown is the heat generated in the cabinet, which must be dissipated. For the total current draw, add the current supplied to external solenoids as shown in the notes below the table. These external solenoids do not generate heat inside the cabinet. Heat Loss in a typical 4200 mm TMR panel is 1500 W fully loaded. For a single control cabinet containing three controllers and VCMIs only (no I/O), Table 5-1 shows the nominal power requirements. This power generates heat inside the control cabinet. Heat Loss in a typical TMR controller cabinet is 300 W. The current draw number in Table 5-1 is assuming a single voltage source; if two or three sources are used, they share the load. The actual current draw from each source cannot be predicted because of differences in the ac/dc converters. For further details on the panel power distribution system, refer to Chapter 9, I/O Descriptions (GEH6421D, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide). Table 5-1. Power Requirements for Panels Panel Nominal 4200 mm Panel

Controller Cabinet

Voltage Tolerance

Frequency Nominal Tolerance

Current Draw (from one source at nom. voltage)

125 V dc

100 to 144 V dc (see Note 5)

N/A

N/A

10.0 Amps dc

(see Note 1)

120 V ac

108 to 132 V ac (see Note 6)

50/60 Hz

± 3 Hz

17.3 Amps rms

(see Notes 2 and 4)

240 V ac

200 to 264 V ac

50/60 Hz

± 3 Hz

8.8 Amps rms

(see Notes 3 and 4)

125 V dc

100 to 144 V dc (see Note 5)

N/A

N/A

1.7 Amps dc

(see Note 1)

120 V ac

108 to 132 V ac (see Note 6)

50/60 Hz

± 3 Hz

3.8 Amps rms

(see Notes 2 and 4)

240 V ac

200 to 264 V ac

50/60 Hz

± 3 Hz

1.9 Amps rms

(see Notes 3 and 4)

Notes on Table 5-1 (these are external and do not create cabinet heat load). 1. Add 0.5 A dc continuous for each 125 V dc external solenoid powered. 2. Add 6.0 A rms for a continuously powered ignition transformer (2 maximum). 3. Add 3.5 A rms for a continuously powered ignition transformer (2 maximum). 4. Add 2.0 A rms continuous for each 120 V ac external solenoid powered (inrush 10 A). 5. Supply voltage ripple is not to exceed 10 V peak-to-peak. 6. Supply voltage Total Harmonic Distortion is not to exceed 5.0%.



Installation Support Drawings This section describes GE installation support drawings. These drawings are usually B-size AutoCAD drawings covering all hardware aspects of the system. A few sample drawings include: •

System Topology

•

I/O Cabinets

•

Panel Layout Diagram

•

I/O Panel Layout Diagram

•

Circuit Diagram

In addition to the installation drawings, site personnel will need the following: •

Control Sequence Program with cross references (CSP with XREF)

•

Alarm Database (Alarm.dat)

•

I/O Assignments (IO Report)

Figure 5-7. Typical System Topology showing Interfaces to Heat Recovery Steam Generator and B.O.P.



Figure 5-8. Typical I/O Cabinet Drawing showing Dimensions, Cable Access, Lifting Angles, and Mounting



Figure 5-9. Panel Layout with Protection Module



Figure 5-10. I/O Panel with Terminal Boards and Power Supplies



Figure 5-11. Typical Circuit Diagram showing TRPG Terminal Board



Grounding This section defines grounding and signal-referencing practices for the Mark VI system. This can be used to check for proper grounding and Signal Reference Structure (SRS) after the equipment is installed. If checking the equipment after the power cable has been connected or after power has been applied to the cabling, be sure to follow all safety precautions for working around high voltages. To prevent electric shock, make sure that all power supplies to the equipment are turned off. Then discharge and ground the equipment before performing any act requiring physical contact with the electrical components or wiring. If test equipment cannot be grounded to the equipment under test, the test equipment's case must be shielded to prevent contact by personnel.

Equipment Grounding Equipment grounding and signal referencing have two distinct purposes: •

Equipment grounding protects personnel and equipment from risk of electrical shock or burn, fire, or other damage caused by ground faults or lightning.

•

Signal referencing helps protect equipment from the effects of internal and external electrical noise such as from lightning or switching surges.

Installation practices must simultaneously comply with all codes in effect at the time and place of installation, and practices, which improve the immunity of the installation. In addition to codes, IEEE Std 142-1991 IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems and IEEE Std 11001992 IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment provide guidance in the design and implementation of the system. Chapter 9 I/O Descriptions (GEH-6421D, Vol. II, Mark VI System Guide), and in particular 9.10, of Std 1100-1992 is very relevant and informative. Code requirements for safety of personnel and equipment must take precedence in the case of any conflict with noise control practices. The Mark VI system has no special or nonstandard installation requirements, if installed in compliance with all of the following: •

The NEC® or local codes

•

With a signal reference structure (SRS) designed to meet IEEE Std 1100

•

Interconnected with signal/power-level separation as defined later

This section provides equipment grounding and bonding guidelines for control and I/O cabinets. These guidelines also apply to motors, transformers, brakes, and reactors. Each of these devices should have its own grounding conductor going directly to the building ground grid. •

Ground each cabinet or cabinet lineup to the equipment ground at the source of power feeding it. – See NEC Article 250 for sizing and other requirements for the equipment grounding conductor. – For dc circuits only, the NEC allows the equipment grounding conductor to be run separate from the circuit conductors.



•

With certain restrictions, the NEC allows the metallic raceways or cable trays containing the circuit conductors to serve as the equipment grounding conductor: – This use requires that they form a continuous, low-impedance path capable of conducting anticipated fault current. – This use requires bonding across loose-fitting joints and discontinuities. See NEC Article 250 for specific bonding requirements. This chapter includes recommendations for high frequency bonding methods. – If metallic raceways or cable trays are not used as the primary equipment grounding conductor, they should be used as a supplementary equipment grounding conductor. This enhances the safety of the installation and improves the performance of the Signal Reference Structure (see later).

• The equipment grounding connection for the Mark VI cabinets is copper bus or stub bus. This connection is bonded to the cabinet enclosure using bolting that keeps the conducting path’s resistance at 1 ohm or less. • There should be a bonding jumper across the ground bus or floor sill between all shipping splits. The jumper may be a plated metal plate. • The non-current carrying metal parts of the equipment covered by this section should be bonded to the metallic support structure or building structure supporting this equipment. The equipment mounting method may satisfy this requirement. If supplementary bonding conductors are required, size them the same as equipment grounding conductors.

Building Grounding System This section provides guidelines for the building grounding system requirements. For specific requirements, refer to NEC article 250 under the heading Grounding Electrode System. The guidelines below are for metal framed buildings. For non-metal framed buildings, consult the GE factory. The ground electrode system should be composed of steel reinforcing bars in building column piers bonded to the major building columns. •

A buried ground ring should encircle the building. This ring should be interconnected with the bonding conductor running between the steel reinforcing bars and the building columns.

•

All underground, metal water piping should be bonded to the building system at the point where the piping crosses the ground ring.

•

NEC Article 250 requires that separately derived systems (transformers) be grounded to the nearest effectively grounded metal building structural member.

•

Braze or exothermically weld all electrical joints and connections to the building structure, where practical. This type of connection keeps the required good electrical and mechanical properties from deteriorating over time.

Signal Reference Structure (SRS) On modern equipment communicating at high bandwidths, signals are typically differential and/or isolated electrically or optically. The modern SRS system replaces the older single-point grounding system with a much more robust system. The SRS system is also easier to install and maintain.



The goal of the SRS is to hold the electronics at or near case potential to prevent unwanted signals from disturbing operation. The following conditions must all be met by an SRS: • Bonding connections to the SRS must be less than 1/20 wavelength of the highest frequency to which the equipment is susceptible. This prevents standing waves. • SRS must be a good high frequency conductor. (Impedance at high frequencies consists primarily of distributed inductance and capacitance.) Surface area is more important than cross-sectional area because of skin effect. Conductivity is less important (steel with large surface area is better than copper with less surface area). • SRS must consist of multiple paths. This lowers the impedance and the probability of wave reflections and resonance. In general, a good signal referencing system can be obtained with readily available components in an industrial site. All of the items listed below can be included in an SRS: • Metal building structural members • Galvanized steel floor decking under concrete floors • Woven wire steel reinforcing mesh in concrete floors • Steel floors in pulpits and power control rooms • Bolted grid stringers for cellular raised floors • Steel floor decking or grating on line-mounted equipment • Galvanized steel culvert stock • Metallic cable tray systems • Raceway (cableway) and raceway support systems • Embedded steel floor channels Note

All provisions may not apply to an installation.

Connection of the protective earth terminal to the installation ground system must first comply with code requirements and second provide a low-impedance path for high-frequency currents, including lightning surge currents. This grounding conductor must not provide, either intentionally or inadvertently, a path for load current. The system should be designed such that in so far as is possible the control system is NOT an attractive path for induced currents from any source. This is best accomplished by providing a ground plane that is large and low impedance, so that the entire system remains at the same potential. A metallic system (grid) will accomplish this much better than a system that relies upon earth for connection. At the same time all metallic structures in the system should be effectively bonded both to the grid and to each other, so that bonding conductors rather than control equipment become the path of choice for noise currents of all types. In the Mark VI cabinet, the electronics panel is insulated from the chassis and bonded at one point. The grounding recommendations illustrated in Figure 5-12 call for the equipment grounding conductor to be 120 mm2 (AWG 4/0) gauge wire, connected to the building ground system. The Control Common (CCOM) is bonded at one point to the chassis safety ground using two 25 mm2 (4 AWG) green/yellow bonding jumpers.



Control & I/O Electronics Panel Mark VI Cabinet

Control Common (CCOM) Equipment grounding conductor, Identified 120 mm sq. (4/0 AWG), Insulated Wire, short a distance as possible

Two 25 mm sq. (4 AWG) Green/Yellow insulated bonding jumpers

Protective Conductor Terminal (Chassis Safety Ground Plate) PE

Building Ground System

Figure 5-12. Grounding Recommendations for Single Mark VI Cabinet

If acceptable by local codes, the bonding jumpers may be removed and a 4/0 AWG identified insulated wire run from CCOM to the nearest accessible point on the building ground system, or to another ground point as required by the local code. The distance between the two connections to building ground should be approximately 15 feet, but not less than 10 feet. Grounding for a larger system is shown in Figure 5-13. Here the control common is still connected to the control electronics section, but the equipment grounding conductor is connected to the center cabinet chassis. Individual control and I/O panels are connected with bolted plates. On a cable carrying conductors and/or shielded conductors, the armor is an additional current carrying braid that surrounds the internal conductors. This type cable can be used to carry control signals between buildings. The armor carries secondary lightning induced earth currents, bypassing the control wiring, thus avoiding damage or disturbance to the control system. At the cable ends and at any strategic places between, the armor is grounded to the building ground through the structure of the building with a 360-degree mechanical and electrical fitting. The armor is normally terminated at the entry point to a metal building or machine. Attention to detail in installing armored cables can significantly reduce induced lightning surges in control wiring.



I/O Panel

Control Electronics Panel

I/O Panel

Panel Grounding Connection Plates

Control Common (CCOM)

Equipment grounding conductor, Identified 120 mm sq. (4/0 AWG), insulated wire, short a distance as possible

Two 25 mm sq. 4AWG Green/Yellow Bonding Jumper wires

Protective Conductor Terminal (Chassis Safety Ground plate)

PE

Building Ground System Figure 5-13. Grounding Recommendations for Mark VI Cabinet Lineup

Notes on Grounding Bonding to building structure - The cable tray support system typically provides many bonding connections to building structural steel. If this is not the case, supplemental bonding connections must be made at frequent intervals from the cable tray system to building steel. Bottom connected equipment - Cable tray installations for bottom connected equipment should follow the same basic principles as those illustrated for top connected equipment, paying special attention to good high frequency bonding between the cable tray and the equipment. Cable spacing - Maintain cable spacing between signal levels in cable drops, as recommended here. Conduit sleeves - Where conduit sleeves are used for bottom-entry cables, the sleeves should be bonded to the floor decking and equipment enclosure with short bonding jumpers. Embedded conduits - Bond all embedded conduits to the enclosure with multiple bonding jumper connections following the shortest possible path. Galvanized steel sheet floor decking - Floor decking can serve as a high frequency signal reference plane for equipment located on upper floors. With typical building construction, there will be a large number of structural connections between the floor decking and building steel. If this is not the case, then an electrical bonding connection must be added between the floor decking and building steel. These added connections need to be as short as possible and of sufficient surface area to be low impedance at high frequencies.



High frequency bonding jumpers - Jumpers must be short, less than 500 mm (20 in) and good high frequency conductors. Thin, wide metal strips are best. Jumpers can be copper, aluminum, or steel. Steel has the advantage of not creating galvanic half-cells when bonded to other steel parts. Jumpers must make good electrical contact with both the enclosure and the signal reference structure. Welding is best. If a mechanical connection is used, each end should be fastened with two bolts or screws with star washers backed up by large diameter flat washers. Each enclosure must have two bonding jumpers of short, random lengths. Random lengths are used so that parallel bonding paths are of different quarter wavelength multiples. Do not fold bonding jumpers or make sharp bends. Metallic cable tray - System must be installed per NEC Article 318 with signal level spacing per the next section. This serves as a signal reference structure between remotely connected pieces of equipment. The large surface area of cable trays provides a low impedance path at high frequencies. Metal framing channel - Metal framing channel cable support systems also serves as part of the signal reference structure. Make certain that channels are well bonded to the equipment enclosure, cable tray, and each other, with large surface area connections to provide low impedance at high frequencies. Noise-sensitive cables - Try to run noise-sensitive cables tight against a vertical support to allow this support to serve as a reference plane. Cables that are extremely susceptible to noise should be run in a metallic conduit. Keep these cables tight against the inside walls of the metallic enclosure, and well away from higher-level cables. Power cables - Keep single-conductor power cables from the same circuit tightly bundled together to minimize interference with nearby signal cables. Keep 3-phase ac cables in a tight triangular configuration. Woven wire mesh - Woven wire mesh can serve as a high frequency signal reference grid for enclosures located on floors not accessible from below. Each adjoining section of mesh must be welded together at intervals not exceeding 500 mm (20 in) to create a continuous reference grid. The woven wire mesh must be bonded at frequent intervals to building structural members along the floor perimeter. Conduit terminal at cable trays - To provide the best shielding, conduits containing level L cables (see Leveling channels) should be terminated to the tray's side rails (steel solid bottom) with two locknuts and a bushing. Conduit should be terminated to ladder tray side rails with approved clamps. Where it is not possible to connect conduit directly to tray (such as with large conduit banks), conduit must be terminated with bonding bushings and bonded to tray with short bonding jumpers. Leveling channels - If the enclosure is mounted on leveling channels, bond the channels to the woven wire mesh with solid-steel wire jumpers of approximately the same gauge as the woven wire mesh. Bolt the enclosure to leveling steel, front and rear. Signal and power levels - See section, Cable Separation and Routing for guidelines. Solid-bottom tray - Use steel solid bottom cable trays with steel covers for lowlevel signals most susceptible to noise.



Level P

Level L Solid Bottom Tray

Enclosure

Bond leveling channels to the woven wire mesh with solid steel wire jumpers of approximately the same gage as the wire mesh. Jumpers must be short, less than 200 mm (8 in). Weld to mesh and leveling steel at random intervals of 300 - 500 mm (12-20 in).

Bolt Leveling Channels Wire Mesh

Bolt the enclosure to the leveling steel, front and rear. See site specific GE Equipment Outline dwgs. Refer to Section 6 for examples.

Figure 5-14. Enclosure and Cable Tray Installation Guidelines



Cable Separation and Routing This section provides recommended cabling practices to reduce electrical noise. These include signal/power level separation and cable routing guidelines. Note Electrical noise from cabling of various voltage levels can interfere with microprocessor-based control systems, causing a malfunction. If a situation at the installation site is not covered in this manual, or if these guidelines cannot be met, please contact GE before installing the cable. The customer and customer’s representative are responsible for the mechanical and environmental locations of cables, conduit, and trays. They are also responsible for applying the level rules and cabling practices defined here. To help ensure a lower cost, noise-free installation, GE recommends early planning of cable routing that complies with these level-separation rules. The customer’s representative should distribute these level rules to all electrical and mechanical contractors, as well as construction personnel. Early planning also enables the customer’s representatives to design adequate separation of embedded conduit. On new installations, sufficient space should be allowed to efficiently arrange mechanical and electrical equipment. On revamps, level rules should be considered during the planning stages to help ensure correct application and a more trouble-free installation.

Signal/Power Level Definitions Signal/power carrying cables are categorized into four defining levels: low, medium, high, and power. Each level can include classes.

Low-Level Signals (Level L) Low-level signals are designated as level L. In general these consist of: • Analog signals 0 through ±50 V dc, <60 mA • Digital (logic-level) signals less than 28 V dc • 4 – 20 ma current loops • Ac signals less than 24 V ac The following are specific examples of level L signals used in the Mark VI cabling: • All analog and digital signals including LVDTs, Servos, RTDs, Analog Inputs and Outputs, and Pyrometer signals • Thermocouples are in a special category (Level LS) because they generate millivolt signals with very low current. • Network communication bus signals: Ethernet, IONet, UDH, PDH, RS-232C, and RS-422 • Phone circuits Note Signal input to analog and digital blocks or to programmable logic control (PLC)-related devices should be run as shielded twisted-pair (for example, input from RTDs).



Medium-Level Signals (Level M) Medium-level signals are designated as level M. These signals consist of: • Analog signals less than 50 V dc with less than 28 V ac ripple and less than 0.6 A current • 28 V dc light and switching circuits • 24 V dc switching circuits • Analog pulse rate circuits Note Level M and level L signals may be run together only inside the control panel. Magnetic pickup signals are examples of level M signals used in the Mark VI.

High-Level Signals (Level H) High-level signals are designated as level H. These signals consist of: • Dc switching signals greater than 28 V dc • Analog signals greater than 50 V dc with greater than 28 V ac ripple • Ac feeders less than 20 A The following are specific examples of level H signals used in Mark VI cabling: • Contact inputs • Relay outputs • Solenoid outputs • PT and CT circuits Note Flame detector (GM) type signals, 335 V dc, and Ultraviolet detectors are a special category (Level HS). Special low capacitance twisted shielded pair wiring is required.

Power (Level P) Power wiring is designated as level P. This consists of ac and dc buses 0 – 600 V with currents 20 A – 800 A. The following are specific examples of level P signals used in plant cabling: • Motor armature loops 20 A and above • Generator armature loops 20 A and above • Ac power input and dc outputs 20 A and above • Primaries and secondaries of transformers above 5 kVA • SCR field exciter ac power input and dc output greater than 20 A • Static exciters (regulated and unregulated) ac power and dc output • 250 V shop bus • Machine fields over 20 A



Class Codes Certain conditions can require that specific wires within a level be grouped in the same cable. This is indicated by class codes, defined as follows: S

Special handling of specified levels can require special spacing of conduit and trays. Check dimension chart for levels. These wires include: • Signals from COMM field and line resistors • Signals from line shunts to regulators

U

High voltage potential unfused wires over 600 V dc

PS Power greater than 600 V dc and/or greater than 800 A If there is no code, there are no grouping restrictions

Marking Cables to Identify Levels It is good practice to mark the cableway cables, conduit, and trays in a way that clearly identifies their signal/power levels. This helps ensure correct level separation for proper installation. It can also be useful during equipment maintenance. Cables can be marked by any means that makes the level easy to recognize (for example, coding or numbering). Conduit and trays should be marked at junction points or at periodic intervals.

Cableway Spacing Guidelines Spacing (or clearance) between cableways (trays and conduit) depends on the level of the wiring inside them. For correct level separation when installing cable, the customer should apply the general practices along with the specific spacing values for tray/tray, conduit/tray, conduit/conduit, cable/conduit, and cable/cable distances as discussed below.

General Practices The following general practices should be used for all levels of cabling: • All cables of like signal levels and power levels must be grouped together in like cableways. • In general, different levels must run in separate cableways, as defined in the different classes. Intermixing cannot be allowed, except as noted by exception. • Interconnecting wire runs should carry a level designation. • If wires are the same level and same type signal, group those wires from one panel to any one specific location together in multiconductor cables. • When unlike signals must cross in trays or conduit, cross them in 90° angles at maximum spacing. Where it is not possible to maintain spacing, place a grounded steel barrier between unlike levels at the crossover point. • When entering terminal equipment where it is difficult to maintain the specific spacing guidelines shown in the following tables, keep parallel runs to a minimum, not to exceed 1.5 m (5 ft) in the overall run. • Where the tables show tray or conduit spacing as 0, the levels can be run together. Spacing for other levels must be based on the worst condition. • Trays for all levels should be galvanized steel and solidly grounded with good ground continuity. Conduit should be metal to provide shielding.



The following general practices should be used for specific levels of cabling: • When separate trays are impractical, levels L and M can combined in a common tray if a grounded steel barrier separates levels. This practice is not as effective as tray separation, and may require some rerouting at system startup. If levels L and M are run side-by-side, a 50 mm (2-inch) minimum spacing is recommended. • Locate levels L and M trays and conduit closest to the control panels. • Trays containing level L and level M wiring should have solid galvanized steel bottoms and sides and be covered to provide complete shielding. There must be positive and continuous cover contact to side rails to avoid high-reluctance air gaps, which impair shielding. • Trays containing levels other than L and M wiring can have ventilation slots or louvers. • Trays and conduit containing levels L, M, and H(S) should not be routed parallel to high power equipment enclosures of 100 kVA and larger at a spacing of less than 1.5 m (5 ft) for trays, and 750 mm (2-1/2 ft) for conduit. • Level H and H(S) can be combined in the same tray or conduit but cannot be combined in the same cable. • Level H(S) is listed only for information since many customers want to isolate unfused high voltage potential wires. • Do not run levels H and H(S) in the same conduit as level P. • Where practical for level P and/or P(S) wiring, route the complete power circuit between equipment in the same tray or conduit. This minimizes the possibility of power and control circuits encircling each other.

Tray and Conduit Spacing The tables in Figure 5-15 show the recommended distances between metal trays and metal conduit carrying cables with various signal levels. For non-metal conduit and trays, the cable-to-cable distances in Table 5 of Figure 5-15 apply.



Table 1. Spacing Between Metal Cable Trays, inches(mm) Level

L

M

H

L M H H(S) P P(S)

0

1(25) 0

6(150) 6(150) 0

H(S) 6(150) 6(150) 0 0

P 26(660) 18(457) 8(302) 8(302) 0

Recommended minimum distances between trays from the top of one tray to the bottom of the tray above, or between the sides of adjacent trays.

P(S) 26(660) 26(660) 12(305) 12(305) 0 0

Table 1 also applies if the distance between trays and power equipment up to 100 kVA is less than 1.5 m (5 ft).

Table 2. Spacing Between Metal Trays and Conduit, inches(mm) Level

L

M

H

L M H H(S) P P(S)

0

1(25) 0

4(102) 4(102) 0

H(S) 4(102) 4(102) 0 0

P 18(457) 12(305) 4(102) 4(102) 0

P(S) Recommended minimum distance between the outside surfaces of metal trays and conduit.

18(457) 18(457) 8(203) 8(203) 0 0

Use Table 1 if the distance between trays or conduit and power equipment up to 100 kVA is less than 1.5 m (5 ft).

Table 3. Spacing Between Metal Conduit Runs, inches(mm) Level

L

M

H

L M H H(S) P P(S)

0

1(25) 0

3(76) 3(76) 0

H(S) 3(76) 3(76) 0 0

P 12(305) 9(229) 3(76) 3(76) 0

P(S) Recommended minimum distance between the outside surfaces of metal conduit run in banks.

12(305) 12(305) 6(150) 6(150) 0 0

Table 4. Spacing Between Cable and Steel Conduit, inches(mm) Level

L

M

H

H(S)

L M H H(S) P P(S)

0

2(51) 0

4(102) 4(102) 0

4(102) 4(102) 0 0

P 20(508) 20(508) 12(305) 12(305) 0

P(S) 48(1219) 48(1219) 18(457) 18(457) 0 0

Recommended minimum distance between the outside surfaces of cables and metal conduit.

Table 5. Spacing Between Cable and Ca ble, inches(mm) Level

L

M

H

H(S)

L M H H(S) P P(S)

0

2(51) 0

6(150) 6(150) 0

6(150) 6(150) 0 0

P 28(711) 28(711) 20(508) 20(508) 0

P(S) 84(2134) 84(2134) 29(737) 29(737) 0 0

Recommended minimum distance between the outside surfaces of cables.

Figure 5-15. Cable, Tray, and Conduit Spacing



Cable Routing Guidelines Pullboxes and Junction Boxes Keep signal/power levels separate inside pullboxes and junction boxes. Use grounded steel barriers to maintain level spacing. Tray-to-conduit transition spacing and separation are a potential source of noise. Be sure to cross unlike levels at right angles and maintain required separation. Protect transition areas per the level spacing recommendations.

Transitional Areas When entering or leaving conduit or trays, make sure that cables of unlike levels do not intermix. If the installation needs parallel runs over 1.5 m (5 ft), grounded steel barriers may be needed for proper level separation.

Cabling for Retrofits Reducing electrical noise on retrofits requires careful planning. Lower and higher levels should never encircle each other or run parallel for long distances. It is practical to use existing conduit or trays as long as the level spacing can be maintained for the full length of the run. Existing cables are generally of high voltage potential and noise producing. Therefore, route levels L and M in a path apart from existing cables when possible. Use barriers in existing pullboxes and junction boxes for level L wiring to minimize noise potential. Do not loop level L signals around high control or level P conduit or trays.

Conduit Around and Through Machinery Housings Care should be taken to plan level spacing on both embedded and exposed conduit in and around machinery. Runs containing mixed levels should be minimized to 1.5 m (5 ft) or less in the overall run. Conduit running through and attached to machinery housings should follow level spacing recommendations. This should be discussed with the contractor early in the project. Trunnions entering floor mounted operator station cabinets should be kept as short as possible when used as cableways. This helps minimize parallel runs of unlike levels to a maximum of 1.5 m (5 ft) before entering the equipment. Where different signal/power levels are running together for short distances, each level should be connected by cord ties, barriers, or some logical method. This prevents intermixing.

RF Interference To prevent radio frequency (RF) interference, take care when routing power cables in the vicinity of radio-controlled devices (for example, cranes) and audio/visual systems (public address and closed-circuit television).

Suppression Unless specifically noted otherwise, suppression (for example, a snubber) is required on all inductive devices controlled by an output. This suppression minimizes noise and prevents damage caused by electrical surges. Standard Mark VI relay and solenoid output boards have suppression.



Cable Specifications Wire Sizes The recommended current carrying capacity for flexible wires up to 1,000 V, PVC insulated, based on DIN VDE 0298 Part 4, is shown in Table 5-3. Cross section references of square mm versus AWG are based on EN 60204 Part 1, VDE 0113 Part 1. NFPA 70 (NEC) may require larger wire sizes based on the type of wire used. Surface

Ambient temperature .......................30 oC (86 oF) Maximum temperature .................. 70 oC (158 oF) Temperature rise ............................ 40 oC (72 oF) Installation ........................Free in air, see sketch

d d

Wire Insulator Figure 5-16. Wire Separation

General Specifications •

Individual minimum stated wire size is for electrical needs.

•

Clamp-type terminals accept two 14 AWG wires or one 12 AWG wire.

•

Mark VI terminal blocks accept two 12 AWG wires.

•

PTs and CTs use 10 AWG wire.

Recommended wire separation is shown in Figure 5-16. It is standard practice to use shielded cable with control equipment. Shielding provides the following benefits:


•

Generally, shielding protects a wire or grouping of wires from its environment.

•

Because of the capacitive coupling effect between two sources of potential energy, low-level signals may require shielding to prevent signal interference.


Table 5-2. American Wire Gage (AWG) Wire Sizes

Current Amp

Cross Section 2 Area (mm )

15

0.75 0.82

19

1

24

1.5

32

2.5

1.31 2.08 3.31 42

Wire Size AWG No.

Circular mils

18 16 14 12

4 5.26

54

10

6 8.36

73

10

98

16

13.3 21.15 129

8 6 4

25 33.6

158

35

198

50

42.4

245

2 69,073 1 92,756

53.5

1/0

67.4

2/0

70 85

138,146 3/00

292

95

344

120

236,823

391

150

296,000

448

185

365,102

528

240

473,646

608

300

592,057

726

400

789,410

107

187,484 4/00

Low Voltage Shielded Cable This section defines minimum requirements for low voltage shielded cable. These guidelines should be used along with the level practices and routing guidelines provided previously. Note The specifications listed are for sensitive computer-based controls. Cabling for less sensitive controls should be considered on an individual basis.



Single-Conductor Shielded Cable, Rated 300 V • 18 AWG minimum, stranded single-conductor insulated with minimum 85% to 100% coverage shield • Protective insulating cover for shield • Wire rating: 300 V minimum • Maximum capacitance between conductor and shield: 492 pF/m (150 pF/ft)

Multiconductor Shielded Cable, Rated 300 V • 18 AWG minimum, stranded conductors individually insulated per cable with minimum 85% to 100% coverage shield • Protective insulating cover for shield • Wire rating: 300 V minimum • Mutual capacitance between conductors with shield grounded: 394 pF/m (120 pF/ft) maximum • Capacitance between one conductor and all other conductors and grounded shield: 213 pF/m (65 pF/ft)

Shielded Twisted-Pair Cable, Rated 300 V • Two 18 AWG minimum, stranded conductors individually insulated with minimum 85% to 100% coverage shield • Protective insulating cover for shield • Wire rating: 300 V minimum • Mutual capacitance between conductors with shield grounded: 394 pF/m (120 pF/ft) maximum •

Capacitance between one conductor and the other conductor and grounded shield: 213 pF/m (65 pF/ft) maximum

Coaxial Cable RG-58/U (for IONet and UDH) • 20 AWG stranded tinned copper conductor with FEP insulation with a 95% coverage braid shield • Protective Flamarrest insulating jacket for shield • Normal attenuation per 30.48 m (100 ft): 4.2 dB at 100 MHz • Nominal capacitance: 50.5 pF/m (25.4 pF/ft) • Nominal impedance: 50 ohms • Example supplier: Belden Coax Cable no. 82907 Note Belden refers to the Belden Wire & Cable Company, a subsidiary of Belden, Inc.

UTP Cable (for Data Highways)


•

High quality, category 5 UTP cable, for 10BaseT Ethernet

•

Four pairs of twisted 22 or 24 AWG wire

•

Protective plastic jacket

•

Impedance: 75 – 165 ohms

•

Connector: RJ45 UTP connector for solid wire


RS-232C Communications •

Modbus communication from the HMI: for short distances use RS-232C cable; for distances over 15 m (50 feet) add a modem

•

Modbus communication from the controller COM2 port: for use on small systems, RS-232C cable with Micro-D adapter cable (GE catalog No. 336A4929G1); for longer distances over 15 m (50 feet) add a modem

•

For more information on Modbus and wiring, refer to Chapter 3 Network.

Instrument Cable, 4 – 20 mA •

With Tefzel insulation and jacket: Belden catalog no. 85231 or equivalent

•

With plastic jacket: Belden catalog no. 9316 or equivalent

Fiber-optic Cable, Outdoor Use (Data Highways) •

Multimode fiber, 62.5/125 micron core/cladding, 850 nm infra-red light

•

Four sub-cables with elastomeric jackets and aramid strength members, and plastic outer jacket

•

Cable construction: flame retardant pressure extruded polyurethane Cable diameter: 8.0 mm Cable weight: 65 kg/km

•

Optical Cable Corporation Part No. RK920929-A

Fiber-Optic Cable, Heavy Duty Outdoor Use •


•

Four sub-cables with elastomeric jackets and aramid strength members, and armored outer jacket

•

Cable construction: flame retardant pressure extruded polyurethane. Armored with 0.155 mm steel tape, wound with 2 mm overlap, and covered with polyethylene outer jacket, 1 to 1.5 mm thick Cable diameter: 13.0 mm Cable weight: 174 kg/km

•

Optical Cable Corporation Part No. RK920929-A-CST

Fiber-Optic Cable, Indoor Use (Data Highways) •


•

Twin plastic jacketed cables (Zipcord) for indoor use

•

Cable construction: tight-buffered fibers surrounded by aramid strength members with a flexible flame retardant jacket Cable dimensions: 2.9 mm dia x 5.8 mm width Cable weight: 15 kg/km

•

Siecor Corporation Part No. 002K58-31141



Connecting the System The panels come complete with the internal cabling. This cabling will probably never need to be replaced. I/O cables between the control modules and interface modules and the I/O racks are run in plastic racks behind the mounting plates as shown in Figure 5-17. Power cables from the Power Distribution Module to the control modules, interface modules, and terminal boards are secured by plastic cable cleats located behind the riser brackets. Most of this cabling is covered by the mounting brackets and plates. Plate Mounting Panel Lexan Tray for I/O Cables

3/4 inch Cable Cleat for Power Cables

I/O Cable

Riser Bracket 1 inch Cable Cleat

Terminal Board

Insulating Plate

Figure 5-17. Cable Trays and Mounting Brackets for Terminal Boards

The upper diagram in Figure 5-18 shows routing of the I/O cables and power cables in a typical 1600 mm panel line up. Dotted outlines show where terminal boards and I/O modules will be mounted on top. These cables are not visible from the front. The lower diagram shows routing of IONet cables and customer field wiring to the I/O modules and terminal boards. This wiring is visible and accessible from the front so that boards and field wiring can be replaced.



Tray I/O Powr Tray for I/O Cables

Tray for I/O Power

R

PDM Tray for 115 V dc Power S

Tray for I/O Cables

Tray for I/O Cables T

Main 125 V dc Supply

Typical Power and I/O Cabling behind Mounting Brackets Tie wrap Wiring to vertical perforated side plate

IM R

IM S

IM T

Customer I/O Wiring

IONet Cables

Customer I/O Wiring

Typical Communication and Customer I/O Wiring in Front of Mounting brackets Figure 5-18. Typical Cabinet Wiring and Cabling



I/O Wiring I/O connections are made to terminal blocks on the Mark VI terminal boards. The various terminal boards and types of I/O devices used are described in Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions (GEH-6421D, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide). Shielding connections to the shield bar located to the left of the terminal board are illustrated in Figure 5-19 below. Grounded Shield Bar Shield Terminal Block Shield

Terminal Board

Shield

Cable Figure 5-19. I/O Wiring Shielding Connections to Ground Bar at Terminal Board

The grounded shield bars provide an equipotential ground plane to which all cable shield drain wires should be connected, with as short a pigtail as practical. The length should not exceed 5 cm (2 in) to reduce the high-frequency impedance of the shield ground. Reducing the length of the pigtail should take precedence over reducing the length of exposed wire within the panel. Pigtails should not be connected except at the grounding bars provided, to avoid loops and maintain a radial grounding system. Shields should be insulated up to the pigtail. In most cases shields should not be connected at the far end of the cable, to avoid circulating power-frequency currents induced by pickup. A small capacitor may be used to ground the far end of the shield, producing a hybrid ground system, and may improve noise immunity. Shields must continue across junction boxes between the control and the turbine, and should match up with the signal they are shielding. Avoid hard grounding the shield at the junction boxes, but small capacitors to ground at junction boxes may improve immunity.



Terminal Block Features Many of the terminal boards in the Mark VI use a 24-position pluggable barrier terminal block (179C9123BB). These terminal blocks have the following features: • Made from a polyester resin material with 130 °C rating • Terminal rating is 300 V, 10 A, UL class C general industry, 0.375 in creepage, 0.250 in strike • UL and CSA code approved • Screws finished in zinc clear chromate and contacts in tin • Each block screw is number labeled 1 through 24 or 25 through 48 in white • Recommended screw tightening torque is 8 in lbs.

Power System The 125 V dc supply must be installed and maintained such that it meets requirements of IEC 61010-1 cl. 6.3.1 to be considered Not Hazardous Live. The BJS berg jumper must be installed in the PDM to provide the monitored ground reference for the 125 V dc. If there are multiple PDMs connected to the dc mains, only one has the Berg jumper installed. If the dc mains are connected to a 125 V dc supply (battery) it must be floated, that is isolated from ground. Note The DS200TCPD board in the PDM must provide the single, monitored, ground reference point for the 125 V dc system. Refer to section, Wiring and Circuit Checks.

Installing Ethernet The Mark VI modules communicate over several different Ethernet LANs (refer to Chapter 3 Networks). IONet uses Ethernet 10Base2 cable. The data highways use a number of 10BaseT segments, and some 10Base2 segments and fiber-optic segments. These guidelines comply with IEEE 802.3 standards for Ethernet. For details on installing individual Ethernet LAN components, refer to the instructions supplied by the manufacturer of that equipment.

Installing Ethernet 10Base2 Coax Cable for IONet 10Base2 cable (Thinwire™) is a 20 AWG copper-centered wire used for connecting the interface modules and control modules. Use the following guidelines when installing 10Base2: • The maximum length of a 10Base2 coax cable segment is 185 m (607 ft) • Both ends of each segment should be terminated with a 50-ohm resistor • All connectors and terminators must be isolated from ground to prevent ground loops (grounding of shield controlled by Mark VI boards) • The maximum length of cable is 3035 ft (925 m) using the IEEE 5-4-3 rule • Maximum length of a transceiver and repeater cable: 164 ft (50 m) • Minimum distance between transceivers: 8.2 ft (2.5 m) • Maximum device connections (taps) per segment: 100, including repeater taps • In systems with repeaters, transceivers should have the SQE test (heartbeat) switch disabled



Preventing Reflections Short segments should have no breaks with 50-ohm terminations on both ends. This produces minimal reflections from cable impedance discontinuities. A coaxial barrel connector is used to join smaller segments. However, the joint between the two segments makes a signal reflection point. This is caused by impedance discontinuity from the batch-to-batch impedance tolerance of the manufactured cable. If cables are built from smaller sections, all sections should either come from the same manufacturer and lot, or with one of the IEEE recommended standard segment lengths. Note Cables of non-standard length produce impedance mismatches that cause signal reflections and possible data loss. IEEE standard segment lengths are: 23.4 m (76.75 ft) 117 m (383.76 ft) 70.2 m (230.25 ft) 500 m (1640 ft) These standard sections can be used to build a cable segment up to 500 m (1640 ft) long. To prevent excessive reflections, the segment should be an odd multiple of 23.4 m (76.75 ft) lengths. For example: 3 × 23.4 m (or 3 × 76.75 ft) 7 × 23.4 m (or 7 × 76.75 ft) 9 × 23.4 m (or 9 × 76.75 ft) These lengths are odd integral multiples of a half wavelength in the cable at 5 MHz. Any mix of these cable sections (only) can be used.

Grounding Ethernet Cable On the PDH and UDH only, connect the Ethernet 10Base2 cable to a reliable earth ground at only one point. The actual connection to ground can be made at any point on the cable, but is usually easier at the terminator connector. For all Ethernet cables, insulate all connections, except grounded ones, from any other metallic surface. This prevents chance grounding, which creates a ground loop. Ground loops can introduce noise and add hazardous voltage potential onto the coax cable because of different earth ground reference points. All connectors must be insulated. Table 5-3. Ethernet Cable Component Descriptions

Component

Description

Part Number

10Base2 Connector

Connector for Ethernet 10Base2 trunk ThinWire coax cable

BNC coax connector with gold-plated pin, MilesTek catalog no. 10-02001-233 BNC F-Adapter, MilesTek catalog no. 10-02918 BNC Goal Post Adapter, MilesTek catalog no. 10-02914

10Base2 Terminator*

BNC terminator for Ethernet trunk coax cable, 50 ohm

MilesTek catalog no. 10-02406-009

10Base2 Connection Tools

Quick crimp tool kit for crimping connectors on Ethernet trunk 10Base2 coax cable, including strip tool, flush cutter, and case.

MilesTek catalog no. 40-50156/GE

*On the PDH and UDH only, use a terminator with grounding tether if the repeater BNC output is not grounded.



Startup Checks All Mark VI control panels are pre-cabled and factory-tested before shipment. However, final checks should be made after installation and before starting the equipment. This equipment contains a potential hazard of electrical shock or burn. Power is provided by the Mark VI control panel to various input and output devices. External sources of power may be present in the Mark VI panels that are NOT switched by the control power circuit breaker(s). Before handling or connecting any conductors to the equipment, use proper safety precautions to insure all power is turned off. Inspect the control panel components for any damage, which might have occurred during shipping. Check for loose cables or wires, connections or loose components such as relays or retainer clips. Report any damage that may have occurred during shipping to GE Product Service. Refer to section, Grounding for equipment grounding instructions.

Board Inspections Perform the following to inspect the printed circuit boards, jumpers, and wiring: The VCMI is always in slot 1 and has no jumpers.

•

Inspect the boards in each module checking for loose or damaged components.

•

Verify the Berg jumpers on each I/O board are set correctly for the slot number in the VME rack (see Figure 5-20). If the boards do not have Berg jumpers, then the VCMI identifies all the I/O boards during startup by communication over the VME backplane. At this point do not replug the I/O boards. This will be done after the rack power supply check.

•

Check the EMI spring-gasket shield on the right hand side of the board front (see Figure 5-21). If the installed boards do not have EMI emissions shielding, and a board with a shield gasket is present, remove this gasket by sliding it out vertically. Failure to do this could result in a damaged board.

VME I/O Board

Example:

VME Slot Position = 17 1

Board ID Berg Jumpers

0

0

0 16

1 2 4 8 16 Jumper Binary Values

Figure 5-20. ID Jumper Positions on VME Board



VME I/O Board

EMI spring gasket to reduce EMI/RFI emissions. Use only with adjacent EMI-shielded I/O boards.

Gasket removal

Note: if the board in the adjacent righthand slot does not have an EMI spring gasket, then this spring gasket must be removed.

Figure 5-21. EMI Emissions Shield Gasket

VME Rack Backplane

•

Check wire harnesses and verify they are securely connected.

•

Verify that the terminal board hardware jumpers match the toolbox configuration settings, and move the jumper(s) if necessary.

•

Verify all plug-in relays are firmly inserted into their sockets (refer to Chapter 9 I/O Descriptions, GEH-6421D, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide). Verify the jumpers on TRLY are removed.

•

Check the Ethernet ID plug located at the left side of the rack under the power test points. The jumpers on this plug define the number of the rack (0, 1, 2, 3) in the IONet channel. The jumper positions are shown in Figure 5-22 and are defined in Table 5-4.

Ethernet ID Plug

Wire Jumper Positions per Table

2

RO-SMP

1

15

VME Rack front view

Ethernet ID Plug located at Bottom Left Hand Side of VME Rack

16

Figure 5-22. Rack Ethernet ID Plug



Table 5-4. Ethernet ID Plug Jumper Positions

Conn. P/N 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Connector Label R0-SMP R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13

28 29 30

R0-DPX R0-TPX R0-TMR

Pins 1-2 X X X X X X X

Wire Jumper Locations Pins Pins Pins 3-4 5-6 7-8 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

Pin to Pin Pins Pins 9-10 11-12 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Pins Pins Notes 13-14 15-16 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Future

X X

X Future

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

S0-SMP S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

X

X X

X X

X X X X

X

X X X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X Future Future Future

X

X

X

X

X Future

60

S0-TMR

X

X

X

X

X

70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78

T0-SMP T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8

X

X X

X X X X

X

X X X X X

X X X X X

X

X

X

90

T0-TMR

X

X

X

X

X Future

X X

Future Future Future X Future


X

X

X


Wiring and Circuit Checks This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment. The following steps should be completed to check the panel wiring and circuits. Ø To check the power wiring 1.

Check that all incoming power wiring agrees with the elementary drawings supplied with the panel and is complete and correct.

2.

Make sure that the incoming power wiring conforms to approved wiring practices as described previously.

3.

Check that all electrical terminal connections are tight.

4.

Make sure that no wiring has been damaged or frayed during installation. Replace if necessary.

5.

Check that incoming power (125 V dc, 115 V ac, 230 V ac) is the correct voltage and frequency, and is clean and free of noise. Make sure the ac to dc converters, if used, are set to the correct voltage (115 or 230 V ac) by selecting the JTX1 or JTX2 jumper positions on the front of the converter.

6.

If the installation includes more than one PDM on an interconnected 125 V dc system, the BJS jumper must be installed in one and only one PDM. This is because the parallel connection of more than one ground reference circuit will reduce the impedance to the point where the 125 V dc no longer meets the Not Hazardous Live requirement. To verify that the 125 V dc is properly grounded, a qualified person using appropriate safety procedures should make tests. Measure the current from first the P125 V dc, and then the N125 V dc, using a 2000-Ohm, 10 W resistor to the Protective Conductor Terminal of the Mark VI in series with a dc ammeter. The measured current should be 1.7 mA to 2.0 mA (the tolerance will depend on the test resistor and the PDM tolerances). If the measured current exceeds 2.0 mA the system must be cleared of the extra ground(s). A test current of about 65 mA usually indicates one or more hard grounds on the system, while currents in multiples of 1 mA usually indicate more than one BJS jumper is installed.

At this point the system is ready for initial rack energization.



Startup This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment. Assuming all the above checks are complete, use the following steps to apply power, load the application code, and startup the Mark VI system. Note It is recommended that the initial rack energization be done with all the I/O boards removed to check the power supply in an unloaded condition. Ø To energize the rack for the first time

Bottom of VME Rack Backplane

1.

Unlock the I/O boards and slide them part way out of the racks.

2.

Apply power to the PDM and to the first VME I/O rack power supply.

3.

Check the voltages at the test points located at the lower left side of the VME rack. These are shown in Figure 5-23 below. P15 ACOM

N15 P28AA P28BB P28CC P28DD P28EE PCOM N28 DCOM SCOM

VME Rack Power Supply Test Points

ETHERNET ID

P5 DCOM1

Figure 5-23. VME Rack Power Supply Test Points

4.

If the rack voltages check out, switch off the power supply, and carefully replace the boards in that rack.

5.

Reapply power. All the I/O boards should flash green within five minutes displaying normal operation in the RUN condition.

6.

Repeat steps 1 − 5 for all the racks.

If the system is a remote I/O system, the controller is in a separate rack. Apply power to this rack, wait for the controller and VCMI to boot up, and check that they are in the RUN condition. Check the VPRO modules, if present, to make sure all three are in the RUN condition.



Topology and Application Code Download Network topology defines the location of the control and interface modules (racks) on the IONet network, and is stored in the VCMI. Refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller for details. Note If you have a new controller, before application code can be downloaded, the TCP/IP address must be loaded. Refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller for details. Ø To download topology and application code 1.

From the toolbox Outline View, select the first VCMI (R0), and right click on it.

2.

From the shortcut menu, select Download. The network topology configuration downloads to the Master VCMI in the first controller rack and now knows the location of the Interface Modules (R0, R1, R2, ...).

3.

Repeat for all the Master VCMIs in the controller racks S, and T.

4.

Cycle power to reboot all three controllers. The controllers reboot and initialize their VCMIs. The VCMIs expect to see the configured number of racks on IONet. If an Ethernet ID plug does not identify a rack, then communication with that rack is not possible. Similarly if a VCMI is not responding, then communication with that rack is not possible. The VCMI will work even if there are no I/O boards in its rack.

5.

Following the above procedure, download the network topology to the slave VCMI in the I/O racks (R1, R2, R3 ...). The VCMI now knows what I/O boards are in its rack. Download to each rack in turn, or all racks at once.

6.

Cycle power to reboot all racks.

7.

Download the I/O configuration to all the I/O boards, one at a time or all at once. With all racks running you are now ready to check the I/O.

I/O Wiring and Checkout Connect the input and output wiring to the terminal boards. The jumpers on TRLY have been removed by the factory for safety reasons, and are shipped in a plastic bag. Conduct individual loop energization checks per standard practices, and install the jumpers as required.



Maintenance This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment.

Modules and Boards System troubleshooting should be at the circuit board level. This is described in Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics. The failed board or module should be removed and replaced with a spare. (See section, Component Replacement for downloading.) Note Return the failed board to GE for repair. Do not attempt to repair it on site. After long service in a very dirty environment it may be necessary to clean the boards. If there is a dust build up it is advisable to vacuum around the rack and the front of the boards before removing them. Remove the boards from the cabinet before cleaning them. Dust can be removed with a low-pressure air jet. If there is dirt, which cannot be removed with the air jet, it should be cleaned off using deionized water. Shake off and allow the board to air-dry before re-applying power.



Component Replacement This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment.

Replacing a Controller Ø To replace and reload the UCVx 1.

If a controller has failed, the rack should be powered down, and all cables disconnected from the controller board front.

2.

Remove the controller and replace it with a spare controller.

3.

Pull the VCMI out of the rack far enough to disconnect it from the backplane.

4.

Connect the serial loader cable between the PC and COM1 of the controller.

5.

If the controller is a UCVB or UCVD, use the serial loader to download the flash file system to the controller

6.

Use the serial loader to configure the controller with its TCP/IP address.

7.

Reconnect the Ethernet cable to the controller and power up the rack.

8.

Use the toolbox to download runtime to the controller.

9.

Use the toolbox to download application code, to permanent storage only, in the controller.

10. Power down the rack. 11. Re-insert the VCMI into the backplane. 12. Power up the rack.

Replacing a VCMI Ø To replace and reload the VCMI 1.

If a VCMI or VPRO has failed, the rack should be powered down, and the IONet connector unplugged from the board front, leaving the network still running through the T-fitting.

2.

Remove the VCMI and replace it with a spare VCMI that has a clear flash disk memory, then power up the rack.

3.

From the toolbox Outline View, under item Mark VI I/O, locate the failed rack. Locate the VCMI, which is usually under the Simplex rack, and rightmouse click the VCMI.

4.

From the shortcut menu, click Download. The topology downloads into the new board.

5.

Cycle power to the rack to establish communication with the controller.

For a successful download, the flash disk memory in the replacement VCMI should be clear, because an old topology stored in flash can sometimes cause problems. If the flash memory needs to be cleared, contact GE.



Replacing an I/O Board in an Interface Module Ø To replace an I/O Board Newer I/O boards do not have Berg jumpers.

1.

Power down the rack and remove the failed I/O board.

2.

Replace the board with a spare board of the same type, first checking that the jumper positions match the slot number (the same as the old board).

3.

Power up the rack.

4.

From the toolbox Outline View, under item Mark VI I/O, locate the failed rack. Find the slot number of the failed board and right-mouse click the board.

5.

From the shortcut menu, click Download. The board configuration downloads.

6.

Cycle power to the rack to establish communication with the controller.

Replacing a Terminal Board The terminal boards do not contain software requiring reload, but some have power supplied to them. This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Power is provided by the Mark VI control panel to various input and output devices. External sources of power may be present in the Mark VI panel that are NOT switched by the control power circuit breaker(s). Before handling or connecting any conductors to the equipment, use proper safety precautions to ensure all power is turned off. To minimize risk of personal injury, damage to the control equipment, or damage to the controlled process, it is recommended that all power to a terminal board be removed before replacement of the terminal board. Most terminal boards are supplied from all three power supplies of a TMR system as well as multiple external sources and therefore may require shutdown of the turbine before replacement is made.

Ø To replace a terminal board 1.

Disconnect any power cables coming into the terminal board, and unplug the I/O cables (J-plugs).

2.

Loosen the two screws on the wiring terminal blocks and remove the blocks, leaving the field wiring attached.

3.

Remove the terminal board and replace it with a spare board, checking that any jumpers are set correctly (the same as the old board).

4.

Screw the terminal blocks back in place and plug in the J-plugs and the power cables.



Cable Replacement The I/O cables or power cables are supported in plastic brackets behind the mounting panels as shown in Figure 5-17. Since these brackets are not continuous, it is not recommended that the replacement cable be pulled through behind the panel. Ø To replace an I/O cable

Additional cables that may be required for system expansion can be installed in this same way


1.

Power down the interface module and disconnect the failed cable from the module. Leave the cable in place.

2.

Disconnect the failed cable from the terminal board.

3.

Connect the replacement cable to the terminal board, and lay the new cable in the field-wiring trough at the side of the I/O terminal boards. Use space at the top and bottom of the panel to run the cable across the cabinet to the interface module.

4.

Connect the cable to the interface module and power up the module. Secure the cable in place with tie wraps.

The power cables (125 V dc) are held in cable cleats behind the mounting panels. If a power cable needs to be replaced, it is recommended it be run across the top or bottom of the mounting panel and down the side of the I/O wiring trough to the module power supply.


Chapter 6

Tools

Introduction This chapter summarizes the tools used for configuring, loading, and operating the Mark VI system. These include the Control System Toolbox (toolbox), CIMPLICITY HMI operator interface, and the Historian. This chapter is organized as follows: Section

Page

Toolbox ....................................................................................................................6-2 Configuring the Application..............................................................................6-3 CIMPLICITY HMI ..................................................................................................6-4 Basic Description ..............................................................................................6-4 Product Features ................................................................................................6-5 Computer Operator Interface (COI) .........................................................................6-7 Interface Features ..............................................................................................6-7 Historian ...................................................................................................................6-8 System Configuration........................................................................................6-8 Data Flow ..........................................................................................................6-9 Historian Optional Tools .................................................................................6-10


Chapter 6 Tools • 6-1

Toolbox The toolbox is Windows-based software for configuring and maintaining the Mark VI control system. The software usually runs on an engineering workstation or a CIMPLICITY HMI located on the Plant Data Highway. For details refer to GEH6403, Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller. IONet communicates with all the control and interface racks. This network topology is configured using the toolbox. Similarly, the toolbox configures all the I/O boards in the racks and the I/O points in the boards. Figure 6-1 displays the toolbox screen used to select the racks. The Outline View on the left-hand side of the screen is used to select the racks required for the system. This view displays all the racks inserted under Mark VI I/O. In the example, three TMR Rack 1s are included under the heading Rack 1 Channel R/S/T (TMR). Click on the TMR rack in the Outline View (Rack 1 in this example) to view all the channels at the same time in the Summary View.

The Summary View displays a graphic of each rack and all the boards they contain.

Figure 6-1. Configuring the Equipment Racks

6-2 • Chapter 6 Tools


Configuring the Application The turbine control application is configured in the toolbox using graphically connected control blocks, which display in the Summary View. These blocks consist of basic analog and discrete functions and a library of special turbine control blocks. The Standard Block library contains over 60 different control blocks designed for discrete and continuous control applications. Blocks provide a simple graphical way for the engineer to configure the control system. The turbine block library contains more than 150 additional blocks relating to turbine control applications. The control system is configured in the toolbox work area, displayed in Figure 6-2 The Outline View on the left-hand side of the screen displays the control device. The Summary View on the right side of the screen displays the graphical configuration of the selected item. Block inputs and outputs are connected with signals to form the control configuration. These connections are created by dragging and dropping a signal from a block output to another block input. The connected blocks form macros, and at a higher level, the blocks and macros form tasks covering major sections of the complete control.

Figure 6-2. Connecting Control Blocks in the Work Area



CIMPLICITY HMI The CIMPLICITY Human-Machine Interface (HMI) is the main operator interface to the Mark VI turbine control system. HMI is a pc with a Microsoft Windows NT operating system and CIMPLICITY graphics display system, communicating with the controllers over Ethernet. For details refer to GEH-6126, HMI Application Guide. Also refer to GFK-1180, CIMPLICITY HMI for Windows NT and Windows 95 User's Manual. For details on how to configure the graphic screens refer to GFK1396 CIMPLICITY HMI for Windows NT and Windows 95 CimEdit Operation Manual.

Basic Description The Mark VI HMI consists of three distinct elements: HMI server is the hub of the system, channeling data between the UDH and the PDH, and providing data support and system management. The server also provides device communication for both internal and external data interchanges. System database establishes signal management and definition for the control system, provides a single repository for system alarm messages and definitions, and contains signal relationships and correlation between the controllers and I/O. The database is used for system configuration, but not required for running the system. HMI Viewer provides the visual functions, and is the client of the server. It contains the operator interface software, which allows the operator or maintenance personnel to view screen graphics, data values, alarms, and trends, as well as issue commands, edit control coefficient values, and obtain system logs and reports. Depending on the size of the system, these three elements can be combined into a single pc, or distributed in multiple units. The modular nature of the HMI allows units to be expanded incrementally as system needs change. A typical Viewer screen using graphics and real-time turbine data is displayed in Figure 6-3. In the graphic display, special displays can be obtained using the buttons in the column on the right hand side. Also note the setpoint button for numeric entry and the raise/lower arrows for opening and closing valves.



Alarm Summary window

Setpoint Entry selection

Alarm Detail display selection

Shaft Vibration display selection

Figure 6-3. Interactive Operator Display for Steam Turbine & Generator

Product Features The HMI contains a number of product features important for power plant control: •

Dynamic graphics

•

Alarm displays

•

Process variable trending

•

Point control display for changing setpoints

•

Database logger

•

HMI access security

•

Data Distribution Equipment (DDE) application interface



The graphic system performs key HMI functions and provides the operator with real time process visualization and control using the following: CimEdit is an object-oriented program that creates and maintains the user graphic screen displays. Editing and animation tools, with the familiar Windows environment, provide an intuitive, easy to use interface. Features include: •

Standard shape library

•

Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)

•

Movement and rotation animation

•

Filled object capabilities, and interior and border animation

CimView is the HMI run-time portion, displaying the process information in graphical formats. In CimView the operator can view the system screens, and screens from other applications, using OLE automation, run scripts, and get descriptions of object actions. Screens have a one-second refresh rate, and a typical graphical display takes one second to repaint. Alarm Viewer provides alarm management functions such as sorting and filtering by priority, by unit, by time, or by source device. Also supported are configurable alarm field displays, and embedding dynamically updated objects into CimView screens. Trending, based on Active X technology, gives user’s data analysis capabilities. Trending uses data collected by the HMI or data from other third-party software packages or interfaces. Data comparisons between current and past variable data can be made for identification of process problems. Trending includes multiple trending charts per graphic screen with unlimited pens per chart, and the operator can resize or move trend windows to convenient locations on the display. The point control panel provides a listing of points in the system with real-time values and alarm status. Operators can view and change local and remote set points using the up/down arrows or by direct numeric entry. Alarms can be enabled and disabled, and alarm limits modified by authorized personnel. The basic control engine allows users to define control actions in response to system events. A single event can invoke multiple actions, or one action can be invoked by many events. The program editor uses a Visual Basic for Applications compliant programming language. Optional features include the Web Gateway that allows operators to access HMI data from anywhere in the world over the Internet. Third party interfaces allow the HMI to exchange data with distributed control systems (DCS), programmable logic controllers, I/O devices, and other computers.



Computer Operator Interface (COI) The Computer Operator Interface (COI) consists of a set of product and application specific operator displays running on a small panel pc (10.4 or 12.1 inch touch screen) hosting Embedded Windows NT. Embedded Windows NT uses only the components of the operating system required for a specific application. This results in all the power and development advantages of Windows NT in a much smaller footprint. Development, installation or modification of requisition content requires the GE Control System Toolbox. For details, refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller. The COI can be installed in many different configurations, depending on the product line and specific requisition requirements. For example, it can be installed in the panel door for Mark VI applications or in a control room desk for EX2100 applications, for example. The only cabling requirements are for power and for the Ethernet connection to the UDH. Network communication is via the integrated autosensing 10/100BaseT Ethernet connection. Expansion possibilities for the pc are limited, although it does support connection of external devices through FDD, IDE, and USB connections. The networking of the COI to the Mark VI is requisition or customer defined.

The COI can be directly connected to the Mark VI or EX2100, or it can be connected through an EGD Ethernet switch. A redundant topology is available when the controller is ordered with a second Ethernet port.

Interface Features Numeric data displays are driven by EGD (Ethernet Global Data) pages transmitted by the controller. The refresh rate depends both on the rate at which the controller transmits the pages, and the rate at which the COI refreshes the fields. Both are set at configuration time in GE Control System Toolbox. The COI uses a touch screen, and no keyboard or mouse is provided. The color of pushbuttons are feedbacks and represent state conditions. To change the state or condition, press the button. The color of the button will change if the command is accepted and the change implemented by the controller. Numeric inputs on the COI touch screen are made by touching a numeric field that supports input. A numeric keypad then displays and the desired number can be entered. For complete information, refer to GEI-100434, Computer Operator Interface (COI) for Mark VI or EX2100 Systems.

An Alarm Window is provided and an alarm is selected by touching it. Then Ack, Silence, Lock, or Unlock the alarm by pressing the corresponding button. Multiple alarms can be selected by dragging through the alarm list. Pressing the button then applies to all selected alarms.



Historian The Historian is a data archival system based on client-server technology, that provides data collection, storage, and display of power island and auxiliary process data. Depending on the requirements, the product can be configured for just turbinerelated data, or for broader applications that include balance of plant process data. For additional Historian information, refer to GEH6422, Turbine Historian System Guide.

The Historian combines high-resolution digital event data from the turbine controller with process analog data to create a sophisticated tool for investigating cause-effect relationships. It provides a menu of predefined database query forms for typical analysis relating to the turbine operations. Flexible tools enable the operator to quickly generate custom trends and reports from the archived process data.

System Configuration The GE Historian provides historical data archiving and retrieval functions. When required, the system architecture provides time synchronization to ensure time coherent data. The Historian accesses turbine controller data from the UDH as shown in Figure 6-4. Additional Historian data acquisition is performed through Modbus and/or Ethernet based interfaces. Data from third party devices such as Bently Nevada monitors, or non-GE PLCs is usually obtained through Modbus, while Ethernet is the preferred communication channel for PLC products. The HMI and other operator interface devices communicate to the Historian through the PDH. Network technology provided by the Microsoft Windows NT Operating System allows interaction from network computers including query and view capabilities using the Historian Client Tool Set. The interface options include the ability to export data into spreadsheet applications. Plant Data Highway

HMI Server # 1

HMI Server # 2

Historian

HMI Viewer

DAT Tape

TR Unit Data Highway

Figure 6-4. Data Transmission to the Historian and HMI



System Capability The Historian provides an online historical database for collecting and storing data from the Mark VI turbine controls. Up to 20,000 total point tags may be configured and collected from as many as eight turbine controls. A typical turbine control application uses less than 1,000 points of time tagged analog and discrete data per unit. The length of time that the data is stored on disk before offline archiving is required depends upon collection rate, dead-band configuration, process rate of change, and disk size.

Data Flow The Historian has three main functions: data collection, storage, and retrieval. Data collection is over the UDH and Modbus. Data is stored in the Exception Database for SOE, events, and alarms, and in the archives for analog values. Retrieval is thorugh a web browser, or standard trend screens. Figure 6-5 shows these functions and data flow.

I/O

I/O

Mark VI

PLC

Ethernet

Turbine Control Exception Database (SOE)

I/O

Ethernet

3rd Party Devices Modbus

Process Archives (Analog Values)

Data Dictionary

Server Side Client Side Web Browser

Trend generation

Alarm & Event Report Cross Plot Event Scanner

Process Data (Trends)

DataLink Excel for Reports & Analysis

Figure 6-5. Historian Functions and Data Flow

Details Data is collected by various methods. For the Mark VI, the process is centered about the System Database (SDB) which is the real-time database used by the controller. The Mark VI scans the SDB for alarm and event state changes. When a state change occurs, it is sent to the Historian. Contact inputs, or Sequence of Event (SOE) changes are scanned, sent to the Historian and stored in the Exception Database with the alarms and event state changes.



These points are time-tagged by the Mark VI at the frame rate. The Mark VI also distributes one-second periodic updates scanned from the SDB. Time synchronization and time coherency are extremely important when the operator or maintenance technician is trying to analyze and determine the root cause of a problem. To provide this, the data is time-tagged at the controller, which offers system time-sync functions as an option to ensure that PLC and Mark VI data remain time-coherent. Sophisticated data compression is used

Data points configured for collection in the archives are sampled once per second from the Data Dictionary. Analog data that exceeds an exception dead-band and digital data that changes state are sent to the archives. The Historian uses the swinging door compression method that filters on the slope of the value to determine when to save a value. This allows the Historian to keep orders of magnitude more data on-line than in conventional scanned systems. The web browser interface provides access to the Alarm & Event Report, the CrossPlot, the Event Scanner, and several Historian status displays. Configurable trend displays are the graphical interface to the history stored in the archives. They provide historical and real-time trending of all process data. The data link is used to extract data from the archives into spreadsheets. Applications such as Excel, Access, SQL, and Minitab can be used to generate reports and analize data.

Historian Optional Tools A selection of tools, screens, and reports are for the collected data. Alarms and Events Report is a tabular display of the alarms, events, and Sequence of Events (SOE) for all Mark VI units connected to the Historian. This report presents the following information on a point’s status: time of pickup (or dropout), unit name, status, processor drop number, and descriptive text. This is a valuable tool to aid in the analysis of the system, especially after an upset. Historical Cross Plot references the chronological data of two signal points, plotted one against another, for example temperature against RPM. This function permits visual contrasting and correlation of operational data. Event Scanner function uses logic point information (such as start, trip, shutdown, or user-defined) stored in the historical database to search and identify specific situations in the unit control. Event/Trigger Query Results shows the user’s inputs and a tabular display of resulting event triggers. The data in the Time column represents the time-tag of the specified Event Trigger. Process Data (Trends). The Historian can trend any analog or digital point. It is fully configurable and has the ability to auto-range the scales or set fixed indexes. For accurate read out, the trend cursor displays the exact value of all points trended at a given point in time. The Historian can be set up to mimic strip chart recorders, analyze the performance of particular parameters over time, or help trouble-shoot root causes of a turbine upset. The trend display in Figure 6-6 is an example of a turbine start-up.



Figure 6-6. Typical Multi-Pen Process Trend Display



Chapter 7

Applications

Introduction This chapter describes some of the applications of the Mark VI hardware and software, including the servo regulators, overspeed protection logic, generator synchronization, and ground fault detection. This chapter is organized as follows: Section

Page

Servo Regulator Descriptions...................................................................................7-2 LVDT Auto Calibration ....................................................................................7-9 Generator Synchronization .....................................................................................7-11 Hardware .........................................................................................................7-11 Application Code.............................................................................................7-13 Algorithm Descriptions ...................................................................................7-13 Configuration ..................................................................................................7-17 VTUR Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function............................................7-20 VPRO Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function ............................................7-20 Hardware Verification Procedure....................................................................7-20 Synchronization Simulation ............................................................................7-21 Overspeed Protection Logic ...................................................................................7-22 Power Load Unbalance...........................................................................................7-46 Early Valve Actuation ............................................................................................7-49 Fast Overspeed Trip in VTUR................................................................................7-51 Compressor Stall Detection ....................................................................................7-54 Vibration Sampling Speed and Accuracy...............................................................7-58 Ground Fault Detection Sensitivity ........................................................................7-60


Chapter 7 Applications • 7-1

Servo Regulator Descriptions The following figures show examples of servo regulators in VSVO firmware. 3_LVposMID regulator in Figure 7-1 has three LVDTs on the valve. The regulator takes the mid-value of the three position signals. 4_LV_LM regulator in Figure 7-2 uses two LVDTs. Each LVDT has two secondaries, where one signal rises while the other falls, and a ratio calculation yields the desired position. The two position values (posa and posb) are input to a select function. 2_PulseRateMax regulator in Figure 7-3 is controlling flow. Two pulse rate pickups provide flow signals, which are input to a high selector providing the flow feedback. 2_LVpilotCyl regulator in Figure 7-4 controls a hydraulic servo valve with a pilot valve. There is an LVDT for the pilot valve inner loop, and one for the cylinder position outer loop. Each servo coil output provides 120 mA for a total of ± 240 mA. 4_LvpilotCyl regulator in Figure 7-5 controls a hydraulic servo valve with a pilot valve. There are two LVDTs for the pilot valve inner loop, and two LVDTs for the cylinder position outer loop. Each servo coil output provides 120 mA for a total of ± 240 mA.

7-2 • Chapter 7 Applications


VSVO RegNumber

Insert Regulator (IO Config)

Reg3 (exam)

EnableCurSuic

Hardware TSVO #1

Suicide Function

EnableFdbkSuic

I/O Config

Software

200 hz, 4 Regulators per card

RegType

3_LVposMID

DitherAmpl

Gain

not used

Regn_Ref

+-

Regn_Error

++

+ +

X

D I T H

D/A Ref1

Calib function

Suicide P2

+ Dedicated connection

total of 4 ccts

R

L o g i c

ServoOutputn

Signal Space SuicideForce

Suicide

Fan Connection

JR5 JS5 JT5 LVDT1input

not used

PilotFdbkn

+ +

X

-

+

LVDT3input

A/D

MaxPosvalue

LVDT Scaling Function

MnLVDT3_Vrms

LVDT1 LVDT2 LVDT3

MxLVDT3_Vrms LVDT_Margin

LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 LVDT9 LVDT10 LVDT11 LVDT12

Gain Offset

Diag, Suicide

2 ccts per TB total of 12 LVDT ccts

LVDT2, (exam)

LVDT2input

LVDT5

LVDT3input

LVDT6

Servo coil; positive current to shutdown

JR1 JS1 J4 JT1

+

LVDT input selections

Dedicated connection R

2 ccts per TB per Controller

I/O Config Signal Space I/O Config Signal Space

Not used, VSVO has only one P5 connector

TSVO #2

Servo_MA_Out LVDT1input

6 ccts per TB

Fan Connection

LVDT4

MinPosvalue

I/O Config

LVDT2input

T

LVDT

3 LVDT Signals Mid Sel

S


Servo_MA_Out

Regn_suicide

Regn_Fdbk

JR1 JS1 J3 JT1

D/A

Regn_NullCor CalibEnabn

RD

Current Driver

RegGain Regn_GainMod


SuicideForce

RegNullBias

PRType

S

T

LVDT

PRScale

flow

FlowRate1

Fan Connection

hz PR/D

PRType PRScale

flow

FlowRate2

P5

hz PR/D

JR5 JS5 JT5

6 ccts per TB

Pulse Rate Pickup Fan Connection

Notes: 1: where "n" in signal space has values 1 to 4 (i.e. four regulators)

second PR cct

2 ccts per TB

Figure 7-1. Servo Regulator with LVDT feedback, Mid of 3 LVDTs (3_LVposMID)



VSVO RegNumber

Reg3 (exam)

Insert Regulator (IO Config) 200 hz, 4 Regulators per card

EnableCurSuic Suicide Suicide EnableFdbkSuic I/O Function RegType 2_LV_LM_ACT (exam) SuicideForce Config DitherAmpl CurClpNg, CurClpPs Tau1, Tau2 RegNullBias C RegGain L Ld CurBreak + A + Lg CurSlope1,CurSlope2 M Gain Regn_GainMod P not used Regn_Ref x + +Regn_Error + Regn_NullCor CalibEnabn

D I T H

Software

D/A Ref1

Posa

L o g i c

+ +

X

+ -

Posa Posb PosDiffCmp1 LVDT PosDiffTime1 Scaling Offset Function PosDiffCmp2 PosDiffTime2 Diag Suicide Learned Position sel limit checks PosaFail with PosbFail latching PosDiffFail1 MasterReset

Servo_MA_Out LVDT1input LVDT2input LVDT3input LVDT4input SelectMnMx DefltValue PosDefltEnab

LVDT5, (exam) LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8

T

A/D

6 ccts per TB

Fan Connection

LVDT1 LVDT2 LVDT3

2 ccts per TB

LVDT4 LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 LVDT9 LVDT10 LVDT11 LVDT12

total of 12 LVDT ccts


TSVO #2


JR1 JS1 J4 JT1



PosDiffFail2

PosDefltEnab PosDiffEnab PosSelect

R

S

T

LVDT


Fan Connection

6 ccts per TB

PRType PRScale

P5

Signal FlowRate1 Space I/O Config

S

LVDT

PosDiffCmp1 PosDiffTime1 PosDiffCmp2 PosDiffTime2

I/O Config

R

Fan Connection

JR5 JS5 JT5

LVDT2input LVDT3input A A-B LVDT4input A+B B

Gain

PosSelect

Suicide

LVDT1input

Posb

LVDT_Margin LVDTVsumMarg


Servo_MA_Out

PosDiffEnab PosDiffFail1 PosDiffFail2

I/O Config


DefltValue

posit'n select

MinPosvalue MaxPosvalue MnLVDT3_Vrms MxLVDT3_Vrms MnLVDT4_Vrms MxLVDT4_Vrms

P2


JR1 JS1 J3 JT1

total of 4 ccts

Position sel (avg, min,max) SelectMnMx

not used

Suicide

Gain

Signal Space SuicideForce

PilotFdbkn MasterReset, VCMI PosaFail PosbFail

TSVO #1

D/A

ServoOutputn

Regn_Fdbk

RD

Current Driver

Calib function

Regn_suicide

Hardware

flow

hz

PR/D

JR5 JS5 JT5

Pulse Rate Pickup

PR condit'n cct Fan Connection

PRType PRScale

Signal FlowRate2 Space

flow


hz

PR/D second PR cct

2 ccts per TB

Figure 7-2. Servo Regulator with LVDT Feedback, Ratiometric (4_LV_LM)



VSVO RegNumber

Insert Regulator (IO Config)

Reg3 (example)

200 hz, 4 Regulators per card

EnableCurSuic RegType

2_PulseRateMax

DitherAmpl

SuicideForce

RegNullBias

RD Current Driver

RegGain Regn_GainMod

Gain

not used

Regn_Ref

+-

Regn_Error

X

+ +

+ +

D I T H

D/A Ref1

CalibEnabn

Calib function

Suicide P2

+

Dedicated connection

total of 4 ccts


Servo_MA_Out Suicide

L o g i c

Regn_suicide ServoOutputn SuicideForce

PilotFdbkn

PRateinput1 PRateinput2

Max Sel

A/D

I/O Config

PR1 (exam)

PRateInput2

PR2


2 ccts per TB


PRateinput1

TSVO #2



JR1 JS1 J4 JT1

+

PR input selections

Dedicated connection R

2 ccts per TB per Controller PRType

S

T

LVDT

PRScale

flow 1

Signal FlowRate1 Space I/O Config

T

6 ccts per TB

Fan Connection

LVDT1

LVDT4

Servo_MA_Out

S

Fan Connection

LVDT2 LVDT3

not used

R

LVDT

JR5 JS5 JT5

Regn_Fdbk


JR1 JS1 J3 JT1

D/A

Regn_NullCor

Signal Space

TSVO #1

Suicide Function

EnableFdbkSuic

I/O Config

Hardware

Software

hz

PR/D

Fan-out Connection

PR1

6 ccts per TB

PRType PRScale

Signal FlowRate2 Space

flow 2

hz

PR/D

PR2

P5

JR5 JS5 JT5

Pulse Rate Pickup Fan-out Connection


second PR cct

2 ccts per TB

Flow 1

Figure 7-3. Servo Regulator with Pulse Rate Feedback (2_PulseRateMax)



VSVO

I/O Config

RegNumber EnableCurSuic EnableFdbkSuic RegType DitherAmpl PilotGain RegNullBias 75% RegGain Regn_GainMod Regn_Ref Regn_Error


Reg2(exam)

Software

Hardware

Suicide Function

2_LVpilotCyl

Suicide relays

SuicideForce

TSVO #1 2 ccts per TB per Controller

RD

Gain

not used

+-

+ +

X

+-

Gain

X

D I D/A Ref1 D/A T H

+ +

D D/A Ref2 I D/A T H

Signal Space CalibEnabn

Servo coil; positive current to shutdown +

JR1 JS1 P2 J3 JT1 Dedicated connection

total of 4 ccts Servo_MA_Out

Pilot Fdbkn

Regn_NullCor

Current Driver

RD

Two parallel drivers, on one coil or on separate coils. +

Current Driver Dedicated connection

Calib function

Suicide

Servo_MA_Out

Regn_suicide

Cylinder Position - OuterLoop

SuicideForce Regn_Fdbk

I/O Config

Cylinder fdbk

MinPosvalue MaxPosvalue MnLVDT3_Vrms MxLVDT3_Vrms

LVDT

+ +

X

+ -

Cur1

LVDT1input

Cur2 6 ccts per TB

Gain

Scaling Function

Offset

Fan Connection A/D

Pilot Fdbkn

Pilot Position - Inner Loop Signal Space

I/O Config

PilotFdbkn

++


LVDT

-+

Gain

Scaling Function

LVDT_Margin

X

LVDT

Offset

LVDT2input

LVDT1 LVDT2 LVDT3 LVDT4 LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 LVDT9 LVDT10 LVDT11 LVDT12

ccts LVDT1 thru LVDT6

. .

total of 12 LVDT ccts ccts LVDT7 thru LVDT12

JR1 JS1 J4 JT1

TSVO #2

Diag, Suicide

LVDT1input

LVDT3, (exam)

LVDT2input

LVDT5

Servo_MA_Out


Servo scale selection


The "2_LVpilotCyl" regulator type is used on low pressure hydraulic

2: where the output current drivers are configured under....

systems with an inner pilot position loop. In this case, two distinct

J3/J4: IS200TSVO... ServoOutputn...

outputs must be assigned to the same regulator. Each output will be config for 120 mA, yielding a total output of

and where the output is assigned to a specific regulator ( 1 thru 4).

+/-240 mA. This regulator has only one LVDT for each position

The regulator type is configured under "Regulators".

loop.

Figure 7-4. Pilot Valve Position Loop, One LVDT per Position Loop (2_LvpilotCyl)



VSVO

I/O Config


Reg2(exam)

RegNumber EnableCurSuic EnableFdbkSuic RegType DitherAmpl

4_LVp/cyl

Hardware

Gain

+-

Regn_Error

Suicide relays

SuicideForce

+ +

X

+-

Gain

X

D I D/A Ref1 D/A T H

+ +

Regn_NullCor

D D/A Ref2 I D/A T H Calib function

Cylinder fdbk

SuicideForce Regn_Fdbk

Servo coil; positive current to shutdown +

JR1 JS1 P2 J3 JT1 Dedicated connection

Two parallel drivers, on one coil or on separate coils. +

Current Driver Dedicated connection

Suicide

Servo_MA_Out


etc. Max + X + LVDT

LVDT1 input

Cur1

+ LVDT2 input -

Cur2 6 ccts per TB

Gain Offset

Scaling Function

Pilot Fdbkn

Pilot Position - Inner Loop LVDT3input

etc.

Max

PilotFdbkn

++


LVDT

-+

Gain Offset

Scaling Function

LVDT_Margin

X

LVDT

Fan Connection A/D

I/O Config

Current Driver

RD

Cylinder Position - Outer Loop

Regn_suicide

Signal Space


total of 4 ccts Servo_MA_Out

Pilot Fdbkn

Signal Space CalibEnabn

TSVO #1

RD

PilotGain RegNullBias 75% RegGain Regn_GainMod not used Regn_Ref

I/O Config

Software

Suicide Function

LVDT4input

LVDT1 LVDT2 LVDT3 LVDT4 LVDT5 LVDT6 LVDT7 LVDT8 LVDT9 LVDT10 LVDT11 LVDT12


. .

total of 12

LVDT

ccts


JR1 JS1 J4 JT1

TSVO #2

Diag, Suicide

LVDT1input

LVDT2, (exam)

LVDT2input

LVDT3

LVDT3input

LVDT7

LVDT4input

LVDT8

Servo_MA_Out


Servo scale selection

Notes: 1: where "n" in signal space has values 1 to 4 (i.e. four regulators) 2: where the output current drivers are configured under.... J3/J4: IS200TSVO... ServoOutputn...

The "4_LVp/Cyl" regulator type is used on low pressure hydraulic systems with an inner pilot position loop. In this case, two distinct outputs must be assigned to the same regulator. Each output will be configured for 120 mA, yielding a total output of

and where the output is assigned to a specific regulator ( 1 thru 4).

+/-240 mA. This regulator has two LVDTs for each position

The regulator type is configured under "Regulators".

loop, where the Max value is used.

Figure 7-5. Regulator for Pilot Valve, Two LVDTs per Position Loop (4_LVp/cyl)



There are applications where the position of a device must be monitored. Figure 7-6 shows three LVDTs monitoring a device position, using a mid-selector (median). Software

Hardware

TSVO #1

VSVO RD Current Driver

Suicide P2

+

D/A


total of 4 ccts

R

I/O MonitorType Config

Suicide

L o g i c

3_LVposMID (exam)

LVDT1input Monn

Mid Sel

LVDT2input

+ +

X

-

+

LVDT3input

Fan Connection

LVDT1 LVDT2

MxLVDT3_Vrms LVDT_Margin

Offset

Diag, Suicide

LVDT1input

LVDT2, (exam)

LVDT2input

LVDT5

LVDT3input

LVDT6


2 ccts per TB


Gain LVDT Scaling Function

MnLVDT3_Vrms

6 ccts per TB

Fan Connection

LVDT4

MaxPosvalue

I/O Config

A/D

LVDT3

MinPosvalue

T

LVDT

JR5 JS5 JT5

Signal Space

S


Insert Monitor (IO Config) 100 hz,up to 16 Monitors per card


JR1 JS1 J3 JT1


TSVO #2


JR1 JS1 J4 JT1

+



2 ccts per TB per Controller PRType

R

S

T

LVDT

PRScale

flow

FlowRate1

hz

Fan Connection

PR/D

PRType PRScale

flow

FlowRate2

P5

hz

JR5 JS5 JT5

6 ccts per TB Pulse Rate Pickup

PR/D Fan Connection

Notes: 1: where "n" in signal space has values 1 to 16 (i.e. up to 16 monitors)

second PR cct

2 ccts per TB

Figure 7-6. Servo Monitor with Three LVDTs



LVDT Auto Calibration A procedure can be used to calibrate the valve mounted LVDTs. From the toolbox a series of commands are made from the LVDT/R Calibration dialog box (refer to Figure 7-7). View position gain & offset constants for each LVDT

Force actuator to minimum end position (positive current, shutdown)

Calibrate; the system learns the voltage ranges for future use

Force actuator to maximum end position (negative current, maximum capacity)

Save the measured values to controller flash memory

Fix; take the measured values

Verify the performance by stroking the actuator under manual control, position ramping, or step current

Actual values for all regulators

Manual entry of actuator position

Figure 7-7. LVDT Auto Calibration Screen on the Toolbox

By selecting Calibration Mode-On, a full-screen real time trend of current and valve position displays. This is used to verify LVDT calibration and actuator performance.

Calibrate Sequence. The Min End Position command is sent to the VSVO board, which checks the permissive logic, then manipulates the valve current reference to the servo valve. The servo valve drives the actuator to its end stop where the LVDT voltage is read. Clicking the Max End Position button causes the actuator to be driven to the other end stop where the LVDT voltage is read again. The difference represents a known stroke. These voltage fixes are used in conjunction with the I/O configuration definition of the end stops to map the LVDT voltages into the actuator stroke, in engineering units. The normal voltage range is learned during the calibration, a margin is added, and the result is used for shutdown and diagnostic limits. For firmware revisions VSVO-EB and earlier, after 30 minutes with no activity, Calibration Mode automatically switches to Off, and servo motion can occur.



Verification. The three ways to verify servo performance through stroking the actuator are manual, position ramping, and step current. In manual mode, the desired value is entered numerically and the performance monitored from the trend recorder. Select Verify Position to apply a ramp to the actuator, and select Verify Current to apply a step input to the actuator. The trend recorder displays any abnormalities in the actuator stroke.



Generator Synchronization Top center is often known as top dead center.

This section describes the Mark VI Generator Synchronization system. Its purpose is to momentarily energize the breaker close coil, at the optimum time and with the correct amount of time anticipation, so as to close the breaker contact at top center on the synchroscope. Closure will be within one degree of top center. It is a requirement that a normally closed breaker auxiliary contact be used to interrupt the closing coil current. The synchronizing system consists of three basic functions, each with an output relay, with all three relays connected in series. All three functions have to be true (relay picked up) simultaneously before the system applies power to the breaker close coil. Normally there will be additional external permissive contacts in series with the Mark VI system, but it is required that they be permissives only, and that the precise timing of the breaker closure be controlled by the Mark VI system. The three functions are: •

Relay K25P, a synchronize permissive; turbine sequence status

•

Relay K25A, a synchronize check; checks that the slip and phase are within a window (rectangle shape); this window is configurable

•

Relay K25, an auto synchronize; optimizes for top dead center

The K25A relay should close before the K25 otherwise the synch check function will interfere with the auto synch optimizing. If this sequence is not executed, a diagnostic alarm will be posted, a lockout signal will be set true in signal space, and the application code may prevent any further attempts to synchronize until a reset is issued and the correct coordination is set up.

Hardware The synchronizing system interfaces to the breaker close coil via the TTUR terminal board as in Figure 7-8. Three Mark VI relays must be picked up, plus external permissives must be true, before a breaker closure can be made. The K25P relay is directly driven from the controller application code. In a TMR system, it is driven from , , and , using 2/3 logic voting. For a simplex system, it may be configured by jumper to be driven from only. The K25 relay is driven from the VTUR auto synch algorithm, which is managed by the controller application code. In a TMR system, it is driven from , , and , using 2/3 logic voting. Again for a simplex system, it may be configured by jumper to be driven from only. The K25A relay is located on TTUR, but is driven from the VPRO synch check algorithm, which is managed by the controller application code. The relay is driven from VPRO, , , and , using 2/3 logic voting in TREG/L/S. The synch check relay driver (located on TREG/L/S) is connected to the K25A relay coil (located on TTUR) through cabling through J2 to TRPG/L/S. It then goes through JR1 (and JS1, JT1) to J4 and VTUR, then J3, JR1 to TTUR. Both sides of the breaker close coil power bus must be connected to the TTUR board. This provides diagnostic information and also measures the breaker closure time, through the normally open breaker auxiliary contact for optimization. The breaker close circuit is rated to make (close) 10 amps at 125 VDC, but to open only 0.6 amps. A normally open auxiliary contact on the breaker is required to interrupt the closing coil current.



TTUR

Generator, PT secondary, nomin. 115 Vac, (75 to 130 Vac), 45 to 66 hz.

17

TTUR Cont'd P28 K25P K25

VTUR

Fan out connection JR1

J3

Slip +0.3 hz

J3 Cont'd

JR1 Cont'd

01

(0.1 hz)

JS1 Bus, PT secondary, nomin. 115 Vac, (75 to 130 Vac), 45 to 66 hz.

20

Gen lag

Phase +10 Deg Gen lead

02

L52G a

JT1 to

P125/24 VDC 03

+0.12 hz

to

2/3 RD

(0.25 hz)

18

19

2/3 RD

K25A

CB_Volts_OK

K25P

CB_K25P_PU L52G

Auto Synch Algorithm

CB_K25_PU

K25 K25A

CB_K25A_PU

04 05 06 07

52G b

Breaker Close Coil 08

J4

N125/24 VDC JR1

TRPG/L/S

JS1 JT1 J2 VPRO

TPRO

Generator, PT secondary, nomin. 115 Vac, (75 to 130 Vac), 45 to 66 hz.

1

Fan out connection JX1

J3 J6

Slip

2

3 4

L25A

JX1

+0.3 Hz

JY1 Bus, PT secondary, nomin. 115 Vac, (75 to 130 Vac), 45 to 66 hz.

J2 TREG/L/S

to JZ1 to

-10 Deg

+10 Deg Phase

K25A Relay Driver 2/3 RD

-0.3 Hz

Synch Check Algorithm

Figure 7-8. Generator Synchronizing System



Application Code The application code must sequence the turbine and bring it to a state where it is ready for the generator to synchronize with the system bus. For automatic synchronization, the code must: •

Match speeds

•

Match voltages

•

Energize the synch permissive relay, K25P

•

Arm (grant permission to) the synch check function (VPRO, K25A)

•

Arm (grant permission to) the auto synch function (VTUR, K25)

The following illustrations represent positive slip (Gen) and negative phase (Gen). Oscilloscope

V_Bus V_Gen

Voltage Phasors

time

SynchroScope

V_Bus V_Gen, Lagging

Figure 7-9. Generator Synchronizing System

Algorithm Descriptions This section describes the synchronizing algorithms in the VTUR I/O processor, and then VPRO.

Automatic Synchronization Control in VTUR (K25) VTUR runs the auto synch algorithm. Its basic function is to monitor two Potential Transformer (PT) inputs, generator and bus, to calculate phase and slip difference, and when armed (enabled) from the application code, and when the calculations anticipate top center, to attempt a breaker closure by energizing relay K25. The algorithm uses the zero voltage crossing technique to calculate phase, slip, and acceleration. It compensates for breaker closure time delay (configurable), with selfadaptive control when enabled, with configurable limits. It is interrupt driven and must have generator voltage to function. The configuration can manage the timing on two separate breakers. For details, refer to Figure 7-10. The algorithm has a bypass function, two signals for redundancy, to provide dead bus and Manual Breaker Closures. It anticipates top dead center, therefore it uses a projected window, based on current phase, slip, acceleration, and breaker closure time. To pickup K25, the generator must be currently lagging, have been lagging for the last 10 consecutive cycles, and projected (anticipated) to be leading when the breaker actually reaches closure. Auto synch will not allow the breaker to close with negative slip. In this fashion, assuming the correct breaker closure time has been acquired, and the synch check relay is not interfering, breaker closures with less than 1 degree error can be obtained.



Slip is the difference frequency (Hz), positive when the generator is faster than the bus. Positive phase means the generator is leading the bus, the generator is ahead in time, or the right hand side on the synchroscope. The standard window is fixed and is not configurable. However, a special window has been provided for synchronous condenser applications where a more permissive window is needed. It is selectable with a signal space Boolean and has a configurable slip parameter. The algorithm validates both PT inputs with a requirement of 50% nominal amplitude or greater; that is, they must exceed approximately 60 V rms before they are accepted as legitimate signals. This is to guard against cross talk under open circuit conditions. The monitor mode is used to verify that the performance of the system is correct, and to block the actual closure of the K25 relay contacts; it is used as a confidence builder. The signal space Input Gen_Sync_Lo will become true if the K25 contacts are closed when they should not be closed, or if the Synch Check K25A is not picked up before the Auto Synch K25. It is latched and can be reset with Synch_Reset. The algorithm compensates for breaker closure time delay, with a nominal breaker close time, provided in the configuration in milliseconds. This compensation is adjusted with self-adaptive control, based upon the measured breaker close time. The adjustment is made in increments of one cycle (16.6/20 ms) per breaker closure and is limited in authority to a configurable parameter. If the adjustment reaches the limit, a diagnostic alarm Breaker #n Slower/Faster Than Limits Allows is posted.



Signal Space, Outputs; Algorithm Inputs VTUR Config SystemFreq CB1CloseTime CB1AdaptLimt CB1AdapEnbl CB1FreqDiff CB1PhaseDiff etc. for CB2_Selected CB2 TTUR AS_Win_Sel 17 Generator, PT secondary 18

Slip

+0.3 Hz (0.25Hz)

L3window

+0.12 Hz (0.1Hz) +10 Deg Gen Lag

Signal Space, inputs Algorithm Outputs

Phase Gen Lead

GenFreq BusFreq GenVoltsDiff GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff CB1CloseTime CB2CloseTime

Phase, Slip, Freq, Amplitude, Bkr Close Time, Calculators

19 Bus, PT secondary 20

Gen lagging (10)

19 L52G a

20 L52G

Sync_Perm_AS, L83AS

AND

PT Signal Validation L3window

AND

L52G Sync_Bypass1 Sync_Bypass0 Gen voltage

Ckt_Bkr

AND

OR

L25_Command

Min close pulse Max(6,bkr close time)

TTUR K25

CB_Volts_OK CB_K25P_PU CB_K25_PU CB_K25A_PU

Sync_Monitor Sync_Perm Synch_Reset

AND Diagn

Gen_Sync_LO

CB_Volts_OK CB_K25P_PU CB_K25_PU CB_K25A_PU

Figure 7-10. Automatic Synchronizing on VTUR

Synchronization Check in VPRO (K25A) The synch check algorithm is performed in the VPRO boards. Its basic function is to monitor two Potential Transformer (PT) inputs, and to calculate generator and bus voltage amplitudes and frequencies, phase, and slip. When it is armed (enabled) from the application code, and when the calculations determine that the input variables are within the requirements, the relay K25A will be energized. The above limits are configurable. The algorithm uses the phase lock loop technique to derive the above input variables, and is therefore relatively immune from noise disturbances. For details, refer to Figure 7-11.



The algorithm has a bypass function to provide dead bus closures. The window in this algorithm is the current window, not the projected window (as used on the auto synch function), therefore it does not include anticipation. The Synch Check will allow the breaker to close with negative slip. Slip is the difference frequency (Hz), positive when the Generator is faster than the Bus. Positive phase means the generator is leading the Bus, the Generator is ahead in time, or the right hand side on the synchroscope. The window is configurable and both phase and slip are adjustable within predefined limits. Signal Space, Outputs; Algorithm Inputs VPRO Config SynchCheck used/unused SystemFreq FreqDiff TurbRPM PhaseDiff *ReferFreq PR_Std

+0.3 Hz

Gen Lag

DriveFreq

BusFreq GenFreq GenVoltsDiff GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff

Phase Lock Loop Phase, Slip, Freq, Amplitude Calculations

2 3

Bus, PT secondary

Signal Space, inputs; Algorithm Outputs

Gen Lead

center freq

1 Generator, PT secondary

L3window

+10 Deg Phase

PR1/PR2 TPRO

Slip

4 GenVolts GenVoltage

6.9 BusVolts

BusVoltage

6.9 GenVoltsDiff

VoltageDiff

2.8

A A>B B

L3GenVolts

A L3BusVolts A>B AND B A A
L3window

AND

SynCk_Perm

OR

SynCk_Bypass L3GenVolts

AND

dead bus

L3BusVolts *Note: "ReferFreq" is a configuration parameter, used to make a selection of the variable that is used to establish the center frequency of the "Phase Lock Loop". It allows a choise between: (a): "PR_Std" using speed input , PulseRate1, on a single shaft application; speed input, PulseRate2,on all multiple shaft applications. (b): or "SgSpace", the Generator freq (Hz), from signal space (application code), "DriveFreq". Choise (b) is used when (a) is not applicable.

L25A_Command TREG/L/S TRPG/L/S VTUR RD

TTUR K25A

Figure 7-11. Synchronization Check on VTUR



Configuration VTUR configuration of the auto synch function is shown in Table 7-1. The configuration is located under J3 J5: IS200VTUR, signal Ckt_Bkr. Table 7-1. VTUR Auto Synch Configuration VTUR Parameter

Description

Selection Choice

SystemFreq

System Frequency

50 Hz, 60 Hz

CB1CloseTime

Breaker #1 closing time

0 to 500 ms

CB1AdaptLimt

Breaker #1 adaption limit

0 to 500 ms

CB1AdaptEnabl

Breaker #1 adaption enable

Enable, disable

CB1FreqDiff

Breaker #1 allowable frequency difference for the special window

0.15 to 0.66 Hz

CB1PhaseDiff

Breaker #1 allowable phase difference for the special window

0 to 20 degrees

CB2CloseTime

Breaker #2 closing time

0 to 500 ms

CB2AdaptLimt

Breaker #2 adaption limit

0 to 500 ms

CB2AdaptEnabl

Breaker #2 adaption enable

Enable, disable

CB2FreqDiff

Breaker #2 allowable frequency difference for the special window

0.15 to 0.66 Hz

CB2PhaseDiff

Breaker #2 allowable phase difference for the special window

0 to 20 degrees

VPRO configuration of the Synch Check Function is shown in Table 7-2. The configuration is located under J3: IS200TREX, signal K25A_Fdbk. Table 7-2. VTUR Auto Synch Configuration VPRO Parameter

Description

Selection Choice

SynchCheck

Enable

Used, unused

SystemFreq

System Frequency

50 Hz, 60 Hz

ReferFreq

Phase Lock Loop center frequency

PR_Std, SgSpace Where PR_Std means use PulseRate1 on a single shaft application - use PulseRate2 on all multiple shaft applications SgSpace means use generator freq (Hz), from signal space (application code), DriveFreq

TurbRPM

Load Turbine rated RPM

0 to 20,000 Used to compensate for driving gear ratio between the turbine and the generator

VoltageDiff

Allowable voltage difference

1 to 1,000

FreqDiff

Allowable freq difference

0 to 0.5 Hz

PhaseDiff

Allowable phase difference

0 to 30 degrees

GenVoltage

Allowable minimum gen voltage

1 to 1,000

Engineering units, kV or percent

BusVoltage

Allowable minimum bus voltage

1 to 1,000





This section defines all inputs and outputs in signal space that are available to the application code for synchronization control. The breaker closure is not given directly from the application code, rather the synchronizing algorithms, located in the I/O boards, are armed from this code. In special situations the synch relays are operated directly from the application code, for example when there is a dead bus. The VTUR signal space interface for the Auto Synch function is shown in Table 7-3. Table 7-3. VTUR Auto Synch Signal Space Interface VTUR Signal Space Output

Description

Comments

Sync_Perm_AS

Auto Synch permissive

Traditionally known as L83AS

Sync_Perm

Synch permissive mode, L25P

Traditionally known as L25P; interface to control the K25P relay

Sync_Monitor

Auto Synch monitor mode

Traditionally known as L83S_MTR; enables the Auto Synch function, except it blocks the K25 relays from picking up

Sync_Bypass1

Auto Synch bypass

Traditionally known as L25_BYPASS; to pickup L25 for Dead Bus or Manual Synch

Sync_Bypass0

Auto Synch bypass

Traditionally known as L25_BYPASSZ; to pickup L25 for Dead Bus or Manual Synch

CB2 Selected

#2 Breaker is selected

Traditionally known as L43SAUTO2; to use the breaker close time associated with Breaker #2

AS_WIN_SEL

Special Auto Synch window

New function, used on synchronous condenser applications to give a more permissive window

Synch_Reset

Auto Synch reset

Traditionally known as L86MR_TCEA; to reset the synch Lockout function

Ckt_BKR

Breaker State (feedback)

Traditionally known as L52B_SEL

CB_Volts_OK

Breaker Closing Coil Voltage is present

Used in diagnostics

CB_K25P_PU

Breaker Closing Coil Voltage is Used in diagnostics present downstream of the K25P relay contacts

CB_K25_PU

Breaker Closing Coil Voltage is present downstream of the K25 relay contacts

CB_K25A_PU

Breaker Closing Coil Voltage is Used in diagnostics present downstream of the K25A relay contacts

Gen_Sync_LO

Synch Lock out

Traditionally known as L30AS1 or L30AS2; it is a latched signal requiring a reset to clear (Synch_Reset). It detects a K25 relay problem (picked up when it should be dropped out) or a slow Synch Check (relay K25A) function

L25_Comand

Breaker Close Command to the K25 relay

Traditionally known as L25

GenFreq

Generator frequency

Hz

VTUR Signal Space Inputs


Used in diagnostics


BusFreq

Bus frequency

Hz

GenVoltsDiff

Difference Voltage between the Generator and the Bus


GenFreqDiff

Difference Frequency between the Generator and the Bus

Hz

GenPhaseDiff

Difference Phase between the Generator and the Bus

Degree

CB1CloseTime

Breaker #1 measured close time

ms

CB2CloseTime

Breaker #2 measured close time

ms

GenPT_Kvolts

Generator Voltage


BusPT_Kvolts

Bus Voltage


The VPRO signal space interface for the Synch Check function is shown in Table 7-4. Table 7-4. VPRO Synch Check Signal Space Interface VPRO Signal Space Outputs

Description

Comments

SynCk_Perm

Synch Check permissive

Traditionally known as L25X_PERM

SynCk_ByPass

Synch Check bypass

Traditionally known as L25X_BYPASS; used for dead bus closure

DriveRef

Drive (generator) frequency (Hz) Traditionally known as TND_PC; used only for nonused for Phase Lock Loop center standard drives where the center frequency can not be frequency derived from the pulserate signals

VPRO Signal Space Inputs K25A_Fdbk

Feedback from K25A relay

L25A_Cmd

The synch check relay close command

Traditionally known as L25X

BusFreq

Bus frequency

Traditionally known as SFL2, Hz

GenFreq

Generator frequency

Hz

GenVoltsDiff

The difference voltage between the gen and bus

Traditionally known as DV_ERR, engineering units kV or percent

GenFreqDiff

The difference frequency (slip) between the gen and bus

Traditionally known as SFDIFF2, Hz

GenPhaseDiff

The difference phase between the gen and bus

Traditionally known as SSDIFF2, degrees

GenPT_Kvolts

Generator voltage

Traditionally known as DV, engineering units kV or percent

BusPT_Kvolts

Bus voltage

Traditionally known as SVL, engineering units kV or percent



VTUR Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function L3BKR_GXS – Synch Check Relay is Slow. This means that K25 (auto synch) has picked up, but K25A (synch check) or K25P has not picked up, or there is no breaker closing voltage source. If it is due to a slow K25A relay, the breaker will close but the K25A is interfering with the K25 optimization. It will cause the input signal Gen_Sync_LO to become TRUE. L3BKR_GES – Auto Synch Relay is Slow. This means the K25 (auto synch) relay has not picked up when it should have, or the K25P is not picked up, or there is no breaker closing voltage source. It will cause the input signal Gen_Sync_LO to become TRUE. Breaker #1 Slower than Adjustment Limit Allows. This means, on breaker #1, the self-adaptive function adjustment of the Breaker Close Time has reached the allowable limit and can not make further adjustments to correct the Breaker Close Time. Breaker #2 Slower than Adjustment Limit Allows. This means, on breaker #2, the self-adaptive function adjustment of the Breaker Close Time has reached the allowable limit and can not make further adjustments to correct the Breaker Close Time. Synchronization Trouble – K25 Relay Locked Up. This means the K25 relay is picked up when it should not be. It will cause the input signal Gen_Sync_LO to become TRUE.

VPRO Diagnostics for the Auto Synch Function K25A Relay (synch check) Driver mismatch requested state. This means VPRO cannot establish a current path from VPRO to the TREx terminal board. K25A Relay (synch check) Coil trouble, cabling to P28V on TTUR. This means the K25A relay is not functional; it could be due to an open circuit between the TREx and the TTUR terminal boards or to a missing P28 V source on the TTUR terminal board.

Hardware Verification Procedure The hardware interface may be verified by forcing the three synchronizing relays, individually or in combination. If the breaker close coil is connected to the TTUR terminal board, then the breaker must be disabled so as not to actually connect the generator to the system bus.


1.

Operate the K25P relay by forcing output signal Sync_Perm found under VTUR, card points. Verify that the K25P relay is functional by probing TTUR screws 3 and 4. The application code has direct control of this relay.

2.

Simulate generator voltage on TTUR screws 17 and 18. Operate the K25 relay by forcing TTUR, card point output signals Sync_Bypass1 =1, and Sync_Bypass0 = 0. Verify that the K25 relay is functional by probing screws 4 and 5 on TTUR.

3.

Simulate generator voltage on TPRO screws 1 and 2. Operate the K25A relay by forcing TPRO, card point output signals SynCK_Bypass =1, and SynCk_Perm 1. The bus voltage must be zero (dead bus) for this test to be functional. Verify that the K25A relay is functional by probing screws 5 and 6 on TTUR.


Synchronization Simulation Ø To simulate a synchronization 1.

Disable the breaker

2.

Establish the center frequency of the VPRO PLL; this depends on the VPRO configuration, under J3:IS200TREx, signal K25A_Fdbk, ReferFreq. a. If ReferFreq is configured PR_Std, and
~~is configured for a single shaft machine, then apply rated speed (frequency) to input PulseRate1; that is TPRO screw pairs 31/32, 37/38, and 43/44. b. If ReferFreq is configured PR_Std and~~
is configured for a multiple shaft machine, then apply rated speed (frequency) to input PulseRate 2, that is TPRO screw pairs 33/34, 39/40, and 45/46. c. If ReferFreq is configured SgSpace, force VPRO signal space output DriveRef to 50 or 60 (Hz), depending on the system frequency.

3.

Apply the bus voltage, a nominal 115 V ac, 50/60 Hz, to TTUR screws 19 and 20, and to TPRO screws 3 and 4.

4.

Apply the generator voltage, a nominal 115 V ac, adjustable frequency, to TTUR screws 17 and 18 and to TPRO screws 1 and 2. Adjust the frequency to a value to give a positive slip, that is VTUR signal GenFreqDiff of 0.1 to 0.2 Hz. (10 to 5 sec scope).

5.

Force the following signals to the TRUE state: •

VTUR, Sync_Perm, then K25P should pick up

•

VTUR, Sync_Perm_AS, then K25 should pulse when the voltages are in phase

•

VPRO, SynCK_Perm, then K25A should pulse when the voltages are in phase

6.

Verify that the TTUR breaker close interface circuit, screws 3 to 7, is being made (contacts closed) when the voltages are in phase.

7.

Run a trend chart on the following signals: •

VPRO: GenFreqDiff, GenPhaseDiff, L25A_Command, K25A_Fdbk

•

VTUR: GenFreqDiff, GenPhaseDiff, L25_Command, CB_K25_PU, CB_K25A_PU

8.

Use an oscilloscope, voltmeter, synchroscope, or a light to verify that the relays are pulsing at approximately the correct time.

9.

Examine the trend chart and verify that the correlation between the phase and the close commands is correct.

10. Increase the slip frequency to 0.5 Hz and verify that K25 and K25A stop pulsing and are open. 11. Return the slip frequency to 0.1 to 0.2 Hz, and verify that K25 and K25A are pulsing. Reduce the generator voltage to 40 V ac and verify that K25 and K25A stop pulsing and are open.



Overspeed Protection Logic Figures 7-12 through 7-32 define the protection algorithms coded in the VPRO firmware. VTUR contains similar algorithms. A parameter configurable from the toolbox is illustrated with the abbreviation CFG(xx), where xx indicates the configuration location. Some parameters/variables are followed with an SS indicating they are outputs from Signal Space (meaning they are driven from the CSDBase); other variables are followed with IO indicating they are hardware I/O points. CONTACT INPUT TRIPS:

,CFG ,SS (SS)

== == ==

Notes: VPRO config data from signal space to signal space

L5ESTOP1, (SS)

KESTOP1_Fdbk, IO

L5ESTOP1

L86MR, SS

L5ESTOP2, (SS)

KESTOP2_Fdbk, IO

L5ESTOP2

ESTOP2 TRIP L86MR, SS

vcmi_master_keepalive

L3SS_Comm, (SS)

A A>=B B

3

Trip_Mode1, CFG

Contact1, IO

ESTOP1 TRIP

Direct, CNST

A A=B B

Conditional, CNST

A A=B B

Trip1_En_Dir

Trip1_En_Cond

Trip1_En_Dir

Trip1_En_Cond

Trip1_Inhbt, SS L3SS_Comm

L5Cont1_Trip, (SS) CONTACT1 TRIP

TDPU

TrpTimeDelay (sec.), CFG (J3, Contact1) L5Cont1_Trip

L86MR, SS

Trip1_Inhbt, SS

Inhbt_T1_Fdbk, (SS)

Figure 7-12. VPRO Protection Logic - Contact Inputs



CONTACT INPUT TRIPS (CONT.): Trip_Mode2, CFG

Contact2, IO

Direct, CNST

A A=B B

Conditional, CNST

A A=B B

Trip2_En_Dir

Trip2_En_Cond

Trip2_En_Dir

Trip2_En_Cond



TDPU


L86MR, SS

Trip2_Inhbt, SS

Inhbt_T2_Fdbk, (SS)

Trip_Mode3, CFG

Contact3, IO

Direct, CNST

A A=B B

Conditional, CNST

A A=B B

Trip3_En_Dir

Trip3_En_Cond

Trip3_En_Dir

Trip3_En_Cond



TDPU


L86MR, SS

Trip3_Inhbt, SS

Inhbt_T3_Fdbk, (SS)

Figure 7-13. VPRO Protection Logic - Contact Inputs (continued)




Contact4, IO

Direct, CNST

A A=B B

Conditional, CNST

A A=B B

Trip4_En_Dir

Trip4_En_Cond

Trip4_En_Dir

Trip4_En_Cond

Trip4_Inhibit, SS L3SS_Comm


TDPU


L86MR, SS

Trip4_Inhbt, SS

Inhbt_T4_Fdbk, (SS)

Trip_Mode5, CFG

Contact5, IO

Direct, CNST

A A=B B

Conditional, CNST

A A=B B

Trip5_En_Dir

Trip5_En_Cond

Trip5_En_Dir

Trip5_En_Cond



TDPU


L86MR, SS

Trip5_Inhbt, SS

Inhbt_T5_Fdbk, (SS)





Contact6, IO

Direct, CNST

A A=B B

Conditional, CNST

A A=B B

Trip6_En_Dir

Trip6_En_Cond

Trip6_En_Dir

Trip6_En_Cond



TDPU


L86MR, SS

Trip6_Inhbt, SS

Inhbt_T6_Fdbk, (SS)

Trip_Mode7, CFG

Contact7, IO

Direct, CNST

A A=B B

Conditional, CNST

A A=B B

Trip7_En_Dir

Trip7_En_Cond

Trip7_En_Dir

Trip7_En_Cond



TDPU


L86MR, SS

Trip7_Inhbt, SS

Inhbt_T7_Fdbk, (SS)




OnLineOS1

OnlineOS1Tst, SS

Online OverSpeed Test

OnlineOS1X, SS

OnlineOS1X, SS A TDPU 1.5 sec B

OnlineOS1x, SS

L97EOST_ONLZ

L97EOST_ONLZ

L97EOST_RE Reset pulse

L86MRX

L86MR, SS

L97EOST_RE

OnLineOS1X, SS L97EOST_ONLZ

L97EOST_RE, Reset Pulse

1.5 sec

Figure 7-16. VPRO Protection Logic - Online Overspeed Test



OS1_Setpoint , SS RPM OS_Setpoint, CFG (J5, PulseRate1)

RPM

A A-B

|A|

A

A

B

A>B 1 RPM

OS1_SP_CfgEr System Alarm, if the two setpoints don't agree

B

A Min B OS_Setpoint_PR1

OS_Stpt_PR1 A Mult

0.04

B OS_Tst_Delta CFG(J5, PulseRate1) RPM

A A

A+B

Min

B

zero

B

OfflineOS1test, SS OnlineOS1

PulseRate1, IO

A A>=B

OS_Setpoint_PR1

B

OS1_Trip

OS1

OS1_Trip

OS1

Overspeed Trip L86MRX

Figure 7-17. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed Trip, HP



PR_Zero 1 0

PulseRate1, IO

CFG

A

RPM

PR1_Zero

A
Zero_Speed, CFG(J5,PulseRate1)

Hyst

B

+ 1 RPM

_

A

Min_Speed, CFG (J5, PulseRate1) S (Der)

PR1_Accel

PR1_Min

A>B B A

PR1_Dec

A
B A

Acc_Setpoint, CFG (J5,PulseRate1)

PR1_Acc

A>B B

Dec1_Trip

PR1_DEC

Decel Trip Dec1_Trip

L86MR,SS

Acc_Trip, CFG (J5, PulseRate1) Enable

PR1_ACC

Acc1_TrEnab

Acc1_Trip Accel Trip

Acc1_Trip

L86MR,SS

*Note: where 100% is defined as the configured value of OS_Stpt_PR1

Figure 7-18. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed Trip, HP (continued)



OS1_SP_CfgEr L5CFG1_Trip

L5CFG1_Trip

PR1_Zero

HP Config Trip

L86MR,SS PR1_Max_Rst

PR_Max_Rst PR1_Zero_Old

PR1_Zero

PR1_Zero

0.00 PR1_Max_Rst PulseRate1

PR1_Zero

Max

PR1_Max

PR1_Zero_Old

Figure 7-19. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed Trip, HP (continued)



OS2_Setpoint , SS

A

RPM

A-B

OS_Setpoint, CFG

|A|

B

(J5, PulseRate2) RPM

A

A

OS2_SP_CfgEr

A>B 1 RPM

System Alarm, if the two setpoints don't agree

B

A Min B OS_Setpoint_PR2

OS_Stpt_PR2 A 0.04 OS_Tst_Delta CFG(J5, PulseRate2)

A

Mult

A

A+B

B

Min

B

RPM

zero

B

OfflineOS2test, SS OnlineOS2

PulseRate2, IO

A A>=B

OS_Setpoint_PR2

OS2

B

OS2_Trip

OS2

Overspeed Trip OS2_Trip

L86MR,SS

Figure 7-20. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed LP



PulseRate2, IO

A

PR2_Zero

A
B A

Min_Speed, CFG (J5, PulseRate2) PR2_Accel

S (Der)

PR2_Min

A>B B A

PR2_Dec

A
B A

Acc_Setpoint, CFG (J5,PulseRate2)

PR2_Acc

A>B B

Dec2_Trip

PR2_DEC

Decel Trip LP

Dec2_Trip

L86MR,SS

Acc_Trip, CFG (J5, PulseRate2) PR2_ACC

PR2_MIN

Acc2_Trip

Enable Acc2_TrEnab

Acc2_Trip Accel Trip LP

L86MR,SS


Figure 7-21. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed LP (continued)



OS2_SP_CfgEr

L5CFG2_Trip

PR2_Zero

LP Config Trip

L5CFG2_Trip L86MR,SS

PR2_Max_Rst

PR_Max_Rst PR2_Zero

PR2_Zero_Old

PR2_Zero

0.00 PR2_Max_Rst

Max

PR2_Max

PulseRate2 PR2_Zero_Old

PR2_Zero

PR1_MIN LPShaftLocked

PR2_Zero

LockRotorByp

LPShaftLocked

L86MR, SS

Figure 7-22. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed LP (continued)



OS3_Setpoint , SS

A

RPM

A-B

OS_Setpoint, CFG (J5, PulseRate3)

|A|

B

RPM

A

A

OS3_SP_CfgEr

A>B 1 RPM

B

System Alarm, if the two setpoints don't agree

A Min B OS_Stpt_PR3 A

OS_Tst_Delta CFG(J5, PulseRate3)

A

Mult

A

B

Min

0.04

OS_Setpoint_PR3

zero

A+B B

B

RPM

OfflineOS3tst, SS OnlineOS3tst, SS

PulseRate3, IO

A A>=B

OS_Setpoint_PR3

OS3

B

OS3_Trip

OS3

Overspeed Trip

OS3_Trip

L86MRX

Figure 7-23. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed IP



PulseRate3, IO

A

PR3_Zero

A
B A

Min_Speed, CFG (J5, PulseRate3) S (Der)

PR3_Accel

PR3_Min

A>B B

A

PR3_Dec

A
B A

PR3_Acc

A>B Acc_Setpoint, CFG (J5,PulseRate3)

B

Dec3_Trip

PR3_DEC

Decel Trip IP Dec3_Trip

L86MR,SS

Acc_Trip, CFG (J5, PulseRate3) PR3_ACC Acc3_Trip

PR3_MIN

Enable Acc3_TrEnab

Acc3_Trip Accel Trip IP

L86MR,SS


Figure 7-24. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed IP (continued)



OS3_SP_CfgEr L5CFG3_Trip

L5CFG3_Trip

PR3_Zero L86MR,SS

PR3_Max_Rst

PR_Max_Rst PR3_Zero_Old

IP Config Trip

PR3_Zero

PR3_Zero

0.00 PR3_Max_Rst PulseRate3

PR3_Zero

Max

PR3_Max

PR3_Zero_Old

Figure 7-25. VPRO Protection Logic - Overspeed IP (continued)



Notes: == VPRO config data == from signal space == to signal space

,CFG ,SS (SS)

TC1 (SS) TC2 (SS)

TC_MED(SS)

MED

TC3 (SS) Zero OTSPBias(SS)

MAX

OTBias,SS L3SS_Comm OTBias_RampP,CFG OTBias_RampN,CFG OTBias_Dflt,CFG

MED

A A+B

A

B

A-B B

-1

Z

TC_MED

A

Overtemp_Trip,CFG

OTSPBias

A

A>=B

A-B

B

B

L26T

OTSetpoint(SS)

OT_Trip_Enable,CFG OT_Trip (SS)

L26T

OT_Trip

L86MR,SS

Figure 7-26. VPRO Protection Logic - Over-temperature



RatedRPM_TA, CFG (VPRO, Config)

RPM_94% RPM_103.5% RPM_106% RPM_116% RPM_1%

Calc Trip Anticipate Speed references

RPM_116% OS1_TATrpSp,SS RPM

A A
TA_StptLoss,SS

Alarm L30TA

OR

A A
TA_Spd_SP RPM_106%

RPM_1%/sec Rate

TA_Spd_SP

Ramp

RPM_94%

TA_Spd_SPX, RPM

Reset

(Out=In)

TrpAntcptTst PulseRate1, IO,

RPM_1%

RPM

SteamTurbOnly

Trp_Anticptr

A Trp_Anticptr A
TA_Trip,SS

Trip Anticipator Trip L12TA_TP

Figure 7-27. VPRO Protection Logic - Trip Anticipation



L5Cont_Trip L5Cont1_Trip

Contact Trip

L5Cont2_Trip L5Cont3_Trip L5Cont4_Trip L5Cont5_Trip L5Cont6_Trip L5Cont7_Trip

Turbine_Type, CFG (VPRO Crd_Cfg)

SteamTurb Only

LargeSteam MediumSteam

Configured Steam Turbine only, not including Stag

SmallSteam

ComposTrip1A

OS1_Trip

Composite Trip 1A

Dec1_Trip L5CFG1_Trip L5Cont_Trip Acc1_Trip Cross_Trip, SS

SteamTurbOnly

OT_Trip LM_2Shaft LM_3Shaft

HPZero SpdByp,SS

PR1__Zero

L3Z

LMTripZEnabl, CFG(VPRO) Figure 7-28. VPRO Protection Logic - Trip Logic



GT_2Shaft

OS2_Trip

ComposTrip1B

Composite Trip 1B

ComposTrip1

Composite Trip 1

Dec2_Trip LM_2Shaft L5CFG2_Trip LM_3Shaft Acc2_Trip LPShaftLocked LM_3Shaft

OS3_Trip Dec3_Trip L5CFG3_Trip Acc3_Trip

ComposTrip1A ComposTrip1B

Turbine_Type, CFG (VPRO) ComposTrip1

ComposTrip2

Stag_GT_1Sh

Composite Trip 2

Stag_GT_1Sh OS1_Trip Dec1_Trip L5CFG1_Trip L5Cont_Trip Acc1_Trip Cross_Trip, SS

Figure 7-29. VPRO Protection Logic - Trip Logic (continued)



RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K1_Fdbk) used TA_Trip

TestETR1

ComposTrip1

ETR1_Enab

L5ESTOP1 x

ETR1

Trip Relay, Energize to Run

x

TRES,TREL*

ETR1

KE1*

SOL1_Vfdbk KE1_Enab TDPU used

TA_Trp_Enabl1 CFG(VPRO_CRD,CFG)

RelayOutput, CFG( J3,KE1_Vfdbk)

Economizing Relay, Energize to Econ, KE1, J3

2 sec RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K2_Fdbk) used TA_Trip

TestETR2

ComposTrip1

ETR2_Enab

L5ESTOP1 x

ETR2

x


TRES,TREL*

ETR2

SOL2_Vfdbk

KE2*

KE2_Enab TDPU

used



RelayOutput, CFG(J3,KE2_Vfdbk)

2 sec RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K3_Fdbk) L97EOST_ONLZ Large Steam

used TA_Trip

ComposTrip1 TestETR3

ETR3_Enab

L5ESTOP1 x

ETR3

x


TRES,TREL*

ETR3

KE3*





2 sec

Note: * Functions, L5ESTOP1 & KEx are not included in the TRES, TREL TB applications. They are included only in the TREG applications.

Figure 7-30. VPRO Protection Logic - ETR 1, 2, and 3



RelayOutput, CFG( J43,K4_Fdbk) used TA_Trip

TestETR4

ComposTrip1

ETR4_Enab

L5ESTOP2 x

ETR4


x

TRES,TREL*

ETR4

KE4*



RelayOutput, CFG( J4,KE4_Vfdbk)


2 sec RelayOutput, CFG( J4,K5_Fdbk) ComposTrip1

used ETR5_Enab

L5ESTOP2 x

ETR5

x


TRES,TREL*

ETR5

SOL5_Vfdbk

KE5*

KE5_Enab TDPU

used



2 sec RelayOutput, CFG( J4,K3_Fdbk) used ComposTrip2

ETR6_Enab

L5ESTOP2 x

ETR6

x


TRES,TREL*

ETR6

KE6*




2 sec

Note: * Functions, L5ESTOP2 and are not included in the TRES, TREL TB applications. They are included only in the TREG applications.

Figure 7-31. VPRO Protection Logic - ETR 4, 5, and 6



CFG(J3, K25K_Fdbk) SynchCheck(Used, Unused) VoltageDiff SystemFreq(50,60) TurbRPM ReferFreq FreqDiff PhaseDiff GenVoltage BusVoltage

SynCk_Perm, SS SynCk_ByPass, SS

GenFreq, SS

Synch Check Function

BusFreq, SS GenVolts, SS

Slip

BusVolts, SS GenFreqDiff, SS Phase

DriveFreq

GenPhaseDiff, SS GenVoltsDiff, SS

GenPT_KVolts, IO BusPT_KVolts, IO

ComposTrip1

K4CL_Enab

Synch Window

OnlineOS1Tst

L25A_Cmd, IO

K4CL

Used

Servo Clamp Relay, Energize to Clamp, K4CL

RelayOutput, CFG (J3,K4CL_Fdbk)

L25A_Cmd

K25A_Enab

K25A

Used SynchCheck, CFG (J3,K25A_Fdbk)

Synch Check Relay Energize to Close Breaker, K25A on TTUR via TREG

Figure 7-32. VPRO Protection Logic - Servo Clamp



Inputs

Inputs

TPRO, J5 Speeds, PR

TREG, J3

ESTOP1

Trip Interlocks

TPRO, J6 PulseRate1

Gen Volts

PulseRate2

Bus Volts

PulseRate3

Thermocouples

GenPT_KVolts BusPT_KVolts TC1* TC2*

KESTOP1_Fdbk

TC3*

Contact1

ColdJunction

Contact2 Contact3

Analog Inputs

AnalogIn1 AnalogIn2 AnalogIn3

Contact4 Contact5 Contact6 Contact7 Voltage to solenoid, feedback Trip Relay feedback

Econ Relay feedback Clamp Relay feedback Synch Check Relay feedback

Sol2_Vfdbk

ETR1

Sol3_Vfdbk

ETR2

K1_Fdbk*

ETR3

K2_Fdbk*

KE1

K3_Fdbk*

KE2

KE1_Fdbk

KE3

KE2_Fdbk

K4CL

KE3_Fdbk

K25A

K4CL_Fdbk K25A_Fdbk

Voltage to solenoid, feedback Trip Relay feedback

ETR6 KESTOP2_Fdbk

KE4

Sol4_Vfdbk

KE5

Sol5_Vfdbk

KE6

TREG, J3 Relays KX1, KY1, KZ1 Relays KX2, KY2, KZ2 Relays KX3, KY3, KZ3 Relay KE1 Relay KE2 Relay KE3 Relay K4CL Relay K25A TREG, J4 Relays KX1, KY1, KZ1 Relays KX2, KY2, KZ2 Relays KX3, KY3, KZ3 Relay KE4 Relay KE5 Relay KE6

Sol6_Vfdbk K4_Fdbk* K5_Fdbk K6_Fdbk

Econ Relay feedback

ETR4 ETR5

TREG, J4 ESTOP2

Outputs:

Sol1_Vfdbk

KE4_Fdbk

*Note: Each signal appears three times in the CSDB; declared Simplex.

KE5_Fdbk KE6_Fdbk

Figure 7-33. VPRO Protection Logic - Hardware I/O Definition



Inputs PulseRate1 PulseRate2 PulseRate3 KESTOP1_Fdbk Contact1 Contact2 Contact3 Contact4 Contact5 Contact6 Contact7

Signal Space TPRO,J5 Speeds, RPM

OS1_SP_CfgErr OS2_SP_CfgErr OS3_SP_CfgErr

Config Alarm

Contacts

ComposTrip1 ComposTrip2 ComposTrip3 L5CFG1_Trip L5CFG2_Trip L5CFG3_Trip OS1_Trip OS2_Trip OS3_Trip Dec1_Trip Dec2_Trip Dec3_Trip Acc1_Trip Acc2_Trip Acc3_Trip LPShaftLock

Composite Trips

*K1_Fdbk *K2_Fdbk *K3_Fdbk

Trip Relay feedback

KE1_Fdbk KE2_Fdbk KE3_Fdbk

Econ Relay feedback

KESTOP2_Fdbk Sol4_Vfdbk Sol5_Vfdbk Sol6_Vfdbk *K4_Fdbk K5_Fdbk K6_Fdbk KE4_Fdbk KE5_Fdbk KE6_Fdbk GenPT_KVolts BusPT_KVolts

Zero Speed

TREG, J3

Voltage to solenoid, feedback

K25A_Fdbk

PR1_Zero PR2_Zero PR3_Zero

Signal Space

ESTOP1

Sol1_Vfdbk Sol2_Vfdbk Sol3_Vfdbk

K4CL_Fdbk

Inputs

Clamp Relay feedback Synch Check Relay feedback

TA_Trip TA_StptLoss OT_Trip

Trip Relay feedback

L5ESTOP1 L5ESTOP2 L5Cont1_Trip L5Cont2_Trip L5Cont3_Trip L5Cont4_Trip L5Cont5_Trip L5Cont6_Trip L5Cont7_Trip

Econ Relay feedback

mA1_Trip mA2_Trip mA3_Trip

ESTOP2

TREG, J4


TPRO,J6 Gen Volts Bus Volts

*TC1 *TC2 *TC3 ColdJunction

Thermocouples

AnalogIn1 AnalogIn2

Analog Inputs

AnalogIn3

L25A_Cmd GenFreq BusFreq GenVolts BusVolts GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff GenVoltsDiff PR1_Accel PR2_Accel PR3_Accel PR1_Max PR2_Max PR3_Max

Outputs:

Config Trip Synch Check

Overspd Trips Dec Trips

SynCk_Perm SynCk_ByPass Cross_Trip

Overspeed Test

Accel Trips LP Shaft Locked Trip Trip Trip Antic Bypass Ovrtemp Diagn Trip checking ESTOPs Contact Trips

OnLineOS1Tst OnLineOS1X OnLineOS2Tst OnLineOS3Tst OffLineOS1Tst OffLineOS2Tst OffLineOS3Tst TrpAntcptTst LockRotorByp HPZeroSpdByp PTR1 PTR2 PTR3 PTR4 PTR5 PTR6

Overspeed Setpoints

OS1_Setpoint OS2_Setpoint OS3_Setpoint

TA Setpoint

OS1_TATrpSP CPD

Misc Trips Relay Test Synch Check

Accel

Cold Junction Backup VCMI (Mstr) Reset Max speed Reset Gen Center Freq

TestETR1 TestETR2 TestETR3 TestETR4 CJBackup L86MR PR_Max_Rst DriveFreq

Max Speed since the last Zero

*Note: Each signal appears three times in the CSDB; declared Simplex Figure 7-34. VPRO Protection Logic - Signal Space



Inputs

Signal Space

Cont1_TrEnab

Configuration

Cont2_TrEnab

Status

Cont3_TrEnab Cont4_TrEnab Cont5_TrEnab Cont6_TrEnab Cont7_TrEnab Acc1_TrEnab Acc2_TrEnab Acc3_TrEnab OT_TrEnab GT_1Shaft GT_2Shaft LM_2Shaft LM_3Shaft LargeSteam MediumSteam SmallSteam Stag_GT_1Sh Stag_GT_2Sh

ETR1_Enab ETR2_Enab ETR3_Enab ETR4_Enab ETR5_Enab ETR6_Enab KE1_Enab KE2_Enab KE3_Enab KE4_Enab KE5_Enab KE6_Enab K4CL_Enab K25A_Enab

Figure 7-35. VPRO Protection Logic - Signal Space (continued)



Power Load Unbalance The Power Load Unbalance (PLU) option is used on large steam turbines to protect the machine from overspeed under load rejection. The PLU function looks for an unbalance between mechanical and electrical power. Its purpose is to initiate Control Valve (CV) and Intercept Valve (IV) fast closing actions under load rejection conditions where rapid acceleration could lead to an overspeed event. Valve actuation does not occur under stable fault conditions that are self-clearing (such as grid faults). Valve action occurs when the difference between turbine power and generator load is typically 40% of rated load or greater, and the load is lost at a rate equivalent to going from rated to zero load in approximately 35 ms (or less). The 40% PLU level setting is standard. If it becomes necessary to deviate from this setting for a specific unit, the fact will be noted by the unit-specific documentation. The PLU unbalance threshold, (PLU_Unbal), may be adjusted from the toolbox. Turbine mechanical power is derived from a milliamp reheat steam pressure signal. The mechanical power signal source is configurable as follows: •

The mid value of the first three mA inputs (circuits 1, 2, 3)

•

The max value of the first two mA inputs (circuits 1, 2)

•

A single transducer, circuit 1

•

A single transducer, circuit 2

•

A signal from signal space, where Mechanical Power is calculated in the controller, in percent

The generator load is assumed to be proportional to the sum of the 3-phase currents, thereby discriminating between load rejection and power line faults. This discrimination would not be possible if a true MW signal was used. The PLU signal actuates the CV and IV fast closing solenoids and resets the Load Reference signal to the no-load value (and performs some auxiliary functions).

The PLU function is an important part of the overspeed protective system. Do not disable during turbine operation.

The three current signals from the station current transformers are reduced by three auxiliary transformers on TGEN. These signals are summed in the controller and compare to the power pressure signal from the reheat pressure sensor. The signals are qualified (normalized) according to the Current Rating and Press Rating configuration parameters. This comparison yields a qualified unbalance measure of the PLU, as shown by signal B in Figure 7-36. The output of the total generator current is also fed into the current rate amplifier. This comparison provides a measure of the rate of change of the generator current, signal A. The current rate level may be adjusted through the PLU rate threshold function (PLU_Rate). Selections for this function are high, medium, and low. These settings correspond to 50, 35, and 20 millisecond rates respectively.



P.U. Unfiltered Gen. Current A

IO_Cfg Download PLU Rate Limit

P.U. Unfiltered Gen. Current B

X

P.U. Unfiltered Gen. Current C

Reheat Pressure

PLU Current

X

Functional Test PU Rated Current PU Hdwre Current

1/3

PLU Reheat Pressure

X

PLU Current

PLU Unbalance

A A>B B

PLU IV Event

PLU Rate Out of Limit

PLU CV Event No Delay

AND PLU Unbalance

S Latch R 1

B OR

Pickup Delay 2

Download Delay Time IO_Cfg Pickup Delay 2

B

PLU Permissive Download Not Signal IO_Cfg

IO_Cfg Download PLU Arm Limits

1/(Rated Reheat Pressure)

A

+

Rate of Change Detect

PLU Current Rate Out A of Limits A A
PWR Load Unbalance

Delay

S Latch R 2

C

D

PLU Event

IO_Cfg Download

Fixed 15 msec

Figure 7-36. PLU Valve Actuation Logic

If these comparators operate simultaneously, PLU action is initiated and latched, making continuation of the PLU action dependent only on the unbalance for all functions except IV fast closing. The IVs do not lock in, but remain closed for approximately one second and then begin to re-open regardless of PLU duration. A time-delay may be implemented for the PLU function. To initiate the delay, go to the Enable PLU response delay parameter (PLU_Del_Enab) and select Enable. The duration of the time-delay can be adjusted by altering the value of the PLU delay (PLU_Delay) parameter. These dropout times have been arrived at based on experience, and are used to reduce the transient load on the hydraulic system.



Table 7-5. Solenoid Drop-Out Point Delay Values Steam Valve

IV1

IV2

IV3

IV4

IV5

IV6

CV1

CV2

CV3

CV4

Dropout Delay, seconds

0.35

0.50

0.75

0.35

0.75

0.50

1.10

2.00

3.00

4.00

*Control Valve 1 Test

Dropout Delay 1

OR

D

Fixed Delay

PLU CV Event


Dropout Delay 2

OR

EVA

Dropout Delay 4

OR

EVA IO_Cfg

*

To TRLY, Control Valve 4 Solenoid

Fixed Delay

Duplicated for IV Valves 1 to 6

PLU IV Event IV Trigger

OR

G EVA *


Fixed Delay


C

Dropout Delay 3

OR IO_Cfg

G


Fixed Delay

*Control Valve 3 Test G


Intercept Valve 1 Test

Dropout Delay 5

OR

To TRLY, Intercept Valve 1 Solenoid Control

Fixed Delay Spare 7 - 12 Test

Spare Solenoid 7 - 12 Control

* *

Signal to/from Signal Space

Spare Solenoid Control Signals

Figure 7-37. Fast Acting Solenoid Sequencing

The IVs and CVs may be operated through test signals from the controller. These signals are executed individually and are logic ORed with the above signals as shown in Figure 7-37. The IVs may also be driven by the Early Valve Actuation (EVA) and IV Trigger (IVT) functions. Each solenoid has a unique dropout time delay, refer to Table 7-5 and Figure 7-37.



Early Valve Actuation The Early Valve Actuation (EVA) system was developed for power systems where instability, such as the loss of synchronization, is a problem. When the EVA senses a fault that is not a load rejection, it causes closing of the Intercept Valves (IV) for approximately one second. This action reduces the available mechanical power to that of the already reduced electrical power, and therefore prevents too large an increase in the machine angle and the consequent loss of synchronization. See Figure 7-38 for valve actuation diagram.

Reheat Pressure

P.U. Reheat pressure

X

EVA P.U. Unbalance

+

A A>B B

Filter

1/(Rated Heat Press)

P.U. EVA Unbal Limit (Download) IO_Cfg

Per Unit Megawatt

Rate of Change Detect

EVA Unbalance Out of Limit E

EVA per Unit Megawatt Rate A

A>B

EVA M.W. Rate Out of Limit

B

0.0

F

P.U EVA Rate Limit (Downloaded) Negative Number

* EVA Test Functional Test

* Ext. EVA

Dropout Delay #2

* Ext. EVA Enable IO_Cfg Download

OR

*EVA Perm. E

AND

S

Latch R 1

F

Fixed 10 msec

OR

AND

Pickup Delay 1

Pickup Delay 1

EVA Enable (Downloaded) IO_Cfg

Dropout Delay #1

* EVA Event

Fixed 5 sec. EVA Control EVA Event

G

Delay time (Downloaded) IO_Cfg

* Signal to/from Signal Space

Fixed 15 msec

Figure 7-38. EVA Valve Actuation Logic



Intercept Valve Trigger The peak speed following rejection of 10% or greater rated load cannot be maintained within limits on some units by the normal speed and servo control action. Approximately 70% of turbine power is generated in the reheat and low-pressure turbine sections (the boiler re-heater volume represents a significant acceleration energy source). Fast closing of the IVs can therefore quickly reduce turbine power and peak overspeed. The action fulfills the first basic function of normal overspeed control, limiting peak speed. The Intercept Valve Trigger (IVT) signal is produced in the controller by the IVT algorithm and associated sequencing, see Figure 7-38.

Early Valve Actuation (EVA) The EVA function may be implemented on sites where instability, such as loss of synchronization, presents a problem. EVA closes the IVs for approximately one second upon sensing a fault that is not a load rejection. This action reduces the available mechanical power, thereby inhibiting the loss of synchronization that can occur as a result of increased machine angle (unbalance between mechanical and electrical power). If the fault persists, the generator loses synchronization and the turbine is tripped by the overspeed control or out-of-step relaying. The EVA is enabled in the toolbox by selecting Enable for the EVA_Enab parameter. The conditions for EVA action are as follows: •

The difference between mechanical power (reheat pressure) and electrical power (megawatts) exceeds the configured EVA unbalance threshold (EVA_Unbal) input value.

•

Electrical power (megawatts) decreases at a rate equivalent to (or greater than) one of three rates configured for EVA megawatt rate threshold (EVA_Rate). This value is adjustable according to three settings: HIgh, MEdium, and LOw. These settings correspond to 50, 35, and 20 millisecond rates respectively.

Note The megawatt signal is derived from voltage and current signals provided by customer-supplied transformers located on the generator side of the circuit breaker. The EVA_Unbal value represents the largest fault a particular generator can sustain without losing synchronization. Although the standard setting for this constant is 70%, it may be adjusted up or down 0 to 2 per unit from the toolbox. All EVA events are annunciated.



Fast Overspeed Trip in VTUR In special cases where a faster overspeed trip system is required, the VTUR Fast Overspeed Trip algorithms may be enabled. The system employs a speed measurement algorithm using a calculation for a predetermined tooth wheel. Two overspeed algorithms are available in VTUR as follows: •

PR_Single. This uses two redundant VTUR boards by splitting up the two redundant PR transducers, one to each board.

•

PR_Max. This uses one VTUR board connected to the two redundant PR transducers. PR_Max allows broken shaft and deceleration protection without the risk of a nuisance trip if one transducer is lost.

The fast trips are linked to the output trip relays with an OR-gate as shown in Figures 7-39 and 7-40. VTUR computes the overspeed trip, not the controller, so the trip is very fast. The time from the overspeed input to the completed relay dropout is 30 msec or less.



Input, PR1

Input Config. param.

PR1Type, PR1Scale

Signal Space Inputs

VTUR, Firmware Scaling 2

RPM

PulseRate2 PulseRate3 PulseRate4

PulseRate1

d RPM/sec Accel1 dt RPM PulseRate2 ------ Four Pulse Rate Circuits ------RPM/sec Accel2 Accel1 PulseRate3 Accel2 RPM Accel3 RPM/sec Accel3 Accel4 RPM PulseRate4 RPM/sec Accel4 Fast Overspeed Protection

FastTripType

PR_Single

PR1Setpoint PR1TrEnable PR1TrPerm PR2Setpoint PR2TrEnable PR2TrPerm PR3Setpoint PR3TrEnable PR3TrPerm PR4Setpoint PR4TrEnable PR4TrPerm InForChanA AccASetpoint

PulseRate1 A A>B B

S

PulseRate2 A A>B B

S

R

AccBSetpoint

FastOS2Trip

R

PulseRate3 A A>B B PulseRate4 A A>B B

S R

FastOS3Trip

S

FastOS4Trip

R

Accel1 Accel2 Input Accel3 cct. Accel4 select

AccelA

Accel1 Accel2 Input Accel3 cct. Accel4 select

AccelB

AccelAEnab AccelAPerm InForChanB

FastOS1Trip

A A>B B

R

A A>B B

R

S

AccATrip

S

AccBTrip

AccelBEnab AccelBPerm ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr

PTR1 PTR1_Output PTR2 PTR2_Output PTR3 PTR3_Output PTR4 PTR4_Output PTR5 PTR5_Output PTR6 PTR6_Output

OR Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run

AND

Fast Trip Path False = Run

True = Run

Output, J4,PTR1

AND True = Run Output, J4,PTR2

-------------Total of six circuits -----

True = Run

Output, J4,PTR3

True = Run

Output, J4A,PTR4

True = Run

Output, J4A,PTR5

True = Run

Output, J4A,PTR6

Figure 7-39. Fast Overspeed Algorithm, PR-Single



Input Config. Input, PR1 param. PR1Type, 2 PR1Scale

Scaling

VTUR, Firmware PulseRate1

PulseRate2

RPM

Accel1 Accel2 Accel3 Accel4

PulseRate3 PulseRate4 FastTripType PR_Max

RPM/sec RPM RPM/sec RPM RPM/sec RPM RPM/sec

d dt ------ Four Pulse Rate Circuits -------

Signal Space inputs PulseRate1 Accel1 PulseRate2 Accel2 PulseRate3 Accel3 PulseRate4 Accel4

Fast Overspeed Protection

DecelPerm DecelEnab DecelStpt InForChanA InForChanB Accel1 Accel2 Accel3 Accel4

PulseRate1 PulseRate2 PulseRate3 PulseRate4

Input cct. Select for AccelA and AccelB

AccelA AccelB

Neg

PulseRateA A PulseRateB A>B B

PulseRate1 FastOS1Stpt FastOS1Enab FastOS1Perm

A A
Neg

MAX

PulseRate2

S

DecelTrip

R

PR1/2Max A A>B B

S

FastOS1Trip

R PR3/4Max PulseRate3

FastOS2Stpt FastOS2Enab FastOS2Perm

PR1/2Max DiffSetpoint

MAX

PulseRate4

PR3/4Max

A |A-B| B

A A>B B

S

FastOS2Trip

R

N/C N/C A A>B B

DiffEnab DiffPerm

S

FastDiffTrip

R

ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr

PTR1

OR

Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run

AND

Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run

AND

PTR1_Output PTR2 PTR2_Output PTR3 PTR3_Output PTR4 PTR5 PTR5_Output PTR6 PTR6_Output

FastOS3Trip FastOS4Trip

-------------Total of six circuits ---------

Fast Trip Path False = Run True = Run Output, J4,PTR1

True = Run

Output, J4,PTR2

True = Run

Output, J4,PTR3

True = Run

Output, J4A,PTR4

True = Run

Output, J4A,PTR5

True = Run

Output, J4A,PTR6

Figure 7-40. Fast Overspeed Algorithm, PR-Max



Compressor Stall Detection Gas turbine compressor stall detection is included with the VAIC firmware and is executed at a rate of 200 Hz. There is a choice of two stall algorithms and both use the first four analog inputs, scanned at 200 Hz. One algorithm is for small LM gas turbines and uses two pressure transducers, refer to Figure 7-41. The other algorithm is for heavy-duty gas turbines and uses three pressure transducers, refer to Figure 7-42. Real-time inputs are separated from the configured parameters for clarity. The parameter CompStalType selects the type of algorithm required, either two transducers or three. PS3 is the compressor discharge pressure, and a drop in this pressure (PS3 drop) is an indication of a possible compressor stall. In addition to the drop in pressure, the algorithm calculates the rate of change of discharge pressure, dPS3dt, and compares these values with configured stall parameters (KPS3 constants). Refer to Figure 7-43. The compressor stall trip is initiated by VAIC, and the signal is sent to the controller where it is used to initiate a shutdown. The shutdown signal can be used to set all the fuel shut-off valves (FSOV) through the VCRC and TRLY or DRLY board.



Input Config param.

Input, cctx* Low_Input, Low_Value, High_Input, High Value SysLim1Enabl, Enabl SysLim1Latch, Latch SysLim1Type, >= SysLimit1, xxxx ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr

VAIC, 200 Hz scan rate

*Note: where x, y, represent any two of the input circuits 1 thru 4.

AnalogInx*

Scaling 4

Sys Lim Chk #1

SysLimit1_x*

4

Sys Lim Chk #2 4

SysLimit2_x*

SysLim2Enabl, Enabl SysLim2Latch, Latch SysLim2Type, <= SysLimit2, xxxx

AnalogIny* SysLimit1_y* SysLimit2_y* Validation & Stall Detection two_xducer

CompStalType

OR PS3A_Fail

Input Circuit Selection InputForPS3A

eg. AnalogIn2

InputForPS3B

eg. AnalogIn4 PS3A A |A-B| PS3B B

PressDelta SelMode

PS3B_Fail AND

PS3Sel Selection Definition If PS3B_Fail & not PS3A_Fail then PS3Sel = PS3A; ElseIf PS3A_Fail & not PS3B_Fail then PS3Sel = PS3B; ElseIf DeltaFault then PS3Sel = Max (PS3A, PS3B) ElseIf SelMode = Avg then PS3Sel = Avg (PS3A, PS3B) ElseIf SelMode = Max then PS3Sel = Max (PS3A, PS3B) Else then PS3SEL = old value of PS3SEL

PS3B PS3A_Fail PS3B_Fail TimeDelay

Mid

A

A+B

X

KPS3_Delta_S

A

X

AND

stall_set S Latch R

AND

A>B

stall_timeout X A

MIN

B

-DPS3DTSel A A>B AND PS3i_Hold B

-DPS3DTSel

-1 PS3_Fail

A+B

KPS3_Delta_I KPS3_Delta_Mx

d DPS3DTSel __ dt PressRateSel

B

B

PS3i

PressSel

PS3Sel

TD

-DPS3DTSel

z-1

CompStalPerm

PS3_Fail

DeltaFault

Max

KPS3_Drop_Mx KPS3_Drop_Mn KPS3_Drop_I KPS3_Drop_S

PS3B_Fail PS3B

PS3A_Fail

A A>B B

PS3Sel

OR

PS3A

PS3A

KPS3_Drop_L

Signal Space Inputs

delta_ref A

delta A
stall_delta

CompStall

B

A

PS3Sel BA-B

stall_permissive

MasterReset, VCMI, Mstr

Figure 7-41. Small (LM) Gas Turbine Compressor Stall Detection Algorithm



VAIC, 200 Hz scan rate

Input Config. param.

Scaling Input, cctx* Low_Input, Low_Value, High_Input, High Value 4 SysLim1Enabl, Enabl 4 SysLim1Latch, Latch SysLim1Type, >= SysLimit1, xxxx ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr

*Note: where x, y, z, represent any three of the input circuits 1 thru 4.

Signal Space inputs AnalogInx*

Sys Lim Chk #1

SysLimit1_x*

Sys Lim Chk #2

SysLimit2_x*

4 SysLim2Enabl, Enabl SysLim2Latch, Latch SysLim2Type, <= SysLimit2, xxxx

AnalogIny* SysLimit1_y* SysLimit2_y* AnalogInz* SysLimit1_z* SysLimit2_z* Stall Detection

CompStalType

three_xducer not used

Input Circuit Selection InputForPS3A

DeltaFault

eg. AnalogIn1

InputForPS3B

eg. AnalogIn2

InputForPS3C

eg. AnalogIn4

PressDelta

not used

SelMode

not used

PS3C PressSel PS3B MID PS3Sel, or CPD PS3A SEL d DPS3DTSel __ dt PressRateSel -1

TimeDelay TD

-DPS3DTSel

KPS3_Drop_Mx KPS3_Drop_Mn KPS3_Drop_I

MID

A

KPS3_Drop_S

A

A>B

A+B

X

-DPS3DTSel

X

B

B

z-1

PS3Sel

PS3i

KPS3_Delta_S

stall_timeout X

stall_set A

A+B

KPS3_Delta_I

B

KPS3_Delta_Mx

MIN

delta_ref A

delta A
AND stall_ delta

S

Latch

CompStall

R

B

-DPS3DTSel A

KPS3_Drop_L CompStalPerm

A>B B

AND

A

PS3i_Hold PS3Sel

A-B B

stall_permissive

MasterReset, VCMI, Mstr

Figure 7-42. Heavy Duty Gas Turbine Compressor Stall Detection Algorithm



Rate of Change of Pressure- dPS3dt, psia/sec

180 0 A. B. C. D.

140 0

B. Delta PS3 drop (PS3 initial - PS3 actual) , DPS3, psid

200 0 25 0

D

KPS3_Drop_S KPS3_Drop_I KPS3_Drop_Mn KPS3_Drop_Mx

20 0 A

120 0 100 0

15 0

80 0 60 0

10 0

G

40 0

E

20 C 0

5 0 E. KPS3_Delta_S F. KPS3_Delta_I G. KPS3_Delta_Mx

B 0 F -200 0

100

200

300

400

500

0 700

600

Initial Compressor Discharge Pressure PS3 Figure 7-43. Configurable Compressor Stall Detection Parameters

The variables used by the stall detection algorithm are defined as follows: PS3 Compressor discharge pressure PS3I Initial PS3 KPS3_Drop_S Slope of line for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_I Intercept of line for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_Mn Minimum value for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_Mx Maximum value for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Delta_S Slope of line for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop KPS3_Delta_I Intercept of line for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop KPS3_Delta_Mx Maximum value for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop



Vibration Sampling Speed and Accuracy Vibration inputs on Mark VI may be driven from Proximitor®, Velomiter, or Seismic transducers. The first three vibration channels may also be configured for Accelerometers, where speed-tracking filters are used, but this is not included in this discussion. Inputs are fast sampled at 2586 or 4600 Hz, depending on the number of inputs configured as vibration type inputs. For eight or less vibration inputs (that is vibration inputs on TB1, J3), the sample rate is 4600 Hz; otherwise (any input on J4 configure for vibration), the sample rate is 2586 Hz. All inputs are simultaneously sampled for discrete 160 ms periods (time windows). The software accumulates the maximum and minimum values (a new set of values for each window), takes the difference for vibration (maximum − minimum), and filters the results with a low-pass one-pole filter with a configurable time constant. The resulting peak-to-peak voltage is then scaled with the configurable sensitivity (typically 0.2 volts/mil for Proximitors, 0.150 volts/ips for Seismic transducers), yielding mils (pk-pk) displacement, or ips (pk) velocity. The basic accuracy is ±1% of signal, or 0.016 Vpp whichever is larger. In addition, it is theoretically possible to search out a number of subharmonic frequencies where the vibration signal is exactly synchronized with the sample rate, and attenuated an additional amount per Figure 7-44.

1.1000

Attenuation

1.0000 8 or less vibration channels enabled

0.9000

0.8000

9 or more vibration channels enabled

0.7000

0.6000

0.5000 0.0

100.0

200.0

300.0 Frequency, Hz

400.0

500.0

600.0

Figure 7-44. Vibration Signal Attenuation versus Frequency



The significance of the frequency response with respect to the machine speed (RPM) is shown in Figure 7-45 in terms of 0.5X, 1X, 2X and 3X, where X represents the fundamental machine speed frequency. 700

Vibration Frequency

600

500

0.5X hz 1X hz 2X hz 3X hz

400

300

200

100

0 0

2000

4000

6000

8000 10000 Machine RPM

12000

14000

Figure 7-45. Vibration Frequency versus RPM



Ground Fault Detection Sensitivity Ground fault detection on the floating 125 V dc power bus is based upon monitoring the voltage between the bus and the ground. The bus voltages with respect to ground are normally balanced (in magnitude), that is the positive bus to ground is equal to the negative bus to ground. The bus is forced to the balanced condition by the bridging resistors, Rb, refer to Figure 7-46. Bus leakage (or ground fault) from one side will cause the bus voltages with respect to ground to be unbalanced.

Ground fault detection is performed by the VCMI using signals from the PDM. Refer to Chapter 9 I/O Descriptions (GEH-6421D, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide).

Power Distribution Module P125 Vdc Vout,Pos Monitor1

Rf

Rb

Grd Fault

Jumper Grd

Vout,Neg Monitor2

Rb N125 Vdc

Electrical Circuit Model Rb/2 Vbus/2

Rf

Vout, Bus Volts wrt Ground

Figure 7-46. Ground Fault on Floating 125 Vdc power Bus

There is a relationship between the bridge resistors, the fault resistance, the bus voltage, and the bus to ground voltage (Vout) as follows: (see Figure 7-47) Vout = Vbus*Rf / [2*(Rf + Rb/2)] Therefore the threshold sensitivity to ground fault resistance is as follows: Rf = Vout*Rb / (Vbus – 2*Vout). The ground fault threshold voltage is typically set at 30 V, that is Vout = 30 V. The bridging resistors are 82 K each. Therefore, from the formula above, the sensitivity of the control panel to ground faults, assuming it is on one side only, is as shown in Table 7-6. Note On Mark V, the bridging resistors are 33 K each so different Vout values

result.



Table 7-6. Sensitivity to Ground Faults Vbus Bus voltage

Vout - Measured Bus to ground voltage (threshold)

Rb (Kohms) bridge resistors (balancing)

Rf (Kohms) fault resistor

Control System

105

30

82

55

Mark VI

125

30

82

38

Mark VI

140

30

82

31

Mark VI

105

19

82

23

Mark VI

125

19

82

18

Mark VI

140

19

82

15

Mark VI

105

10

82

10

Mark VI

125

10

82

8

Mark VI

140

10

82

7

Mark VI

105

30

33

22

Mark V

125

30

33

15

Mark V

140

30

33

12

Mark V

The results for the case of 125 V dc bus voltage with various fault resistor values is shown in Figure 7-47.

Fault, Rf

40.0 Fault Resistance (Rf) Vs Threshold Voltage (Vout) at 125 V dc on Mark VI

30.0 20.0 10.0 0.0 0

10

20

30

Voltage, Vout Figure 7-47. Threshold Voltage as Function of Fault Resistance

Analysis of Results On Mark VI, when the voltage threshold is configured to 30 V and the voltage bus is 125 V dc, the fault threshold is 38 Kohms. When the voltage threshold is configured to 17 V and the voltage bus is 125 V dc, the fault threshold is 15 Kohms. The sensitivity of the ground fault detection is configurable. Balanced bus leakage decreases the sensitivity of the detector.



Chapter 8

Troubleshooting and Diagnostics

Introduction This chapter discusses troubleshooting and alarm handling in the Mark VI system. The configuration of process alarms and events is described, and also the creation and handling of diagnostic alarms caused by control system equipment failures. This chapter is organized as follows: Section

Page

Overview ..................................................................................................................8-2 Process Alarms .........................................................................................................8-3 Process (and Hold) Alarm Data Flow................................................................8-3 Diagnostic Alarms ....................................................................................................8-5 Voter Disagreement Diagnostics.......................................................................8-6 I/O Board Alarms ..............................................................................................8-7 Controller Runtime Errors...............................................................................8-33 Totalizers................................................................................................................8-35 Troubleshooting......................................................................................................8-36 I/O Board LEDs ..............................................................................................8-36 Controller Failures...........................................................................................8-38 Power Distribution Module Failure.................................................................8-38


Chapter 8 Troubleshooting and Diagnostic • 8-1

Overview Three types of alarms are generated by the Mark VI system, as follows:

Figure 8-1 shows the routings.

Process alarms are caused by machinery and process problems and alert the operator by means of messages on the HMI screen. The alarms are created in the controller using alarm bits generated in the I/O boards or in sequencing. The user configures the desired analog alarm settings in sequencing using the toolbox. As well as generating operator alarms, the alarm bits in the controller can be used as interlocks in the application program. Hold list alarms are similar to process alarms with the additional feature that the scanner drives a specified signal True whenever any hold list signal is in the alarm state (hold present). This signal is used to disable automatic turbine startup logic at various stages in the sequencing. Operators may override a hold list signal so that the sequencing can proceed even if the hold condition has not cleared. Diagnostic alarms are caused by Mark VI equipment problems and use settings factory programmed in the boards. Diagnostic alarms identify the failed module to help the service engineer quickly repair the system. For details of the failure, the operator can request a display on the toolbox screen.

HMI

Alarm Display

HMI

Toolbox

Diagnostic Display

UDH

Process and Hold List Controller Alarms

I/O

Controller

Controller

Diagnostic Alarms

I/O

I/O

Diagnostic Alarm Bits

Figure 8-1. Three Types of Alarms generated by Mark VI

8-2 • Chapter 8 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics


Process Alarms Process Alarms are generated by the transition of Boolean signals configured by the toolbox with the alarm attribute. The signals may be driven by sequencing or they may be tied to input points to map values directly from I/O boards. Process alarm signals are scanned each frame after the sequencing is run. In TMR systems process signals are voted and the resulting composite diagnostic is present in each controller. A useful application for process alarms is the annunciation of system limit checking. Limit checking takes place in the I/O boards at the frame rate, and the resulting Boolean status information is transferred to the controller and mapped to process alarm signals. Two system limits are available for each process input, including thermocouple, RTD, current, voltage, and pulse rate inputs. System limit 1 can be the high or low alarm setting, and system limit 2 can be a second high or low alarm setting. These limits are configured from the toolbox in engineering units. There are several choices when configuring system limits. Limits can be configured as enabled or disabled, latched or unlatched, and greater than or less than the preset value. System out of limits can be reset with the RESET_SYS signal.

Process (and Hold) Alarm Data Flow The operator or the controller can take action based on process alarms.

Process and Hold alarms are time stamped and stored in a local queue in the controller. Changes representing alarms are time stamped and sent to the alarm queue. Reports containing alarm information are assembled and sent over the UDH to the CIMPLICITY HMIs. Here the alarms are again queued and prepared for operator display by the alarm viewer. Operator commands from the HMI, such as alarm Acknowledge, Reset, Lock, and Unlock, are sent back over the UDH to the alarm queue where they change the status of the appropriate alarms. An alarm entry is removed from the controller queue when its state has returned to normal and it has been acknowledged and reset by an operator. Refer to Figure 8-2. Hold alarms are managed in the same fashion but are stored on a separate queue. Additionally, hold alarms cannot be locked but may be overridden.



Mark VI Controller

Input

Signal 1

. . .

. . .

Input

Signal n

UDH

Alarm Receiver

Alarm Report

Alarm Scanner

Alarm Comm -and

Alarm Viewer

Alarm Queue Operator Commands - Ack - Reset - Lock - Unlock - Override for hold lists

Alarm Queue including Time

Alarm Logic variable

Mark VI HMI

Alarm ID Figure 8-2. Generating Process Alarms

To configure the alarm scanner on the controller, refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for Mark VI Controller. To configure the controller to send alarms to all HMIs, use the UDH broadcast address in the alarm IP address area.



Diagnostic Alarms The controller and I/O boards all generate diagnostic alarms, including the VCMI, which generates diagnostics for the power subsystem. Alarm bits are created in the I/O board by hardware limit checking. Raw input checking takes place at the frame rate, and resulting alarms are queued. •

Each type of I/O board has hardware limit checking based on preset (nonconfigurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded a logic signal is set and some types of input are removed from scan.

•

In TMR systems, a limit alarm called TMR Diff Limt is created if any of the three inputs differ from the voted value by more than a preset amount. This limit value is configured by the user and creates a voting alarm indicating a problem exists with a specific input.

•

If any one of the hardware limits is set, it creates a board composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx, where xxxx is the board name. This signal can be used to trigger a process alarm. Each board has three L3DIAG_ signals, L3DIAG_xxxx1, 2, and 3. Simplex boards only use L3DIAG_xxxx1. TMR boards use all three with the first assigned to the board in , the second assigned to the same board in , and the third assigned to the same board in .

•

The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal, or with a message from the HMI.

•

Generally diagnostic alarms require two occurrences before coming true (process alarms only require one occurrence).

In addition to inputs, each board has its own diagnostics. The VCMI and I/O boards have a processor stall timer which generates a signal SYSFAIL. This signal lights the red LED on the front panel. The watchdog timers are set as follows: •

VCMI communication board

150 ms

•

I/O boards

150 ms

If an I/O board times out, the outputs go to a fail-safe condition which is zero (or open contacts) and the input data is put in the default condition, which is zero. The default condition on contact inputs is subject to the inversion mask. The three LEDs at the top of the front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is normally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. The controller has extensive self-diagnostics, most of which are available directly at the toolbox. In addition, UCVB and UCVD runtime diagnostics, which may occur during a program download, are displayed on LEDs on the controller front panel. Each terminal board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the J type connector location.



Voter Disagreement Diagnostics Each I/O board produces diagnostic alarms when it is configured as TMR and any of its inputs disagree with the voted value of that input by more than a configured amount. This feature allows the user to find and fix potential problems that would otherwise be masked by the redundancy of the control system. The user can view these diagnostics the same way one views any other diagnostic alarms. The VCMI triggers these diagnostic alarms when an individual input disagrees with the voted value for a number of consecutive frames. The diagnostic clears when the disagreement clears for a number of frames. The user configures voter disagreement diagnostics for each signal. Boolean signals are all enabled or disabled by setting the DiagVoteEnab signal to enable under the configuration section for each input. Analog signals are configured using the TMR_DiffLimit signal under configuration for each point. This difference limit is defined in one of two ways. It is implemented as a fixed engineering units value for certain inputs and as a percent of configured span for other signals. For example, if a point is configured as a 4−20 ma input scaled as 0−40 Engineering units, its TMR_DiffLimit is defined as a percent of (40−0). The type of limit checking used is spelled out in the dialog box for the TMR_DiffLimit signal for each card type and is summarized in Table 8-1. Table 8-1. Type of TMR Limit Checking I/O Processor Board

Type of I/O

VAIC

Delta Method % of Configured Span

VGEN

Analogs PT, CT

% of Configured Span Engineering Units

VPRO

Pulse rates Thermocouples Analogs PT, CT

Engineering Units Engineering Units % of Configured Span Engineering Units

VPYR

mA Gap

% of Configured Span Engineering Units

VRTD

--------

Engineering Units

VSVO

Pulse rates POS mA

Engineering Units Engineering Units % of Configured Span

VTCC

--------

Engineering Units

VTURH1/H2

Pulse rates PT Flame Shaft monitor

Engineering Units Engineering Units Engineering Units Engineering Units

VVIB

Vibration signals

Engineering Units

For TMR input configuration, refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Controller. All unused signals will have the voter disagreement checking disabled to prevent nuisance diagnostics.

Viewing Diagnostic Alarms Mark VI troubleshooting is simplified using the extensive system diagnostics.

Diagnostic alarms can be viewed from the toolbox by selecting the desired board, clicking the right mouse button to display the drop down menu, and selecting display diagnostics. A list of the diagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed and may be reset from the toolbox.



I/O Board Alarms The I/O boards, VCMI, VPRO, and the (UCVx) controllers generate the following diagnostic alarms. They are viewed in the toolbox. Table 8-2. I/O Board Diagnostic Alarms Board

Fault

Fault Description

Possible Cause

UCVx

31

I/O Compatibility Code Mismatch

Outdated configuration in the VCMI

32

Diagnostic Queue Overflow

Too many diagnostics are occurring simultaneously

33

Foreground Process

Outdated runtime version

34

Background Process


37

Idle Process


38

Ambient Air Overtemperature Warning. The rack is beginning to overheat.

The rack fan has failed or the filters are clogged.

39

CPU Overtemperature Fault. The controller CPU has overheated and may fail at any time.

The rack fan has failed or the filters are clogged.

40

Genius I/O Driver Process


41

Register I/O Process


42

Modbus Driver Process


43

Ser Process


44

Rcvr Process


45

Trans Process


46

Mapper Process


47

SRTP Process


48

Heartbeat Process


49

Alarm Process


50

Queue Manager Process


51

EGD Driver Process


52

ADL Dispatcher Process


53

ADL Queue Process


54

DPM Manager Process


68

Genius IOCHRDY Hangup


70

Genius Lock Retry


71

Genius


72

Application Code Online Load Failure

Application code error

74

Application Code Startup Load Failure


75

Application Code Expansion Failure


76

ADL/BMS Communication Failure with the VCMI

The VCMI firmware version is too old to work with this controller runtime version.

77

NTP Process




78

Outdated Controller Topology

Download application code and reboot

79

Outdated VCMI Topology

Download configuration to VCMI and reboot

80

No VCMI Topology

Old VCMI firmware doesn’t support controller/VCMI topology checking. Upgrade VCMI firmware.

81

Platform Process


82

Hardware Configuration Error

The controller hardware doesn’t match the configuration specified by the toolbox. Use the toolbox to view the errors in the controller trace buffer (for example: View → General → Dump the trace buffer).

83

Register I/O Write/Command Limit Exceeded

Verify that the total command rate of all Modbus interfaces does not exceed the maximum.

84

State Exchange Voter Packet Mismatch

Verify that all three controllers are executing the same application code.

85

Maximum Number of Boolean State Variables Exceeded

The application code is using too many Boolean variables. Move some functions to other controllers.

86

Too Many EGD Producers Configured for Fault Tolerant Support

The controller can redirect data over the IONET from a maximum of 16 EGD producers. Data from subsequent producers will be lost in the event of an Ethernet failure.

87

Too Many EGD Points Configured for Fault Tolerant Support

The controller can redirect a maximum of 1400 bytes of data over the IONET. Subsequent EGD points will be lost in the event of an Ethernet failure.

88

Producing Fault Tolerant EGD Data

The controller is redirecting data from the Ethernet to another controller over the IONET.

89

Requesting Fault Tolerant EGD Data

The controller is requesting that Ethernet data be redirected to it over the IONET from another controller.

90

Process Alarm Queue Is Full

Subsequent process alarms will be lost unless the current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by the operator.

91

Hold List Queue Is Full

Subsequent hold alarms will be lost unless the current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by the operator.

92

Data Initialization Failure

Verify that all controllers are executing the same application code. If no VCMI is used (simulation mode), verify that the clock source is set to internal. If a VCMI is used, verify that the clock source is set to external.

93

Pcode mismatech between TMR controllers

Download the same application code to all three controllers



VAIC

94

Unable to start up Dynamic Data Recorder

Outdated runtime version - download runtime and restart.

95

Dynamic Data Recorder Configuration Fault

Revalidate the application code and then select the Update Dynamic Data Recorder button from the toolbox toolbar

96

Dynamic Data Recorder Process

Outdated runtime version - download runtime and restart

2

Flash Memory CRC Failure

Board firmware programming error (board will not go online)

3

CRC failure override is Active

Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)

16

System Limit Checking is Disabled

System checking was disabled by configuration

17

Board ID Failure

Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board

18

J3 ID Failure

Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem

19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure

Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem

23

J4A ID Failure


24

Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility. The firmware on this board cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to

Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board- check the connectors and call the factory

30

ConfigCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board

A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.

31

IOCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board


32-65

Analog Input # Unhealthy

Excitation to transducer, bad transducer, open or short-circuit

66-69

Output # Individual Current Too High Relative to Total Current. An individual current is N mA more than half the total current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit

Board failure

70-73

Output # total Current Varies from Reference Current. Total current is N mA different than the reference current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit

Board failure or open circuit



VOAC

74-77

Output # Reference Current Error. The difference between the output reference and the input feedback of the output reference is greater than the configured DA_Err Limit measured in percent

Board failure (D/A converter)

78-81

Output # Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex mode only alarm if current out of bounds

Board failure

82-85

Output # Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The shutdown relay is not responding to commands

Board failure (relay or driver)

86-89

Output # 20/200 mA Selection Non-Functional. Feedback from the relay indicates incorrect 20/200 mA relay selection (not berg jumper selection)

Configured output type does not match the jumper selection, or VAIC board failure (relay).

90-93

Output # 20/20 mA Suicide Active. One output of the three has suicided, the other two boards have picked up current

Board failure

128-223

Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.

224-249

Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit

A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.

2



3



16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24

Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility

Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board

30

ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board




31

IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board

82-97

Output # Total Current Too High Relative to Total Current. Board failure An individual current is N mA more than half the total current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit

98-113

Output # Total Current Varies from Reference Current. Total current is N mA different than the reference current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit

Board failure or open circuit

114-129

Output # Reference Current Error. The difference between the output reference and the input feedback of the output reference is greater than the configured DA_Err Limit measured in percent

Board failure (D/A converter)

130-145

Output # Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex mode alarm indicating current is too high or too low

Board failure

146-161

Output # Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The suicide relay is not responding to commands

Board failure (relay or driver)

162-177

Output # Suicide Active. One output of three has suicided, Board failure the other two boards have picked up the current

VCCC/ 1 VCRC


SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun

Communication problem on IONet

2



3



16

System Limit Checking is Disabled. System limit checking System checking was disabled by has been disabled configuration

17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J33/J3A ID Failure

Failed ID chip on connector J33 or J3A, or cable problem

23

J44/J4A ID Failure

Failed ID chip on connector J44 or J4A, or cable problem

24

Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility. The firmware on this board cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to

Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board. Check the connections and call the factory.

30





VCMI

31


33-56/ 65-88

TBCI J33/J3A/J44/J4A Contact Input # Not Responding to Normally a VCCC problem, or the Test Mode. A single contact or group of contacts could battery reference voltage is missing to not be forced high or low during VCCC self-check the TBCI terminal board, or a bad cable.

129-140/ 145-156

TRLY J3/J4 Relay Output Coil # Does Not Match Requested State. A relay coil monitor shows that current is flowing or not flowing in the relay coil, so the relay is not responding to VCCC commands

The relay terminal board may not exist, or there may be a problem with this relay, or, if TMR, one VCCC may have been out-voted by the other two VCCC boards.

161-172/ 177-188

TRLY J3/J4 Relay Driver # Does Not Match Requested State. The relay is not responding to VCCC commands

The relay terminal board may not exist and the relay is still configured as used, or there may be a problem with this relay driver.

97-102/ 113-118

TRLY J3/J4 Fuse # Blown. The fuse monitor requires the The relay terminal board may not jumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respond exist, or the jumpers are not set and correctly there is no load, or the fuse is blown.

240/241

TBCI J3/J4 Excitation Voltage Not Valid, TBCI J33/J3A/J44/J4A Contact Inputs Not Valid. The VCCC monitors the excitation on all TBCI and DTCI boards, and the contact input requires this voltage to operate properly

The contact input terminal board may not exist, or the contact excitation may not be on, or be unplugged, or the excitation may be below the 125 V level.

256-415

Logic Signal Voting Mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value


1

SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun

Communication problem on IONet

2



3

CRC Failure Override is Active


16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure





24



25

Board inputs disagree with the voted value


30



31



32

P5=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P5 power supply is out of the specified operating limits

A VME rack backplane wiring problem and/or power supply problem

33


If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a back plane wiring or VME power supply problem.

34

N15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 power supply is out of the specified operating limits

If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.

35


If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.

36


If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.

37

P28A=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A power supply is out of the specified operating limits


38

P28B=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B power supply is out of the specified operating limits


39

P28C=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28C power supply is out of the specified operating limits

If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.

40

P28D=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28D power supply is out of the specified operating limits


41

P28E=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28E power supply is out of the specified operating limits




42



43

125 Volt Bus=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125Volt bus voltage is out of the specified operating limits

A source voltage or cabling problem; disable 125 V monitoring if not applicable.

44

125 Volt Bus Ground =###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125-Volt bus voltage ground is out of the specified operating limits

Leakage or a fault to ground causing an unbalance on the 125 V bus; disable 125 V monitoring if not applicable.

45

IONet-1 Communications Failure. Loss of communication on IONet1

Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem

46



47



48

VME Bus Error Detected (Total of ### Errors). The VCMI has detected errors on the VME bus

The sum of errors 60 through 66 Contact the factory.

49

Using Default Input Data, Rack R.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack

IONet communications failure - Check the VCMI and/or IONet cables.

50

Using Default Input Data, Rack S.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack


51

Using Default Input Data, Rack T.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack


52

Missed Time Match Interrupt (## uSec). The VCMI has detected a missed interrupt

Possible VCMI hardware failure

53

VCMI Scheduler Task Overrun. The VCMI did not complete running all its code before the end of the frame

Possibly too many I/O

54

Auto Slot ID Failure (Perm. VME Interrupt). The VCMI cannot perform its AUTOSLOT ID function

I/O board or backplane problem

55

Card ID/Auto Slot ID Mismatch. The VCMI cannot read the identity of a card that it has found in the rack

Board ID chip failed

56

Topology File/Board ID Mismatch. The VCMI has detected a mismatch between the configuration file and what it actually detects in the rack

ID chip mismatch - Check your configuration

57

Controller Sequencing Overrun

Too much application code used in controller. Reduce the code size.

58

Controller PCODE Version Mismatch between R,S,and T. Error during controller download R, S, and T have different software versions revalidate, build, and download all 3 controllers.

59

IONet Communications Failure. Loss of communications on the slave VCMI IONet

60-66

VME Error Bit # (Total ## Errors). The VCMI has detected VME backplane errors - Contact errors on the VME bus factory.

67

Controller Board is Offline. The VCMI cannot communicate with the controller


Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem (VCMI slave only)

Controller failed or is powered down.


68-87

I/O Board in Slot # is Offline. The VCMI cannot communicate with the specified board

I/O board is failed or removed. You must replace the board, or reconfigure the system and redownload to the VCMI, and reboot.

88

U17 Sectors 0-5 are not write protected

Sectors not write protected in manufacturing. Contact the factory.

89

SRAM resources exceeded. Topology/config too large

The size of the configured system is too large for the VCMI. You must reduce the size of the system.

VCRC VGEN

See VCCC 2



3



16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24



30



31



32-43

Relay Driver # does not Match Requested State. There is a mismatch between the relay driver command and the state of the output to the relay as sensed by VGEN

The relay terminal board may not exist and the relay is configured a used, or there may be a faulty relay driver circuit or drive sensors on VGEN.

44-55

Relay Output Coil # does not Match Requested State. There is a mismatch between the relay driver command and the state of the current sensed on the relay coil on the relay terminal board

Relay is defective, or the connector cable J4 to the relay terminal board J1 is disconnected, or the relay terminal board does not exist.



VPRO

56-59

Analog Input # Unhealthy. Analog Input 4−20 mA ## has exceeded the A/D converter's limits

60-65

Fuse # and/or # Blown. The fuse monitor requires the One or both of the listed fuses is jumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respond blown, or there is a loss of power on correctly TB3, or the terminal board does not exist, or the jumpers are not set.

66-69

Analog 4−20 mA Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the analog 4−20 mA auto calibration signals has failed. Auto calibration or 4-20 mA inputs are invalid

70-73

PT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the PT auto calibration Precision reference voltage or null signals has gone bad. Auto calibration of PT input signals reference is defective on VGEN, or is invalid, PT inputs are invalid multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.

74-79

CT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the CT auto calibration Precision reference voltage or null signals has gone bad. Auto calibration of CT input signals reference is defective on VGEN, or is invalid, CT inputs are invalid multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.

96-223


224-241



2



3

CRC failure override is active


16


System checking was disabled by configuration.

17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24




Analog input is too large, TGEN jumper (JP1, JP3, JP5, JP7) is in the wrong position, signal conditioning circuit on TGEN is defective, multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.

3 Volt or 9 Volt precision reference or null reference on VGEN is defective, or multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.


30



31



32-38

Contact Input # Not Responding to Test Mode. Trip interlock number # is not reliable

Contact input circuit failure on VPRO or TREG board.

39-40

Contact Excitation Voltage Test Failure. Contact excitation voltage has failed, trip interlock monitoring voltage is lost

Loss of P125 voltage caused by disconnection of JH1 to TREG, or disconnect of JX1, JY1, JZ1 on TREG to J3 on VPRO.

41-43

Thermocouple ## Raw Counts High. The ## thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from scan

A condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed +63 millivolts.

44-46

Thermocouple ## Raw Counts Low. The ## thermocouple The board detected a thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the open and applied a bias to the circuit converter limits and will be removed from scan driving it to a large negative number, or the TC is not connected, or a condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed −63 millivolts.

47

Cold Junction Raw Counts High. Cold junction device input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value is used

The cold junction device on the terminal board has failed.

48

Cold Junction Raw Counts Low. Cold junction device input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter


49

Calibration Reference # Raw Counts High. Calibration reference # input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong

The precision reference voltage on the board has failed.

50

Calibration Reference Raw Counts Low. The precision reference voltage on the Calibration reference input to the A/D converter exceeded board has failed. the converter limits

51

Null Reference Raw Counts High. The null (zero) reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits

The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed.

52

Null Reference Raw Counts Low. The null (zero) reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits


53-55

Thermocouple ## Linearization Table High. The thermocouple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's maximum value

The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the cold junction compensation is wrong.



56-58

Thermocouple ## Linearization Table Low. The thermo couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's minimum value


59-61

Analog Input # Unhealthy. The number # analog input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits

The input has exceeded 4−20 mA range, or for input #1 if jumpered for ±10 V, it has exceeded ±10 V range, or the 250 ohm burden resistor on TPRO has failed.

63

P15=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P15 power supply is out of the specified +12.75 to +17.25 V operating limits

Analog ±15 V power supply on VPRO board has failed.

64

N15=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 power supply is out of the specified –17.25 to –12.75 V operating limits

Analog ±15 V power supply on VPRO board has failed.

67

P28A=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A power supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 V operating limits

The P28A power supply on VPWR board has failed, test P28A at VPRO front panel, otherwise there may be a bad connection at J9, the VPWR to VPRO interconnect.

68

P28B=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B power supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 V operating limits

The P28B power supply on VPWR board has failed, test P28B at VPRO front panel, otherwise there may be a bad connection at J9, the VPWR to VPRO interconnect.

69-71

Trip Relay (ETR) Driver # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the Emergency Trip Relay (ETR) does not match the state of the relay driver feedback signal; the ETR cannot be reliably driven until corrected

The ETR # relay driver or relay driver feedback monitor on the TREG terminal board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect.

75

Servo Clamp Relay Driver Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the servo clamp relay does not match the state of the servo clamp relay driver feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the servo clamp relay until corrected

The servo clamp relay driver or relay driver feedback monitor on the TREG board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect.

76

K25A Relay (Synch Check) Driver Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the K25A relay does not match the state of the K25A relay driver feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay until corrected

K25A relay driver or relay driver feedback on the TREG board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect.

83-85

Trip Relay (ETR) Contact # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the ETR does not match the state of the ETR contact feedback signal; the ETR cannot be reliably driven until corrected

The relay driver on TREG may have failed, or the ETR on the TREG board has failed, or the cabling between the VPRO and TREG is incorrect.

99-104

TREG Solenoid Voltage # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the trip solenoid # does not match the command logic of the voted ETR # on TREG, and the voted primary trip relay (PTR) # on TRPG, the ETR cannot be reliably driven until corrected

The trip solenoid # voltage monitor on TREG has failed or ETR # driver failed, or PTR # driver failed. There may be a loss of 125 V dc via the J2 connector from TRPG, which has a diagnostic.

72-74

Econ Relay Driver # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the economizing relay does not match the state of the economizing relay driver feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the economizing relay until corrected

Economizing relay driver # or relay driver feedback monitor on TREG board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect.

77-79

91-93

80-82



86-88

Econ Relay Contact # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the economizing relay does not match the state of the economizing relay contact feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the economizing relay until corrected

Economizing relay driver # on TREG board has failed, or the economizing relay on TREG has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect.

90

K25A Relay (Synch Check) Coil Trouble, Cabling to P28V on TTUR. The state of the command to the K25A relay does not match the state of the K25A relay contact feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay until the problem is corrected. The signal path is from VPRO to TREG to TRPG to VTUR to TTUR

The K25A relay driver or relay driver feedback on the TREG board has failed, or the K25A relay on TTUR has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TTUR is incorrect.

89

Servo Clamp Relay Contact Mismatch Requested State. The state of the command to the servo clamp relay does not match the state of the servo clamp relay contact feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the servo clamp relay until corrected

The servo clamp relay driver or the servo clamp relay on the TREG board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG is incorrect.

97

TREG J3 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 V dc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected; cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids

The power detection monitor on the TREG1 board has failed, or there is a loss of P125 V dc via the J2 connector from TRPG board, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG1 or between TREG1 and TRPG is incorrect.

98

TREG J4 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 V dc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected; cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids K4-K6

The power detection monitor on the TREG2 board has failed, or there is a loss of P125 V dc via the J2 connector from TRPG board, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG2 or between TREG2 and TRPG is incorrect. Also trip relays K4-K6 may be configured when there is no TREG2 board.

105

TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus A, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus A; cannot reliably drive these solenoids

Loss of power bus A through J2 connector from TRPL/S

106

TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus B, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus B; cannot reliably drive these solenoids

Loss of power bus B through J2 connector from TRPL/S

107

TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus C, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus C; cannot reliably drive these solenoids

Loss of Power Bus C through J2 connector from TRPL/S

128-319


320-339



2



3



94-96

VPYR



16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24



30



31



32&38

Milliamp input associated with the slow average temperature is unhealthy. Pyro## SLOW AVG TEMP unhealthy

Specified pyrometer's average output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.

33&39

Pyro## Slow Max Pk Temp unhealthy. Milliamp input associated with the slow maximum peak temperature is unhealthy

Specified pyrometer's maximum output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.

34&40

Pyro## Slow Average Peak Temp. Milliamp input associated with the slow average peak temperature is unhealthy

Specified pyrometer's peak output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.

35&41

Pyro##Fast Temp Unhealthy. Milliamp input associated with the fast temperature is unhealthy

Specified pyrometer's fast output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.

36&42

Pyro## Fast Cal Reference out of limits. The fast calibration reference is out of limits

VPYR is faulty

37&43

Pyro## Fast Cal Null out of limits. The fast calibration null is out of limits

VPYR is faulty

44

Slow Cal Reference out of limits. The slow calibration reference is out of limits

VPYR is faulty

45

Slow Cal Null out of limits. The slow calibration null is out of limits

VPYR is faulty

128-191




VAMA

224-247



M040

ASIG Open Wire Detection V dc

Terminal board or cable problem

M041

ARET Open Wire Detection V dc


M042

BSIG Open Wire Detection V dc


M043

BRET Open Wire Detection V dc


M044

Chan A DAC Bias V dc

Board failure

M045

Chan B DAC Bias V dc

Board failure

M046

Chan A Diff Amp Out V dc

Board failure

M047

Chan B Diff Amp Out V dc

Board failure

M048

Chan A FFT Filtered Null Counts

Board failure

M049

Chan B FFT Filtered Null Counts

Board failure

M050

Chan A FFT Filtered Reference Counts

Board failure

M051

Chan B FFT Filtered Reference Counts

Board failure

M052

Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts

Board failure

M053

Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts

Board failure

M054

Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts

Board failure

M055

Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts

Board failure

M072

Chan A FFT Null

Board failure

M073

Chan B FFT Null Counts

Board failure

M074

Chan A FFT Reference Counts

Board failure

M075

Chan B FFT Reference Counts

Board failure

M076

Chan A (Slow) RMS Null Counts

Board failure

M077

Chan B (Slow) RMS Null Counts

Board failure

M078

Chan A (Slow) RMS Reference Counts

Board failure

M079

Chan B (Slow) RMS Reference Counts

Board failure

M080

Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300

Board failure

M081

Board failure

M082

Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600

M083

Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600

Board failure

M084

Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160

Board failure

M085

Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160

Board failure

M086

Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600

Board failure

Config. Dep.

VAMA Startup


Board failure


M087

Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600

Board failure

M088

Slow Ch A RMS Gain Corr 270_970Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600

Board failure

M089

Slow Ch B RMS Gain Corr 270_970Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600

Board failure

M090

CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0

Board failure

M091

CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0

Board failure

M092

CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300

Board failure

M093

CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300

Board failure

M094


Board failure

M095


Board failure

M096


Board failure

M097


Board failure

M098

CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600

Board failure

M099

CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600

Board failure

M100


Board failure

M101


Board failure

M102


Board failure

M103


Board failure

M104

CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 –12db

Board failure

M105

CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 –12db

Board failure

M106

CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 –12db

Board failure

M107

CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 –12db

Board failure

M108

CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 –6db

Board failure

M109

CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 –6db

Board failure

M110


Board failure

M111


Board failure

M112


Board failure

M113


Board failure

M114

CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 –3db

Board failure

M115

CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 –3db

Board failure

M116

CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 –3db

Board failure

M117

CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 –3db

Board failure

M118

CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400

Board failure

M119

CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400

Board failure

M120

CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400

Board failure

M121

CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400

Board failure

M122


Board failure

M123


Board failure



M124


Board failure

M125

Board failure

M126

CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db

M127

CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db

Board failure

M128

CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db

Board failure

M129

CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db

Board failure

M130

CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 –9db

Board failure

M131


Board failure

M132


Board failure

M133

Board failure

M134

CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 –9db CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 –15db

M135


Board failure

M136


Board failure

M137


Board failure

M138


Board failure

M139


Board failure

M140


Board failure

M141


Board failure

M142


Board failure

M143


Board failure

M144


Board failure

M145


Board failure

M146


Board failure

M147


Board failure

M148


Board failure

M149


Board failure

M150

CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db

Board failure

M151

CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db

Board failure

M152

CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db

Board failure

M153

CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db

Board failure

M154


Board failure

M155


Board failure

M156


Board failure

M157


Board failure

M158


Board failure

M159


Board failure

M160


Board failure

M161


Board failure

M162


Board failure


Board failure

Board failure


M163


Board failure

M164


Board failure

M165


Board failure

M166


Board failure

M167


Board failure

M168


Board failure

M169


Board failure

M170


Board failure

M171


Board failure

M172


Board failure

M173


Board failure

M174


Board failure

M175


Board failure

M176


Board failure

M177


Board failure

M178


Board failure

M179


Board failure

M180


Board failure

M181


Board failure

M182


Board failure

M183


Board failure

M184


Board failure

M185


Board failure

M186

CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db Board failure

M187

CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db

M188

CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db Board failure

M189

CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db

Board failure

M190

CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50%

Board failure

M191

CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50%

Board failure

M192

CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50%

Board failure

M193

CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50%

Board failure

M194


Board failure

M195


Board failure

M196


Board failure

M197


Board failure

M198

CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5%

Board failure

M199

CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5%

Board failure

M200

CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5%

Board failure


Board failure


VRTD

M201

CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5%

Board failure

M202


Board failure

M203


Board failure

M204


Board failure

M205


Board failure

M206

Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc

Board failure

M207

Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc

Board failure

M208

Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc

Board failure

M209

Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc

Board failure

M210

Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to –1.0V dc

Board failure

M211

Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to –1.0V dc

Board failure

M212

FFT Chan A A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz

Board failure

M213

FFT Chan B A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz

Board failure

2



3



16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24



30



31





32-47

RTD # high voltage reading, Counts are Y

An RTD wiring/cabling open, or an open on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed.

48-63

RTD # low voltage reading, Counts are Y

An RTD wiring/cabling short, or a short on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed.

64-79

RTD # high current reading, Counts are Y

The current source on the VRTD is bad, or the measurement device has failed.

80-95

RTD # low current reading, Counts are Y.

An RTD wiring/cabling open, or an open on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed.

96-111

RTD # Resistance calc high, it is Y Ohms. RTD # has a higher value than the table and the value is Y

The wrong type of RTD has been configured or selected by default, or there are high resistance values created by faults 32 or 35, or both 32 and 35.

112-127

RTD # Resistance calc low, it is Y Ohms. TRD # has a lower value than the table and the value is Y

The wrong type of RTD has been configured or selected by default, or there are low resistance values created by faults 33 or 34, or both 33 and 34.

128-151

Voltage Circuits for RTDs, or Current Circuits for RTDs have Reference raw counts high or low, or Null raw counts high or low

Internal VRTD problems such as a damaged reference voltage circuit, or a bad current reference source, or the voltage/current null multiplexer is damaged.

152

Failed one Clock Validity Test, scanner still running. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions

VME board, terminal board, or cable could be defective.

153

Failed one Phase Validity Test, scanner still running. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions


154

Failed both Clock Validity Tests, scanner shutdown. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions


155

Terminal Board connection(s) wrong. Cables crossed between , , and

Check cable connections.

156

25 Hz Scan not Allowed in TMR Mode, please reconfigure Configuration error. Choose scan of 4 Hz_50 Hz Fltr or 4 Hz_60 Hz Fltr.

160-255

Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could this board disagrees with the voted value. be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.



VSVO

256-271



2



3



16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24



30



31



33-44

LVDT # RMS Voltage Out of Limits. Minimum and maximum LVDT limits are configured

The LVDT may need recalibration.

45

Calibration Mode Enabled

The VSVO was put into calibration mode.

46

VSVO Board Not Online, Servos Suicided. The servo is suicided because the VSVO is not on-line

The controller (R, S, T) or IONet is down, or there is a configuration problem with the system preventing the VCMI from bringing the board on line.

47-51

Servo Current # Disagrees with Reference, Suicided. The servo current error (reference - feedback) is greater than the configured current suicide margin

A cable/wiring open circuit, or board problem.

52-56

Servo Current # Short Circuit. This is not currently used

NA



VTCC

57-61

Servo Current # Open Circuit. The servo voltage is greater than 5V and the measured current is less than 10%

A cable/wiring open circuit, or board problem.

62-66

Servo Position # Feedback Out of Range, Suicided. Regulator number # position feedback is out of range, causing the servo to suicide

LVDT or board problem

67-71

Configuration Message Error for Regulator Number #. There is a problem with the VSVO configuration and the servo will not operate properly

The LVDT minimum and maximum voltages are equal or reversed, or an invalid LVDT, regulator, or servo number is specified.

72

Onboard Calibration Voltage Range Fault. The A/D calibration voltages read from the FPGA are out of limits, and the VSVO will use default values instead

A problem with the Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) on the board

73-75

LVDT Excitation # Voltage out of range

There is a problem with the LVDT excitation source on the VSVO board.

77

Servo output assignment mismatch. Regulator types 8 & 9 use two servo outputs each. They have to be consecutive pairs, and they have to be configured as the same range

Fix the regulator configurations.

128-191


224-259



2



3



16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure.


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24





30



31



32-55

Thermocouple ## Raw Counts High. The ## thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from scan

A condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed +63 millivolts.

56-79

Thermocouple ## Raw Counts Low. The ## thermocouple The board has detected a input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the thermocouple open and has applied a converter limits and will be removed from scan bias to the circuit driving it to a large negative number, or the TC is not connected, or a condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed −63 millivolts.

80,81

Cold Junction # Raw Counts High. Cold junction device number # input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value is used


82,83

Cold Junction # Raw Counts Low. Cold junction device number # input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value is used


84,85

Calibration Reference # Raw Counts High. Calibration Reference # input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong


86,87

Calibration Reference # Raw Counts Low. Calibration Reference # input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong


88,89

Null Reference # Raw Counts High


90,91

Null Reference # Raw Counts Low. The null (zero) reference number # input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits. If null ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if null ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong


92-115

Thermocouple ## Linearization Table High. The thermocouple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's maximum value




VTUR

116-139

Thermocouple ## Linearization Table Low. The thermo couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's minimum value


160-255

Logic Signal # Voting mismatch


256-281



2



3



16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24



30



31



32-37

Solenoid # Relay Driver Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (16) relay driver feedback is incorrect as compared to the command; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until the hardware failure is corrected

The solenoid relay driver on the TRPG/L/S board has failed, or the cabling between VTUR and TRPG/L/S is incorrect.



38-43

Solenoid # Contact Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (1-6) relay contact feedback is incorrect as compared to the command; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until the hardware failure is corrected

The solenoid relay driver or the solenoid relay on the TRPG/L/S board has failed, or the cabling between VTUR and TRPG/L/S is incorrect.

44-45

TRPG # Solenoid Power Absent. P125/24 V dc power is not present on TRPG terminal board; VTUR cannot energize trip solenoids 1 through 3, or 4 through 6 until power is present

Power may not be coming into TRPG/L/S on the J1 connector, or the monitoring circuit on TRPG/L/S is bad, or the cabling between TRPG/L/S and VTUR is at fault.

46,48

TRPG # Flame Detector Volts Low at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or Power comes into TRPG via J3, J4, 2 flame detect voltage is low; the ability to detect flame by and J5. If the voltage is less than detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable 314.9 V dc, this should be investigated. If the voltage is above this value, the monitoring circuitry on TRPG or the cabling between TRPG and VTUR is suspect.

47,49

TRPG # Flame Detector Volts High at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or 2 flame detect voltage is high; the ability to detect flame by detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable because the excitation voltage is too high and the devices may be damaged

This power comes into TRPG via J3, J4, and J5. If the voltage is greater than 355.1 V dc, this should be investigated. If the voltage is below this value, the monitoring circuitry on TRPG or the cabling between TRPG and VTUR is suspect.

50

L3BKRGXS – Synch Check Relay is Slow. The auto synchronization algorithm has detected that during synchronization with no dead bus closure (synch bypass was false) the auto synch relay I3BKRGES closed before synch relay I3BKRGEX closed

The synch check relay I3BKRGXS, known as K25A, on TTUR is suspect; also the cabling between VTUR and TTUR may be at fault.

51

L3BKRGES – Auto Synch Relay is Slow. The auto synchronization algorithm has detected that the auto synch relay I3BKRGES had not closed by two cycle times after the command I25 was given

The Auto synch relay I3BKRGES also known as K25, on TTUR is suspect; also the cabling between VTUR and TTUR may be at fault.

52-53

Breaker # Slower than Adjustment Limit Allows. Breaker 1 or 2 close time was measured to be slower than the auto synch algorithms adaptive close time adjustment limit allows

The breaker is experiencing a problem, or the operator should consider changing the configuration (both nominal close time and selfadaptive limit in ms can be configured).

54

Synchronization Trouble - K25 Relay Locked Up. The K25 on TTUR is most likely stuck auto synchronization algorithm has determined that the closed, or the contacts are welded. auto synch relay I3BKRGES, also known as K25, is locked up. Auto synch will not be possible until the relay is replaced

55

Card and Configuration File Incompatibility. You are attempting to install a VTUR board that is not compatible with the VTUR TRE file you have installed

Install the correct TRE file from the factory

56

Term Board on J5X and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J5 is different than the board that is configured

Check your configuration.

57

Term Board on J3 and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J3 is different than the board that is configured


58

Term Board on J4 and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J4 is different than the board that is configured




VVIB

59

Term Board on J4A and Config File Incompatibility. Check your configuration. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J4A is different than the board that is configured

60

Term. Board TTUR and card VTUR Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the TTUR connected to it is an incompatible hardware revision

The TTUR or VTUR must be changed to a compatible combination.

61

TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "A" Absent

Cabling problem or solenoid power source

62

TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "B" Absent


63

TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "C" Absent


64-66

TRPL/S J4 Solenoid # Voltage mismatch. The voltage feedback disagrees with the PTR or ETR feedback

PTR or ETR relays, or defective feedback circuitry

128-223

Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value


224-251



2



3



16



17

Board ID Failure


18

J3 ID Failure


19

J4 ID Failure


20

J5 ID Failure


21

J6 ID Failure


22

J3A ID Failure


23

J4A ID Failure


24


Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board.

30





31



32

VVIB A/D Converter 1 Calibration Outside of Spec. VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If any one of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of its expected value, this alarm is set

The hardware failed (if so replace the board) or there is a voltage supply problem

33

VVIB A/D Converter 2 Calibration Outside of Spec. VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If any one of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of its expected value, this alarm is set

The hardware failed (if so replace the board) or there is a voltage supply problem

65-77/ 81-93

TVIB J3/J4 Analog Input # out of limits. VVIB monitors the The TVIB board(s) may not exist but Signal Levels from the 2 A/D. If any one of the voltages is the sensor is specified as used, or the above the max value, this diagnostic is set sensor may be bad, or the wire fell off, or the device is miswired.

128-287


288-404



Controller Runtime Errors In addition to generating diagnostic alarms, the UCVB and the UCVD controller boards display status information on front panel LEDs. The Status LED group on these controllers contains eight segments in a two vertical column layout as shown in Figure 8-3. These LEDs display controller errors if a problem occurs. The rightmost column makes up the lower hexadecimal digit and the leftmost column makes up the upper digit (the least significant bits on the bottom). Numerical conversions are provided with the fault code definitions.

For example, flashing F in this pattern:

Controller front panel ACTIVE SLOT1 BMAS ENET SYS BSLV

H S T A T U S

FLSH GENA

L

F F F

is error 0x43, decimal 67

Figure 8-3. Flashing Controller Status LEDs Indicate Error Codes



If the controller detects certain system errors (typically during boot-up or download), it displays flashing and non-flashing codes on these green status LEDs. These codes correspond to runtime errors listed in the toolbox help file. Table 8-3 describes the types of errors displayed by the LEDs. Table 8-3. Controller Runtime Errors Controller Condition

Status LED Display

Controller successfully completes its boot-up sequence and begins to execute application code

Display a “walking ones” pattern consisting of a single lighted green LED rotating through the bank of LEDs.

Error occurs during the BIOS phase of the boot-up sequence

Non-flashing error code is displayed

Error occurs during the application code load

Flashing error codes are displayed until the error has been corrected and either the application code is downloaded again, or the controller is rebooted.

Error occurs while the controller is running

May freeze with only a single LED lighted. No useful information can be interpreted from the LED position. Fault codes are generated internally.



Totalizers Totalizers are timers and counters that store critical data such as number of trips, number of starts, and number of fired hours. The Mark VI provides a special block, Totalizer, that maintains up to 64 values in a protected section of the NVRAM. An unprivileged user cannot modify the data, either accidentally or intentionally. The totalizer block should be placed in a protected macro to prevent the logic driving its counters from being modified. Users with sufficient privilege may set and clear Totalizer counter values from a toolbox dialogue. The standard block library help file provides more details on using the totalizer block.



Troubleshooting To start troubleshooting, be certain the racks have correct power supply voltages; these can be checked at the test points on the left-hand side on the VME rack. Refer to Help files as required. From the toolbox, click Help for files on Runtime Errors and the Block Library. Also, from the Start button, navigate to the Mark VI controller to see help files on Runtime, I/O networks, Serial Loader, Standard Block Library, and Turbine Block Library. This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment. First level troubleshooting uses the LEDs on the front of the I/O and VCMI boards. If more information on the board problems and I/O problems is required, use the toolbox diagnostic alarm display for details.

I/O Board LEDs Green - Normal Operation During normal operation all the Run LEDs on the board front panels flash green together. All boards and all racks should flash green in synchronism. If one light is out of sequence there could be a problem with the synchronizing on that board which should be investigated. Contact your turbine control representative and have the firmware revision number for that board available.

Orange - System Diagnostic in Queue If the orange Status LED lights on one board, this indicates there is an I/O or system diagnostic in queue in that board. This is not an I/O board failure, but may be a sensor problem. Ø To view the diagnostic message 1.

From the toolbox Outline View, select Online using the Go on/offline button.

2.

Locate the rack in the Summary View and right-mouse click the board. A pop-up menu displays.

3.

From the pop-up menu, select View Diagnostic Alarms. The Diagnostic Alarms table displays. The following data is displayed in tabular form: Time The time when the diagnostic was generated Fault Code The fault code number, in this chapter's I/O Board Alarm list Status A 1 indicates an active alarm, and a 0 indicates a cleared but not reset (acknowledged) alarm Description A short message describing the diagnostic

This diagnostic screen is a snapshot, but not real time. For new data, select the Update command.



Use the left-mouse button and click on the board. All the real time I/O values display in the Summary View. At the top of the list is the L3DIAG board alarm, followed by the board point system limit values, and with the I/O (sensor) values at the bottom. From these alarms and I/O values, determine whether the problem is in the terminal board or in the sensor. For example, if all the I/O points in a board are bad, the board has failed, a cable is loose, or the board has not been configured. If only a few I/O points are bad, the I/O values are bad, or part of the terminal board is burned up.

Red - Board Not Operating If a board has a red Fail LED lit, it indicates the board is not operating. Check if it is loose in its slot and, if so, switch off the rack power supply, push the board in, and turn on the power again. If the red light still comes on, power down the rack, remove the board and check the firmware flash chip. This chip can be plugged in the wrong way, which damages it; Figure 8-4 shows a typical I/O board with the chip location. The chamfer on the chip should line up with the chamfer on the receptacle, as shown. If no flash chip is installed, replace the board with a new one. I/O Board

I/O Board Generic Circuitry

Flash Memory Chip

Flash Memory Socket

I/O Board Specific Circuitry

Figure 8-4. I/O Board with Flash Memory Chip

Earlier I/O board versions had a reset button on the front. If your board has this, check to see if this button is stuck in. If so replace the board with a new one. It is possible the failure is in the rack slot and not in the board. This can be determined by board swapping, assuming the turbine is shut down. Remove the same good board from the same slot in an adjacent TMR rack, and move the bad board to this good slot. Be careful to power down the racks each time. If the problem follows the board, replace the board. If it does not, there may be a problem with the VME backplane. Inspect the board slot for damage; if none is visible it may be the original board was not seated correctly.



If a whole rack of I/O boards show red LEDs, it is probably caused by a communication failure between the slave VCMI and the I/O boards in the rack. This can result from a controller or VCMI failure or an IONet cable break. Either the master or slave VCMI could be at fault, so check the Fail LEDs to see where the problem is. The failure could also be caused by a rack power supply problem. If several but not all I/O boards in a rack show red, this is probably caused by a rack power supply problem.

Controller Failures If the controller fails, the rotating green LED on the front panel stops. Check the VCMI and controller diagnostic queues for failure information. Power down the controller rack and reboot by bringing power back (do not use the Reset button). If the controller stays failed after reboot, replace it with a spare. If several LEDs are stopped and flashing, this indicates a runtime error that is typically a boot-up or download problem. The LED hex code indicates the type of error encountered. The controller Runtime Errors Help screen on the toolbox also displays all the runtime errors together with suggested actions. If the controller or its VCMI fails, then the IONet on this channel stops sending or receiving data. This drives the outputs on the failed channel to their fail-safe state. The failure does not affect the other two IONet channels, which keep running.

Power Distribution Module Failure The PDM is a very reliable module with no active components. However, it does contain fuses and circuit switches, and may have an occasional cabling or connector problem. Most of the outputs have lights indicating voltage across their supply circuit. Open the PDM front door to see the lights, switches, and fuses. PDM diagnostic information is collected by the VCMI, including the 125 V dc bus voltage and the status of the fuses feeding relay output boards. These can be viewed on the toolbox by selecting and right-clicking the VCMI board, and then selecting View Diagnostic Alarms. These diagnostics are listed in this chapter in the I/O board alarms section under VCMI.



Glossary of Terms

ADL Asynchronous Device Language, an application layer protocol used for I/O communication on IONet.

application code Software that controls the machines or processes, specific to the application.

ARCNET Attached Resource Computer Network. A LAN communications protocol developed by Datapoint Corporation. The physical (coax and chip) and datalink (token ring and board interface) layer of a 2.5 MHz communication network which serves as the basis for DLAN+. See DLAN+.

ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange. An 8-bit code used for data.

attributes Information, such as location, visibility, and type of data that sets something apart from others. In signals, an attribute can be a field within a record.

Balance of Plant (BOP) Plant equipment other than the turbine that needs to be controlled.

baud A unit of data transmission. Baud rate is the number of bits per second transmitted.

Bently Nevada A manufacturer of shaft vibration monitoring equipment.

bind A toolbox command in the Device menu used to obtain information from the SDB.


Glossary of Terms • G-1

BIOS Basic input/output system. Performs the controller boot-up, which includes hardware self-tests and the file system loader. The BIOS is stored in EEPROM and is not loaded from the toolbox.

bit Binary Digit. The smallest unit of memory used to store only one piece of information with two states, such as One/Zero or On/Off. Data requiring more than two states, such as numerical values 000 to 999, requires multiple bits (see Word).

block Instruction blocks contain basic control functions, which are connected together during configuration to form the required machine or process control. Blocks can perform math computations, sequencing, or continuous control. The toolbox receives a description of the blocks from the block libraries.

board Printed wiring board.

Boolean Digital statement that expresses a condition that is either True or False. In the toolbox, it is a data type for logical signals.

bus An electrical path for transmitting and receiving data.

bumpless No disruption to the control when downloading.

byte A group of binary digits (bits); a measure of data flow when bytes per second.

CIMPLICITY Operator interface software configurable for a wide variety of control applications.

CMOS Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor.

COI Computer Operator Interface that consists of a set of product and application specific operator displays running on a small panel pc hosting Embedded Windows NT.

COM port Serial controller communication ports (two). COM1 is reserved for diagnostic information and the Serial Loader. COM2 is used for I/O communication

G-2 • Glossary of Terms


configure To select specific options, either by setting the location of hardware jumpers or loading software parameters into memory.

CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check, used to detect errors in Ethernet and other transmissions.

CT Current Transformer, used to measure current in an ac power cable.

datagrams Messages sent from the controller to I/O blocks over the Genius network.

data server A PC which gathers control data from input networks and makes the data available to PCs on output networks.

DCS (Distributed Control System) Control system, usually applied to control of boilers and other process equipment.

dead band A range of values in which the incoming signal can be altered without changing the output response.

device A configurable component of a process control system.

DDPT IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board that is used in conjunction with the IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used to monitor acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.

DIN-rail European standard mounting rail for electronic modules.

DLAN+ GE Industrial System's LAN protocol, using an ARCNET controller chip with modified ARCNET drivers. A communications link between exciters, drives, and controllers, featuring a maximum of 255 drops with transmissions at 2.5 MBPS.

DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory, used in microprocessor-based equipment.

EGD Ethernet Global Data is a control network and protocol for the controller. Devices share data through EGD exchanges (pages).



EMI Electro-magnetic interference; this can affect an electronic control system

Ethernet LAN with a 10/100 M baud collision avoidance/collision detection system used to link one or more computers together. Basis for TCP/IP and I/O services layers that conform to the IEEE 802.3 standard, developed by Xerox, Digital, and Intel.

EVA Early valve actuation, to protect against loss of synchronization.

event A property of Status_S signals that causes a task to execute when the value of the signal changes.

EX2000 (Exciter) GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control the generator output voltage.

EX2100 (Exciter) Latest version of GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control the generator output voltage.

fanned input An input to the termination board which is connected to all three TMR I/O boards.

fault code A message from the controller to the HMI indicating a controller warning or failure.

Finder A subsystem of the toolbox for searching and determining the usage of a particular item in a configuration.

firmware The set of executable software that is stored in memory chips that hold their content without electrical power, such as EEPROM.

flash A non-volatile programmable memory device.

forcing Setting a live signal to a particular value, regardless of the value blockware or I/O is writing to that signal.

frame rate Basic scheduling period of the controller encompassing one complete input-compute-output cycle for the controller. It is the system dependent scan rate.



function The highest level of the blockware hierarchy, and the entity that corresponds to a single .tre file.

gateway A device that connects two dissimilar LAN or connects a LAN to a wide-area network (WAN), PC, or a mainframe. A gateway can perform protocol and bandwidth conversion.

Graphic Window A subsystem of the toolbox for viewing and setting the value of live signals.

health A term that defines whether a signal is functioning as expected.

Heartbeat A signal emitted at regular intervals by software to demonstrate that it is still active.

hexadecimal (hex) Base 16 numbering system using the digits 0-9 and letters A-F to represent the decimal numbers 0-15. Two hex digits represent 1 byte.

HMI Human Machine Interface, usually a PC running CIMPLICITY software.

HRSG Heat Recovery Steam Generator using exhaust from a gas turbine.

ICS Integrated Control System. ICS combines various power plant controls into a single system.

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. A United States-based society that develops standards.

initialize To set values (addresses, counters, registers, and such) to a beginning value prior to the rest of processing.

Innovation Series Controller A process and logic controller used for several types of GE industrial control systems.

I/O Input/output interfaces that allow the flow of data into and out of a device.



I/O drivers Interface the controller with input/output devices, such as sensors, solenoid valves, and drives, using a choice of communication networks.

I/O mapping Method for moving I/O points from one network type to another without needing an interposing application task.

IONet The Mark VI I/O Ethernet communication network; controlled by the VCMIs.

insert Adding an item either below or next to another item in a configuration, as it is viewed in the hierarchy of the Outline View of the toolbox.

instance Update an item with a new definition.

item A line of the hierarchy of the Outline View of the toolbox, which can be inserted, configured, and edited (such as Function or System Data).

IP Address The address assigned to a device on an Ethernet communication network.

LCI Static Starter This runs the generator as a motor to bring a gas turbine up to starting speed.

logical A statement of a true sense, such as a Boolean.

macro A group of instruction blocks (and other macros) used to perform part of an application program. Macros can be saved and reused.

Mark VI Turbine controller A version of the Innovation Series controller hosted in one or more VME racks that perform turbine-specific speed control, logic, and sequencing.

median The middle value of three values; the median selector picks the value most likely to be closest to correct.

Modbus A serial communication protocol developed by Modicon for use between PLCs and other computers.



module A collection of tasks that have a defined scheduling period in the controller.

MTBFO Mean Time Between Forced Outage, a measure of overall system reliability.

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association; a U.S. standards organization.

non-volatile The memory specially designed to store information even when the power is off.

online Online mode provides full CPU communications, allowing data to be both read and written. It is the state of the toolbox when it is communicating with the system for which it holds the configuration. Also, a download mode where the device is not stopped and then restarted.

pcode A binary set of records created by the toolbox, which contain the controller application configuration code for a device. Pcode is stored in RAM and Flash memory.

Power Distribution Module (PDM) The PDM distributes 125 V dc and 115 V ac to the VME racks and I/O termination boards.

period The time between execution scans for a Module or Task. Also a property of a Module that is the base period of all of the Tasks in the Module.

pin Block, macro, or module parameter that creates a signal used to make interconnections.

Plant Data Highway (PDH) Ethernet communication network between the HMI Servers and the HMI Viewers and workstations

PLC Programmable Logic Controller. Designed for discrete (logic) control of machinery. It also computes math (analog) function and performs regulatory control.

PLU Power load unbalance, detects a load rejection condition which can cause overspeed.



product code (runtime) Software stored in the controller’s Flash memory that converts application code (pcode) to executable code.

PROFIBUS An open fieldbus communication standard defined in international standard EN 50 170 and is supported in Simplex Mark VI systems.

Proximitor Bently Nevada's proximity probes used for sensing shaft vibration.

PT Potential Transformer, used for measuring voltage in a power cable.

QNX A real time operating system used in the controller.

realtime Immediate response, referring to process control and embedded control systems that must respond instantly to changing conditions.

reboot To restart the controller or toolbox.

RFI Radio Frequency Interference; this is high frequency electromagnetic energy which can affect the system.

register page A form of shared memory that is updated over a network. Register pages can be created and instanced in the controller and posted to the SDB.

relay ladder diagram (RLD) A ladder diagram represents a relay circuit. Power is considered to flow from the left rail through contacts to the coil connected at the right.

resources Also known as groups. Resources are systems (devices, machines, or work stations where work is performed) or areas where several tasks are carried out. Resource configuration plays an important role in the CIMPLICITY system by routing alarms to specific users and filtering the data users receive.

RPSM IS2020RPSM Redundant Power Supply Module for VME racks that mounts on the side of the control rack instead of the power supply. The two power supplies that feed the RPSM are mounted remotely.



RTD Resistance Temperature Device, used for measuring temperature.

runtime See product code.

runtime errors Controller problems indicated on the front panel by coded flashing LEDS, and also in the Log View of the toolbox.

sampling rate The rate at which process signal samples are obtained, measured in samples/second.

Serial Loader Connects the controller to the toolbox PC using the RS-232C COM ports. The Serial Loader initializes the controller flash file system and sets its TCP/IP address to allow it to communicate with the toolbox over Ethernet.

Server A PC which gathers data over Ethernet from plant devices, and makes the data available to PC-based operator interfaces known as Viewers.

SIFT Software Implemented Fault Tolerance, a technique for voting the three incoming I/O data sets to find and inhibit errors. Note that Mark VI also uses output hardware voting.

signal The basic unit for variable information in the controller.

Simplex Operation that requires only one set of control and I/O, and generally uses only one channel. The entire Mark VI control system can operate in Simplex mode, or individual VME boards in an otherwise TMR system can operate in Simplex mode.

simulation Running a system without all of the configured I/O devices by modeling the behavior of the machine and the devices in software.

stall detection Detection of stall condition in a gas turbine compressor.

Status_S GE proprietary communications protocol that provides a way of commanding and presenting the necessary control, configuration, and feedback data for a device. The protocol over DLAN+ is Status_S. It can send directed, group, or broadcast messages.



SOE Sequence of Events, a high-speed record of contact closures taken during a plant upset to allow detailed analysis of the event.

Static Starter See LCI.

Status_S pages Devices share data through Status_S pages. They make the addresses of the points on the pages known to other devices through the system database.

symbols Created by the toolbox and stored in the controller, the symbol table contains signal names and descriptions for diagnostic messages.

task A group of blocks and macros scheduled for execution by the user.

TBAI Analog input termination board, interfaces with VAIC.

TBAO Analog output termination board, interfaces with VAOC.

TBCC Thermocouple input termination board, interfaces with VTCC.

TBCI Contact input termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.

TCP/IP Communications protocols developed to inter-network dissimilar systems. It is a de facto UNIX standard, but is supported on almost all systems. TCP controls data transfer and IP provides the routing for functions, such as file transfer and e-mail.

TGEN Generator termination board, interfaces with VGEN.

time slice Division of the total module scheduling period. There are eight slices per single execution period. These slices provide a means for scheduling modules and tasks to begin execution at different times.

TMR Triple Modular Redundancy. An operation that uses three identical sets of control and I/O (channels R, S, and T) and votes the results.



token passing network The token is a message which gives a station permission to transmit on a network; this token is passed from station to station so all can transmit in turn.

toolbox A Windows-based software package used to configure the Mark VI controllers, also exciters and drives.

TPRO Turbine protection termination board, interfaces with VPRO.

TPYR Pyrometer termination board for blade temperature measurement, interfaces with VPYR.

TREG Turbine emergency trip termination board, interfaces with VPRO.

trend A time-based plot to show the history of values, similar to a recorder, available in the Historian and the toolbox.

TRLY Relay output termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.

TRPG Primary trip termination board, interfaces with VTUR.

TRTD RTD input termination board, interfaces with VRTD.

TSVO Servo termination board, interfaces with VSVO.

TTUR Turbine termination board, interfaces with VTUR.

TVIB Vibration termination board, interfaces with VVIB.

UCVB A version of the Mark VI controller.

Unit Data Highway (UDH) Connects the Mark VI controllers, LCI, EX2000, PLCs, and other GE provided equipment to the HMI Servers.



validate Makes certain that toolbox items or devices do not contain errors, and verifies that the configuration is ready to be built into pcode.

VAMA IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used in conjunction with the IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board to monitor acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.

VCMI The Mark VI VME communication board which links the I/O with the controllers.

VME board All the Mark VI boards are hosted in Versa Module Eurocard (VME) racks.

VPRO Mark VI Turbine Protection Module, arranged in a self contained TMR subsystem.

Windows NT Advanced 32-bit operating system from Microsoft for 386-based PCs and above.

word A unit of information composed of characters, bits, or bytes, that is treated as an entity and can be stored in one location. Also, a measurement of memory length, usually 4, 8, or 16-bits long.



Index

digital signal processor 2-12 dimensions 5-1, 5-35 DIN-rail mounted 1-3, 2-15 Distributed Control System (DCS) 1-6, 2-5, 2-36, 3-2, 3-21, 3-25, 3-26, 6-6 DRLY 2-15, 7-54 DRTD 2-15 DSVO 2-15 DTAO 2-15 DTE 3-22, 3-23 DTRT 2-15 DTUR 2-15

E A ANSI 4-1 − 4-3

B Balance of Plant (BOP) 1-6, 2-2, 2-18, 6-8

C cabinets 2-2, 2-5, 2-20, 2-29, 4-5, 5-11, 5-20, 5-31 CIMPLICITY 1-3, 1-6, 2-3 − 2-5, 2-17, 3-11, 3-21, 6-1, 6-2, 6-4, 8-3 compressor stall detection 7-54 configuration 2-3, 2-4, 2-9, 2-12, 2-17, 2-19, 2-23, 226, 2-27, 3-2, 3-3, 3-6, 3-7, 3-11 − 3-14, 3-16, 318, 3-19, 3-27, 3-28, 3-35, 5-24, 5-46, 5-49, 6-3, 6-4, 6-7, 6-9, 7-9, 7-13, 7-14, 7-17, 7-21, 7-22, 746, 8-1, 8-6 − 8-17, 8-20, 8-25, 8-27 − 8-32 controller 1-3, 2-2, 2-4, 2-6 − 2-12, 2-17 − 2-23, 2-26, 2-28 − 2-30, 2-32, 2-34, 3-6, 3-7, 3-11 − 3-21, 325 − 3-27, 4-4, 5-13, 5-35, 5-45 − 5-49, 6-7 − 610, 7-11, 7-46, 7-48, 7-50, 7-51, 7-54, 8-2 − 8-8, 8-14, 8-27, 8-33, 8-34, 8-36, 8-38 Control Operator Interface (COI) 1-4, 2-4, 6-1, 6-7 corrosive gases 4-4 Current Transformer (CT) 1-6, 5-27, 7-46, 8-6, 8-16 Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) 3-6, 3-7, 3-12, 3-14, 3-15, 3-20 − 3-22, 8-9 − 8-12, 8-15, 8-16, 8-19, 825, 8-27, 8-28, 8-30, 8-32

D data highways 1-3, 2-3, 3-2, 5-39 data server 2-4 Data Communications Equipment (DCE) 3-22, 3-23 designated processor 2-2 diagnostic alarms 1-3, 8-1, 8-5 − 8-7, 8-33


Early Valve Actuation (EVA) 7-48 − 7-50 Electromagnetic Compatability (EMC) 4-1, 4-2 Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) 2-6, 3-6, 5-41, 5-42 emergency overspeed 2-16 environmental 1-3, 4-1, 5-1, 5-26 Ethernet 1-6, 2-2, 2-4 − 2-11, 2-36, 3-1 − 3-21, 3-25, 332 − 3-34, 5-1, 5-26, 5-34, 5-39, 5-40 − 5-43, 546, 5-48, 6-4, 6-7, 6-8, 8-8 Ethernet Global Data (EGD) 1-6, 2-2, 2-4, 2-23, 3-1, 33, 3-6, 3-7, 3-14 − 3-16, 6-7, 8-7, 8-8 EX2100 1-4, 2-4, 3-11, 6-7 exciter 2-5, 2-29, 5-27 exhaust overtemperature 2-16

F fiber-optic 2-2, 2-5, 3-1, 3-6 − 3-9, 3-12, 3-30 − 3-34, 5-39 fiber-optic cable 3-1, 3-6, 3-7, 3-12, 3-30 − 3-34 frame 2-6, 2-9, 2-22, 2-28, 2-29, 3-3, 3-13, 3-18, 3-27 − 3-29, 6-10, 8-3, 8-5, 8-14

G gas turbine 1-1, 1-6, 2-6, 2-16, 3-11, 5-9, 5-10, 7-54 Geiger Mueller 2-13 generator protection 2-5 generator synchronization 1-2, 2-16, 7-1 GE Standard Messaging (GSM) 2-36, 3-1, 3-2, 3-6, 325 Global Position System (GPS) 3-7, 3-35 ground reference 5-39, 5-40, 5-44

H Historian 1-3, 1-4, 3-2, 3-11, 6-1, 6-8 − 6-10 Human Machine Interface (HMI) 1-3, 1-6, 2-2 − 2-6, 220, 2-36, 3-2, 3-5, 3-6, 3-21, 3-25, 3-26, 3-35, 512, 5-35, 6-1 − 6-8, 8-2, 8-3, 8-5

Index • I-1

humidity range 4-4

I I/O cabinet 2-2, 5-19 IONet port 2-8, 2-10, 3-13

L Load Commutated Inverter (LCI) 2-6 Local Area Network (LAN) 3-2, 3-33, 5-39 LVDT 2-13, 2-15, 7-1 − 7-6, 7-9, 8-27, 8-28

M magnetic pickups 2-13, 2-33 Mean Time Between Forced Outages (MTBFO) 2-34, 2-35 Mean Time to Repair (MTTR) 1-6, 2-35 median value 2-28 Modbus 1-4, 2-5, 2-6, 2-36, 3-1, 3-2, 3-6, 3-18 − 3-25, 5-35, 6-8, 6-9, 8-7, 8-8

N Network Time Protocol (NTP) 3-7, 3-35, 8-7

O online repair 2-34, 2-35 operator stations 2-5, 2-17, 2-20 output voting 2-19, 2-31 overspeed 1-2, 2-16, 2-27, 2-32, 2-33, 7-1, 7-46, 7-50, 7-51 overspeed protection 2-32, 2-33, 7-1

P peer-to-peer 2-5, 3-6, 3-14 permissive relay 2-16, 7-13 pilot valve 7-2 Plant Data Highway (PDH) 1-6, 2-2 − 2-5, 3-2, 3-5 − 311, 3-32, 5-26, 5-40, 6-4, 6-8 Potential Transformer (PT) 1-6, 5-27, 7-13 − 7-15, 8-6, 8-16 Power Distribution Module (PDM) 2-7, 2-15, 5-39, 544, 5-45, 7-60, 8-38 primary trip 8-18 process alarms 8-1 − 8-3, 8-5, 8-8 producer 3-14 PROFIBUS 3-1, 3-27 − 3-29 programmable logic controllers 6-6 protection module 2-2, 2-16, 2-20, 2-33, 3-12

I-2 • Index

Q QNX 2-17

R Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) 1-6, 2-12, 2-13, 2-15, 8-3, 8-26 RF immunity 4-2

S Sequence of Events (SOE) 1-6, 2-5, 2-12, 2-22, 2-36, 325, 3-26, 6-9, 6-10, 8-11, 8-12 serial Modbus 3-19 − 3-21 Serial Request Transfer Protocol (SRTP) 3-7, 8-7 servo actuator 2-24 servo regulator 1-3, 7-1, 7-2 Simplex 2-10, 2-18, 2-19, 2-30, 2-31, 3-7, 3-13, 3-18, 5-9, 5-48, 8-5, 8-10, 8-11 Software Implemented Fault Tolerance (SIFT) 1-6, 210, 2-19, 2-22, 2-27, 2-29, 2-31 static starter 2-6 steam turbine 1-2, 2-15, 3-11, 7-46 suicide relay 8-11 surge 5-21 synchronization 1-3, 2-16, 2-22, 3-1, 3-3, 3-35, 3-36, 68, 6-10, 7-13, 7-18, 7-21, 7-49, 7-50, 8-31 system reliability 2-1, 2-18

T TBAO 2-13 TBCI 2-13, 8-12 TBTC 2-13 TCP/IP 2-5, 2-36, 3-2, 3-5, 3-6, 3-15, 3-19, 3-20, 3-25, 5-46, 5-48 TGEN 2-13, 7-46, 8-16 toolbox 1-3, 1-4, 2-3, 2-4, 2-12, 2-17, 3-14, 3-18, 3-28, 3-29, 5-42, 5-46 − 5-49, 6-1 − 6-3, 7-9, 7-22, 746, 7-50, 8-2 − 8-9, 8-34 − 8-38 toolbox configuration 5-42 TPRO 2-13, 2-16, 2-33, 7-20, 7-21, 8-18 TPYR 2-13, 8-20 TREG 2-13, 2-16, 2-33, 7-11, 8-17, 8-18, 8-19 trip solenoids 2-16, 2-33, 8-19, 8-31 triple modular redundant 1-2 TRLY 2-13, 5-42, 5-46, 7-54, 8-12 TRPG 2-13, 2-32, 2-33, 5-18, 7-11, 8-18, 8-19, 8-30, 831 TRTD 2-13 TSVO 2-13, 2-33 TTUR 2-13, 2-32, 7-11, 7-20, 7-21, 8-19, 8-31, 8-32 turbine control console 2-5 TVIB 2-13, 8-33


U UCVB 2-9, 3-7, 5-48, 8-5, 8-33 UCVD 2-9, 5-48, 8-5, 8-33 Unit Data Highway (UDH) 1-6, 2-2 − 2-6, 2-9, 2-11, 222, 2-23, 2-29, 2-31, 3-3 − 3-11, 3-16, 3-32, 3-35, 5-26, 5-34, 5-40, 6-4, 6-7 − 6-9, 8-3, 8-4 UL 4-1 − 4-3, 4-6, 5-39 unhealthy 3-14, 8-20

V VAIC 2-13, 2-15, 7-54, 8-6, 8-9, 8-10 VAMA 8-21 VAOC 2-13, 2-15 VCCC 2-12 − 2-15, 8-11, 8-12, 8-15 VCMI 2-2, 2-6 − 2-12, 2-16, 2-17, 2-20, 2-22, 2-31, 312, 3-13, 5-2, 5-13, 5-41, 5-45 − 5-48, 7-60, 8-5 − 8-15, 8-27, 8-36, 8-38 VCRC 2-12 − 2-15, 7-54, 8-11, 8-15


VDSK board 2-7 Versa Module Eurocard (VME) 2-6 − 2-16, 3-12, 3-13, 5-41, 5-45, 8-9 − 8-16, 8-20, 8-25 − 8-28, 8-30, 832, 8-36, 8-37 VGEN 2-13, 8-6, 8-15, 8-16 vibration 2-13, 3-2, 7-58 voting 1-2, 1-6, 2-10, 2-16 − 2-19, 2-22, 2-23, 2-25, 226 − 2-34, 3-13, 7-11, 8-5 VPRO 2-13, 2-16, 2-20, 2-33, 5-45, 5-48, 7-1, 7-11, 713, 7-15, 7-17, 7-19 − 7-45, 8-6, 8-7, 8-16, 8-17, 8-18, 8-19 VPYR 2-13, 8-6, 8-19, 8-20 VRTD 2-13, 2-15, 8-6, 8-25, 8-26 VSVO 2-13, 2-15, 7-2, 7-9, 8-6, 8-27, 8-28 VTCC 2-13, 2-15, 8-6, 8-28 VTUR 2-13, 2-15, 2-32, 7-1, 7-11, 7-13, 7-15 − 7-22, 7-51, 8-19, 8-30, 8-31, 8-32 VVIB 2-13, 2-15, 8-6, 8-32, 8-33

Index • I-3

*(,QGXVWULDO6\VWHPV *HQHUDO(OHFWULF&RPSDQ\

5RDQRNH%OYG

ZZZ*(LQGXVWULDOFRP

6DOHP9$86$

GEH 6421D, volume 2 To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6421D, volume 2, in tab 5.

GEH 6403F To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6403F in tab 6.

GEH 6409 To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6409 in tab 7.

!" #" $! %%" & ' ( ' %'(')*" + *% *%" ' ,%"

- %. '-#/" +! ! 00" +& + #-00" %

1% 2" 3& 1)*#" 1 " 1)) 1 %" .*3# % %0" ! ! '%!4" ! ! .5" '%!" . ," -/ !#. !#-/!" - #. !#-6" % +

% /00" % +,

%,/00" + % %!)*" *%" ! !#" %& &7! + %#" %& %" /

%/" %

! - %/2!" 8 + ##)#%9" :1 %" !3) #:"

- # &#. / /#-6" !+

,; " ! !#" !#.< !#" ' !#. !#'*:" ' !#. !#'*:" = ,#)>" !#)- &!& !#)>:" ! !# !#*4"

.!!# !#!%" ! !#. !#!>" !#. !#6" !#. !#:" ' -*" -

-! (" -

: -! (:" - %. %-#/"

>'%" + 7! + *-" ! 3 + ! 1 " )& +/" : " ?!% 4 #/#:" ! & % 4" ! & %: 4:" !+ & 60)'/" !+ & : 60)'/:" # + 60)'/6" ( ' 60(!" / 6@A" - !+ % 6- " - % 6- " ! +%&+% B0)-" !## . + B0!#:" - !C+ B0!2*" -*

+!#- 5B-:" #+

' .- %& @0 :" +! )-!/':"

' ! '*!6" + '+ '#-" ' ! ( '%*" ' ! 'DB1!>!" ' '> " + *%7*+ ) **%" + )#7*+ ) *)#" + *) *)" !&*

*> )'/" + )# )#" ! +' .) )>1! ")>1! 7! E / /1# " /#+

/1#-00" )# + # -" # 3.3 + #1 '" $! +' !-1! " !!=# !!!0" !

!#!!1 " !/%! !7 !( 1" !/%! !7+ !( 1" !/%! !7# !( 1#" 33 :1 %" :% >& "

1 >:" 6% & "

1 >6" + * " ' 1'!' " %! #. *#" /# /#" - #. #;-F" #. #;F" ;'4" ! ' ;!/4" G ! ' ;!/F" >& #. >#" ! 8 (,9:" 8 #.

(,#:" +%.. ; 00"

G /' ;;/)0" % G ;%;00" ' ;'0" % ;)D00" G &)#$*+ ) ;*)#" G &)# ;)#" / / +

;/ -00" /

! ;/!00" !+ G ;!;00" )&'+ ! ;*0:" )&'+ !$(

;*06" ;/ ;)1/)(" ;2/ ;)21/)(" ' ;'00" %3%

7 7 ;1*1#" %3%

7+7 ?1*1#" %3%

7# 7 ?1*1#" !& &) ; )0"

! " # ! #

$ "$

$ " $ ! # ! % " $ ! " !& " $ $ $ $ !' $

$ $ $ !( $ ) "$ ! &

"* + " + $ + " +, +%$$ $ &

$ !

$) "$ "!-

) $ ! $ $ #! &#$ *

$

$ " ! # " $

.$ ) " !- #$ / % &# ' "! ""$ $ ! $

$ " !- . $ $ "! $ "

" " !%

$ $$ !%

$ $$ $$ "! $ $ " !, $$

* ! "#$#%&'( )* !+,- "#$# )*

! $$ ! $ ! . ! / ! ! ,-

$$ $ " !/$ " "$. $ # $ " ! $ $ "010

" 2 " " !

0 , ,$ 1$ ;

;; 3-$; :!$; ; :1 6; :1 6; 5% : ; 6;

1 , , , , , , , ,

, 1 2, 3 4, $5 $ , "$( $5 $ , 6 $7 4, "$(6 $7

$ . " ! 888( 1 "$3( . " !,8 888( 9 1 :55 $ 3+ $ !+ $ $ $ 1

"8( 3- $11 . " ;18 ;1( 3 $!$ 1 !"8 $8 $8, !( :1 " 8$( :1 $5 $ ! $!. "$ 8 8$88+( 5 < ",8$.( <1 "1 81(

&#$ *

'

%-3/4 $ $

$ $ !

#$%&'

673

67 7

='7:

67:

4?C6

:5

='@

:>A

#?B

3

<3

?#?B

3

<3

'&

6'

6'

#?

!

673

67 7 ='7:

67: :5 ='@ :>A

1 31 ! # 1, # 5>$ 5>? # 1 1 # 1 # 1 , !1 .#

"!

6'

6@

1 9 # 1 9.#

Signal Wires, Contacts, and Coils.-2.2. !"#$ %&'! ( WIRE JUNCTIONS.-2.2.1.-2.2.1. WIRE JUNCTIONS.!&%'#!$) * +(+ (,) *&&%'#$*% ' %(&%'# $ -(+.+(/ ) .!!"!(+/+ .0 (.%' *"'" !12(

CONTACT.-2.2.2. -2.2.2. CONTACT./' (/ '* ' ( %! '%"* !"! #++$!% %( Normally Open Contact./ !234%"'( !&%'#!$ 5%'"( &%' !%'! ( '* '"' 234(

Normally Closed Contact./ !234'%"( !&%'#!$ 5%'"( &%'# $ !%'! ( '* '" ' 6/74(

Contact Variation.1 %'(

COIL.-2.2.3. !!!* #$ '! (!++&%'#!$*234 2345 *6/746/74( &%'# $*+.+*2346/74 5 *6/74234(

SIGNAL ARRAYS.-2.2.4. /" '!% *'"!!( /" +n+ 5%(+n+' %*% '!%)(/" !* * (*"!L83JTn !TTKn_I"(L83JTn"L83JT0*L83JT1*L83JT2* 9TTKn_I" TTK0_I* TTK1_I* TTK2_I*!(!L83JT1 234!"6/74* TTK1_I( MASK BITS.-2.2.5. : +%+ (4% . %'!!"(:7 !"#+%"++:7+$!.%* 7 !"#+"++7+$ .%(6&%'*!!% 04ED&%*04!msbyteED!lsbyte( 4""'*04-0000 0100ED -1110 1101( .%)!.%(" ++%*!'* ' ! #;;.(($(

Boolean Logic-2.3. -2.3. Boolean Logic ! ! "%( NOT.-2.3.1. <1 "%#!$' #234 =++>'%6/74=+8+>6/74'%234$(&%'* <1"%'"0+o+% '!/

OR.-2.3.2. !" '12"%234* '234(!"% #!$'("%# $%' . 12"%#@A;.((!%!% .

8

$(

AND.-2.3.3. /! '/
Miscellaneous Operations-2.4. SELECTS.-2.4.1. 7'%%%*%&%%*%!' ( !

! !

" !

# !

COMPARE.-2.4.2. ;%'*' %'( ' 234!'!%"'9 ' 6/74(

%$&'() *()+( (,' -.(%)+(/*(0123(4(,'-))'()( '(4('+),('* *()+()( *.

5%

()+(+ (4(052(' ((4(0623(' ('()+(+ (4 ' (/*('(052(' ()+((4(' (/*('(062(4('4 .( 7(4 ,'-))'()(3(4('* *()+()( *.

885% %

4)(9 ( 7' (('*(:*(' )'('() *((7' ,' )'('() *(%.

4)(9 ( 7' ((+(' )'('() *(%(7' ,' )'('() *(.

% %

%

5;%

6% % 5<

4)(9 (4'&(4('+),('* *()+()((=!(&4(&' ,'-))'( (>(()((4(%(-(()(+ (4(

% <

6% <6

$

6

&'(,' (',(,')-(&)4(((',.(4('+),('* *() (=!(&4()4 ('('7(&'(,'-))'( (>(()((4(% ' (<()((4(?('4 &)()()((@ !.

4() *()(,' -('((* ( ,)7)-()(4(',.( 7(4 ,'-))'()(3(4(4('+),('* *()((=!3('4 &)()()( @ !.

5A(,

&'(,' (',( (,')-3(&4 (4('+),('* *()( =!()7(()(+ (4(' (/*('(%3(' ((@ !()7(()((4 ' (/*('(<.(4(:*('7(%()(+ (4(4(:*('7(<('( ':)- ---.

% <

SET AND LATCH.-2.4.3. ! '7234* '234* (%! '%6/74* '234 '234(! '234RESET234* ' %234( !( <# ! !

7(4('+),() *()(=!3(4('+),('* *()(=!(-(,4-.(4) (4()7(4() *(,'(@ !3(4(4('* *(&)( ) =!(*)(4( () *()(=!.

<# * % %

5%

5%

< #

'+),('* *('7(,4(,' (',()(,4-.(4()+( ('+), ) *( :('( (0*,42(('+),('* *.

! ! CLAMP.-2.4.4. /' ;%''' (!'

*;%'''-+max+* -+min+(/'!;%'2%';%'*' %'' 5"+rate+*0% %' '(

9

9

9 )

)

)

SINGLE SHOT.-2.4.5. @ ' #77$!%6/74234*

'234!%- *%"( &%'%'%7 7%!7 79!!'A 15seconds*7 7'(

5A ,

TIME DELAY.-2.4.6. / '!%%?"234"! '234 !%"%"'(&%'# $12% "(12%' .*+n+%! (

C

B

Math.-2.5. %%%%"!!! ( SUMMING JUNCTION.-2.5.1. ' 0(! +++*' (!+-+* #$( '%% 0!' +(+

.

MULTIPLY JUNCTION.-2.5.2. /' %'"' *

'(

9 DIVIDE FUNCTION.-2.5.3. /' "' *'( %

E%

%

D%

E

&'(9 (4'&)+(4(() *()+(-):)-(4(%() *. &'(9 (4'&)+(4(() *()+(-):)--( F(-(.

F

SQUARE ROOT.-2.5.4. -!' ( G RAISE TO A POWER.-2.5.5. +2B+!2'!

-N*<' (

;

AVERAGE.-2.5.6. +/ + !' (&%'

'( H

INTEGRATED TIME CONSTANT (ITC).-2.5.7.-2.5.7. INTEGRATED TIME CONSTANT (ITC).'! ' # "!!!! * !!$(' "% +T+(7%;RESET* '' -'*"' '('!' '!"-* ! ( 1;:

<"D=( =

5 $;5

<"D=( =

5 $;% "G( "H(

3<"D (

<"D(

3

& E%AF3

& E%AF

ABSOLUTE VALUE.-2.5.8. 2'" %*' '%*-% !'%#*! %%'*'%!'$(!&%'* '!A%'(&%'*! B !%A%'( "

88

%

885% %

%

8;%8

DELTA.-2.5.9. %! ! %&( +dt+'+%+*%!%' &(6&%'*%%!! "%*'! ( -

-E-

!" 1!7 1! 5%' $ $ 2) ! " 6%6 ) ! #$

57A

J

II

%A7A

! 57A

6

5 #

"! %A7A

6

% 8+ !, ! #

#" #7! %& $%'

" 2 " $

$ !2 $ $ ) " $ " $$$ ! . ) $ $ ! " ""# #$ $

!

" $.$ " %' 7 %' " " $

$%& ! $(()*+

>;&7

& >7

>

& &>

,

L@J

&L;>7

,

2 3

&L;&>

,

2;37

J:;

,

,

266

;%

,

,

&J

& )*

)*

&L)*

)*

:& :>)*

)*

)*

:)*

L)*

)*

=K

=&;>5

=&;

=

=

=

= 3

= 3

= 3

=

=

=

= 3

= 3

= 3

$(()*+(" ,,

5 >;&7 > L@J 2 3 2;37 266 &J )* )* )* )* )* L)* 1)* =K =&;>5 =&; = = = = 3 = 3 = 3 = = = = 3 = 3 = 3 = 3 = 3 = 33 = 33

6 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

= 3

= 3

= 33

= 33

= =;

= =;

= =;

=%;

=%; &

=;

, 1# , M# @#,-# , / 9$ $# 3. 1# 6 # & # #

, # 3 # 3: $ # 7 3: $ #

,3 # 1 1 !# 1, , # $ 1 M ! $! # $ 1 M 1 1 # -9!81 1 8>7# -9!8! $! 8>7# -9!8 8>7# 3-9!81 1 8>7# 3-9!8! $! 8>7# 3-9!8 8>7# -9!81 1 8&># -9!8! $! 8&># -9!8 8&># 3-9!81 1 8&># 3-9!8! $! 8&># 3-9!8 8&># & # & # & # & #

= =; = =; = =; =%; =%; & =;

6 6 6 6 6 6

. # . # . # $ $8? # 1$ 8% # LM 81% #

% & >7 & &> &L;>7 &L;&> J:; ;% & )* &L)* !)*

6 6 6 6 3 3 6 6 6

>7-9! # &>-9! # >7-9!, # &>-9!, # -9! # % 1 # -9! # -9!, # 3-G-

$! %%" 1%%7 1! %// $ " %// $ " ! " 6%6 8 !& $ ) ".090 . " ) ! $ ) !&

:.$$ $) !- . $

. $ :! #$

57A

3; $ 5@

57A2

3; $ 5@2

D

CCC

CCC

J

%A7A

D

J2

! 57A 5@; 57A 5@; 57A 5@; 57A 5@; 57AL 5@;L 57A4 5@;4 57AB 5@;B 57A2 5@;2

6 3; $ 6 3; $ 6 3; $ 6 3; $ 6 3; $ 6 3; $ 6 3; $ 6 3; $

6 1, , ! # $ ! 1,# 1, , ! # $ !1,# ! 1, , ! # $ ! ! 1,# 6 !1, , ! # $ ! !1,# 6 !1, , ! # $ ! !1,# !1, , ! # $ ! !1,# !1, , ! # $ ! !1,# $! !1, , ! # $ ! $! !1,#

"! %A7A

6

1 ! #

& ' ( ' %'(')*" %'(')*7- !

$&- "

CCC

8

CCC

CCC

! 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

0

1

2

3

4

5

!" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !" !"

-/" !"

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

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)0

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)1

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)2

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)3

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)4

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)5

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)

-6$)!+*)-*-") +)%*'%+!",+%)!-+)

-6$)!+*)-*-")&"!+",') -!& !6) +)&"!+",') -!&)+%* 7! --&%( /8&)8%!9) % +%)&"!+",') -!&)+%* 7! %*'%+!",+%)8-%+%/(%)-*-"

"!

!" -/"

#$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)$-6$)!!+* #$%%&'!(%)"%*'%+!",+%)8-)$-6$)!!+* !-*,*)"%*'%+!",+% --&%( /8&)8%!9)( ,/"%+) +)&"!+",') -!&)+%* 7!

!

-/"

--&%( /8&)8%!9)( ,/"%+) +)&"!+",') -!&)+%* 7!

"

# $ ! $ $%&

+ *% *%" 1*%7 1! 5%;/ $ " %;/ $4<$ ! " 6%6 ! #$ ,

57A?

CCC ,

! 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A? 57A?L 57A?4 57A?B 57A?2 57A?N 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

"! %A7A

3

%A7A

,

57A4

' ,%" 1,%7- %-3/4 $ $

$ $ ! #$%&'

673

67 7

='7:

67:

:5

='@

:>A

3

?#?B

3

3 '&

#?

!

673

67 7 ='7:

67: :5 ='@ :>A

:1 31 ! #

1, # 5>$ 5>? # 5 # :1 1 # :1 # :1 , !1 .#

"!

6'

6'

:1 9 # :1 9.#

#?B

3

4?C6

6'

6'

- %. '-#/" '-#/7

1 + % = $ .5%=,. " % !

" % ' $ !"" ;$ !/ $"$ ! $$ $ >?" $ * % % //$; %!

#$*.+

,

5?

5?

1

.

,

&7;5

CCC

%A

5 .

! 5? 5? 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5?

3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5

,

5

5

$ ?# 51,$ ?# $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ L# 51,$ L# $ 4# 51,$ 4# $ B# 51,$ B# $ 2# 51,$ 2# $ N# 51,$ N# $ ?# 51,$ ?#

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5? 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5? 5 5

3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5

$ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ L# 51,$ L# $ 4# 51,$ 4# $ B# 51,$ B# $ 2# 51,$ 2# $ N# 51,$ N# $ ?# 51,$ ?# $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ L# 51,$ L# $ 4# 51,$ 4# $ B# 51,$ B# $ 2# 51,$ 2# $ N# 51,$ N# $ ?# 51,$ ?# $ # 51,$ #

"! %A &7;5

3 5

1.11 $ # 5.11 $ #

% #$ $ *

#$*.+ %A &7;5

#$*.+ ,

%A &7;5

,

13"

?2BD?"

($

5%=, % % " % / ) / "! /,5/$

5%=, /$% " % / ) / "! 5%=, # ) .

//$! /: ) ) " :!

"

" #$ * % = $ " ! $ @ "

# $ ABC :$ ) /$ C * C DBC % $ /$ !/ "(2 !

+! ! 00" 1! 007! E % "' .5%'&::." " $ "" " ) $ " $ $ " !

#$ )*//

5 %@5

54

,

%@54

%A7A

CCC

,

! 5 # %@5 3 $ # " -1 4( "! %A7A

% %@5O 5#

+& + #-00" 1#-0071' 5%=::

") "

%'! ) " E;(

# C %' !

#$&+.//

57A

1 1 8 ,.8 ! ! /

&5

%A7A

5J;%

A

&5

! 57A

6

$ ,$#

"! %A7A 5J;% A

&5

6 6 6 .

& $$ /#

. # & $1 # $." /(#

F; *'C . $ ) " ) %'C !

%

1% 2" 1% 27 1! / .5/&%G. $ !% ) -55 $ !' . 55- $ ! #)*$0 ,

57A

6%

%6

,

5:

,

5:6 @

! 57A 6% %6 5: 5:6 @

3 6 6 3 3

6; ; 1. ; ;6 1. + $

"! %A7A

3

! 5&

. 1

%A7A

,

5&

8

3& 1)*#" 1)*#7 1! $ 2) .5(;&. ) ) $ H ) ) $ .

" $ ! ! 0 $ 2$ 22 2$ ). " $ $2 $ $ $. $ 2) ! ( $ " ! #(" &)+

.

.

5

,

5

&

&

3%%

3%%

,

A9 5 5$

! 5; & ; 3%%;

6 3

3 $ 3 # 3, #

"! 5 & 3%%

6 3

3 $ # 3 # 3, #

A9 % 5$

1 " .5%I.$ 8 . C ) ! #*$ (1 ,

'

,

&

,

5:6 @

,

5:;

! & 5:6 @ 5:;

3 3 3 3

# & # 5 /11# 5 / #

" '

3

! #

,

1)) 1 %" .5((5I/. H ) 6 5 6. ) ! $ " 2 ) 2 $ $$ ) . $ 7 . ! ) 2 " . " $! #""*# 1*

J;>5@>

J;%G %A7A

%G

57A

>5@>

,

! 57A %G >5@> J;>5@> J;%G

6 6 6 6 6

5 # 1 # > $! 1 # 19! $! 1 %G&# 19 1 %G&#

"! %A7A

3

% 8 57A , %G>5@>#

.*3# % %0" %071' /:4 $ '" ;(;2 /! " $ -J4"" $ $ -J?"" $ " $ ! $ * ' ) I%/('&/. $ -J4! ) " " 4::$ " (--'&! ' ) I%/(,&;. $ -J?! ) " " 4::$ $ =%;! H *

!

!

65J

65J (*& /' 65J

,

65J

65J

,

65J

:

::A

&@

:%;%

:%;@

,

%@

, , ,

65J

,

65J

3-,

1

%&

$ ?? 1

1

6 .

??

6

.

! %@ 65J 65J

3 3 3 6

$ , ,# > $ # > $ # $ #

"! 65J 65J :

::A

&@ :%;% :%;@

3 3 6 6 6 6

!$ 65J# !$ 65J# 1 $ #

1 $" (# $$# , # , $ #

! 65J 65J

3 3

> $ # > $ #

! ! '%!4" '%!471' /'%K " ) # ) " $ . " ! $ . $ ) "

! $ . " H "$ ! ( $ 2

:

,

7&?

,

7&

,

7&

,

7&

= =

:J + 0 $ &A

,,. 1-, , $ PP8

1

:J+ :# 1,.

,. ,

7&?

,

7&

,

7&

,

7&

+ :J ! 1 $ ! &A ! ,,. ! 1-, , $PP8 + #

%A?

,

%A

,

: + #

%A

,

%A

,

:7&

,

$ ;" ( !$ #

! : = = 7&? 7& 7& 7& 7&? 7& 7& 7&

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

:11 # - # $ ?# $ # $ # $ # $ 1 ?# $ 1 # $ 1 # $ 1 #

"! %A? %A %A %A :7&

3 3 3 3 3

:11 ,# $ ?# $ # $ # $ # :11 $ 17 - $#

! ! .5" '%!" '%!71' /'%& "

# ) $ " " ! :2L ) ) I $ 4< $ ' $ ! ) ) ! $$ " " ) M$ :2L!4 " $ $ . $" ) . ) " !

)

" $ !E $ )

$ . ) $ " $ " ; *

$

) ) " ! ' " ) :2L$ ) ! ) $, )

" $ ' . ) $ $ ! $ " M " $ A@$ ! '%& $ :. " $ 4 $ 7 ."

$ ! ( $ )

:

,

7&?

CCC ,

7&B

:J + 0 $ &A

,,. 1-, , $ PP8

1

:J+ :#

= = ,.

,

7&?

7&B

+ :J ! 1 $ ! &A ! ,,. ! 1-, , $PP8 + #

%A?

,

: + #

%AB

,

:7&

,

$ ;" ( !$ #

CCC

CCC ,

1,.

! : = = 7&? 7& 7& 7& 7& 7&L 7&4 7&B 7&? 7& 7& 7& 7& 7&L 7&4 7&B

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

:11 # - # $ ?# $ # $ # $ # $ # $ L# $ 4# $ B# $ 1 ?# $ 1 # $ 1 # $ 1 # $ 1 # $ 1 L# $ 1 4# $ 1 B#

"! %A? %A %A %A %A %AL %A4 %AB :7&

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

:11 ,# $ ?# $ # $ # $ # $ # $ L# $ 4# $ B# :11 $ #

. ," ,7- 1 $ % $ ! (% (&'

:'=:J

:'=:& 4?C6

:5

:':

:'=:

,

:56

Q3 3

#?

! :'=:J :'=:& :5 :'=: :56

6 6 6 6 3

11# & 1 # :1 1 # 11# :1 1 # #

"! :':

6

1 .- #

-/ !#. !#-/!" !#-/!7- 1 , '$ = ( +.&

:'=:&

4?C6

92?C6

1

:=@7

:=@J

:=@7

:=@7

>:%&

:&@7

1

! :'=:& :5 > :=@7 :=@7 :=@J :=@7

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

& 1 # :1 1 # >7 , ! # % # @ # 11# 11#

"! ::6 >:%& :&@7

6 6 6

: # : # 7 5@#

E

::6

1

>

'&

3

?C6 :5

Q3

1

8

- #. !#-6" !#-67- 1 '=> " ) " ) " $$ ! ! ( +.&&3 J

&J

=@3

,

2@3

&J@

=@&

@

=@7@

=@:

%&

,

3 J@&&

:&@

5:;%A

:&@J

1;

E

E

2@

?C6

5

?2C6 ,

3&&

R3

E

E

E

<"D(

:&@

& E%AF

=@&

,

2@&

1 9

E

=@&

E

1

:&@

:&@;7

;: :&@ ;:

:&@

%

"

!!

&

$%

&

'%

&

'%

"

%$&

'

&

' (

"

(

&

%

&

'

"

'

&

'

&

'

"

%

"

"

&

"

&

)!

#

#

#

&

J &J =@3 2@3 &J@ =@& 2@ @ =@7@ =@: =@& =@& 2@& ;: :

'&7 =7@ =7% @ '7 =@ =@ @ :&@7 =@ J @ J =@3J =@3& =@3@ @37

6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 3

! 1 # 1 # ,5@ 1 81 11 # 71 :=@3# 5@ 1 # 1 .5@ 1 # 1 . # ,5@ 1 , # 5@ 1 J$ # 5@ 1 $ 1 # 1 5@# 5@# # 5@1 # 5@1 <#

# 5@ @ # 5@ % # 5@1 1 # 115@ # 115@ # 1 115@ # 7 5@# 11 5@ # 1 115@ # 11 1 , # 1 , 1 11 # 6 1 , $ # 6@ 1 #

"! @&& J@&& :&@ 5:;%A :&@J @: @ :&@ @J :&@3 :7&

3 6 6 6 6 3 3 6 3 6 3

7 5@ 1 # 5@! 1 # 5@ 1 < # 6 5@ # 1 1 # 5@ 1 # 5@ 1 11 # 5@# 5@ 1 11 # 6 1 , # :11 $ 17 - $#

! 3 3L @ : @

3 3 3 3

5 $ # 5 $ # 2@ $ # 2@ $ #

% +

% /00" /%,:: " ) #. ) ""$ J:.G:.J:.G4.J4.G:.FJ4.G4.$) J:A#AJ4G:AG4

* -.#.G $ J:.G:J4.J:!

' .#.G4 $ J:.G4J4.G4!

-

. $ #.G:#.G4") #.!

&#$ C H C $ # C $ ! $*//

J

S

J3

S3

63

65

6 J

SF

6;1

6#&*"$

J

6

J5J

S5J

6;1

! J S J3)* S3)* 63)* 65 6 J

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

5 J# 5 S# 3$ $J ,# 3$ $S ,# 3$ $6 ,# 11 ,# 11 ,#

"! 6

6

6 #

! J5J S5J

J,51 1# S,51 1#

% +,

%,/00" %,/0071' /%3,:: ) #. " 2$"" $ ! $ ) JN 94O.JN 9?O.JN 9>O.JN 9KO.GN94O.GN9?O.GN9>OGN9KO . * JN 9?OAB#AJN 9>O GN9?OABAGN9>O ) JNOGNO

". JNOGNO @BK! ""

* #5 "" 5 NOB#5 "" 5 NOF#2JN 9PO8JN 9O2JN 9PO

QB4.?.>.K7PB4.?.>.K7DBPR

5 "" 5 NOB5 "" 5 NOF2GN9PO8GN9O2GN9PO

QB4.?.>.K7PB4.?.>.K7DBPR

$ ) *-B-9#5 "" 5 NOF5 "" 5 NPOF 9.9P *B4.?.>.K7PB4.?.>.K &#$ C H C $ # C $ ! $%// J

S

J3

S3

63

65

6 J

6 J 6#&*"$

SF

J

! J S J3)* S3)* 63)* 65 6 J

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

5 J# 5 S# 3$ $J ,# 3$ $S ,# 3$ $6 ,# 11 ,# 11 ,#

"! 6

6

6 #

! J5J S5J

J,51 ! 1# S,51 ! 1#

6

J5J

S5J

65

+ % %!)*" %!)*7 1! /&'(; $ 2 . " $ $ " ! " 6/ 6 ! 6/ 6

" $ 6 6 " #$ ! . G -; ! . - ! " "

6 " $. " %

" ! " " . " # 7 " . %. ! " #$ ) . 6(=6$! 2 H ) $* . 2 " . 2 " H 7 ) $ $

" " !

)( " ,

6:;5

,

%@5:

T S

! 6:;5 %@5:

3 3

6 ! $ # $ " (#

"! 6:; 6:;6

3 3

6 ! $ 9S# 6 ! $ 9#

6:;6

,

6:;

,

*%" *%7 1! &;/ $ H !"$ $ .$ ! ) ,

! 6:;5

3

6:;5

6 ! $ -#

! !#" 7/2*D7'' '% $ "" H !"$ $ .$ !

$+ &

"! 6:%A

3

6:%A

,

6 ! $ ,#

! 3-"( $3-"&@( 3-":55%(

%& &7! + %#" %#7 1! /& $ )) $ .

" & "! " 6/ )) 6 !( $ $ 2 $ ! " ) $$# 8! /& $ ) 4 .?.> ! & "$ $ 24) $ ! " ) " )) . ) " * .) $ . ) " 6 )) 6 $ 4?! .) $ . ) " $ ?>! ) " ) $ ! )+&

57A

,

5:6 @

5: A

S"( F J"(

5:> 5>

! 57A 5:6 @ 5: A 5:> 5>

6 3 6

, # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !# 5 $ 1 !8 #

"! %A7A

6

6 #

! 5 5 5

6 6 6

& # 7 # % #

%A7A

5

5

5

8

%& %" ?F*D7'' / ) ) ! " 6/) 6 ! &

57A

57A

57A 57A

6 6

1 # 1 #

"! %A7A

6

' #

3

Q3

%A7A

/

%/" %/71' , -

# . ) ) 2$ )

"$ $ $ $ ! /,- " $

4 $ # / ,-E $ 2 "$ ) ! " $ )$ " ) $ !) $) " $$ ") ! $

") %A:. /,-) $ $

$ ) $) 7

$ "$) ) $ !

&'

5;G

U3

3

G

G D &

&

Q3

3

?

9

U3

3

76

76

?

U?

5;G G &

6 6 6

11$ 7 6 : 876F# & # & #

"! 76 76

6 6

: 8$D#?# 89$ 8$?9#?#

%

! - %/2!" %/2!71' /,G'%4 " &;&%&/'%&%%& "" " ) " ) & " ! 0 $ ' ,

57A

CCC ,

!

57A

! 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 57AB 57A2 57AN 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 57AB 57A2 57AN 57A? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 57AB 57A2 57AN 57A? 57A 57A

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ L# 5 $ 4# 5 $ B# 5 $ 2# 5 $ N# 5 $ ?# 5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ L# 5 $ 4# 5 $ B# 5 $ 2# 5 $ N# 5 $ ?# 5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ # 5 $ L# 5 $ 4# 5 $ B# 5 $ 2# 5 $ N# 5 $ ?# 5 $ # 5 $ #

"! %A7A

5 $ #

%A7A

8 + ##)#%9" ##)#%971' &(%/S $ ) ) " " " ! ) $ ) ! $

$ ! )++"+$4

&6

63 :=

,

3

,

U93

%G&

,

>5;&&

,

3

&

! &6 63:= 3 &

6 6 3 6 6

& # 6,- # & < ,$ # ,&<# ! $!$ #

"! & 5 %G& >5;&&

3 3 3

& $ # $ # > $! $ #

& 5

3

I I

R3

R3

3

:1 %" :1 %7 1! -?5I/ H ) 6-5 6. ) !$ " 2 ) 2 $ ) ) . $ 7 . ! ) 2 " . " $! 5 # 1*

57A

A77&

J;>5@>

J;%G

#

! 57A A77& J;>5@> J;%G

6 6 6 6

5 , # !!# 19! $! 1 A77&# 19 1 A77&#

"! %A7A

3

!!#

%A7A

,

"

!3) #:"

-&? . 2$ .*

$ $%$ " 6- 5?( 6 ! $ %4%?. *

" ) ! C2 * E * B $ H 8' B$" B" B$ "$

%4.%?

! . ! * )+5 %A7A

%A;

%A;

57A

@ 5

,

5:6 @

5: A

5:>

6

! 57A @ 5

5:6 @ 5: A 5:>

6 6 6 6 3 6 :

, $ # 5 $ $ # 6 # 6 # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !#

"! %A7A

6

6 #

! %A; %A;

6 6

7 9 # 9 9$ #

- # &#. / /#-6" /#-67- 1 -,=> ") ) ) $ , $! +.&3

A7&;

G&;

:

7&;%6

>

7;@

7

@ 5

@&

1 &6;%A

5;

1

: 5

E

;&6

E

9 V

?#?

, "

$2 P " "! )*

*+*+ ,,

./!+ - .+/ ! !+ &'(

! : @ 5 A7&; G&; ;&6 > 7;@ 7&;%6 @& 7

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6

75$ $ 1 # 75$ $ # 75$

1 1 # 75$ 1 1 # ! # >7 , ! # $ # # ,$. 1# <$ !$ #

"! 5; &6;%A

6 6

5 $ ,# 7 & #

!+

,; " ,; 7- 1 -3J%4 ) 8 H " ,18 !

665

@ 5

665

@ 5

J

J

6%G

6%G

665 @ 5 665 @ 5

6 6 6 6

1 + # + 1 $ # 1 + # + 1 $ #

6%G 6%G

6 6

" ( # " ( #

! !#" !#7- 1 +'&' PP

2@

2

25J

,

2

,

2@

,

6J

J

6&

J

6&

3

,

26V

6J=

?

?

1

9

1

1 ?

6J:

F3

3

1

F3

9 V

,

26@

6&

6J=

6J=

6J;:" -6J(

?

.

26

E

,

! 26V 6J= 6J: 26 26@ 6& 6J= 6J=

3 6 6 3 3 6 6 6

6!$ 1 # 6 !$" (# 6 11# + # @ # 6 -# 11 + 6&" < $(# 11$6&" < $(#

"! 25J 2 2@ 6J 6& 6&

3 3 3 6 6 6

51 1# :1 . + # :1 .$# 6 "1 ( # 6" + (# 6"$(#

!#.< !#" !#7- 1 -'%4

I, %

! +$((&'

=:

=&

2 =

,

1

9

1

> &

6& ::

9 V

> &A

=>)L*

=)L*

,

2 =>

>

=)L*

6& J

6&5

6&

6= ::

L

>

>

L

1

> &

1

! =: =& 2 = =>)L* =)L* 2 => > =)L* 6& J 6&5 6& 6= :: >

6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

& < 1 # > & 1 # !> & 1 1 =& # > &A # > &A # => =# >7 , ! # > , # 11 -# 11 -# 6 -# @ "M<(<"M<(# >7 , #

"! > & 6& ::

6 6

>7 , #

6&#

8

' !#. !#'*:" !#'*:7- 1 -'%;? $ $" -'"". C " !-'%; 0$ 0 ) -'! -'%; C -'%J " ! +$ &5

6& J

=&

:

1

9

1

4?6&@

,

6&

55

,

3

R3

?

9 V 7 9 6& J ,

6&

6&

! 6& J =& : 6& 6&

6 6 6 3 6

11 -# 6& 1 $ !$# 6&11# 6& 6&$ # 6 -#

"! 4?6&@ 6& 55

3 6 3

6&$$$ $" 1 11(# -# 6& 6& J$#

' !#. !#'*:" !#'*:7- 1 -';? -';; ;I(3! + &5 6 ,0 6&5

6=5)?*

?

6=5)*

6=5)*

6=5)*

?

6&5

6&5

>:%&

6=5)?*

6=5)*

6=5)*

6=5)*

>:%&

?

6&5

6=5A

>:%&

,

25

:':

6 ,0

! 6=5)* 6=5)* >:%& 6=5A 25 :':

6 6 6 6 3 6

6&5! .# > &A # >7 , .# 6=56&"6&GA(# 6&5 ! # :1 1 #

"! 6&5 6&5

6 6

11 - ! # 11 -#

= ,#)>" ,#)>7- 1 -3(4 $ T::4<::4$$ " H $) ) ! %+"6 &'

6&

>

,

6%

,

6G;63

=4?66>

<??

=63'

:A&;63

=63:

=63

,

&&

&;&6

4?66>

,

63'

,

6;

63:

,

:6;

6

,

9LM

R3

3

6'&

R3

:>

3 &

U3

:>

3 &

63' 63:

%&

! 6& > 6% 6G;63 =4?66> =63' :A&;63 =63: =63 &&

6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 3

+ # >7 , ! # + $# $# + ,-# + 1 # ! # + ,-# ! # 6 1. # #

"! 6'& &;&6 4?66> 63' 6; 63: :6; 6

6 6 3 3 3 3

+ # + # + ! $!# 6 9! # 6 9! 1. # 6 9! # 1. # + ,. 91, #

!#)- &!& !#)>:" !#)>:7- 1 +"6 &5

6&%A

6&

9LM ,

@:@

,

! 6& @:

6 3 3

@ -# %$ $ $# $#

"! 6&%A

6

@ #

! !# !#*4" !#*47- 1 + &2

6& J

6&5

6=&

:;:7

6=&

&

>

,

5%=

&5

6=&

6&

6=&L

E

1

5;:

5

9

,

6&5

?

6&

1

6&

V

6& J

R3

4?5&

,

4?5

,

3

6=&4

U93

3

! 6& J 6&5 6=& :;:7 6=& & > 5%= &5 6=& 6& 6=&L 5;: 6=&4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 3 6

11 -# 11 -# 6 8 - # :1 , # $ # # >7 , ! # 5! $# 5! # 5! $ # 6 -# 5! . 1 # 5! $# 6&5,&<#

"! 6& 6&5 4?5& 4?5

6 6 3 3

6&# 5! 6&# 1 !# 1 !#

.!!# !#!%" !#!%7- 1 -''/4

! + &'

6& J

,

6&

,

5

6&5

6=)4*

,

2K?

1

?

CCC 2KL

,

2

4?

,

1

,

2&

9 V

E

6&5 6=3

! 6& J 6& 5 6&5 6=)4* 2K? 2K 2K 2K 2K 2KL 2 2& 6=3

6 3 6 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6

11 -# 7 6& 6&$ # 6 -# 7 6& 6&5# 11 -# ! 6& .# ! 6& ? # ! 6& # ! 6& # ! 6& # ! 6& # ! 6& L # 6&$ # & 6&$ # 6&1 ,#

"! 6& 4?

6 3

! -# 6& 6&5$ #

,

6&

U3

3

! !#. !#!>" !#!>7- 1 + 6&' ,

2AGA

,

2A65

6=A65

:':

6=AGA

6=A &

,

2A &

6& J

6=A5

6=A5

,

2AJ

?

R3

3 9 V

5: <"D3(

6=A:

6&A

6&A;7

3

R3

& E%AF

3

? 9

,

V

! 2AGA 2A65 6=A65 :': 6=AGA 6=A & 2A & 6& J 6=A5 6=A5 2AJ 6=A:

3 3 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 3

6& 1 11# 6& $11# 6 $ 6&# :1 1 # G19 6&#

1 6&# 6& 11# 6 -1 11# &1 1 1 # &1 1 1 11 -# 6& 1 1111# 6&1 $ 1 $ # $#

"! 6&A

6

-#

! 6&A;7

6

- 9 #

!#. !#6" !#67- 1 + &3

6& J

&J3

6&

J

6=@

6=:

6&

1

6&

6&;7

55

,

1

5:3<"D ( 3 & E%AF3

! 6& 6& J &J3 J 6=@ 6=: 6&

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

11 1 -# 11 -# , 1 # 1! !1 # 1 $ # 1 1 # 6 -#

"! 6& 6&;7 55

6 6 3

1 -# 1 - 9 # 6 $ / $#

!#. !#:" !#:7- 1 -'? -' $

" ?T::T:::" $$ I/" $$ !% ) " $ !

+&5

6&

?

?6

6&

?6

,

6&

?67

,

6&A

?6A

,

6& ::

?6 :

,

6& :

L

?6 :

,

6&

4

?6

,

B

?65

,

2

?6>

,

5 W

,

:5:

6&>

6&

N

?6

,

6&57

?

?657

,

6&:7

?6:7

,

6&:

?6:

,

% 5

?6

,

6&:&

6&

?65

,

6&5V

A 5 ,

?

6&5

9 V

U3

3

! 6& 6& 6& 6&A 6& :: 6& : 6& :5: 6&> 6& 6&57 6&:7 6&: % 5 6&5

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6

! -# -# 1 -# -# >7 -# 7 -# -# <5! # >7 -# 7 -# 57 -# :1 !$ -# :1 !$ 1 -# 1 # $# 11 -#

"! ?6 ?6 ?67 ?6A ?6 : ?6 : ?6 ?65 ?6> ?6 ?657 ?6:7 ?6: ?6 6&:& 6& ?65

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3

! - # - # 1 # # >7 # 7 # # 5! # >7 # 7 # 57 # :1 !$ # :1 !$ 1 # 1 - # 6 1 # 6 -# 6& 1 11 1 #

! 6&5V

6

11 - ,#

8

' -*" -*7 1! =%; $ $ ) $ "! " 6=6 ! .$

! 57A @ 5

6 6

5 # @ #

"! %A7A

6

% #

57A

@ 5

%A7A

-

-! (" -! (71' .$ *-('

G;

%G;7

>5;7

7@&

@7&

6 4?C6

.

3

E

U3

>

,

'

3

3

'&

3

%;:%

! 3 G; %G;7 >5;7 7@& @7& 6 %;:

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

7 !,# 7 ! # 11 # > $! 11 # @ $ .# @ # @ 1 # % #

"! > '

3 6

$ $7# :1 $1 #

-

: -! (:" -! (:7- 1 .$ *-(5

:%

:%3

;7

@7&

7&

6

4?C6 V6

7@&

3

3

'&

3

! :% :%3 ;7 @7&

7& 6 V6 7@&

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

1 # 1 3# @ # @ #

1, < 1 ! # @ 1 # @1 , . # @ $ .#

"! '

6

:1 $1 #

'

3

- %. %-#/" %-#/7

1 + I = $ I/=, " I '" ! " I ' $ !"" ;$ " !/ $" ! $$ $>? " $ * I '" % I /; %!

#1*.+

,

5?

5?

5@)*

,

1"* $++$0

5)*

CCC

1"*

. $* $++$0

! 5? 5? , , , 5 5 "! 5@)* 5)*

,

5

5

3 : 5

$ ?# >51,$ ?#

3 : 5

$ # >51,$ #

3 5

> $.1! $ # >5.1! $ #

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5? 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5L 5L 54 54 5B 5B 52 52 5N 5N 5? 5? 5 5

3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5 3 : 5

$ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ L# 51,$ L# $ 4# 51,$ 4# $ B# 51,$ B# $ 2# 51,$ 2# $ N# 51,$ N# $ ?# 51,$ ?# $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ # 51,$ # $ L# 51,$ L# $ 4# 51,$ 4# $ B# 51,$ B# $ 2# 51,$ 2# $ N# 51,$ N# $ ?# 51,$ ?# $ # 51,$ #

"! %A 5

3 5

! $.1! $ # >5.1! $ #

% #$ $ *

1*.+

1*.+

%A

,

%A

,

13"

5

5

?"

($

I/=, I '" % " I / ) / "! /,5/$

I/=, I /% " I / ) / "! ; *I/=, # ) .

" /! /: ) ) " :!

"

" #$ * I = $ " " ! / @ "

# / ABC :/ ) " / C * C " DBC / % $ / !/ "(2 !

>'%" >'%7- 1 I

16&' G - ,

57

:5

7 #?4 #?B4 #?4N #?2 #4L #B4 #4 #L #B2N # #N4 #NNL

9?#? ?#? ?#? ?#? ?#? ?#? L?#? 4?#? B?#? 2L#? ??#? L#?

;

;1,

3

3

;

;1,

&>A

:>A

??M

;

67 7

E

?

3

3

#4?2

57 :5

67 7

6 6 6

1 " C6(# :1 1 " C6(#

1, " !1.(#

" &>A :>A

6 6

& !1 ."M( !1 ." (#

+ 7! + *-" *-7 1! ;&= $ " $ ) .

" & "! " 6 "6 ! $ $ !$ $ " ". $ $

2 "! " ) " $ $ ) $ ) 6$ 6. . & ! ).

57A

@ 5

A77&

%G&

,

5:6 @

5:

5 $ S J

@

%A7A

5

%

5:> 5> ! 57A @ 5 A77& %G& 5:6 @ 5: 5:> 5>

6 6 6 6 3 6

, $ # 5 $ $ # 11 # 11 # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !# 5 $ 1 !8 #

"! %A7A

6

5 $57A #

! 5 %

6 6

7 9 # 7 9 #

! 3 + ! 1 " ! 1 7! E '&5I " ) $ $ ) $ $! ) $ $ " " " $ !

)*#1 57A

57A

566

>5

E

! 57A 57A 566

6 6 6

5 $# 5 $# 1 #

"! %A7A 566

6 3

> $! # ! $!$ #

I IR3

%A7A

566

,

3

)& +/" : " : 7- 1 4?I4 ) $ $ " .

) $ !

*'51&'

>;%

=>56

>

=>6 >65>

! >;% =>56 > =>6 =>% =>% && >%: 26J >;7 > :: %3

6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

=>%

=>%

,

&&

,

>%:

,

3

R3

R3

:

R3 > 3

>6:

,

>67

,

>6

,

>

,

>%

,

>%7

,

>65>

,

>7

,

3

3

R3 &

PP

,

26J

,

>;7

,

> ::

> ::

,

,

%3

>3

,

>7 1 , # >7 1 # >7 , # >7 1 11 1 # % $>7 , # >7 X # # >7 11# $# 61# 7 # 7 !$ # % , #

8

"! >6: >67 >6 > >% >%7 >65> >7 > :: >3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

>7 9 ,# >7 9 ,# >7 9 # >7 $# >7 # >7 7# >7 ! , # 7 1# 7 !$ 1# 7 , 1#

?!% 4 #/#:" 4 #/#:7! 1 4KI,?

$ $$#! ) $ $ " . " " 6C $ 6 $! " $ C $ $ " "$ #$ *$ " $ ! $ C $ " " $ $ $!' ) $ H "" " $

$!

*'21++5

&67&%3 =;%:>

=;;&

7A 5&

R3

3

9 V

! &67&%3 =;%:> =;;&

6 6

=. ! ,$ # !$ 8 $ # V 1 #

"! 5: 7&:> %A7A

3 3

V 1 # ! ,# !

8 ! 1$ !#

5:

7&:>

,

%A7A

,

3

R3

&

! & % 4" 471' 4K4 $ ) ! *'2 &'

>77

=>&

=>&

=>7

=>7

=>6

=>6

=>

=>

=>

=>

=>

=>

=>:

=>:

=>

=>

77

=7&

=7&

=7

=7

=7

=7

+

3 ! : ,

, 3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

, ! : +

3

+

3 ! : ,

, ! : +

3

, 3 ! : +

>&

,

>7

,

>6

,

>

,

>

,

>

,

>:

,

>

,

7&

,

7

,

7

,

*'2 &'(,

! >77 =>& =>& =>7 =>7 =>6 =>6 => => => => => => =>: =>: => =>

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

77

=&

=&

=

=

=

=

=J

=J

=S

=S

+ ! : ,

3

,

3 ! : +

, ! : +

3

,

3 ! : +

, ! : +

3

&

,

,

,

J

,

S

,

> $! ! # >7/ $ - # >7/ $ # >7 $ $ - # >7 $ $ # >7 ! $ $ - # >7 ! $ $ # >7 $ $ - # >7 $ $ # >7 $ - # >7 $ # >7 $ $ - # >7 $ $ # >79 $ $ - # >79 $ $ # >7 9 $ - # >7 9 $ #

! 77 6 =7& 6 =7& 6 =7 6 =7 6 =7 6 =7 6 77 6 =& 6 =& 6 = 6 = 6 = 6 = 6 =J 6 =J 6 =S 6 =S 6

$ # 7/ $ - # 7/ $ # 7 $ - # 7 $ # 7 $ - # 7 $ # ! # 7/ $ - # 7/ $ # 7 $ - # 7 $ # 7 $ $ - # 7 $ $ # 7 $ - # 7 $ # 7 $ - # 7 $ #

"! >& >7 >6 > > > >: > 7& 7 7 & J S

>7/ $ # >7 $ $ # >7 ! $ $ # >7 $ $ # >7 $ # >7 $ $ # >79 $ $ # >7 9 $ # 7/ $ # 7 $ # 7 $ # 7/ $ # 7 $ # 7 $ $ # 7 $ # 7 $ #

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

! & %: 4:" 4:71' '$ ) ) " U '$ ) $#<$ $ ) ! *'2 &5

! 7 =>& =>& 7A % 7A % 7A % 7A % 7A L % L 7A 4 % 4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

7

=>&

=>&

7A

%

7A

%

7A

%

7A

%

7A L

% L

7A 4

% 4

+ ! : ,

3

, 3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

,

3 ! : +

>&

,

%A

,

%A

,

%A

,

%A

,

%AL

,

%A4

,

! V $ - # V $ # - # # - # # - # # - # # - L# L# - 4# 4#

"! >& %A %A %A %A %AL %A4

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

V $ # $ # $ # $ # $ # $ L# $ 4#

!+ & 60)'/" 60)'/7! E '" ) $" (0( $

*3/("' 57A

57A4

4

3

R3

%&

%A7A

,

CCC

3

R3

! 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL L 57A4 4 57AB B 57A2 2 57AN N 57A? ? 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL L 57A4 4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 L# :1 L# 5 4# :1 4# 5 B# :1 B# 5 2# :1 2# 5 N# :1 N# 5 ?# :1 ?# 5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 L# :1 L# 5 4# :1 4#

"! %A7A

3

% 9%&1 #

!+ & : 60)'/:" 60)'/:7! E >:(,? " ) $ ) " $ " (0 $

" ! F $ " H H " $! *3/("5

%&

57A2

2

3

R3

3

R3

! 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL L 57A4 4 57AB B 57A2 2

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 # :1 # 5 L# :1 L# 5 4# :1 4# 5 B# :1 B# 5 2# :1 2#

"! %A7A %A %A %A %A %AL %A4 %AB %A2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

% 9%&1 # :1 $ # :1 $ # :1 $ # :1 $ # :1 $ L# :1 $ 4# :1 $ B# :1 $ 2#

,

%A

,

CCC

57A

CCC

%A7A

%A2

,

# + 60)'/6" 60)'/67! E $ " - .I"% .% ( $ !

*3/("3

57A

>6;5

6;5

> ;5

;5

3

3

3

3

R3

6 5

,

;>5

,

;%G

,

U3

R3

U3

! 57A >6;5 6;5 > ;5 ;5

6 6 6 6 6

5 $# : ! $! 1 # : 1 # : ! $!1 1 # : 1 1 #

"! 6 5

;>5

;%G

3 3 3

5 1 $ #

1! $!$ #

1 $ #

%&

8

( ' 60(!" 60(!7- 1 >:E'%4 ) $ $ $ $ ! # ) $ $ $ !& $ $ $ P # . P . " " $!

*3/- $&' :7;

:7;3

=

= N

,

= ?

:7;

:7;3

=

:7;

:7;3

=

:7;

:7;3

=

:7L;

:7L;3

= L

:74;

:74;3

= 4

:7B;

:7B;3

= B

?#L

@

3

R3

)?*

%&

E

E

?#L

3

E

?#L

3

E

E

?#L

3

E

E

3

E

E

?#L

R3

,

)*

R3

)*

R3

)*

@4

3

E

E

?#L

?G

)*

@L

R3

@

?#L

@

&3;

@

E

R3

)L*

@B

3

R3

)4*

<L <L % <L <L % <L <L % <L <L % <L A <L A% <L I <L I% <L M <L M% 7

885% %

885% % 885% %

885% %

K

IJKK

885% %

885% % 885% %

(':(,' )'(&)4(4 )('7( .AN@ H H

# !

H

H HA HI HM 7

%

6%

IJKK

! :7; :7;3 = = N = ? :7; :7;3 = :7; :7;3 = :7; :7;3 = :7L; :7L;3 = L :74; :74;3 = 4 :7B; :7B;3 = B = 2 =4NGG

6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

G! 1 91 # G! 1 91 3# G! 1 G # G! 1 , # , 1 +# 1 1 , # G! 1 91 # G! 1 91 3# G! 1 G # G! 1 91 # G! 1 91 3# G! 1 G # G! 1 91 # G! 1 91 3# G! 1 !G # G! 1 L91 # G! 1 L91 3# G! 1 L !G # G! 1 491 # G! 1 491 3# G! 1 4 !G # G! 1 B91 # G! 1 B91 3# G! 1 B !G # 1 !G # G! 1 ! #

"! &3; ?G ?G 4NGG

)B*

3 3 3 3

1. , 1# G! 1 ! $!1# G! 1 ! $!1# G! 1 ! 1 # 5 1$ .#

/ 6@A" 6@A7- 1 >VL $ )" $ 8( ) . .$

$) ) )$ ! ) ) ) $ )$ "$ " $ $ $ !- $ 8( $ ! ) " $ $ *;(;2&/;/%;.&/;/%;.%/S%&;! 2 ) $ " $! %;(;2&/;/%;" $ " " $" 6:6 " P " 6:6-%'&! . ) # " $ $

" $$ . ) # " $

" $

! %&/;/%;" $ " " $" ) 6:6 " P " 6:6-%'&! ." $$

) # $ $ " $ # $! ." $

) # $ " $ # $! ) $" $ $ $ )

! " $ . $ $ " .$ ! %%/S%&;" $ " " P " 646&! $ ) .

$ ." $$

# $ $ $ . .$ # $! ." $

# $ $ . .$ # $!'

" $ . )

$

$! $ " $ !- $ " " $. $ " $.

$ !

OO

##

OO

@

7

H %

)

!%!

7

H

7

H

0) *(-)-2 0) *(7*2 C

"

% ,4

C

5%

5%

% ,4

%

@=

@=

H %"

7

0 2

04*-'&2

L 7

LH

% ,4

L

!

!L

5%

$

$

L

0 ) 2

0'; -*- ' (+ '* 2

0'; -*-(' (+ '* 2

(4*-'&

0 -*-(-(-Q,(' (+ '* 2 (4*-'&()7 /('7(-)' (5$ 0P' 12E !%!

!%!

(4*-'& )7(( 7 '('4 '

0+ '* (4*-'&2 C

,4

(4*-'& )7(4('4 ' () 4( ) () -)-(' -

04*-'&2

0-Q,(+ '* 2 !

$ 0 -*-(+ '* 2

!L

! !

5

0'; -*-(' (+ '* 2 L

( )

0 -*-(-(-Q,(' (+ '* 2 L ( ) ()7 /('7(-)' (5$ 0P' 12E !%! L

( ) )7(( 7 '('4 '

!%!

C

,4

( ) )7(4('4 ' () 4( ) () -)-(' -

L

0+ '* ( ) 2

L

0 ) 2

L

0-Q,(+ '* 2 !

$ 0 -*-(+ '* 2

!L

5

L

! !

0+ '* (-)-2 (' ()(+ '* 7*-(' (-)-

%

%

# %

# %

@@

@@

@ 0 ()4))2 /('7(' ()(+ '* 7*(' (-)-(5$

/('7(' ()(+ '* 7*(' (-)-(5$ 0P' E21 '4(' ()(( ) 7*(' (-)0-Q,(+ '* 2 !

$ 0 -*-(+ '* 2

!L

5

@

0:) )'(-)77 )(,,*)'2 H % ! !L

8;%8

) -E -Q, ' ()+ ,)' 09.(( ) 2

9($ 8;%8

"

!%! ## 7

@@H

@@

%

5%

! >> 53;5 3

; &7 78 !

3 6 5 6 6 6 9':;

> ! , # , # # , 1 # , ! # , #

&;

K; &7 5& 6; ; &57; 566; 566 &

5 6 3

@ 1 1. #

X $ # 1, $ # 6 1. # @ ! 1. # @ 1. # 1 1. # 1 # ! $ #

"!

& &57 78 !

3 3 3 9':;

, 1 # , ! # , #

6 A 6 A; 53; J

&;@

&; ;@ ; &57;@ &57; 5 3; 5 3;@ 5 3; 5>53;@ 5>53; 566 566;

3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

! $ # 19 1.# 11 , # @ 1$ # 19 $ 1 1.# @ ! $ # 19 $ ! 1.# @ $ # 19 $ 1.#

. ,$ #

,$ # 19 , 1.#

,$ # 19 $ , 1.# 7 1$ # 19 1 1.#

- !+ % 6- " 6- 7- 1 >=-4 $ ) # " $ 2 ) ) " ) ) $ " $!

*3.* &'

6@&

=4?6@>

=@&63

3

3

R3

U3

:>

4?6@>

,

@&63

,

@&63;

@&%

,

@&%7;

@&:

,

@&:;

@:63

,

@:63;

@:%

,

@:%7;

@::

,

@::;

@657

,

@67;

&

=@&%

3

R3

:> &

6 @&

=@&:

,

@&

6@

=@:63

3

U3

:> &

3

U3

:> &

=@:%

3

R3

:> &

6 @

=@::

,

@:

67@

=@657

=@6

,

&&

3

U3

:> &

3

U3

:> &

88

*3.* &'(, @&63

%&

@&% @&:

%&

@657 @:63

%&

@:%

@&6

,

@6

,

@:6

,

@::

! 6@& =4?6@> =@&63 =@&% 6 @& =@&: @& 6@ =@:63 =@:% 6 @ =@:: @: 67@ =@657 =@6 &&

6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 3

@ 63# $ -! $! # 6@&$ # 6@& # @ # 6 @& # 6 !- 1 # @ 63# 6@$ 1 # 6@ 1 # @ # 6 @ # 6 !- 1 $ # @ !$ # 6 1 # 6 1. # #

"! 4?6@> @&63 @&63; @&% @&%7; @&: @&:; @:63 @:63; @:% @:%7; @:: @::; @657 @67; @&6 @6 @:6

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

$ -! $!# 6@&$ # 6@&$ # 6@& 8?6@# @ # @ # @ # 6@$ # @ # 6@ 8?6@# @ # 6 @ 8?6@# @ # G! 1 ! $!1# @ # @ # @ . 1 # @ #

8

- % 6- " 6- 7- 1 *3.&*

:@ =5@6

3

U3

:>

5@6

,

5@6;

5@6

,

5@6;

5@6

,

5@6;

&

=5@6

: @

=5@6

,

5@

=5@6

,

&&

3

R3

:> &

3

U3

:> &

! :@ =5@6 =5@6 : @ =5@6 5@ =5@6 &&

6 6 6 6 6 3 3

5@ ,-# 5@,- 1 # @ 1 # 5@ ,-# 5@ 1 # @ ,# 5@ 1 # #

"! 5@6 5@6; 5@6 5@6; 5@6 5@6;

3 3 3

5@,- # 5@ 1 # # 5@ 1 # 5@ # 5@ 1 #

8

! +%&+% B0)-" B0)-7- 1 <:(=4 I,$ . . I,$ $ " $

.$ '"/ ) "/

*

>

J ,

3

R3

=4?3%@

,

3%@;

>V

23%@ 9 V

=4?3%@

=4?3%@

! > 23%@ =4?3%@ =4?3%@

6 3 6

>7 , # $ ,$$ ,# $ ,$$ # $ ,$$ 1.#

"! 4?3%@ 3%@;

3

$ ,$$ # $ ,$$ #

! >V

6

>7 , /9 ,#

8

!## . + B0!#:" B0!#:7- 1 <:-'? $ " - ' -'!-' " )

) $"$ $ " $ # . " !

*

6&

9

9

V

V

E

E

E

=4?6&

=4?6&

3

3

3

3

=4?6&L

=4?6&4

3

4?6&>

,

3

,

R3

R3

9 V

R3

9 V

9

9 =4?6&

6&V

<

V

6&V

<

=4?6&

9

V

6&V

3

V

,

34

,

34V

,

3L

,

4?6&

,

9 V

U93

,

3V 9 V

U93

3

U93

8

! 6& =4?6& =4?6& =4?6& =4?6& =4?6&L =4?6&4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

6 -# 6& 0# 6& 0# 6& 0# 6& 0# 6& 0L# 6& 04#

"! 4?6&> 4?6&

3 3

6& # 6& #

! 6&V 6&V 6&V 3 3L 3 3V 34 34V

6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3

6&V9 ,# 6&V9 ,# 6&V9 ,# 6& !$ $ # 6& !$ $ # 6& !$ $ # 6& !$ $ # 6& !$ $ # 6& !$ $ #

8

- !C+ B0!2*" B0!2*71' <:'G;4 $) $ ) " $$ C " $ "!= H /-

$ )" H 'G'5-&3! *
7

S6&'

,

6

6

3

R3

6

;%G&

,

;& 5

,

=4?%

" (

=4?

",(

3

=4?

" (

&@&&

,

I IR3 3

=4?S

" (

;%G&

,

=4?S

",(

;& 5

,

3

=4?S

" (

I IR3 3

&@&&

,

=;>5

7&

,

=;%

+

,

+

,

7&

,

S7&

,

+

,

67&

,

+

,

67&

,

+

,

7&

,

7

,

$

=;>5

=;% ",(

=6;>5

=6;% 6"$(

: @ 6+

77:

=6;>5

=6;%

;&&

=;>5

=;%

:1 9

3

3 :

3 :

3 :

3 :

3 :

U93

R3

U93

8

*
6566

=6;>5

=6;%

3 :

+

,

! 7 S6&' 6 6 =4?% =4? =4? =4?S =4?S =4?S =;>5 =;% =;>5 =;% =6;>5 =6;% =6;>5 =6;% ;&& =;>5 =;% 6566 =6;>5 =6;%

6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

! # & . 1+.# @ # . 1+.# 1 ! $ # 1 ! $,# 1 ! $ !!# . 1" ( $# $ " ( $# $ # $ , # $ ,# . 1 $! $! 1 # . 1 $ 1 # @ $! $! 1 # @ $ 1 # . 1+.! $! 1 # . 1+. 1 # @ +.! $! 1 # @ +. 1 # @ < $" (# @ $! $! 1 # @ $ 1 # @ < +. # . 1+.! $! 1 # . 1+. 1 #

"! 77: 6 ;%G& ;& 5 &@&& ;%G& ;& 5 &@&& 7& 7& S7& 67& 67& 7& 67&

6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

@ ,..!-# : $ +.# @ # @ # $9 < # @ $ # @ $ # $$9 < # . 1 $. 1 # @ $. 1 #

.! / 1 . 1+.. 1 # @ +.. 1 # @ $. 1 # . 1+. . 1 #

67&

,

8

-*

+!#- 5B-:" 5B-:7- 1 *;<.& &5

:@

:&@

=24@

=24@

3

=24@

=24@

,

&&

3

I IR3

R3

! :@ :&@ =24@ =24@ =24@ =24@ &&

6 6 6 6 3

5@ ,-# 5@ # 5@ 1# 5@ 1 1. # 5@ &57# 5@ &57 1. # #

"! 24@ @ ; 24@ @;

3 3

5@ &$ # 5@ & 1. # 5@ &57$ # 5@ &57 1. #

:>

24@

,

@ ;

24@

,

@;

&

8

#+

' .- %& @0 :" @0 :7- 1 V:? $ = " ) 8 '$ 8' $! *=/*&5 6&

6&

=N?3

=N?3

,

2& J

,

27

=N? J

7&

=N?75

%

=N?3

=N?3 PP

E

3

3

3

3

R3

! ,

R3

R3

I 93I

3

,

,

! ,

3

R3

,

R3

,

N?&

,

N?

,

N?&

N?

! 6& 6& =N?3 =N?3 2& J 27 =N? J 7& =N?75 % =N?3 =N?3

6 6 6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6

6&# 1 6&# ! , # #

$ 1 11# 79 11# 1 11# 7 # $# @ 1# , 1 0# , 1 0#

"! N?& N?

3 3

$ #

$ #

8

+! )-!/':" - 1 (=',?$" (=" $ $ $$) $ !

*". (5

J

&

5

,

& 5

,

%G&

7&

,

7&

1

! J 5 & & 5 %G& 7& 7&

6 6 6 3 3 6 3

1111 1 # 1111 1 # :11 !$# :11 $ # :11 $ # :11 # :11 $ #

"! :

6

:11 #

:

.

1 9 V

8

' ! '*!6" '*!671' %;'&> $

$ " 8 $

$/! " #" $ $

%&4 ? " $ ?'&!. #" $&-5( $ ) # ) ,&'& " $ ,&'&!# %5%J %5; " $. " $ $ ! $ ) 3

J

3

5

,

&

&

&

9

3

7&

7&

,

&;

:

9 V

! J 5 & & & : 7& 7& & 5 %G& &;

6 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 3 3 3

1111 1 # 1111 1 # $ # :11 !$ 1 # :11 !$ 1 # $ 11 # 7 $ # 7 # :11 $ # :11 $ # :11 < ,$ #

"!

; J

;5 &6;%A

3 3 6

:11 1 11$ # :11 1 11$ # &"11( #

&6;%A

9

& 5 %G&

,

V

5;55

,

;5

J;55

,

,

,

F3

; J

:

F3

+ '+ '#-" '#-7 1! &=& $ "" H !"$ $ 7$ ! )+.) ,

6:?

CCC ,

! 6:? 6:? 6:? 6:? 6:?L 6:?4 6:?B 6:?2 6:?N 6:? 6: 6: 6: 6: 6:L 6:4

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

"! 6:%A

3

6:%A

,

6:4

' ! ( '%*" '%*7! E &/%; "" $ ! )$

57A

57A

57A

,

3

! 57A 57A 57A 3

6 6 6 3

5 $# 5 $# 5 $# 3-,$ #

"! 5

6

#

5

' ! 'DB1!>!" 'DB1!>!71' <5'%' $ )

" !

><# $ 6

57J

,

@

,

;5

!

"!

5

57J @ ;5

3 3 5

5% ! ! !:5 1# E N49: NB9 : N29G1 NN9 G1 ??95 ?9 5 ?9: $ ?9 : $ ?9G ?L9 ,. ?49% 96 .&A ! 57J16 &1# .&A ! $ 86 ! # !5 ! $ # E 9& 9 9

' '> " '> 7 1! $ $ "$ ) ! " 6 $ 6 !' $ ) !&

4.$$ $) !- .$

. $ 4! 6*

57A

CCC

%A7A

57A2

! 57A 57A 57A 57A 57AL 57A4 57AB 57A2

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

5 1 # 5 1 # 5 1 # 5 1 # 5 1 L# 5 1 4# 5 1 B# 5 1 2#

"! %A7A

6

7 #

+ *%7*+ ) **%" **%7 1! ;%;/ " %;/ $4<$ 7 $ %;/) ! " 6%6 6;6 !

$ ,

57A?

CCC ,


3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

"! %A7A

3

%A7A

,

57A4

+ )#7*+ ) *)#" *)#7 1! ( . " $ . " ( $4<$ 7 $ ( " ! " 6;6 !

"+ ,

57A?

CCC ,


3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

"! %A7A

3

%A7A

,

57A4

+ *) *)" *)7 1! ;( " ;( $ ) $ ! " 6;(6 ! " ,

!

3

"! %;

3

%;

,

!&*

*> )'/" *> )'/71' 6*("'

3;

35

:A&;@

3 ;

7%;>5

7%

7%;%

1

9#?

5 $

1

1

=<

,

:

1

=

9#?

3 ,, :

! 3; 35 :A&;@ 3 ; 7%;>5 7% 7%;%

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

, 1 # , 5 $ $ # , 1 ! . 1 # 7 1! $! 1 ! 1 # & 1# 7 1 1 ! 1 #

"!

:

3 6

! 1 ! . 1 !# ! 1 $ #

+ )# )#" )#7 1! ( " ( $4<$ ! " 6(6 !

"+ ,

57A?

CCC ,


3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

"! %A7A

3

%A7A

,

57A4

8

! +' .) )>1! " )>1! 7! E

(5'% " $ K2?:% !

$ K%!

"6 # ($* ,

3

57A

@ 5

%66

%A7A

! 1 2

! 3 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57AL %66L @ 5L 57A4 %664 @ 54 57AB %66B @ 5B 57A2 %662 @ 52

3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

3-,$ # 5 # % # @ # 5 # % # @ # 5 # % # @ # 5 # % # @ # 5 L# % L# @ L# 5 4# % 4# @ 4# 5 B# % B# @ B# 5 2# % 2# @ 2#

"! %A7A %A7A %A7A %A7A %A7AL %A7A4 %A7AB %A7A2

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

# # # # L# 4# B# 2#

/ /1# " /1# 71' ,-54 $ " " $ 8 $ ! $ $ $ $. $ $ $ ! 8 " " $" $ $

$ . ! $$ $ $ $ 0

2) 0 :!!!9424!!!:! #( +*'

E

E

;

:

@;

1

1

R

U?

,

;&

,

;&

,

@;&

?

?

&;&

1

9 63=

,

76

76;3

&@&&

76;&6

76;&

,

76;@&

,

76;6&

,

:7&

,

1

E

E E

&;5:

9 V

E

:

3

",(

",(

3

3

";(

3

R3

U93

R3

" (

" (

" X (

! ; @; : ;& ;& @;& &;5: &;& 63= 76 76;3 &@&&

6 6 6 3 3 3 6 6 6 3 6 6

$ 11" ( 1 # $$ $ 11" ( 1 # 7 11" (D9# , 1 $<$ # $ 1 " (# $ $ 1 " (# 7 < 1 1 # 7 1 # 7 ,-91 ?9# $ , < # 7 , 1 # 7 $" X ,( 1 #

"! 76;&6 76;& 76;@& 76;6& :7&

6 3 3 3 3

# $$ $ $ " (# $$ $ $ " (# 6 X $ "$(# :11 $ #

/#+

/1#-00" /1#-0071' ,5&=:: " $$ $ " " $ C $ "" ! ,5&=:: # $ $$ "

!

. $$ $ " ) ! $ "! 0 " "

5 7) #$ ! ) H " ) ! $ " $$

!)

$

" #$ "$ $ !

#+).//

J

&6

5

63 :=

@ 5

5;:

5;5

$?? <"D(

! J 5 &6 63:= @ 5 5;: 5;5

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

1111 1 # 1111 1 # &< # 6,- # 7 $ # 5 $ 1 # 5 $1 #

"! %A7A 5;%A

6 6

&$ # 5 $1 #

! 5 %A

6 6

5 $1 ,# 5 $1 ,#

1

%A7A

5;%A

5

%A

1

)# + # -" # -17 1! %=45- H ) 6 "4( 6.-( "- "

$$

! 2 "*

$ " 2 $$# $$ * # . . & !' 6 # 6

.%=45- "

! & 6 6 $ . ! ) " * & 2

2

* B B 2 $ " )

B"

%=45-

2 $$ !' %=45 H ) " ! $ $ ") ". $ $" $$ ) $) ! + *$.'#(

5

@ 5

:%66;

A77&

%G&

,

5:6 @

5: A

& @

%A

7

:; J

5:> 5>

! 5 @ 5 :%66; A77& %G& 5:6 @ 5: A 5:> 5>

6 6 6 6 6 3 6 : :

5 , # @

, $# 6 # % 1

1 # % 1 1 # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !# 5 $ 1 !#

"! %A :; J

6 6 6

6 # 1 $ "1 (# 11 :%66; #

! 7

6

7 9 #

# 3.3 + #1 '" #1 '7 1! 5 $ $ $ . # $# $ " $ ! " 6 6 !$ $ . ) $ 2 8 ! ,,&

(E& $ !- . #

$

"

$ . "

#

) !

" $ . ) $ * ,,&@:!:. 2(E& (E&A:!:. 2,,&

+ #*

57A

A77&

%G&

,

5:6 @

5:

A

%A7A

5:> ! 57A A77& %G& 5:6 @ 5: 5:>

6 6 6 3 6 :

, 9 1 # 11 # 11 # 5 /11# 5 / # 5 / 1 !#

"! %A7A

6

& 9 1 #

!

6

7 9 #

$! +' !-1! " !-1! 7! E '=5'% 2 " ) ! $ " ) !

.# ($* ,

3

57A

%66

@ 5

%A7A

! 1 2

! 3 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57A %66 @ 5 57AL %66L @ 5L 57A4 %664 @ 54 57AB %66B @ 5B 57A2 %662 @ 52

3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

3-,$ # 5 # % # @ # 5 # % # @ # 5 # % # @ # 5 # % # @ # 5 L# % L# @ L# 5 4# % 4# @ 4# 5 B# % B# @ B# 5 2# % 2# @ 2#

"! %A7A %A7A %A7A %A7A %A7AL %A7A4 %A7AB %A7A2

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

# # # # L# 4# B# 2#

!!=# !!!0" !!!071' ''&': $ $ # $.

" "$ $ ! % #: 2 #4!

) /

&6

63=

) /1*

5@

@

,

%

) /1* 7>

,

: &

@

55V

:A&6&'

J5V

5J

9

6&'

) /1*

7&5%

) /1*

7 ) /1*

7

" -(

: :77

". (

! &6 63= % : & 55V J5V 6&' 7&5% 7

7 : :77

6 6 3 3 6 6

& $# 6,-" ( $# $ ! # $ ! # <1 111,+ # A

<1 111,+ # 6+ .9! /1 11 /?# 1, !+. .# 1,1 # 7-1 ,# 1, ! $ #

"! 5@ @ 7> @ :A&6&' 5J

6 6 6 6

< $# :1 1$ # :1 !.# : $" ( # : +., $ 19! /# 5 ! +., $ 1#

" $ * 4B' $ H ?B' " >B KB$ "

!

!#!!1 " !#!!1 7! '&''5% $%'

" $

" *I," . $ . ) ! ) !

7

$ ) <: !

" $.$ " %' 7 %' " " $

$'&''5%! H 4 .? . $ $

! $ $!

"" ) * $) " ")

" ) " $ ""!

+)

#($*(

;3

B;>7

;&>3

B;&>

;J%A

2;>7

>;&7

2;&>

,

2:

;>7

,

2:>

;&>

,

;J%

,

;>7

=A&3S

;&>

=K

;>7

=5S

;&>

=& 7

G>

=%:

5667

=%:

%:

=7%5%

>

,

=3 ;

&3

,

=3 ;

5:%A

=3 ;

5)*

=3 ;

J)*

=3 ;L

7=)*

=G&5

=>65

&5;5)*

&5@)*

=5

)*

=5

)*

=5

)*

=35

)*

=35

:)*

8

+)

#($*((" ,,

5 ;3 ;&>3 ;J%A >;&7 2: 2:> =A&3S =K =5S =& 7 =%: =%: =7%5% =3 ; =3 ; =3 ; =3 ;

6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

=35

L)*

=:7?

B)*

=:7

B)*

=:7

2)*

=:7

2)*

=:7

)*

=:7L

:& :>)B?*

=S%

=S

==)*

= 6 ?)*

= 6 )*

=566?)*

=566)*

=%?)*

=%)*

=)*

=)*

=A)*

=A)*

=:&5&)*

;3;:6 $1 1 # ;&>3;:&! , 1 1 # :1 1 # , # 1: # > $!: # >7, $# &>, $# , . # 1, , # "?( "( 1 # , # =%:;1 9# =%:;1 9# =7%5% #

, #

, #

, #

, #

" % & " % & '() '(" '(% '(& '(+ '( ,, %0+1 )0+1 "0+1 )0+1 "0+1 7-)0+1 7-"0+1 %*"0+1 %*%0+1 %*#"0+1 %*#%0+1 '!70+1

! #" $ #% $ #& $ #" #% #& *$ ( *$ ( *$ ( *$ ( *$ ( *$ ( *$ (. / *$ (. / ' $/ 2

324 ! 52 ! 52 $6. $6. $$ . $$ . ( / $6. / $6. ($ / $6. $ / $6. *$

-$2$ 8 ( 8 : ( !% ( !% !%;% ( % " ( " 77 ( -'*!% 7!% $0+1 "0+1 " 50+1 "2?0+1 0+1 /0+1 "0+1

/ /

( 9 $ 9 $ ( 9 ( 2 $ 2 $ ;- 2 $ ( $ $ ($ $ (

(

< 2 $ -6 = $ / > 5 6 ( /> 9 2 $ $ 3* 6 / 4 $$ 3* 6 / 4 5$$ 3* 6 / 4 * / 6 3* 6 / 4 ! 2 $ 3* 6 / 4 * / 6 3* 6 / 4 $

)* )* )* )* L)* B)* B)* 2)* 2)* )* !)B?*

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

, # 3 # 3: $ # 7 3: $ #

,3 # 1 / # & :!$ # 1 /3 # & :!$3 # 3 1 #

. - #

!/%! !7 !( 1" !( 17 1! 'EI5 $ $ $ ! " 6' 6 !

- (1# ,

;

,

,

6

! ; 6

3 3 3

# !%# !%66#

"! %A7A

3

#

%A7A

,

!/%! !7+ !( 1" !( 17 1! 'EI5 $ $ $ ! " 6' 6 !

- (1# ,

;

6

! ; 6

3

# !%# !%66#

"! %A7A

#

%A7A

,

!/%! !7# !( 1#" !( 1#7 1! 'EI5 $ $ $ ! " 6' 6 !

- (1#+ ,

;

6

! ; 6

3 6 6

# !%# !%66#

"! %A7A

6

#

%A7A

,

33 :1 %" 6D,?* 1! ?-5I/ H ) 6-5 6. ) !$ " 2 ) 2 $ ) . $ 7 . ! ) 2 " . " $! 5# 1*

57A

A77&

J;>5@>

J;%G

# "

%A7A

! 57A A77& J;>5@> J;%G

6 6 6 6

5 , # !!# 19! $! 1 %G&# 19 1 %G&#

"! %A7A

3

, !!#

,

:% >& "

1 >:" 1 >:71' %5? $ 2 $ "$ ) $ ) $ ! $*#*65

J57A V%A7A 3 6#&$

,;

J

! J57A 3

6 ,;

5 J# A 3 ,1#

"! V%A7A

6

6 V#

6% & "

1 >6" 1 >671' %5> " ) U#. ) "" $QU:.:.U:.4.U4.:.U4.4R

. U.:BJU:.PBG* .

S"(

V"8(

S"X(

S"?(

V" 8X(

J"?(

J" (

J"(

-.U#.: $ U4.:U:.:!

' .U#.4 $ U4.4U:.4!

-

. $ U#.:U#.4") U#.!

$*#*63 J57A

S57A

,;

3

J5J

S5J

SF .

! J57A S57A 3

6 6 ,;

5 J# 5 S# 3 3 ,1#

"! V%A7A

6

6 V#

! J5J S5J

J,51 - # S,51 - #

.

V%A7A

.

6#&*"$

J

8

+ * " * 7 ! %;I $

E%( $ " ! $ ! $ 1

57A

! 57A

6

5 #

"! %A7A

6

% #

G :%: ,.6 !

%A7A

' 1'!' " 1'!' 7! 5'%I $%'

"

$ !-2" " $

$ ! $ . $ . ! ,

$ ! $ " %' . "" %' "

$5'%I !

# $ (1

;&>3

;&>

;

;3

;

>&>7;7

;%=

,

;5

)*

57

:& :>)N*

,

L@J

,

266

=K

=& 7

5 ;&>3 ;&> ;3 >&>7;7 ;5 57 L@J 266 =K =& 7

6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 5 6

&! , 1 # &! 1 1 # 6 $1 1 # &! # 1 1 # 1 # @#,-# 6 # 1, , # & 1 1 #

% ; ; ;%= )* !)N*

6 6 6 6 6

>7 1 1 1 !# &> 1 1 1 !# ! .%=# 1 1 1 !# ,- - #

%! #. *#" *#7- 1 ;4

$$ ! +&' 2>%

,

2%

=>%

=%

=&

=&

,

&%7

=&L

,

B?

,

B?&

,

2K

=&;?)*

3

3

F3

F3

:

,

:J

,

&

1

1

E

,

=&

=&B

,

27&

,

27& 9 V

! 2>% 2% =>% =% =& =& &%7 =&L B? B?& 2K? 2K 2K 2K 2K 2KL 2K4 2KB 2K2 2KN 2K? 2K =&;?)* =& =&B 27& 27&

3 3 6 6 6 6 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 3 3

>7 $# 7 $# >7 # 7 # &1 11 1 # &1 11 1 # &1 11 # & 1 11# # # & 1 ?# & 1 # & 1 # & 1 # & 1 # & 1 L# & 1 4# & 1 B# & 1 2# & 1 N# & 1 ?# & 1 # &1 # &,- # # 3- # #

"! : :J &

3 3 6

5 1 # J 1 # , >7 #

/# /#" /#7- 1 ,4

$ ! +&'

=7J

677

3

=7

,

>

=76

,

&&

,

:

:

+ ,

?76

,

76;

J>7

7&

7J

GJ>

&

=&7

:7 3

:7 3

:7

:=&6

3

Q3

J>7

3

7J

,

2::

=J:

7J

=7&

=7&

J

4?C6 =GJ;

=GJ;

E

??#?

3

=GJ;

=GJ;

3

Q3

Q3

Q3

3

Q3

:>

:7 3

:7 3

3

???#?

3

Q3

Q3

! =7J

677 =7 > =76 && : =&7 :7 3 :7 3 :7 :=&6 2:: =J: 7J =7& =7& J =GJ; =GJ; =GJ; =GJ;

6 6 6 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

! 1 11# ! # ! 1 11# >7! $ $ # ! 1.# $ # ! $ # ! #

1 ! "1, ( #

, 1 !$ # :1, # &1, # :1, . $ # $ 1 .! # $! # ! $ # ! # ! 1 # ! 0# ! 0# ! 0# ! 0#

"! ?76 76; J>7 7& 7J GJ>

3 6 6 6 6

! # ! # ! , # , # , ! # , ! #

- #. #;-F" #;-F7- 1 J=T " # $ " ) . $" $ $ # ) $$ JK $ ! +?.&&@

3&6

&

=@5

:7

=@:

=@

:;35

J;35

G'K@

:=@3

,

2@3

! 3&6 & =@5 :7 =@: =@ :;35 J;35 G'K@ :=@3 2@3

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3

: 1, 1 #

1 1 11 # 5@ !1# :1 !$ # 5@ 1 :7# 5@ 1 # :1, :W:51 1 , # 5@ 1 , # G 1 # 5@!. ",(# 5@!. ",( #

"! &J@

6

5@ 1 #

&J@

#. #;F" #;F7- 1 JT " # $ ) " . $ $ #$$ ") ) ) $ , $!

+?&@ :

=:%

=:@

%

=;=)2*

=;)2*

&J7

:7

=;:)2*

=;)2*

G'K

G'K

G'=K%

G'=K@

=;5)2*

,

2K

3

=:5

=:5@

=:5%

& J

:;35

&J

&J7

G'K@

&J &J7

E

E

J

E E E

E E

E

!;,

E

5 ;1

3&6

&;

7

"

7

F(# #

7

L%

7

"

@

7

"%

E

9

7

"

"

-

"L

"

%

9

"

%

5%

5%

)

-

7

%

) 7

4)

886%

7

"

7

"

L%

7

< H%

H% < -

7

"%L

%

5%

E

"

7

I"

"%

7

"%

7

L

;

" !

I@

R

F(# #

" 9

! : =:% =:@ % =;=)2* =;)2* &J7 :7 =;:)2* =;)2* G'K G'K G'=K% G'=K@ =;5)2* 2K? 2K 2K 2K 2K 2KL 2K4 2KB 3 =:5 =:5@ =:5% & J =&J > 73 =&J 6 =&J3 =&J& =&J& =&J% =&J =&J 73 :&@3 5@3 =&J37

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 3 6

:1 !$ 1 # :1 !$ 1 9 # :1 !$ 1 9$ # , # =:7, 1 .#

. 1 #

.J # :1 !$ # :6&, 1 .# 6&, 1 .# G X #

$1 1 X # G X # G X $ # 5 !1 .#

?#

#

#

#

#

L#

4#

B#

1, 1 # :1 1 91 11# :1 1 9$ # :1 1 9 # 1 1 11 1 # >7 , $ 6&J # >7! # , # :7 J # :7 $# 1 ! $ 1 # 11 !$J # 11 !$J # J1 $ # >7 , 1 # >7 , $ 1 J # , # 5 $ 1 3 # , # 1 ,- :7#

"! :;35 &J &J7 G'K@ 3&6 &; 2& 4?&6 &J 4?&J &J3 &J3 &7

6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 6 3 6 6 3

:1 1 , # 6&, 1 # :7, 1 # G 1 # : 1, 1 # &; J 1 $ 5@:# 1 1 !# 6&, 1 # 1 5@# 1 ,# 1 , # 1 # 1 :7#

8

;'4" ;'47- 1 JK ) # $ $ 8( . P . ) " "$ # $ $ $ ! " $ $ $ ! $ $ P " ) P ) $ !&#$ C $ H $ " ! ?&2

:?

,

>>?

CCC

:

,

>>

: . : 5 J

.

J

.

J)*

=J:%

=%

&J3

=%

=%

,

&&

=J

,

65>

J

&X : UJ

3

E

=J:%6

E

:

3

3

! : >> : >> : >> : >> :L >>L

6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3

3

$ 1 $ ! $!

R3

R3

R3

U3

%& " !(

J%:

J)*

KJ)*

J)*

JA:

J

?J

,

24J

,

2463

,

&

&

" !(

! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 L# > ! ! !1 L#

! :4 6 >>4 3 :B 6 >>B 3 :2 6 >>2 3 :N 6 >>N 3 :? 6 >>? 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 :L 6 >>L 3 :4 6 >>4 3 :B 6 >>B 3 :2 6 >>2 3 :N 6 >>N 3 :? 6 >>? 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 :L 6 >>L 3 :4 6 >>4 3 :B 6 >>B 3 :2 6 >>2 3 :N 6 >>N 3 :? 6 >>? 3

! !1 4# > ! ! !1 4# ! !1 B# > ! ! !1 B# ! !1 2# > ! ! !1 2# ! !1 N# > ! ! !1 N# ! !1 ?# > ! ! !1 ?# ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 L# > ! ! !1 L# ! !1 4# > ! ! !1 4# ! !1 B# > ! ! !1 B# ! !1 2# > ! ! !1 2# ! !1 N# > ! ! !1 N# ! !1 ?# > ! ! !1 ?# ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 L# > ! ! !1 L# ! !1 4# > ! ! !1 4# ! !1 B# > ! ! !1 B# ! !1 2# > ! ! !1 2# ! !1 N# > ! ! !1 N# ! !1 ?# > ! ! !1 ?#

! : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 :L 6 >>L 3 :4 6 >>4 3 :B 6 >>B 3 :2 6 >>2 3 :N 6 >>N 3 :? 6 >>? 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 : 6 >> 3 =J:%6 6 =J:% 6 =% 6 &J3 6 =% 6 =% 6 && 3 =J 6 65> 3

! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 L# > ! ! !1 L# ! !1 4# > ! ! !1 4# ! !1 B# > ! ! !1 B# ! !1 2# > ! ! !1 2# ! !1 N# > ! ! !1 N# ! !1 ?# > ! ! !1 ?# ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # ! !1 # > ! ! !1 # 1 1 # 1 # % 1 1 1 $# 1 # % 1 1 $# % 1 !1 $# # 6 :1 # 5! , : $ $#

"! J%: J)* KJ)* J)* JA: J ?J 24J 2463

1,: $# 5 :-,. .# 5: .# 5 :-,..# 1,: 1 " X (#

$! 1 # % 1 1# % 1 # : 1#

6 6 6 3 3 3

! ' ;!/4" ;!/47- 1 J',K $ # $ $ $ !$

'L::4'V::4 !

? &2

:

=7

=7

=7

J

=7

=7L

=74

=7B

J7%

,

27%

=72

J "$ E 1 1 (

1

,

273

K:

,

1

;/

1

<"D3(

E

=7N

:

1

E

:

E

J7

35

3 &E:F

7

"S(T

,,* -

0;2

" L

7

0;0;22

" L

7

0;0;22

" L

7

" L 7

L

9

%

9 U 7

L

7

L

7

L

L

7

"S(T

9

%

9

%

"<

9

%

5%

I L

5%

I L

5%

I L

5%

I L

I LA

I LI

-Q,,(,4,> % S"02(;("0;2T /*((' (02

-Q,,(,4,> % S"0;2(;("0;2T /*((' (02

9

($(09;2 0(

( ') '77(/*

()U(;2

! : : =7 =7 =7 J =7 =7L =74 =7B J7% 27% =72 =7N 273 J)* =7 =7 =7 =7 27 KJ)* J%:

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 3

:1 !$:# :1 !$:# 11: # 11: # :$ #

$! 1 # J$ # J # 11 , # 11 , #

, #

, ,# 11 ,, #

,, 1 1 #

,, ,# ! :-,.#

, $ #

, $ #

, $ #

, $ # 1 1 # 5: .# 1,: $#

"! : K: J7 35 J7 J7 J7 4?7 4?7 4?7 4?7 4?7L 4?74

6 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3

> $! 1 1 # : 1 #

, 1 # 6 , # : 1 # : 1 # : 1 # ! 1 1# ! 1 1# ! 1 1# ! 1 1# ! 1 X.1" (# ! 1 X.1" (#

G ! ' ;!/F" ;!/F7- 1 J',T # $ $ $ !$

'T::4'T::? $ T::4<::4$$ "

H $) ) ! ? &@

:

:

=7

=7

=7

J

=7

=7L

=74

=7B

J7%

,

27%

=72

J

:

K:

,

1

"$ E 1 1 (

1

1

;/

1

=7N

,

273

<"D3(

E

E

?

E

?

J7

35

3 &E:F

"S(T

,,* -

0;2

" L

7

I L!

#

#

I L#

I L

I L#

I L

I L

I L

((-Q,(<(:* '&('&( (:*

L

((-Q,(<(:* '&('&( ) (:*

L

" L L

7

L

7

L

7

L

9 " 9 9 " 9 #

%

%

#

%

%

E E

7

%

5%

E

7

5% 6% 5%

6% (' (' (< :*(' ) (:* -Q,,(,4,>

7

"S(T

"<

Q, )7$

9

($(09;2 0(

( ') '77(/*

()U(;2

! : : =7 =7 =7 J =7 =7L =74 =7B J7% 27% =72 =7N 273 J)* =7 =7 =7 =7 J)* J%:

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6

:1 !$:# :1 !$:# 11: # 11: # :$ #

$! 1 # J$ # J # 11 , # 11 , #

, #

, ,# 11 ,, #

,, 1 1 #

,, ,# ! :-,.#

, $ #

, $ #

, $ #

, $ # ! :-,. # 1,: $#

"! : K: J7 35 J7 4?7 > > 4?7> 4?7 4?7> 4?7 4?7 4?7 7 7

6 3 6 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

> $! 1 1 # : 1 #

, 1 # 6 , # : 1 # 1 , # > $! 1 # > $!1 1 # 1 # 1 1 # 19! $!1# 19 1# 19! $! # 19. # 19 # 19 / # 19X 1# 19X #

>& #. >#" >#7- 1 -4

) $ . "$ " $ /;(#!

6 6=:

6=:?

6=:

6=:

7&

:

:=J

:%&

6=:; )*

6=:;3)*

6=:;:)*

J

G'

G'K

G'K

=G'&

+

E

E

E

+&'

8

7

<<

9

-,' 7

9

%

D%

@S T

7

@

7

9

@<S T

7

@<!S T

7

@<@S T &/

7

KG

7

@

9

9

%

6%

@ @ @ 7

@

%

6%

! 6=: 6=:? 6=: 6=: 7& : :=J 6=:; )* 6=:;3)* 6=:;:)* J G' G'K G'K =G'& :=:%& 6=:;)* 6=:;)* 6=:;6)* =G'& 6=& 6=&

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

A: $ # A: $ ?# A: $ # A: $ # , # :1 !$ 1 # A: # A6=:; .# A6=:;3 .# A6=:;: .# , ! 1 # G X # % 1 X #

$1 1 X # G X # A: $ # A6=:; .# A6=:; .# A6=:;6 .# G X # A $ ,.# A $

,.#

"! :%& &6;?)* &6

6 6 6

A: $ # A $ .# :1, 1 #

! 8 (,9:" (,9:7- 1 E3S?

$ . $ . $ !$ " ) " " " $ $ !!

-%4&5

G'=K

57

=K3

=K

57

K

G'=K

G'=K

G'=K

7=&

7K

=&

=&

=&

=4?

=4?

E

3

Q3

27

,

4?

,

4?

,

4?>

,

4?>

,

'&

X

3

E

E

R3

E

3

E

4?C6

G'K

3

3

3

U3

U3

R3

R3

!"#

7

I L

I L

7

I L

I L

7

I LA

I LI

7

I LM

I L

%

%

%

%

5%

5%

6%

5%

I L#

L#

I L#

L#

I L

L

I L

L

! G'=K 57 =K3 =K 57 K G'=K G'=K G'=K 7=& 7K =& =& =& =4? =4? =4?7 =4?7 =4?7 =4?7 =4?7L =4?74 =4?7B =4?72

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

1 X # 1 X # 1 X ,# 1 X $ # 1 X # 1 X 1 # 1 X 1 # 1 X 1 < # 1 X # 1 X 1, 1 # 1 X # 1 X 1 1 < # 1 X 1 ? # 1 X 1 19 # 1 X 1 ! $!1 # 1 X 1 ! $! # 1 X ! $!1 # 1 X ! $!1 1. # 1 X ! $!&57 # 1 X &57 1. # 1 X 1 # 1 X 1 1. # 1 X &57 # 1 X &57 1. #

"! G'K 4? 4? 4?> 4?> 4?7> 7> ; 4?7> 7>; 4?7 7 ; 4?7 7;

6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

G%J X # 1 X 1 &57# 1 X 1 1# 1 X 1 ! $!1# 1 X 1 ! $!&57# 1 X ! $!1# 1 X ! $!1 # 1 X ! $!&57# 1 X ! $!&57 # 1 X 1# 1 X 1 # 1 X &57# 1 X &57 #

! 27

3

7$ $ #

8 #.

(,#:" - 1 E3? H P $ $. .

H "$ ! )

$ " $ ! -%+&5

6'

G'=;@)2*

6'@

G'=&

:5

G'=&

G'=&2

G'=;)2*

G'=&L

:>A

G'=&4

G'=&B

G'=;>)2*

G'K

G'=; )2*

G&'%6

6J'&:

G'=;3)2*

G'=;=)2*

1

1

1

E

E

E

1

1

G'&

G'&

?

E

G'=&

E

E

.

G'=;)2*

1

G'=;)2*

6'

6'

?

!#

@G

KG!ST

K

7

KG

%

5%

KG

KGL

7

IKGL

#@"@

K"

7

K"<

7

E

7

KG!

7

KGL

KG

7

@K

KGL!

7

KG#

7

KG

%

%

@G

% KG

%

6%

5%

D%

D%

! 6' 6 G'=;@)2* 6 6'@ 6 G'=& 6 :5 6 G'=& 6 G'=&2 6 G'=;)2* 6 G'=&L 6 :>A 6 G'=&4 6 G'=&B 6 G'=;>)2* 6 G'K 6 G'=; )2* 6 G&'%6 6 6J'&: 6 G'=;3)2* 6 G'=;=)2* 6 G'=;)2* 6 G'=;)2* 6 G'=& 6 G'=;)2* 6 2G= 3 "G!F?9B( G'=& 6 G' 3 G'=7 6 5K6G 6 G'7 3 =2G'> 6 =2G' 6

6 !. # G X 1 # 7 1 # 5X # , X , 1 # > $! . # . #

"! 6' G'& G'& G'& G'7 4?G'7 >6J6& GJK GJ:

1 $ + # &+ X # &+ X 1$ # 5X $$ $,# 5X 1 # 5X 1 1# > $ # 5X 9 # 5X 9 #

6 6 6 3 6 3 3 6 6

+ # G%J.# @ # 111, 1 1 # > $! 1 1 # 111, 1 1 #

1, 1 # G%J1, 1 .# 11 !1 .# :1 !1 .# 11 !1 .# & !1 . # G%J!1 . .#

$1 1 X # G%J $1 .# 5X # 1 # G%J$ .# G%J .# G%J1 11 1 .# G%J1 11 1 .# & X # G%J, .# F?9B .#

+%.. ; 00" G/;;488*1' J%&:: $ "$ .$

$

.

" *

B$ C2$ C2?9$ C242$ C2>8K8

?$(()*//

57A

%A7A

7&;5)*

<

! 57A

6

5 1 < #

"! %A7A

6

#

! 7&;5)*

6

7 $.8 /#

G /' ;;/)0" ;;/)07! 1 J%J,(:4 # $" $ 8$" ! ?$?"/' %&

7%

= :

=5

= :&7

=5 &7

3

3

3

,

3

R3

U3

R3

U3 %&

&

,

&57

,

;

,

5;

,

;&7

,

5;&7

,

7&36

! 7% = : =5

=5 &7 = :&7 7&36

6 6 6 6 6 3

! , #

1 # 5 1 # 5 $ #

# 7, $ #

"! & &57 ; 5; ;&7 5;&7

3 3 3 3 3 3

1 # $ #

1$ # 5 1$ #

$ # 5 $ #

%$ # $$ " " 8( " ! $ J%J,(:4 $ ) $ ) ) ) . " $" $ " $ !/" #

" # $ # ) " $ ) ) ) !/ $

$ $ $ ) 8 ) $ " . ) ) ) $ " !=

. $ # $$ $ " $ J%J,(:4 ! $ " $ " $ " " H " H $ $$ !; " $ $ H $" $ H " $ J%J,(:4 !% #$ $ $ $ $ " !

8

% G ;%;00" ;%;007! 1 J/%J::

" ) ) / 2% &# * 42I", ' - ?2 , ' - >2, ' - ) )

) $ ! $ )

$ ) !-) ) ) $ * ,2, 2 - J2I,' - J 2,' - &#2&# - ' " $ ) ") 4:$ !& ) $ ."

* 42,.JJ

?2,.J >2,.J

K2,.&# T2,.J&# <2,.J &# L2.JJ

M2.J&# V2.J &# 4:2J.J &# % " ) $

"

4: ) $ !. " ) $

" 4.?> $"$

$

"

! $ " ) $

$ ) ) ! E ) ) . $ $ .$) ) ) H ) ) )

" " ) $ ! ) ) H ) $ . $ # $ )

) ) ! E ) ) . $ " $ ) $ .$) ) ) H ) ) )

" ) $ !( . $ #" $ ) )

) ) !

%

" 2 # )

") H ) . $ I,.,, . $ ) * ,B49?9 > B4 JB42? J B?2> &#B> 4K) ) H ) ) H *K4.T?.T >! H

") )

) ! 44B ?4B,2?2 >8 >4B,2J 29 >8 K4BJ9? T?B42J <?B,242 >8 L?B,2J9 J 899 M?B,2J2 >89 V?BJ 9> 4:>B&# 44>B?2J

4?>B,242?8 4>>B,2J29?8 4K>B,2J 2489 $$ ) ) H $ ) ) .) ) $ #$/%J! > "

$) * .I,

., !E

. $

" , .JI, J , ") " $. ) )

!E "

.

$" $ ") " $ $ !%" $" $ . $") $.J# ! )

) )

" $ " #

$ " ! % $) ) $ ) ) $ " " !E " #$ .

$ $ . $ ) $

H ) ! H

) ) $ ) ) $!

J/%J:: $) $ !/ " . ,.&#

4) ) ?>) )

$ ! % $ " "K>&(;5/ $ " $,.&#! # ?W .?>) ) $

$ $

$ $4: !4 ,899

" ,.

".&#

"&#! % $ $ " " ?> ) ) ) $ ") 4!?>) ) $

$

$

$4: ! ?$?(//

J;:

,

:%:

,

J?

7G&

57:

>7J7:

=>7J7;@

7J7:

=7J7;@

7:

=&

=&

=

=33

=::

(" +"*")(1$ .)! # 5 1 8 + $ 1 ! ! 1 ! ,1 #

:%

7G&;&'

57:;&'

>7J7:&'

7J7:&'

7:;&'

&

,

57:&

,

>7J7:&

,

7J7:&

,

7:&

,

# 88 #

6G&

# 5. "!1 11 1 11 (8 ! 1 ! ! .8 1 $ #

6G&

6G&

>7J6

# 5. 8 !

1 ! ! !1 $ #

7J6

;%

,

;>5

,

;%

,

;>5

,

;%

,

;>5

,

"+$*")A*23)(" #(! # ! $ 1 , J;:#: $ 1 ! ! $ E 7G& 57: >7J7: 7J7: 7:

J

, 7 5 6 >7 6 7 6 ! 6

LK

L<

#L"L<

L"L<

!L<

"=<

#L

L

!<!

7

H@

7

H @

7

H"@K

7

H@K

7

H"@K

$% $ $&

7

H@K

7

H "@K

.(<' '(H(-('( '& 3()(' (94*(7'&. H(C(H (::( (4-(7*(' .( ()7(,)' &)(,*(( ',(&)+.

7

H @K

7

7

#L"L<

7

#L"L<#

<@

7

L"L<

!<

7

L"L<#

!<L

7

#B

"<

7

H<"

<L

7

H<

<

7

H<"

<@

7

7

H<

<

)

7

H <"

<%

7

H <

A. <4,(7' (4(',,*

,'7(()))+(,'-))' 07' (9 >('-())3(#L(9 ,)'())(-(L 9 ,)'())2.( 7(('7(4()))+(,'-))'(',,* 3 ()(,' ).

! J;: :%: J? 7G& 57: >7J7: =>7J7;@ 7J7: =7J7;@ 7: =& =& =

=33 =:: =6& =6& J6G 6G J6G 6G J6G 6G & >7J7:% >7J7:>5 7J7:% 7J7:>5 =?>S %:J %: %:J %: %:J %:

3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

, 1 1# 1.1 11# % 1 1? 11# , 9 < M # 5 " (9M1 11 # >7 9M1 11>7 # & 1 11>7 1 11 # 7 9M1 117 # & 1 117 1 11# # ! " (9M1 11 # 1 $ <11.# 1 $ <11.# 7 >7 # 7 57 # 7 7 # & 1 11 1 11 # & 1 11 1 11 # >7 ! $! 1 9M1 11 # >7 1 9M1 11 # 57 1 9M1 11 # 57 ! $! 1 9M1 11 # 7 1 9M1 11 # 7 ! $! 1 9M1 11 # 1 9M # >7 9M1 11>7 # >7 ! $! 1 9M1 11>7 # 7 1 9M1 117 # 7 ! $! 1 9M1 117 # >. 1 $ !-# 1 111 # 1 111 # 1 111 # 1 111 # 1 111 # 1 111 #

"! J :% 7G&;&' 57:;&' >7J7:&' 7J7:&' 7:;&' & 57:& >7J7:& 7J7:& 7:& 6G& 6G& 6G& >7J6 7J6 ;% ;>5 ;% ;>5 ;% ;>5 7G& 57: >7J7: 7J7: 7: JA: & >7 7 :%; 55 :6 @ %:= :&7 5 J: :7&

6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 # 1.18?F18F$ $ 8F 8F$ $ # < 9M # 5 9M # >7 9M>7 # 7 9M7 # ! 9M7 # $ 1 # $ 57:# $ >7 # $ 7 # $ ! # >7 # 57 # 7 # : M1 11>7 # : M1 117 # 1 # ! $! 1 # 1 # ! $! 1 # 1 # ! $! 1 # 7 9 $ # 5 9 $ # J! 9 $ # J 9 $ # 9 $ # A !# 1 !# >7 1 !# 7 1 !# 1. $# 3- / $# 6$ 1!$# : 1- $1.1# 5 1 1. # 5 J111# :11 $

! :&;6)?* :&;5)?* :&;3)4*

6 5 3

6 $ 1 # 5 $ 1 # 3 1 #

' ;'0" ;'07! 1 J&:4

$ 0%JX; # $ $! # # ") !

$ 4 ) "" $ !

$) $

$$# ?: ) >$=! " ) )

$ $ 0$

" $ "! "<:$ $ "4<$

4
$)

$ $ ! 4?:$ M$ ) ! 8( L!M $ $T!

$ !?K:$ K "44!?T " $ "!

$ "!?T:$ $

( " ) !T::$$ " ) $ ) "! ?: $

"

,! ?)((/'

J

:7&3

=5

=5

&

,

7&36

3

3

PP

R3

R3

::

>5;

,

5;J

>5;

,

:

:

5&

5&

! :7&3 =5 =5 & 7&36

6 6 6 3

. , # .1 1 # .1 1 # 1 $$ # . , $ #

"! J;J :: >5; 5;J >5; : :

6 6 3 6 3

7,O1 11 # .9!$ ! # .! $!1# 7,O1 11 # .! $!1# 1 # 1 #

5

J;J

% ;)D00" ;)D007! E J( :: $ $ "$

$ $ " ""5

5 " ! $ $5 " )

$ 54$ 5?) " 4$ 5$ $ $

)

"5 5 $ ! $ $ # "

.

$ ) " $ ) $ !E $ ) # $5 " . " ) $ $ !" $ ) #

. ") $ !% $ # )

" 4) $ $ !$ ) # #$ ) . $ " " ! ?"(>//

1

3

1

>6;5

6;5

57A

57A

1

6 5

,

%A7A

566

,

&

,

3

1

@ J

3

&;5 3

3

R3

%&

%&

3 ! >6;5 6;5 57A 57A &;5

6 6 6 6 6

: ! $! 1 # : 1 # 5 $# 5 $#

, < 1 1 #

"! 6 5 %A7A 566 &

3 6 3 3

3 ! 1 $ # % " $ 11 6 (# % < 1 $ # 3 $ 8 #

G &)#$*+ ) ;*)#" ;*)#7 1! J;( $ # ) 2( . " * $ $ ! " 6J;(6 !

? "+ ,

57A

,

57A

( ! @

3

! 57A 57A

3 3

6 # #

"! %A7A

3

% #

%A7A

,

G &)# ;)#" ;)#7 1! J( $ # ) 2( * $ $ ! " 6J(6 ! ?"+ ,

57A

,

57A

! 57A 57A

3 3

6 # #

"! %A7A

3

% #

%A7A

,

8

/ / +

;/ -00" ;/ -0071' J,%=:: $ $$ $ "

.

'

! " $ ) H . H $$$ "4! $$ $$ "=%;! $$ H &(F=%;!$ .&( " ) !E " $ &5% . " $ $) &(!' " $ &5% $ $) &(! E " $ I=5&- . ) &-&&;& ) $ $ $ J,%=:: (!E I=5&- .&-&&;& $ H $ ) (53. $ J,%=::(

) ) H $ ) (53!

J 35

%A;&'

,

&; :

,

:>@;&6

&6

&6;:

63:=

@ 5

:

,

&

5

.

E

?*$.//

1

<"D3(

3 & E:F

%A7A

5

%

1

! J 35 %A;&' &; : :>@;&6 &6 &6;: 63:= @ 5 : & 5

6 6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 3 6

11 1 # : , # % + # & $ # :!$ %A;&'$ # &< # &< # 6,-# : $ # : $ 1 # & 1 .$ # 11 1 #

"! %A7A

6

: #

! 5 %

6 6

$ ,# $ ,#

/

! ;/!00" ;/!007! E J,':: "" $ !/-5% # ) " " H " " !

? // 57A 57A

57A

56

>5@> %G

5

56

,

E

3

R3

! 57A 57A 57A 56

6 6 6 6

5 $# 5 $# 5 $# 11 1 11 1 #

"! 5 56

6 3

# 11 1 11 1 $ #

!+ G ;!;00" 7 /%4&; !!"" J'%J::

"2) ) '" % &# * 42I", ' - ?2, ' - ) )

) $ !$ ) ! ) ) $ * ,2, 2 - J2I", &# - &#2&# - " $ $ ") # 4?$ !& " " . * :2,.J 42,. ?2,.&# >2.J K2.&# T2&#.J " $)

" # " "

) ) 4? $"$ $

! $ " ) $

) ) !E ) ) . $ $

"

.$) ) ) H ) ) )

" )

$ !( . $ #" $ ) )

) ) ! %

" " 2 # ) H ! ) $ I,, . $ ) ! ,B49? B4 JB42? &#B? ) ) ) H . ) ) 4 ) ) ?. )

H ) ! ) H

" ) ) ! 44B ?4B,9J89 >4B,2?8 K4B?9J T?B&# <?B,248 L?B42J

$$ H $ ) ) .) ) . $ #$'%J! "

$) *4 ?I, !E )

. $ " ,J") " $! ) )

! E " . $ ,J ") " $,$ "J ) $ ! J'%J:: $) $) $ !/ " .,.. &#

) ) 4 ?

$ ! $ " "K>&(; $ " $,..&#! # >W .?$

$ $

$

4: ! 4 ,89

",.

". &#

"&#! $ ;(%5(/&$ " " ? $ ") 4! ) ?$$

$

4: ! #,'%J* ,J , , J J J J J &#

,&# J J J

J J J

&#

&#J

J

J J

& '%J#) $") ! 6;(%5(/&6 ) ) H

) ") ) ) ! 64'!6 $ H $ ? 6?'!6!

%),(H:(!/*)' 02(L&($(H(1(H 02( ($(H 0 2("4($(H(;(H 02(!9(1(H

; R

!

$%V %

"<

"

!<<

7

LK

7

L<

7

#L"L<

7

#L"L

7

!L<

7

7

%%

7

H@

7

H @

7

H"@

7

H @

7

H"@

7

H!<

7

7

#L"L<

7

#L"L<#

7

#B

9

H:(<' '(!/*)' 2((H($( 2((H($(H(1("4

2((H($(0L&(;(H2(E( 2((H($(!9 A2((H($(H(;("4 I2((H($(0L&(;(H2(E( (!(0W !<<2> .( ,(::(,' '(/*)'(7' H(-(H(7 '(4(::(,' ' /*)'((-('( "<. .( 7(('(::(* 3(, )7), 4(,' '( (&)4(4('& )' )(-(':(7' (4( ))+ ::.

.(<4,(7' ((',,*

,('7( )))+(,'-))'3('-())(' (#L -))'()).( 7('('7(4()))+ ,'-))'(',,* 3(4(,'

'-)+ ,' '( ()(+):(4(4)+4 )' )(-(4(::( 7 ,(

,,*-(( )+( (;. !<B(!(0 !<2> ('('7(L&3( 3(' (!9()(,' '(H(&4)(::(H()(7*(' .

LKG

7

L<G

7

#L"L<G

7

!L<G

7

IJ

IJ L<

IJ#L"L<

IJ!L<

"

!<

#L"@

7

H@

7

H@

7

H

H#

H

H#

ALK

A L<

A#L"L<

A!L<

#L

!<

"=<

<@

7

<

)

<%

! J;: 7G& 57: >7J7: 7: =>7J7;@ =

=33 =6%& ;56 ; J6 ;56 ; J6 =:%& & >7J7:% >7J7:>5 =?>S :% J?

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3

$9 : 1# <: 8M1 11 =G# 5 7: "6 (8M1 11 # >7 7: "6 (8M1 11>7 # ! 7: "6 (8M1 11 # & 1>7 1 11 # 7 : >7 # 7 : 57 # & " (%"1 11 (# >7 6 1 8M1 11 # >7 6 > $! 1 8M1 11 # 57 6 1 8M1 11 # 57 6 > $! 1 8M1 11 # 1 <11.18M1 116 <# : 1 8M =G# >7 1 8M1 11>7 # >7 > $! 1 8M1 11>7 # >. 1 $ !-8M# 1.111# % %& ;% 1"?(#

"! 7G&;&' 57:;&' >7J7:&' 7:;&' 4N& 4N57:& 4N>J7& 4N7:& J :% 6%;& 6%;& >7J6 % >5 % >5 L;7G& L;57: L>7J7: L;7: ?;A: ?; ?;>7 ?;:

6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

< 8M1 11 = # 5 8M1 11 # >7 8M1 11>7 # ! 8M1 11 # A # A # A >7 # A ! #

1 # E?F18F 8F8F1# > $!7 # 5 1 7 # : M>7 # 1 # ! $! 1 # 1 # ! $! 1 # 7 " $ (# 5 " $ (# J! " $ (# " $ (# A !# 1 !# >7 1 !#

1 1. $#

! :&;6 :&;5 :&;3

6 5 3

6 $ # 5 $ # 3 #

)&'+ ! ;*0:" ;*0:7! 1 J;:? $) ) '$ & ) $ "!$) $ '$ '$ ' $ ) $ ) .'$ &. $ '$ &

$ " ! $ () $ "

!

" ) ) $ #$ *%$ & (' $ $ $(' $!

$,('! . $ $ .

) ) )

) )

H !

$ " , ' ' C ! E " $
$ ,E! E
) ) ,E53! ? (/5

G%3;7&

G%3; 7

,

G%3;%

, G%3

G%335

G3%7

,

G3

,

G3;66

,

7&6

7&6

%

,

7%&57

,

66

7&G:

7&:

,

>

,

%%6

,

%%6

,

7%%6

,

7%%

7%;7

%;7

%;7

7%;7

7;7

%;35 ?

9 V %&

%&

& E:F

<"D3( 3 9

$

3

3

3

F3

U3

U3

E

""

""

#$%&

#

!

""

E

E E

+

'() )*)

, - , - ./0

+

+

! G%3;7& G%3; 7 G%3;% 7&G: 7&: > %%6 %%6 7%%6 7%% 7%;7 %;7 %;7 7%;7 7;7 %;35 7 && 6;&@ 6;% 6;: 5;: 36; 36;> @3=& 7?? 7@ 5 &@ 5 7G&;&' &;:@

6 6 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 3

, # , 1 # , $ # 1 ! ! , , 1# 1 ! ! #

$ $ # %9 1! # %9 1$. # %9 1. # %9 1. # 7 1.9 # ! , # 1$. # 7 1. # <# % , # , ! # 1 1# $ $8 # $8",(# $ 1 # $ 1 # , ,$ # ,$ # @ ,-$ # 1.??M # $ " (# $ # , + # $ #

"! G%335 G3%7 G3 G3;66 7&6 7&6 % 7%&57 7&& && 7&&6 &&36 75 7G& 5: &

6 3 3 3 6 6 3 3 6 3 6 6 6 6 6

, , # G, < # G, % $ # G, 9 $ # < !, # < ! , # % # 7 1. # # 1$ # 6 # 6 !,# $ # , # $ %66 1 # , <#

8

)&'+ !$ (

;*06" ;*067! 1 J;:> $) ) '$ & ) $ "!$) $ '$ '$ ' $ ) $ ) .'$ &. $ '$ &

$ " ! $ () $ "

!

" ) ) $ #$ *%$ & (' $ $ $(' $!

$,('! . $ $ .

) ) )

) )

H !

$ " , ' ' C !

? (/3 ? =%35

=77%

=7%

=7%

=7;%

7;&6

,

7%%

,

7%%6

,

%%6

,

%%6

=7;:

,

%7;7

7;63=

9

$

U3

3

U3

3

%&

%

,

%7&5

,

7;7

& E:F

<"D3(

"H(

3

E

7;&&

""

1

2

""

1

$9/&

'() )*) #$%&

E

+ ""

3 4

#$%&

5667

8.,

$9/&

! =%35 =77% =7% =7% =7;% 7;&6 7%% 7%%6 %%6 %%6 =7;: %7;7 7;63= =7 =6&3 6A6 =6 @ =>%3 ;3 ;5: =5@: =7G&;@

6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 3 6 6

3 ,% $ # 7 1.9 $"M (# ! , $"M (# 1$. $"M ( 7 1. $"M (# "M ( 7 1.%9 # 7 1.%9 # 1$.%9 # ! , 9 # 1 ! ! "(# , ,9 $ " . NLM(# ,-"M (# 1$ "M (# : $ U ! "M (# @ ,-9

. # $ 1 "(# ,$ "M (# 5 8 ,- # , ! "@ ,- (# 5 $ 1 "(# $ " ( . .?M
"! % %7&5 7;7 7;&& 7 &&65 &&63 7G&;5@ 7G&;&6

3 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6

% # 7 1. # !%, 91 # "M (# 1 1# # ,"M (# , $ 1"M(# , "M(#

;/ ;)1/)(" ;)1/)(7 1! J(5,(E $ J $ . ! " 6J6J , !JC $) .) 22C $ ! .J(5,(E$ <5)C ). " 2 !J ") " . "$! .J(5,(E " ) $ ) ! ? "(#"-

( ! :

6

#

! 57A

6

3#

"! %A7A

6

% #

57A

0

:

J

%A7A

;2/ ;)21/)(" ;)21/)(7 1! J(G5,(E $ J $ G$ ! " 6JG6JG, ! ';( 6J(G6DDD

? "0#"-

! 57AJ 57AS

6 6

3# #

"! %A7A

6

% #

57AJ

57AS

J

.

%A7A

' ;'00" ;'0071' J:: )$ " $ $ " !%$ " ) " " " II4$ -%'&. $ "

! $ . )) " $ $ . )$ $ " ! )) " $ . ) $ " . ) $ !E ) $ . $ $ # $ " $ $ ) ! ?&//

53

&7

S )*

,

>>

,

PP 6

3

3

R3

S

R3

S

53

,

53&7

,

S:&)*

1

: . %&

!

53 &7 S )* >> 6

6 6 6 3 3

, 1 1 # , # , 1 # ..918 ! 8 ! # , ! ! 8F! !.# 7, 8F #

"! S:&)* 53 53&7 7&36

3 3 3

. .918 ! # , ! $!1$ # , ! $! $ # , , 1$ #

7&36

,

%$ ) " " )$ "8(

" ! $ % $ $ )! ) $ J:: . $ )) $ ." $" $ " $ ! )$ $ " " $ . J:: $ !

%3%

7 7 ;1*1#" ?1*1#7 1! U5;5 $ ;B4 $ $$ $ ! " 6/ / 6 ! $

# " $$ ! $

* 2(, $ ! 2'%& $ ! B# &#

,

57A

,

5:6 @

,

5:;

9

,

%A7A

,

V

,&-('(;G%(;&2'E&&,/&%G2%',&&;&/I&&.I'( /(&';(%(E-(;=&%&I%;4.EII&%(;/(&'%(E! ! 57A 5:6 @ 5:;

3 3 3

,.# 5 /11# 5 / #

"! %A7A

3 3

." (# : ",-(#

%3%

7+7 ?1*1#" ?1*1#7 1! U5;5 $ ;B4 $ $$ $ ! " 6/ / 6 ! $

# " $$ ! $

* 2(, $ ! 2'%& $ ! B# &#

57A

,

5:6 @

5:;

9

%A7A

V

,&-('(;G%(;&2'E&&,/&%G2%',&&;&/I&&.I'( /(&';(%(E-(;=&%&I%;4.EII&%(;/(&'%(E! ! 57A 5:6 @ 5:;

3

,.# 5 /11# 5 / #

"! %A7A

." (# : ",-(#

%3%

7# 7 ?1*1#" ?1*1#7 1! U5;5 $ ;B4 $ $$ $ ! " 6/ / 6 ! $

# " $$ ! $

* 2(, $ ! 2'%& $ ! B# &#+

57A

,

5:6 @

5:;

9

%A7A

V

,&-('(;G%(;&2'E&&,/&%G2%',&&;&/I&&.I'( /(&';(%(E-(;=&%&I%;4.EII&%(;/(&'%(E! ! 57A 5:6 @ 5:;

6 3 6

,.# 5 /11# 5 / #

"! %A7A

6 6

." (# : ",-(#

!& &) ; )0" ; )071' J(:4 $ ) $ !

$ " )) ) . $ $ ! . $ $ !

57A

;

,

%A7A

57A ;

6 6 3

5 # ! # , $ " ! (#

%A7A

6

% #

) ) ) ;,. $ " ) ) " 8 "&;%! $$ . $ $ ) # )

'/5%!

88

GEH 6371 To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6371 in tab 8.

GEH 6408C To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GEH 6408C in tab 9.

IO_rpt_samp IO_REPORT

8/28/00

PAGE 1 OF 24 Device

Description

96CD-1 96CD-1

Compressor disch press transmitter Compressor disch press transmitter Analog Input #1 VDC Signal Analog Input #1 Return Interstage fuel gas press xmitter Interstage fuel gas press xmitter Analog Input #2 VDC Signal Analog Input #2 Return Ambient Pressure Ambient Pressure Analog Input #3 VDC Signal Analog Input #3 Return Generator Rotor Fan Differential Pressure Generator Rotor Fan Differential Pressure Analog Input #4 VDC Signal Analog Input #4 Return Analog Input #5 P24VDC Generator watts Analog Input #5 VDC Signal Generator watts Fuel gas flow orifice diff press xmitter Fuel gas flow orifice diff press xmitter Analog Input #6 VDC Signal Analog Input #6 Return Fuel gas flow orifice diff press xmitter Fuel gas flow orifice diff press xmitter Analog Input #7 VDC Signal Analog Input #7 Return Fuel gas flow orifice upstream press xmitter Fuel gas flow orifice upstream press xmitter Analog Input #8 VDC Signal Analog Input #8 Return Compressor Bellmouth Diff Press xmitter Compressor Bellmouth Diff Press xmitter Analog Input #9 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #9 Return Dewpoint Sensor xmitter Dewpoint Sensor xmitter Analog Input #10 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #10 Return 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN Analog Output #1 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #1 (-) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (-) 4-20mA Compressor disch press transmitter Compressor disch press transmitter Analog Input #1 VDC Signal Analog Input #1 Return Interstage fuel gas press xmitter Interstage fuel gas press xmitter Analog Input #2 VDC Signal Analog Input #2 Return Ambient Pressure Ambient Pressure Analog Input #3 VDC Signal Analog Input #3 Return Generator Gas Pressure Generator Gas Pressure Analog Input #4 VDC Signal Analog Input #4 Return Analog Input #5 P24VDC Generator watts Analog Input #5 VDC Signal Generator watts Analog Input #6 P24VDC Analog Input #6 4-20mA Signal Cell #1 Hydrogen Purity Signal from Gas Analyzer

Software ID

Total TB module screws used: 1099

96FG-2A 96FG-2A

96AP-1A 96AP-1A

PDT-292 PDT-292

96GG-1 96GG-1 96FF-1 96FF-1

96FF-2 96FF-2

96FG-1 96FG-1

96BD-1 96BD-1

96TD-1 96TD-1

96CD-1B 96CD-1B

96FG-2B 96FG-2B

96AP-1B 96AP-1B

PT-2950 PT-2950

96GW-1 96GW-1

QT-290A

CPD1A CPD1A

FPG2A FPG2A

AFPAP1A AFPAP1A

H2FDP H2FDP

DWATT1 DWATT1 FDG1 FDG1

FDG2 FDG2

FPG3 FPG3

AFPBD AFPBD

ITDP ITDP

CPD1B CPD1B

FPG2B FPG2B

AFPAP1B AFPAP1B

H2GP H2GP

DWATT2 DWATT2

HYD_PUR1_SCA

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt 1099 TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI

D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Circuit

+24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 4-20MA RETURN 4-20MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC

1 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Signal Sense icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units Total IO screws: 1716 Dedicated Screws:123 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10

1 1 2 2 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 16 16 16

J1A=20MA J1A=VDC J1B=RET J2A=20MA J2A=VDC J2B=RET J3A=20MA J3A=VDC J3B=RET J4A=20MA J4A=VDC J4B=RET J5A=20MA J5A=VDC J5B=RET J6A=20MA J6A=VDC J6B=RET J7A=20MA J7A=VDC J7B=RET J8A=20MA J8A=VDC J8B=RET J9A=20MA J9A=1MA J9B=RET J10A=20MA J10A=1MA J10B=RE

J0=20MA J0-20,200

J1A=20MA J1A=VDC J1B=RET J2A=20MA J2A=VDC J2B=RET J3A=20MA J3A=VDC J3B=RET J4A=20MA J4A=VDC J4B=RET J5A=20MA J5A=VDC J5B=RET J6A=20MA J6A=VDC

VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC

Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14

J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J314 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414

0 0

300 300

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

500 500

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

15 15

35 35

inHG inHG

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

30 30

inH2O inH2O

4 4

20 20

ma ma

GPP 1748

-240

240

M watts

4

20

ma

GPP 1749

-240 0 0

240 30 30

M watts inH2o inH2o

4 4 4

20 20 20

ma ma ma

0 0

150 150

inH2o inH2o

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

650 650

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

138.5 138.5

inH2O inH2O

4 4

20 20

ma ma

-49 -49

167 167

degF degF

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

300 300

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

500 500

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

15 15

35 35

inHG inHG

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

100 100

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

GPP 1752

-240

240

M watts

4

20

ma

GPP 1753

-240

240

M watts

4

20

ma

70

100

% H2

4

20

ma


8/28/00

PAGE 2 OF 24 Device

Description

QT-290A

Cell #1 Hydrogen Purity Signal from Gas Analyzer Analog Input #7 P24VDC Analog Input #7 4-20mA Signal Cell #2 Hydrogen Purity Signal from Gas Analyzer Cell #2 Hydrogen Purity Signal from Gas Analyzer INLET BLEED HEAT CONTROL VALVE DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE INLET BLEED HEAT CONTROL VALVE DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE Analog Input #8 VDC Signal Analog Input #8 Return INLET BLEED HEAT CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM PRESSURE INLET BLEED HEAT CONTROL VALVE UPSTREAM PRESSURE Analog Input #9 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #9 Return Inlet heating control valve position Inlet heating control valve position Analog Input #10 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #10 Return 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN

QT-290B QT-290B 96BH-2 96BH-2

96BH-1 96BH-1

96TH-1 96TH-1

65EP-3 65EP-3 96CD-1C 96CD-1C

96FG-2C 96FG-2C

96AP-1C 96AP-1C

96EP-1 96EP-1

96GG-1 96GG-1 96CS-1 96CS-1

96HQ-1 96HQ-1

96HF-1 96HF-1

96QQ-1 96QQ-1

Inlet heating control valve command Inlet heating control valve command Compressor disch press transmitter Compressor disch press transmitter Analog Input #1 VDC Signal Analog Input #1 Return Interstage fuel gas press xmitter Interstage fuel gas press xmitter Analog Input #2 VDC Signal Analog Input #2 Return Ambient Pressure Ambient Pressure Analog Input #3 VDC Signal Analog Input #3 Return Exhaust press transmitter Exhaust press transmitter Analog Input #4 VDC Signal Analog Input #4 Return Analog Input #5 P24VDC Generator VARs Analog Input #5 VDC Signal Generator VARs Inlet air total press transmitter Inlet air total press transmitter Analog Input #6 VDC Signal Analog Input #6 Return Hyraulic Oil Supply pressure xmitter Hyraulic Oil Supply pressure xmitter Analog Input #7 VDC Signal Analog Input #7 Return Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff press xmitter Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff press xmitter Analog Input #8 VDC Signal Analog Input #8 Return Lube Oil Filter Diff Press xmitter Lube Oil Filter Diff Press xmitter Analog Input #9 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #9 Return Analog Input #10 P24VDC Analog Input #10 4-20mA Signal Analog Input #10 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #10 Return 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN Analog Output #1 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #1 (-) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (-) 4-20mA

Software ID HYD_PUR1_SCA

HYD_PYR2_SCA HYD_PUR2_SCA CPBH2 CPBH2

CPBH1 CPBH1

CSBHX CSBHX

CSRIHOUT CSRIHOUT CPD1C CPD1C

FPG2C FPG2C

AFPAP1C AFPAP1C

AFPEP AFPEP

DVAR DVAR AFPCS AFPCS

HOSP1 HOSP1

HOFDP1 HOFDP1

LOFDP1 LOFDP1

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI

D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Circuit RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 4-20MA RETURN 4-20MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 4-20MA RETURN 4-20MA RETURN

2 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack 16 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20

3 3 4 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10

1 1 2 2

J6B=RET J7A=20MA J7A=VDC J7B=RET J8A=20MA J8A=VDC J8B=RET J9A=20MA J9A=1MA J9B=RET J10A=20MA J10A=1MA J10B=RE

J0=20MA J0-20,200


J0=20MA J0-20,200

VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC

Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q14 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15 Q15

J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J414 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315 J315

Signal Sense

Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units 70

100

% H2

4

20

ma

70 70 0 0

100 100 175 175

% H2 % H2 psig psig

4 4 4 4

20 20 20 20

ma ma ma ma

0 0

300 175

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

100 100

% %

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0 0 0

100 100 300 300

% % psig psig

4 4 4 4

20 20 20 20

ma ma ma ma

0 0

500 500

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

15 15

35 35

inHG inHG

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

27.7 27.7

inH2O inH2O

4 4

20 20

ma ma

GPP 1716

-160

160

M vars

4

20

ma

GPP 1749

-160 0 0

160 11.1 11.1

M vars inH2O inH2O

4 4 4

20 20 20

ma ma ma

0 0

2000 2000

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

150 150

psid psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

25 25

psid psid

4 4

20 20

ma ma


8/28/00

PAGE 3 OF 24 Device

Description

96QH-1 96QH-1

Lube Oil Header pressure xmitter Lube Oil Header pressure xmitter Analog Input #1 VDC Signal Analog Input #1 Return Lube Oil Tanl level xmitter Lube Oil Tanl level xmitter Analog Input #2 VDC Signal Analog Input #2 Return Flame Detector Input 28FD-11 Flame Detector Input 28FD-11 Analog Input #3 VDC Signal Analog Input #3 Return Flame Detector Input 28FD-12A Flame Detector Input 28FD-12A Analog Input #4 VDC Signal Analog Input #4 Return Analog Input #5 P24VDC DCS exhaust temperature setpoint Analog Input #5 VDC Signal DCS exhaust temperature setpoint Analog Input #6 P24VDC Analog Input #6 4-20mA Signal Analog Input #6 VDC Signal Analog Input #6 Return Analog Input #7 P24VDC Analog Input #7 4-20mA Signal Analog Input #7 VDC Signal Analog Input #7 Return Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff press xmitter Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff press xmitter Analog Input #8 VDC Signal Analog Input #8 Return Lube Oil Filter Diff Press xmitter Lube Oil Filter Diff Press xmitter Analog Input #9 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #9 Return Analog Input #10 P24VDC Analog Input #10 4-20mA Signal Analog Input #10 0-1mA Signal Analog Input #10 Return 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER 24VDC POWER RETURN Analog Output #1 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #1 (-) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (+) 4-20mA Analog Output #2 (-) 4-20mA Analog Ouput #1 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #1 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #2 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #2 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #3 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #3 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #4 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #4 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #5 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #5 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #6 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #6 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #7 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #7 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #8 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #8 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #9 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #9 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #10 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #10 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #11 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #11 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #12 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #12 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #13 (+) 20/200mA

96QL-1 96QL-1

28FD-11 28FD-11

28FD-12 28FD-12

TTRXTM_CMD TTRXTM_CMD 28FD-13 28FD-13

28FD-14 28FD-14

96HF-2 96HF-2

96QQ-2 96QQ-2

Software ID LOHP LOHP

LOTL LOTL

FD_INTENS_1 FD_INTENS_1


TTRXTM_CMD TTRXTM_CMD FD_INTENS_3 FD_INTENS_3


HOFDP2 HOFDP2

LOFDP2 LOFDP2

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAI TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO

D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Circuit +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 10VDC RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN +24VDC 4-20MA 1MA RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 24VDC POWER RETURN 4-20MA RETURN 4-20MA RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT

3 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20

3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13


J0=20MA J0-20,200

VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAIC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC



Signal Sense

Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units 0 0

200 200

psig psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

2 2

24 24

inH2O inH2O

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

100 100

% %

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

100 100

% %

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

150 150

psid psig

4 4

20 20

ma ma

0 0

25 25

psid psid

4 4

20 20

ma ma


8/28/00

PAGE 4 OF 24 Device

Description

26QA-1 26QA-1 26QT-1A 26QT-1A 63QT-2B 63QT-2B 52QT-1 52QT-1 49QT-1 49QT-1 52HG-1A,1B 52HG-1A,1B 52HL-3 52HL-3 52HT-3 52HT-3 52VS-3 52VS-3 63TF-1 63TF-1 52F_STATUS 52F_STATUS 94F-1B 94F-1B 26BT-2 26BT-2 63HG-1 63HG-1 63CT-5 63CT-5 63FG-1 63FG-1 80AC-1 80AC-1 33TF-1A 33TF-1A 33TF-2A 33TF-2A 71AC-1 71AC-1 63EA-1 63EA-1 26AC-1 26AC-1 27MC-1 27MC-1 27MC-2 27MC-2 74CR 74CR

Analog Ouput #13 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #14 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #14 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #15 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #15 (-) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #16 (+) 20/200mA Analog Ouput #16 (-) 20/200mA NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE Lube oil header high temp alarm Lube oil header high temp alarm Lube oil header high temp trip Lube oil header high temp trip Low lube oil pressure - trip load Low lube oil pressure - trip load Lube oil immersion heaters on Lube oil immersion heaters on Lube oil immersion heaters overlaod Lube oil immersion heaters overlaod Generator compt heaters on Generator compt heaters on Access compt, gas fuel mod heater on Access compt, gas fuel mod heater on Turbine compt heater on Turbine compt heater on Gas valve compt heater on Gas valve compt heater on Turb Inlet Air Filter-Excessive Press Drop Alarm Turb Inlet Air Filter-Excessive Press Drop Alarm LCI Beaker Status LCI Beaker Status Fire protection release aux relay zone #1 Fire protection release aux relay zone #1 Turb compt temp high - alarm Turb compt temp high - alarm Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel system Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel system Generator CO2 bottle pressure low Generator CO2 bottle pressure low Gas fuel pressure low switch Gas fuel pressure low switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Water Flow Switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Water Flow Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Low Water Level Switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Low Water Level Switch Exhaust duct pressure high Exhaust duct pressure high Air Inlet Ambient Temperature Low Air Inlet Ambient Temperature Low Motor control center bus 1 voltage normal Motor control center bus 1 voltage normal Motor control center panelboard voltage normal Motor control center panelboard voltage normal DGP alarm - critical self test failure DGP alarm - critical self test failure

Software ID

L26QA L26QA L26QT1A L26QT1A L63QT2B L63QT2B L52QTX L52QTX L49QT1 L49QT1 L52HG1 L52HG1 L52HL3 L52HL3 L52HT3 L52HT3 L52VS3 L52VS3 L63TF1H L63TF1H L52SS L52SS L94F1B L94F1B L26BT2H L26BT2H L63HG1L L63HG1L L63CT5L L63CT5L L63FGL L63FGL L80AC1 L80AC1 L33TF1A L33TF1A L33TF2A L33TF2A L71ACL L71ACL L63EAH L63EAH L26AC L26AC L27MC1N L27MC1N L27MC2N L27MC2N L74CR L74CR

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBAO TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI

F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 F2 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I2 I2

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2

Circuit RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN SIGNAL OUT RETURN NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN

4 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack 13 14 14 15 15 16 16

VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC VAOC

Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18 Q18

J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318 J318

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1

VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC

Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8

J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J33-08 J44-08 J44-08

Signal Sense

Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NO C NO

MCC 107 MCC 5826

Invert

NC C NO C NO C NO C NO

MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC MCC

7729 107 3660 107 3663 107 3662 107 3633

Normal Invert Normal Normal Normal Normal

NC

Invert

NO

Normal

NC

Invert

NC

Normal

NO

Invert

NO NO

Invert

NC

Invert

C NO C NO NO

MCC 107 MCC 2192 MCC 107 MCC 7291 GPP 6826

Normal Normal Normal


8/28/00

PAGE 5 OF 24 Device

Description

89SS/CLOSED 89SS/CLOSED 89SS/OPEN 89SS/OPEN 89ND/CLOSED 89ND/CLOSED 89ND/OPEN 89ND/OPEN

Static starter disconnect switch closed Static starter disconnect switch closed Static starter disconnect switch open Static starter disconnect switch open Static starter neutral gnd disconnect sw closed Static starter neutral gnd disconnect sw closed Static starter neutral gnd disconnect sw open Static starter neutral gnd disconnect sw open CI#6 - POS CI#6 - RET Bearing lifting oil supply press low Bearing lifting oil supply press low Turn gear motor #1 running(MCC contactor closed) Turn gear motor #1 running(MCC contactor closed) Turning gear overload Turning gear overload Aux hydraulic supply pump #1 running Aux hydraulic supply pump #1 running Aux hydraulic supply pump #1 motor overload Aux hydraulic supply pump #1 motor overload Exhaust duct pressure high high Exhaust duct pressure high high CI#13 - POS CI#13 - NEG Bus undervoltage relay( Verification of dead bus) Bus undervoltage relay( Verification of dead bus) Bus undervoltage relay(Sync bus undervoltage) Bus undervoltage relay(Sync bus undervoltage) Inlet Air Evap Cooler Water Flow Switch Inlet Air Evap Cooler Water Flow Switch Generator breaker status Generator breaker status Generator differential trip lockout Generator differential trip lockout Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1 Running Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1 Running Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1 Motor Overload Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1 Motor Overload Motor control center bus 2 voltage normal Motor control center bus 2 voltage normal Turb Inlet Air Filter-Excessive Press Drop Turb Inlet Air Filter-Excessive Press Drop Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1-Low Diff Pressure Exh Frame Cooling Fan #1-Low Diff Pressure Gear Load Compt Press Low Gear Load Compt Press Low Aux Lube Oil Pump #1 Motor Contactor Aux Lube Oil Pump #1 Motor Contactor #1 Lube Oil Pump Motor OverLoad #1 Lube Oil Pump Motor OverLoad Load compt.vent fan #1 overload Load compt.vent fan #1 overload Load comp vent fan #1 running(mcc contact closed) Load comp vent fan #1 running(mcc contact closed) Fire protection release aux relay zone #2 Fire protection release aux relay zone #2 Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor Status Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor Status Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump MCC Starter #1 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump MCC Starter #1 Overload Accessory Compt Vent Fan Running Accessory Compt Vent Fan Running Accessory compt vent fan overload alarm Accessory compt vent fan overload alarm #1A lube oil mist separator motor running #1A lube oil mist separator motor running #1A lube oil mist separator motor overload #1A lube oil mist separator motor overload IGNITION EXCITER ON - CHANNEL FAULT IGNITION EXCITER ON - CHANNEL FAULT #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Running #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Running #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Motor Overload

63QB-1 63QB-1 52TG-1 52TG-1 49TG-1 49TG-1 52HQ-1 52HQ-1 49HQ-1 49HQ-1 63ET-1 63ET-1

27B 27B 27BS 27BS 80AC-2 80AC-2 52GX-1 52GX-1 86G-1 86G-1 52TK-1 52TK-1 49TK-1 49TK-1 27MC-3 27MC-3 63TF-2A 63TF-2A 63TK-1 63TK-1 63AG-1 63AG-1 52QA-1 52QA-1 49QA-1 49QA-1 49VG-1 49VG-1 52VG-1 52VG-1 94F-2B 94F-2B 52AC-1 52AC-1 49AC-1 49AC-1 52BL-1 52BL-1 49BL-1 49BL-1 52QV-1A 52QV-1A 49QV-1A 49QV-1A 30SG-1 30SG-1 52BN-1 52BN-1 49BN-1

Software ID L89SSC L89SSC L89SSO L89SSO L89NDC L89NDC L89NDO L89NDO

L63QB1L L63QB1L L52TG1 L52TG1 L49TG L49TG L52HQ1 L52HQ1 L49HQ1 L49HQ1 L63ET1H L63ET1H

L27BN L27BN L27BZ L27BZ L80AC2 L80AC2 L52GX1 L52GX1 L86TGT L86TGT L52TK1 L52TK1 L49TK1 L49TK1 L27MC3N L27MC3N L63TF2AH L63TF2AH L63TK1L L63TK1L L63AG1L L63AG1L L52QA1 L52QA1 L49QA1 L49QA1 L49VG1 L49VG1 L52VG1 L52VG1 L94F2B L94F2B L52AC1 L52AC1 L49AC1 L49AC1 L52BL1 L52BL1 L49BL1 L49BL1 L52QV1A L52QV1A L49QV1A L49QV1A L30SG1 L30SG1 L52BN1 L52BN1 L49BN1

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI

I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I2 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Circuit POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE

5 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14

VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC


J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J44-08 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09 J33-09

Signal Sense


C NO C NO C NO C NO

BAC BAC BAC BAC GTE GTE GTE GTE

Normal

NO C NO

MCC 107 MCC 2138

Normal

NC C NO

MCC 3605 MCC 107 MCC 2131

Normal

NC

MCC 5852

Invert

Normal Normal Normal

NC

Invert

Invert

NC NO

GPP

679

Normal

NC

GPP 2194

Normal

C NO

GPP 2199

Normal

NC C NO

GPP 1697 MCC 107 MCC 9184

Invert

NC C NO

MCC 6666 MCC 107 MCC 2193

Normal Invert Normal

NC

Invert

NO

Invert

NO C NO

MCC MCC

NC

MCC 5839

Invert

NC C NO

MCC 6669 MCC 107 MCC 2133

Normal

NC C NO

MCC 107 MCC 6651

Normal

NC C NO

MCC 6650 MCC 107 MCC F52

Normal

NC C NO

MCC 6802 MCC 107 MCC 5858

Normal

NC

MCC 5845

NO C NO

Invert 107 663

Normal

Invert

Invert

Invert

Invert

Invert Normal

MCC 107 MCC 6184

Normal


8/28/00

PAGE 6 OF 24 Device

Description

49BN-1 30H2STAT1 30H2STAT1 30H2STAT2 30H2STAT2 30H2STAT3 30H2STAT3 49AC-1X 49AC-1X 49AC-2X 49AC-2X 4SS_INH_IN 4SS_INH_IN 33TH-3 33TH-3 63AT-1 63AT-1 63HG-2 63HG-2 63AG-2 63AG-2 4CT 4CT 63AT-3 63AT-3 63AD-4 63AD-4 63AT-2 63AT-2 63AT-5 63AT-5 63TK-2 63TK-2 94F-3B 94F-3B 30CC 30CC 30H2TRBL1 30H2TRBL1 30H2TRBL2 30H2TRBL2 43FST_UNLD 43FST_UNLD

#2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Motor Overload Status Analyzer #1 Status Analyzer #1 Status Analyzer #2 Status Analyzer #2 Sampling Status, Case or Cal. Purge Sampling Status, Case or Cal. Purge Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #1 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #1 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 Overload SS inhibited by other unit SS inhibited by other unit INLET HEATING ISOLATION VALVE LIMIT SWITCH INLET HEATING ISOLATION VALVE LIMIT SWITCH Turbine (access) compartment air pressure switch Turbine (access) compartment air pressure switch Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel system Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel system Gear Load Compt Press Low Gear Load Compt Press Low Customer trips input Customer trips input Accessory Compt Pressure Low Accessory Compt Pressure Low Air process unit press low Air process unit press low Turbine (access) compartment air pressure switch Turbine (access) compartment air pressure switch Access compartment pressure low - alarm Access compartment pressure low - alarm Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2-Low Diff Pressure Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2-Low Diff Pressure Fire protection release aux relay zone #3 Fire protection release aux relay zone #3 Fire protection system trouble Fire protection system trouble Hydrogen Analyzer #1 General Fault Hydrogen Analyzer #1 General Fault Hydrogen Analyzer #2 General Fault Hydrogen Analyzer #2 General Fault Fast Unload seleceted Fast Unload seleceted CI # 12 POS CI # 12 NEG CI # 13 POS CI # 13 NEG Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor Status Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor Status Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 Overload Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 Overload High High Liquid Level in Generator High High Liquid Level in Generator Seal oil (trap drain enlargment) level Seal oil (trap drain enlargment) level CI # 18 POS CI # 18 NEG CI # 19 POS CI # 19 NEG Seal oil differential pressure - alarm Seal oil differential pressure - alarm Emergency seal oil pump undervoltage Emergency seal oil pump undervoltage Emergency Seal Oil Pump Contactor Emergency Seal Oil Pump Contactor CI #23 POS CI #23 NEG Emergency Seal Oil pump motor overload Emergency Seal Oil pump motor overload High Liquid Level in Generator High Liquid Level in Generator Accessory Compt Pressure Low Accessory Compt Pressure Low

52AC-2 52AC-2 49AC-2 49AC-2 71WG-2 71WG-2 71SD-1 71SD-1

63SA-1 63SA-1 27ES-1 27ES-1 72ESX 72ESX

49ES 49ES 71WG-1 71WG-1 63AT-4 63AT-4

Software ID L49BN1 L30H2STAT1 L30H2STAT1 L30H2STAT2 L30H2STAT2 L30H2STAT3 L30H2STAT3 L49AC1X L49AC1X L49AC2X L49AC2X L4SSINHIBITI L4SSINHIBITI L33TH3O L33TH3O L63AT1L L63AT1L L63HG2L L63HG2L L63AG2L L63AG2L L4CT L4CT L63AT3L L63AT3L L63AD4L L63AD4L L63AT2L L63AT2L L63AT5L L63AT5L L63TK2L L63TK2L L94F3B L94F3B L30CC L30CC L30H2TRBL1 L30H2TRBL1 L30H2TRBL2 L30H2TRBL2 L43FSTUNLD L43FSTUNLD

L52AC2 L52AC2 L49AC2 L49AC2 LH2LLDHH LH2LLDHH L71SDH L71SDH

L63SAL L63SAL L27ESL L27ESL L72ESX L72ESX

L49ES L49ES LH2LLDH LH2LLDH L63AT4L L63AT4L


I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 I4 J1 J1 J1 J1

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4

Circuit RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN

6 of 24





Signal Sense NC

Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units MCC 5659

Invert

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NO

Normal

NO

Normal

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Normal

NC

Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NO

C NO

MCC 107 MCC 3653

Normal

NC

MCC 3654

Invert

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NO C NO

MCC MCC

107 624

Invert Invert

NO

MCC 1650

Invert

C NC

MCC 107 MCC 3600

Invert

NC

Invert

NO

Invert


8/28/00

PAGE 7 OF 24 Device

Description

52BL-2 52BL-2 49BL-2 49BL-2 52BN-2 52BN-2 49BN-2 49BN-2 52QS-1 52QS-1 49QS-1 49QS-1 63HF-1A 63HF-1A 52TK-2 52TK-2 49TK-2 49TK-2 49VG-2 49VG-2 52VG-2 52VG-2 45SCC-A/B 45SCC-A/B 52QV-1B 52QV-1B 49QV-1B 49QV-1B 49ET-1 49ET-1 52ET-1 52ET-1 52HQ-2 52HQ-2 49HQ-2 49HQ-2 63HQ-6A 63HQ-6A 63QA-1A 63QA-1A 26HL-3 26HL-3 26HT-3 26HT-3 52QA-2 52QA-2 49QA-2 49QA-2 63QV-1 63QV-1 71GS-2A 71GS-2A 63QA-1B 63QA-1B 63QT-2A 63QT-2A 26QT-1B 26QT-1B 26VS-3 26VS-3 63HF-1B 63HF-1B 33CB-1 33CB-1 33CB-2 33CB-2 63HQ-6B 63HQ-6B

Accessory Compt Vent Fan #2 Running Accessory Compt Vent Fan #2 Running Accessory compt vent fan #2 overload alarm Accessory compt vent fan #2 overload alarm #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Running #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Running #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Motor Overload #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Motor Overload Generator aux seal oil pump motor running Generator aux seal oil pump motor running Generator aux seal oil pump motor overload Generator aux seal oil pump motor overload Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Pressure Alarm Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Pressure Alarm Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2 Running Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2 Running Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2 Motor Overload Exh Frame Cooling Fan #2 Motor Overload Load compt.vent fan #2 overload Load compt.vent fan #2 overload Load comp vent fan #2 running(mcc contact closed) Load comp vent fan #2 running(mcc contact closed) Smoke Detector - PEECC Smoke Detector - PEECC #1B lube oil mist separator motor running #1B lube oil mist separator motor running #1B lube oil mist separator motor overload #1B lube oil mist separator motor overload PPT Cooling Fan #1motor overload PPT Cooling Fan #1motor overload PPT Cooling Fan #1 motor running PPT Cooling Fan #1 motor running Aux hydraulic supply pump #2 running Aux hydraulic supply pump #2 running Aux hydraulic supply pump #2 motor overload Aux hydraulic supply pump #2 motor overload Low hyd oil supply press-alarm Low hyd oil supply press-alarm Low lube oil header press - aux pump start Low lube oil header press - aux pump start Accessory compt, lube oil region thermostat Accessory compt, lube oil region thermostat Turbine compt thermostat Turbine compt thermostat Aux Lube Oil Pump #2 Motor Contactor Aux Lube Oil Pump #2 Motor Contactor #2 Lube Oil Pump Motor OverLoad #2 Lube Oil Pump Motor OverLoad Low Vacuum in Lube Oil Reservoir Low Vacuum in Lube Oil Reservoir Gas Scrubber Level High High Gas Scrubber Level High High Low bearing header oil press -aux pump start Low bearing header oil press -aux pump start Low lube oil pressure - trip load Low lube oil pressure - trip load Lube oil header high temp trip Lube oil header high temp trip Accessory compt, gas fuel mod thermostat Accessory compt, gas fuel mod thermostat Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Pressure Alarm Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Pressure Alarm Compressor bleed valve #1 open Compressor bleed valve #1 open Compressor bleed valve #2 open Compressor bleed valve #2 open Low hyd oil supply press-alarm Low hyd oil supply press-alarm CI #13 - POS CI #13 - RET Compressor bleed valve #3 open Compressor bleed valve #3 open Compressor bleed valve #4 open

33CB-3 33CB-3 33CB-4

Software ID L52BL2 L52BL2 L49BL2 L49BL2 L52BN2 L52BN2 L49BN2 L49BN2 L52QS L52QS L49QS1 L49QS1 L63HF1H L63HF1H L52TK2 L52TK2 L49TK2 L49TK2 L49VG2 L49VG2 L52VG2 L52VG2 L45SCC L45SCC L52QV1B L52QV1B L49QV1B L49QV1B L49ET L49ET L52ET L52ET L52HQ2 L52HQ2 L49HQ2 L49HQ2 L63HQ6A L63HQ6A L63QA1AL L63QA1AL L26HL3 L26HL3 L26HT3 L26HT3 L52QA2 L52QA2 L49QA2 L49QA2 L63QV1L L63QV1L L71GS2AH L71GS2AH L63QA1BL L63QA1BL L63QT2A L63QT2A L26QT1B L26QT1B L26VS3 L26VS3 L63HF2H L63HF2H L33CB1O L33CB1O L33CB2O L33CB2O L63HQ6B L63HQ6B

L33CB3O L33CB3O L33CB4O



5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29


7 of 24





Signal Sense


C NO

MCC 107 MCC 6858

NC C NO

MCC 6809 MCC 107 MCC 7614

NC C NO

MCC 3616 MCC 107 MCC 1651

Normal

NC

MCC 5838

Invert

NC C NO

MCC 107 MCC 9158

Normal

NC

MCC 6667

Invert

NC C NO C NC C NO

MCC 6670 MCC 107 MCC 6626 MCC 107 MCC MCC 107 MCC 5856

Invert

NC

MCC 5846

Invert

NC C NO C NO

MCC MCC 107 MCC MCC 107 MCC 5854

Invert

NC

MCC 5844

Normal Invert Normal Invert

Invert

NC

Normal Invert Normal

Normal Normal Invert Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Normal

NO C NO

MCC 107 MCC 5862

Normal

NC

MCC 5841

Normal Invert

NO

Normal

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NC

Invert

NO

Normal

NC

Invert

NO

Normal

NO

Normal

NO

Invert

NO

Normal


8/28/00

PAGE 8 OF 24 Device

Description

33CB-4 27F 27F 45FTX-1 45FTX-1 27BL-1/37BL-1 27BL-1/37BL-1 27BL-2/37BL-2 27BL-2/37BL-2 45H1-1H 45H1-1H 45H1-1L 45H1-1L 45H1-1F 45H1-1F CA70R4/CS/RAISE CA70R4/CS/RAISE CA70R4/CS/LOWER CA70R4/CS/LOWER 63QE-1 63QE-1 26QN-1 26QN-1 63QQ-21 63QQ-21 71GS-2B 71GS-2B 71QH-1 71QH-1 71QL-1 71QL-1 41AC_STATUS 41AC_STATUS CA70_RB CA70_RB CA1/START CA1/START CA90R4/CS/RAISE CA90R4/CS/RAISE CA90R4/CS/LOWER CA90R4/CS/LOWER CA1/STOP CA1/STOP 94SS 94SS 52BT-1 52BT-1 49BT-1 49BT-1 30WWX 30WWX 83WW 83WW 86WWX 86WWX 63GL-1 63GL-1 63GK-1 63GK-1 26BT-1 26BT-1 5E-1/PB 5E-1/PB

Compressor bleed valve #4 open Fire Protection Trip Relay Undervoltage Fire Protection Trip Relay Undervoltage Fire Indication Relay Fire Indication Relay Battery Charger #1 Trouble Battery Charger #1 Trouble Battery Charger #2 Trouble Battery Charger #2 Trouble GAS MONITOR HIGH ALARM GAS MONITOR HIGH ALARM GAS MONITOR LOW ALARM GAS MONITOR LOW ALARM GAS MONITOR MALFUNCTION ALARM GAS MONITOR MALFUNCTION ALARM Cable Remote Speed/Load Raise Cable Remote Speed/Load Raise Cable Remote Speed/Load Lower Cable Remote Speed/Load Lower Emergency lube oil pump running Emergency lube oil pump running Lube oil tank temp-normal Lube oil tank temp-normal Lube Oil Filter #1 Differential Pressure Alarm Lube Oil Filter #1 Differential Pressure Alarm Gas Scrubber Level High High Gas Scrubber Level High High Lube oil tank level - high alarm Lube oil tank level - high alarm Lube oil tank level- low alarm Lube oil tank level- low alarm 41S breaker status 41S breaker status HRSG runback HRSG runback Cable Remote Start Selected Cable Remote Start Selected Cable Remote Volt/Var Raise Cable Remote Volt/Var Raise Cable Remote Volt/Var Lower Cable Remote Volt/Var Lower Cable Remote Stop Selected Cable Remote Stop Selected Load commutated inv(static starter) shutdown Load commutated inv(static starter) shutdown Turb comp vent fan #1 running(mcc contact closed) Turb comp vent fan #1 running(mcc contact closed) Turbine compartment vent fan#1 motor overload Turbine compartment vent fan#1 motor overload Water wash skid temp alarm relay Water wash skid temp alarm relay Water wash flow exists relay Water wash flow exists relay Water wash skid trip alarm relay Water wash skid trip alarm relay Generator Gas Pressure Low Generator Gas Pressure Low Generator casing hydrogen low pressure Generator casing hydrogen low pressure Turb compt temp high - alarm Turb compt temp high - alarm Emergency trip pushbutton / alarm Emergency trip pushbutton / alarm CI #23 - POS CI #23 - RET Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel sys Hyd trip ckt press low - gas fuel sys Seal Oil Differential pressure low Seal Oil Differential pressure low Remote Emergency trip pushbutton / alarm Remote Emergency trip pushbutton / alarm Turb inlet air filter-excessive press drop Turb inlet air filter-excessive press drop

63HG-3 63HG-3 63ST-1A 63ST-1A R5E/PB R5E/PB 63TF-2B 63TF-2B

Software ID L33CB4O L27F1L L27F1L L45FTX L45FTX L27BLN1 L27BLN1 L27BLN2 L27BLN2 L45HH L45HH L45HL L45HL L45HF L45HF CA70R4CSR CA70R4CSR CA70R4CSL CA70R4CSL L63QE1N L63QE1N L26QN L26QN L63QQ21H L63QQ21H L71GS2BH L71GS2BH L71QH L71QH L71QL L71QL L41AC_S L41AC_S LCA70_RB LCA70_RB CA1STRSEL CA1STRSEL CA90R4CSR CA90R4CSR CA90R4CSL CA90R4CSL CA1STPSEL CA1STPSEL L94SS L94SS L52BT1 L52BT1 L49BT1 L49BT1 L30WWX L30WWX L80WWN L80WWN L86WWX L86WWX L63GGPL L63GGPL L63GKL L63GKL L26BT1H L26BT1H L5E L5E

L63HG3L L63HG3L L63ST1A L63ST1A R5E R5E L63TF2BH L63TF2BH



30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6

Circuit RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN

8 of 24





Signal Sense


NO C NO C NC C NO C NO

MCC 107 MCC 628 MCC 107 MCC 2140 MCC 107 MCC 672 MCC 107 MCC 4089

Normal

NO

GPP 7694

Invert

NO C NO C NO C NO

GPP 7695 GPP 107 GPP 7696

Invert

Invert Invert Normal Normal

Invert Normal Normal

NO

Normal

NC

Normal

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Normal

NO C NO C NO C NO C NO

Normal

NO C NO NC C NO C NC C NO

Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal MCC 107 MCC 5656 MCC 6601 107

Normal Invert Invert

107 Invert 107 Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NO C NC

Invert Invert

NO

Invert

NO C NC

Invert Invert

NO

Invert


8/28/00

PAGE 9 OF 24 Device

Description

71GS-1 71GS-1 49EXFRMR 49EXFRMR

33VS4-1 33VS4-1 74B 74B 74D 74D 74G1 74G1 30EX 30EX

Gas Scrubber Level High Gas Scrubber Level High Excitation Transformer Overload Excitation Transformer Overload CI#6 - POS CI#6 - RET Exhaust duct pressure high high Exhaust duct pressure high high CI #8 CI #8 CI #9 CI #9 Emergency lube oil pump undervoltage relay Emergency lube oil pump undervoltage relay Emergency lube oil pump motor aux relay Emergency lube oil pump motor aux relay Emergency lube oil pump #1 motor overload Emergency lube oil pump #1 motor overload Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Generator terminal enclosure compt heater on Generator terminal enclosure compt heater on Generator Breaker Trouble Generator Breaker Trouble Turb comp vent fan #2 running(mcc contact closed) Turb comp vent fan #2 running(mcc contact closed) Turbine compartment vent fan#2 motor overload Turbine compartment vent fan#2 motor overload Cable Remote Var Control Select Cable Remote Var Control Select Cable Remote Var Setpoint Raise Cable Remote Var Setpoint Raise Cable Remote Var Setpoint Lower Cable Remote Var Setpoint Lower Generator Collecttor Housing Vent Filter Diff Press Generator Collecttor Housing Vent Filter Diff Press CI #23 - POS CI #23 - RET Gas Fuel Stop Valve limit switch Gas Fuel Stop Valve limit switch DGP alarm - negative sequencing current DGP alarm - negative sequencing current DGP alarm - system overfrequency DGP alarm - system overfrequency DGP alarm - 52G has been tripped from DGP DGP alarm - 52G has been tripped from DGP EX2000 diagnostic alarm EX2000 diagnostic alarm

VTFF VTFF

DGP voltage transformer fuse failure alarm DGP voltage transformer fuse failure alarm

63ET-2 63ET-2

27QE-1 27QE-1 72QEX 72QEX 49QE 49QE 33TF-1B 33TF-1B 33TF-2B 33TF-2B 52TE-1 52TE-1 30G 30G 52BT-2 52BT-2 49BT-2 49BT-2 CA43VCSEL CA43VCSEL CA90/VAR/RAISE CA90/VAR/RAISE CA90/VAR/LOWER CA90/VAR/LOWER 63CF-1 63CF-1

Software ID L71GS1H L71GS1H L49EX L49EX

L63ET2H L63ET2H

L27QEL L27QEL L72QEX L72QEX L49QE L49QE L33TF1B L33TF1B L33TF2B L33TF2B L52TE L52TE L30G L30G L52BT2 L52BT2 L49BT2 L49BT2 CA43VCSEL CA43VCSEL CA90VARR CA90VARR CA90VARL CA90VARL L63CF1H L63CF1H

L33VSC L33VSC L74B L74B L74D L74D L74G1 L74G1 L30EX L30EX LVTFF LVTFF

CI#6 - POS CI#6 - RET

33TH-4 33TH-4 64FA 64FA 63QQ-22 63QQ-22 CUS PERM TO START CUS PERM TO START

Inlet heating blowdown solenoid valve closed Inlet heating blowdown solenoid valve closed Generator field ground Generator field ground Lube Oil Filter #2 Differential Pressure Alarm Lube Oil Filter #2 Differential Pressure Alarm Customer permissive to start Customer permissive to start

33TF-1C 33TF-1C 33TF-2C 33TF-2C

Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch Implosion Door Limit Switch

L33TH4C L33TH4C L64F L64F L63QQ22H L63QQ22H L3CP L3CP L33TF1C L33TF1C L33TF2C L33TF2C

30BN-F 30BN-F 39VS-A 39VS-A 39VS-D

CI # 13 POS CI # 13 NEG Bently nevada displacement/vibration monitor fault Bently nevada displacement/vibration monitor fault Bently nevada displacement/vib level high alarm Bently nevada displacement/vib level high alarm Bently nevada displacement/vib level high danger

L30BN_F L30BN_F L39VS_A L39VS_A L39VS_D


J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 J4 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31


9 of 24



Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19


Signal Sense


NC

Invert

NC

Invert

NC

Invert

C C NO

MCC MCC

107 625

NO C NC

MCC 1691 MCC 107 MCC 9198

C NO

MCC 107 MCC 3680

Normal

NO C NO

MCC 107 MCC 5657

Normal

NC

MCC 6602

Invert

Invert Normal Invert

Normal

NO

Normal

NO

Normal

NO

Normal

NC

Invert

NO C NO

GPP 107 GPP 7132

Normal

NO

GPP 7133

Normal

NO C NC

GPP 6829 GEC 107 GEC

Normal

NO

GPP 7137

Normal

NC NC C NC

Invert Normal GEC GEC

107

NO

C NO C NO C

Invert

Invert

Normale

GPP 107 GPP 7687 GPP 107 GPP 7688A GPP 107

Invert Invert


8/28/00

PAGE 10 OF 24 Device

Description

39VS-D 74HT-1 74HT-1 63CA-1 63CA-1 74NC 74NC 49X_CKT 49X_CKT 74A 74A

Bently nevada displacement/vib level high danger Control compartment temp high Control compartment temp high Turbine inlet air filter trouble Turbine inlet air filter trouble DGP Self Test and Power Supply Alarm DGP Self Test and Power Supply Alarm Auxiliary motors overload circuit Auxiliary motors overload circuit DGP alarm - excessive volts per hertz DGP alarm - excessive volts per hertz

63BN-1 63BN-1 63BD-3 63BD-3 63ST-1B 63ST-1B

#2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1-Low Diff Press #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1-Low Diff Press Accoustical Encl. Fan - Low Diff Press Accoustical Encl. Fan - Low Diff Press Seal Oil Differential Pressure Low Seal Oil Differential Pressure Low

Software ID L39VS_D L74HT L74HT L30TF L30TF DGP_TROUBLE DGP_TROUBLE L49X L49X L74A L74A

CI #22 - POS CI #22 - RET L63BN1L L63BN1L L63BD3L L63BD3L L63ST1B L63ST1B

CI #2 - POS CI #2 - RET

63BN-2 63BN-2 63BD-4 63BD-4

#2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2-Low Diff Press #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2-Low Diff Press Accoustical Encl. Fan - Low Diff Press Accoustical Encl. Fan - Low Diff Press

74-1,2 74-1,2 21/78-PS 21/78-PS 21/78-CRIT 21/78-CRIT 87T 87T 50BF-S.R. 50BF-S.R. 86T 86T 86RE 86RE 86BF 86BF 86G-2 86G-2 86G-3 86G-3 21/78-A1 21/78-A1 21/78-A2 21/78-A2 21/78-A3 21/78-A3 21/78-A4 21/78-A4 60-1A 60-1A 60-1B 60-1B CA43PFSEL CA43PFSEL CA90/PF/RAISE CA90/PF/RAISE CA90/PF/LOWER CA90/PF/LOWER 33VS4-2 33VS4-2 TT-XD-1 TT-XD-1 TT-XD-4 TT-XD-4 TT-XD-7 TT-XD-7 TT-XD-10 TT-XD-10

Loss of DC Power to Trip Circuits Loss of DC Power to Trip Circuits LPSO Power Supply Loss LPSO Power Supply Loss LPSO Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) LPSO Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) SR745 Main Transformer Protection Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) SR745 Main Transformer Protection Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) Breaker Failure Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) Breaker Failure Critical Alarm (Self Test Failure) Transformer Protetion Lockout Trip Transformer Protetion Lockout Trip Inadvertant Energization Lockout Trip Inadvertant Energization Lockout Trip Breaker Failure Lockout Trip Breaker Failure Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 86G-2 Trip Generator Lockout 86G-2 Trip Generator Lockout 86G-3 Trip Generator Lockout 86G-3 Trip Generator Breaker Trip Caused by 21/78-LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by 21/78-LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by -LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by -LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by -LPSO Generator Breaker Trip Caused by -LPSO VTFF Alarm From LPSO VTFF Alarm From LPSO Loss of PT Signal From GEN PT Loss of PT Signal From GEN PT Loss of PT Signal From INC PT Loss of PT Signal From INC PT Cable Remote Power Factor Control Select Cable Remote Power Factor Control Select Cable Remote Power Factor Setpoint Raise Cable Remote Power Factor Setpoint Raise Cable Remote Power Factor Setpoint Lower Cable Remote Power Factor Setpoint Lower Gas Fuel Stop Valve Limit switch Gas Fuel Stop Valve Limit switch Exhaust temperature thermocouple #1 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #1 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #4 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #4 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #7 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #7 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #10 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #10

L63BN2L L63BN2L L63BD4L L63BD4L L741_2 L741_2 LPSO_PS LPSO_PS LPSO_CR LPSO_CR L87T L87T L50BF_CR L50BF_CR L86TT L86TT L86RE L86RE L86BFT L86BFT L86TGT2 L86TGT2 L86TGT3 L86TGT3 LPSO_A1 LPSO_A1 LPSO_A2 LPSO_A2 LPSO_A3 LPSO_A3 LPSO_A4 LPSO_A4 L60A_FLT L60A_FLT L60B_FLT L60B_FLT CA43PFSEL CA43PFSEL CA90PFR CA90PFR CA90PFL CA90PFL L33VSO L33VSO TTXD_1 TTXD_1 TTXD_4 TTXD_4 TTXD_7 TTXD_7 TTXD_10 TTXD_10

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBCI TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC

K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 K5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3

32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Circuit RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE RETURN POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE

10 of 24


VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC

S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 S19 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21

J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J33-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J44-19 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321

Signal Sense NO C NC

Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units GPP 7689A MCC 107 MCC 5626

Invert Invert

NO

Invert

NC C NC

GPP 6827 MCC 107 MCC 600

Invert

NO

GPP 6826

Normal

Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NO

Invert

NC

GPP 6825

Normal

NC

GPP 4750

Invert

NO

GPP 4775

Normal

NC

GPP 4749

Invert

NO

GPP 4748

Normal

NC

GPP 4711

Invert

NC

GPP 4720

Invert

NC

GPP 4719

Invert

NC

GPP 4703

Invert

NC

GPP 4707

Invert

NO

GPP 4772

Normal

NO

GPP 4773

Normal

NO

GPP 4774

Normal

NO

GPP

Normal

NO

GPP

641

Normal

NO

GPP 5646

Normal

NO

Normal

NO

Normal

NO

Normal

degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF


8/28/00


Description

TT-XD-13 TT-XD-13 TT-XD-16 TT-XD-16 TT-XD-19 TT-XD-19 TT-XD-22 TT-XD-22 TT-XD-25 TT-XD-25 TT-IB-1 TT-IB-1 FT-GI-1A FT-GI-1A CT-DA-1 CT-DA-1 CT-IF-1A CT-IF-1A CT-BD-1 CT-BD-1 TT-WS1FI-1 TT-WS1FI-1 TT-WS1FI-2 TT-WS1FI-2 TT-WS1AO-1 TT-WS1AO-1 TT-WS1AO-2 TT-WS1AO-2 BT-J1-1A BT-J1-1A BT-J2-1A BT-J2-1A BT-GJ1-1A BT-GJ1-1A BT-GJ2-1A BT-GJ2-1A LT-B1D-1A LT-B1D-1A LT-G1D-1A LT-G1D-1A TT-XD-2 TT-XD-2 TT-XD-5 TT-XD-5 TT-XD-8 TT-XD-8 TT-XD-11 TT-XD-11 TT-XD-14 TT-XD-14 TT-XD-17 TT-XD-17 TT-XD-20 TT-XD-20 TT-XD-23 TT-XD-23 TT-XD-26 TT-XD-26 TT-IB-2 TT-IB-2 FT-GI-1B FT-GI-1B CT-DA-2 CT-DA-2 CT-IF-1B CT-IF-1B CT-BD-2 CT-BD-2 TT-WS2FO-1 TT-WS2FO-1 TT-WS2FO-2 TT-WS2FO-2 TT-WS2AO-1

Exhaust temperature thermocouple #13 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #13 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #16 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #16 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #19 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #19 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #22 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #22 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #25 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #25 Turbine temperature - inner barrel Turbine temperature - inner barrel Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg fwd inner Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg fwd inner Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg fwd inner Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg fwd inner Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 1st stg aft outer Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Turb. Brng. #1 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Turb. Brng. #1 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Gen. Brng. #1 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Gen. Brng. #1 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #2 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #2 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #5 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #5 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #8 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #8 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #11 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #11 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #14 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #14 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #17 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #17 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #20 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #20 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #23 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #23 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #26 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #26 Turbine temperature - inner barrel Turbine temperature - inner barrel Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2ndstg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2ndstg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2ndstg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2ndstg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2nd stg aft outer

Software ID TTXD_13 TTXD_13 TTXD_16 TTXD_16 TTXD_19 TTXD_19 TTXD_22 TTXD_22 TTXD_25 TTXD_25 TTIB1 TTIB1 FTGI1 FTGI1 CTDA1 CTDA1 CTIF1A CTIF1A CTBD1 CTBD1 TTWS1FI1 TTWS1FI1 TTWS1FI2 TTWS1FI2 TTWS1AO1 TTWS1AO1 TTWS1AO2 TTWS1AO2 BTJ1_1 BTJ1_1 BTJ2_1 BTJ2_1 BTGJ1_1 BTGJ1_1 BTGJ2_1 BTGJ2_1 LTB1D LTB1D LTG1D LTG1D TTXD_2 TTXD_2 TTXD_5 TTXD_5 TTXD_8 TTXD_8 TTXD_11 TTXD_11 TTXD_14 TTXD_14 TTXD_17 TTXD_17 TTXD_20 TTXD_20 TTXD_23 TTXD_23 TTXD_26 TTXD_26 TTIB2 TTIB2 FTGI2 FTGI2 CTDA2 CTDA2 CTIF1B CTIF1B CTBD2 CTBD2 TTWS2FO1 TTWS2FO1 TTWS2FO2 TTWS2FO2 TTWS2AO1

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC

E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

Circuit POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE

11 of 24


VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC

R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 R21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21


Signal Sense

Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF


8/28/00


Description

TT-WS2AO-1 TT-WS2AO-2 TT-WS1AO-2 BT-J1-2A BT-J1-2A BT-J2-2A BT-J2-2A BT-GJ1-2A BT-GJ1-2A BT-GJ2-2A BT-GJ2-2A LT-B2D-1A LT-B2D-1A LT-G2D-1A LT-G2D-1A TT-XD-3 TT-XD-3 TT-XD-6 TT-XD-6 TT-XD-9 TT-XD-9 TT-XD-12 TT-XD-12 TT-XD-15 TT-XD-15 TT-XD-18 TT-XD-18 TT-XD-21 TT-XD-21 TT-XD-24 TT-XD-24 TT-XD-27 TT-XD-27 TT-IB-3 TT-IB-3 FT-GI-2A FT-GI-2A CT-DA-3 CT-DA-3 CT-IF-2A CT-IF-2A CT-BD-3 CT-BD-3 TT-WS3FO-1 TT-WS3FO-1 TT-WS3FO-2 TT-WS3FO-2 TT-WS3AO-1 TT-WS3AO-1 TT-WS3AO-2 TT-WS3AO-2 BT-TI1-4A BT-TI1-4A BT-TI1-8A BT-TI1-8A BT-TA1-7A BT-TA1-7A BT-TA1-14A BT-TA1-14A LT-TH-1A LT-TH-1A

Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2nd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2nd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 2nd stg aft outer Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Turb. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #1 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #2 Bearing Metal Temperature - Gen. Brng #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Turb. Brng. #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Turb. Brng. #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Gen. Brng. #2 Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - Gen. Brng. #2 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #3 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #3 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #6 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #6 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #9 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #9 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #12 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #12 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #15 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #15 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #18 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #18 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #21 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #21 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #24 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #24 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #27 Exhaust temperature thermocouple #27 Turbine temperature - inner barrel Turbine temperature - inner barrel Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor discharge thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Compressor inlet thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Inlet air temperature thermocouple Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg fwd outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg aft outer Turbine temperature-wheelspace 3 rd stg aft outer Bearing metal temp - thrust inactive Bearing metal temp - thrust inactive Bearing metal temp - thrust inactive Bearing metal temp - thrust inactive Bearing metal temp - thrust active Bearing metal temp - thrust active Bearing metal temp - thrust active Bearing metal temp - thrust active Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - turbine header Lube Oil Temperature thermocouple - turbine header TC #24 POS TC #24 NEG Generator volts Generator volts System line voltage System line voltage TPRO Analog Input #1 Excitation TPRO Analog Input #1 mA Signal TPRO Analog Input #1 VDC Signal TPRO Analog Input #1 mA Return TPRO Analog Input #2 mA Excitation TPRO Analog Input #2 mA Signal

INC PT INC PT RUN PT RUN PT

Software ID TTWS2AO1 TTWS2AO2 TTWS2AO2 BTJ1_2 BTJ1_2 BTJ2_2 BTJ2_2 BTGJ1_2 BTGJ1_2 BTGJ2_2 BTGJ2_2 LTB2D LTB2D LTG2D LTG2D TTXD_3 TTXD_3 TTXD_6 TTXD_6 TTXD_9 TTXD_9 TTXD_12 TTXD_12 TTXD_15 TTXD_15 TTXD_18 TTXD_18 TTXD_21 TTXD_21 TTXD_24 TTXD_24 TTXD_27 TTXD_27 TTIB3 TTIB3 FTGI3 FTGI3 CTDA3 CTDA3 CTIF2A CTIF2A CTBD3 CTBD3 TTWS3FO1 TTWS3FO1 TTWS3FO2 TTWS3FO2 TTWS3AO1 TTWS3AO1 TTWS3AO2 TTWS3AO2 BTTI1_4 BTTI1_4 BTTI1_8 BTTI1_8 BTTA1_7 BTTA1_7 BTTA1_14 BTTA1_14 LTTH1 LTTH1

DV DV SVL SVL

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TBTC TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO

E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 E5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Circuit NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE GENH GENL GENL GENL P24V 4-20MA 10VDC MA RETURN P24V 4-20MA

12 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24

JPA1 JPA1 JPB1

VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VTCC VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO

S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 S21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21 T21

J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321 J321

Signal Sense

Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF

volts volts volts volts


8/28/00


77HT-1 77HT-1

77HT-2 77HT-2

77HT-3 77HT-3

20FG-1

20VS4-1

R5E/PB 5E-1/PB 5E-1/PB R5E/PB

Description TPRO Analog Input #3 mA Excitation TPRO Analog Input #3 mA Signal TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 TPRO Thermocouple Input #1 TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 TPRO Thermocouple Input #2 TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 TPRO Thermocouple Input #3 High press shaft overspeed High press shaft overspeed Speed Sensor Input #2 Speed Sensor Input #2 Speed Sensor Input #3 Speed Sensor Input #3 High press shaft overspeed High press shaft overspeed Speed Sensor Input #2 Speed Sensor Input #2 Speed Sensor Input #3 Speed Sensor Input #3 High press shaft overspeed High press shaft overspeed Speed Sensor Input #2 Speed Sensor Input #2 Speed Sensor Input #3 Speed Sensor Input #3 Gas fuel stop valve solenoid N125VDC Trip Solenoid #1 Econimizing Resistor 1A Trip Solenoid #1 Econimizing Resistor 1B Aux Gas fuel stop valve solenoid N125VDC Trip Solenoid #2 Econimizing Resistor Negative Trip Solenoid #2 Econimizing Resistor Positive Trip Solenoid #3 Output N125VDC Trip Solenoid #3 Econimizing Resistor Negative Trip Solenoid #3 Econimizing Resistor Positive REMOTE EMERGENCY TRIP PUSHBUTTON / TRIP EMERGENCY TRIP PUSHBUTTON / TRIP EMERGENCY TRIP PUSHBUTTON / TRIP REMOTE EMERGENCY TRIP PUSHBUTTON / TRIP Hardware Trip Circuit - Remove Jumber If Used Hardware Trip Circuit - Remove Jumber If Used NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE Software Trip Interlock #1

Software ID

L20FG1X

L20VS4X

R5E L5E L5E R5E

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG

C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 C5 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

Circuit P24V 4-20MA TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO TC HI TC LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO MPU HI MPU LO TRIP SOLN 1,4 N1_125PWR RES1A RES1B TRIP SOLN 2,5 N2_125PWR RES2A RES2B TRIP SOLN 3,6 N3_125PWR RES3A RES3B TRIP 1H AUX TRIP 1H ESTP TRIP3 JMP TRIP4 JMP TRIP 1L ESTP TRIP 1L ESTP NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE TRIP 2H

13 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack

1 1

1 1

2

VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO

Signal Sense


rpm rpm

rpm rpm

rpm rpm


8/28/00


20TV-1 20TV-1

20VG-1 20VG-1

4SSRUN 4SSRUN

Description Software Trip Interlock #1 Software Trip Interlock #2 Software Trip Interlock #2 Software Trip Interlock #3 Software Trip Interlock #3 Software Trip Interlock #4 Software Trip Interlock #4 Software Trip Interlock #5 Software Trip Interlock #5 Software Trip Interlock #6 Software Trip Interlock #6 Software Trip Interlock #7 Software Trip Interlock #7 CO #1 NC CO #1 COM CO #1 NO CO #1 SOL CO #2 NC CO #2 COM CO #2 NO CO #2 SOL CO #3 NC CO #3 COM Turb cprsr IGV sol vlv Turb cprsr IGV sol vlv CO #4 NC CO #4 COM Gas fuel vent valve solenoid Gas fuel vent valve solenoid CO #5 NC CO #5 COM CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL CO #6 NC CO #6 COM CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL CO #7 NC Static start master control signal Static start master control signal

Software ID

L20TV1X L20TV1X

L20VG1X L20VG1X

L4SSRUN L4SSRUN

4ETZ1 4ETZ1

Master control - PPT Cooling Fan #1 Master control - PPT Cooling Fan #1 CO #8 NO

L4ETZ1 L4ETZ1

14HR-I 14HR-I

ZERO SPEED OUTPUT ZERO SPEED OUTPUT ZERO SPEED OUTPUT

S14HRI S14HRI S14HRI

4BTZ1 4BTZ1

Master control - turb compt cooling fan #1 Master control - turb compt cooling fan #1 CO #10 NO

L4BTZ1 L4BTZ1

4HGZ 4HGZ

Master control - generator compt heater Master control - generator compt heater CO #11 NO

L4HGZ L4HGZ

95SG-2A,3A 95SG-2A,3A

CO #12 NC CO #12 COM Ignition transformer Ignition transformer CO #1 NC CO #1 COM CO #1 NO CO #1 SOL CO #2 NC CO #2 COM CO #2 NO CO #2 SOL CO #3 NC CO #3 COM CO #3 NO CO #3 SOL

L2TVX1 L2TVX1

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TREG TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY

G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4

36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Circuit TRIP 2L TRIP 3H TRIP 3L TRIP 4H TRIP 4L TRIP 5H TRIP 5L TRIP 6H TRIP 6L TRIP 7H TRIP 7L TRIP 8H TRIP 8L NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID

14 of 24


VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VPRO VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC

Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8 Q8

J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J308 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408 J408

Signal Sense


NO SOL

108

NO SOL

108

C NO NC C

MCC MCC

NC C

MCC 1583 MCC 1581

NC C

MCC 1588 MCC 1586


8/28/00


20CB-1 20CB-1

4BLZ1 4BLZ1

4AC1 4AC1

41AC/TRIP 41AC/TRIP

Description CO #4 NC CO #4 COM CO #4 NO CO #4 SOL CO #5 NC CO #5 COM Compressor bleed sol 3 way vlv Compressor bleed sol 3 way vlv CO #6 NC CO #6 COM CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL [88BL-1] Master Control - Accessory compt vent fan [88BL-1] Master Control - Accessory compt vent fan CO #7 NO [88AC-1] Master Control - Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #1 [88AC-1] Master Control - Inlet Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #1 CO #8 NO CO #9 NC 41S breaker trip 41S breaker trip

Software ID

L20CB1X L20CB1X

L4BLZ1 L4BLZ1

L4AC1 L4AC1

L4ACT L4+C426ACT

CO #10 NC CO #10 COM CO #10 NO 4VGZ1 4VGZ1

Master control - load compt vent fan #1 Master control - load compt vent fan #1 CO #11 NO

L4VGZ1 L4VGZ1

89NDXO 89NDXO

CO #12 NC CO #12COM CO #12 NO CO #12 SOL CO #1 NC CO #1 COM COMPRESSOR BLEED 3 WAY SOLN DRIVER COMPRESSOR BLEED 3 WAY SOLN DRIVER CO #2 NC CO #2 COM CO #2 NO CO #2 SOL CO #3 NC CO #3 COM CO #3 NO CO #3 SOL CO #4 NC CO #4 COM Inlet heating control valve trip sol valve Inlet heating control valve trip sol valve Master control - lube oil immersion heater Master control - lube oil immersion heater CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL Master control - load compt vent fan #2 Master control - load compt vent fan #2 CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL CO #7 NC Static start neutral gnd disconnect sw close cmd Static start neutral gnd disconnect sw close cmd

L89NDXO L89NDXO

89NDXC 89NDXC

CO #8 NC Static start neutral gnd disconnect sw open cmd Static start neutral gnd disconnect sw open cmd

L89NDXC L89NDXC

89SSXO 89SSXO

CO #9 NC Static starter disconnect switch open command Static starter disconnect switch open command

L89SSXO L89SSXO

20CB-2 20CB-2

20TH-1 20TH-1 4HLZ3 4HLZ3

4VGZ2 4VGZ2

CO #10 NC

L20CB2X L20CB2X

L20TH1X L20TH1X L4HLZ3 L4HLZ3

L4VGZ2 L4VGZ2

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY

G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

Circuit NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC

15 of 24





Signal Sense


NC C

NO SOL

108

NC C

MCC 5816 MCC 5815

NC C

MCC MCC

NC C

MCC 1575 MCC 1574

NO SOL

108

NO SOL NC C

108 MCC 7884 MCC 7883

NC C

MCC 9538 MCC 9537

C NO

GTE GTE

N NO

GTE GTE

C NO

BAC BAC

577 576


8/28/00


Description

89SSXC 89SSXC

Static starter disconnect switch close command Static starter disconnect switch close command

L89SSXC L89SSXC

4WW 4WW 4WW

master control - on line compressor water wash master control - on line compressor water wash master control - on line compressor water wash

L4WW L4WW L4WW

4BW4 4BW4 4BW4

Master control - off line comprsr water wash Master control - off line comprsr water wash Master control - off line comprsr water wash CO #12 SOL CO #1 NC MK VI Breaker Trip request (Breaker Failure Initiation) MK VI Breaker Trip request (Breaker Failure Initiation) CO #1 SOL MK VI Status of 97% Speed (Breaker Failure Protecion Armed ) MK VI Status of 97% Speed (Breaker Failure Protecion Armed ) CO#2NO CO #02 SOL CO #03 NC CO #03 COM CO #03 NO CO #03 SOL CO #04 NC CO #04 COM CO #04 NO CO #04 SOL CO #05 NC CO #05 COM CO #05 NO CO #05 SOL CO #06 NC CO #06 COM CO #06 NO CO #06 SOL [88BL-2] Master Control - Accessory compt vent fan [88BL-2] Master Control - Accessory compt vent fan CO #7 NO

L4BW4 L4BW4 L4BW4

BF BF 81BE 81BE

4BLZ2 4BLZ2

Software ID

LBFI LBFI L81BE L81BE

L4BLZ2 L4BLZ2

4AC2 4AC2

[88AC-2] Master Control - Inler Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 [88AC-2] Master Control - Inler Air Evap Cooler Pump Motor #2 CO #08 NO

L4AC2 L4AC2

4HTZ3 4HTZ3

Master control - turbine compt heater Master control - turbine compt heater CO #09 NO

L4HTZ3 L4HTZ3

4BTZ2 4BTZ2

Master control - turb cmpt cooling fan #2 Master control - turb cmpt cooling fan #2 CO #10 NO

L4BTZ2 L4BTZ2

4VSZ3 4VSZ3

Master control - gas valve compt heater Master control - gas valve compt heater CO #11 NO

L4VSZ3 L4VSZ3

20GK-1/20PM-1 20GK-1/20PM-1

20HH-1,-2 20HH-1,-2

CO #12 NC CO #12 COM CO #12 NO CO #12SOL CO #01 NC CO #01 COM Generator casing vent solenoid Generator casing vent solenoid CO #02 NC CO #02 COM Hydrogen supply header solenoid Hydrogen supply header solenoid CO #03 NC CO #03 COM CO #03 NO CO #03 SOL CO #04 NC CO #04 COM

L94H1X L94H1X

L94H1 L94H1


G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2

38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Circuit COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON

16 of 24





Signal Sense C NO

C NO

Ded Opt Eng Engr Sig Sign Sign Cabl Wire Engr icat ion r Unit nal al al Signal Mask e No No Units ed cod Unit High Lo Hig Units BAC BAC

2180 7734

C NO

GPP 1803 GPP 1803A

NC C

GPP 4716 GPP 4717

NC C

MCC 7999 MCC 7998

NC C

MCC 7917 MCC 7916

NC C

MCC 3570 MCC 3569

NC C

MCC 9534 MCC 9533

NC C

MCC 7835 MCC 7834

NO SOL

NO SOL

NO SOL


8/28/00


Description

20QB-1 20QB-1

Lift Oil Supply Isolation solenoid Lift Oil Supply Isolation solenoid CO #05 NC CO #05 COM CO #05 NO CO #05 SOL CO #06 NC CO #06 COM Water Wash Recirc solenoid valve Water Wash Recirc solenoid valve CO #07 NC Xfrmer Differential Protection Recalibration Xfrmer Differential Protection Recalibration

20WDET 20WDET 43T_RECAL 43T_RECAL

Software ID L20QB1X L20QB1X

L4BWDET L4BWDET L43TRECAL L43TRECAL

52SSXO 52SSXO

LCI Trip LCI Trip CO #08 NO

L52SSXO L52SSXO

4BNZ1 4BNZ1

#2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Ctrl Signal #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #1 Ctrl Signal CO #9 NO

L4BNZ1 L4BNZ1

52SSXC 52SSXC

CO #10 NC LCI Breaker Close Command LCI Breaker Close Command

L52SSXC L52SSXC

52SS/TRIP 52SS/TRIP

CO #11 NC LCI Breaker Trip LCI Breaker Trip

L52SST L52SST

52GT-1 52GT-1

90TH-4 90TH-4 63QTX-1 63QTX-1 4HQZ1 4HQZ1

4QVZ-1A 4QVZ-1A

4QAZ1 4QAZ1

CO #12 NC CO #12 COM CO #12 NO CO #12SOL CO #1 NC Generator breaker trip Generator breaker trip CO #1 SOL CO #2 NC CO #2 COM CO #2 NO CO #2 SOL CO #3 NC CO #3 COM INLET HEATING BLOWDOWN SOLENOID VALVE INLET HEATING BLOWDOWN SOLENOID VALVE CO #4 NC Low lube oil supply press - stop aux hyd pump #1 Low lube oil supply press - stop aux hyd pump #1 CO #4 SOL Master control - aux hyd supply pump Master control - aux hyd supply pump CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL Master control - turbine lube mist separator motor Master control - turbine lube mist separator motor CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL [88QA-1] Mstr Ctrl Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump [88QA-1] Mstr Ctrl Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump CO #7 NO

L52GT L52GT

L90TH4X L90TH4X L63QTX1 L63QTX1 L4HQZ1Y L4HQZ1Y

L4QVZ1A L4QVZ1A

L4QAZ1 L4QAZ1

3RS 3RS 3RS

Gas turbine ready to start Gas turbine ready to start Gas turbine ready to start

S3RS S3RS S3RS

4SS_INH_OUT 4SS_INH_OUT

CO #9 NC Inhibit SS for other units Inhibit SS for other units

L4SSINHIBITO L4SSINHIBITO

52GX-I 52GX-I 52GX-I

Generator Breaker Status Generator Breaker Status Generator Breaker Status

S52GXI S52GXI S52GXI


H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

Circuit NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO

17 of 24





Signal Sense


NO SOL

NO SOL C NO

GPP 1764 GPP 1764B

NC C

NC C

MCC 5679 MCC 5661

C NO

C NO

C NO

GPP 1157 GPP 1156A

NO SOL

NO SOL C NO

MCC 1544 MCC 1545

NC C

MCC 1546 MCC 1545

NC C

MCC 5834 MCC 5833

NC C

MCC 1534 MCC 1533

NC C NO

C NO NC C NO


8/28/00


83RB 83RB 83RB

20SCAV1 20SCAV1

20CASE1 20CASE1 63QTX-2 63QTX-2 4HQZ2 4HQZ2

4QAZ2 4QAZ2

4QVZ-1B 4QVZ-1B

4TG-1X 4TG-1X

Description

Gas Turbine Runback Gas Turbine Runback Gas Turbine Runback CO #12 NC CO #12COM CO #12 NO CO #12 SOL CO #1 NC CO #1COM Ctrl Sys Contact to FY2971 Ctrl Sys Contact to FY2971 CO #2 NC CO #2 COM Ctrl Sys to Port Analyzer 1 to Gen Case Ctrl Sys to Port Analyzer 1 to Gen Case CO #3 NC Low lube oil supply press - stop aux hyd pump #2 Low lube oil supply press - stop aux hyd pump #2 CO #3 SOL Master control - aux hyd supply pump Master control - aux hyd supply pump CO #4 NO CO #4 SOL CO #5 NC CO #5 COM CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL [88QA-2] Mstr Ctrl Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump [88QA-2] Mstr Ctrl Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL Master control - gen lube mist seperator motor Master control - gen lube mist seperator motor CO #7 NO CO #8 NC Master control - turning gear Master control - turning gear

Software ID

S83RB S83RB S83RB

L20SCAV1 L20SCAV1

L20CASE1 L20CASE1 L63QTX2 L63QTX2 L4HQZ2Y L4HQZ2Y

L4QAZ2 L4QAZ2

L4QVZ1B L4QVZ1B

L4TG1X L4TG1X

CO #9 NC CO #9 COM CO #9 NO

71QLX 71QLX

CO #10 NC Low lube oil level detected stop lube oil heaters Low lube oil level detected stop lube oil heaters

L71QLX L71QLX

4TKZ1 4TKZ1

Exhaust Frame Cooling Fan #1 Ctrl Signal Exhaust Frame Cooling Fan #1 Ctrl Signal CO #11 NO

L4TKZ1 L4TKZ1

30Y 30Y 30Y

Cable remote alarm bell driver Cable remote alarm bell driver Cable remote alarm bell driver CO #12 SOL Master control - on line comprsr water wash Master control - on line comprsr water wash Master control - on line comprsr water wash CO #1 SOL CO #2 NC CO #2 COM Ctrl Sys Contact to FY2973 Ctrl Sys Contact to FY2973 CO #3 NC CO #3 COM Ctrl Sys to Port Analyzer 2 to Gen Case Ctrl Sys to Port Analyzer 2 to Gen Case CO #4 NC CO #4 COM CO #4 NO CO #4 SOL

L30Y L30Y L30Y

4BW6 4BW6 4BW6

20SCAV2 20SCAV2

20CASE2 20CASE2

L4BW6 L4BW6 L4BW6

L20SCAV2 L20SCAV2

L20CASE2 L20CASE2


H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H4 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Circuit N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID

18 of 24





Signal Sense


NC C NO

NO SOL

NO SOL C NO

MCC 5830 MCC 5831

NC C

MCC 5832 MCC 5831

NC C

MCC 5824 MCC 5823

NC C

MCC 5836 MCC 5835

C NO

MCC 5509 MCC 5510

C NO

MCC 1541 MCC 1539

NC C

MCC 5527 MCC 5526

NC C NO

C NO

2180 7736


8/28/00


Description

4QEZ 4QEZ

Master control - emergency lube pump Master control - emergency lube pump CO #5 NO CO #5 SOL Master control - emergency seal oil pump Master control - emergency seal oil pump CO #6 NO CO #6 SOL Master control - generator aux seal oil pump Master control - generator aux seal oil pump CO #7 NO

4ESZ 4ESZ

4QSZ 4QSZ

Software ID L4QEZ L4QEZ

L4ESZ L4ESZ

L4QSZ L4QSZ

4T1 4T1 4T1

Gas Turbine Trip Gas Turbine Trip Gas Turbine Trip

S4T1 S4T1 S4T1

4BNZ2 4BNZ2

#2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Ctrl Signal #2 Bearing Area Cooling Fan #2 Ctrl Signal CO #9 NO

L4BNZ2 L4BNZ2

83FSNL 83FSNL 83FSNL

Gas Turbine @ FSNL Gas Turbine @ FSNL Gas Turbine @ FSNL

S83FSNL S83FSNL S83FSNL

4TKZ2 4TKZ2

Exhaust Frame Cooling Fan #2 Ctrl Signal Exhaust Frame Cooling Fan #2 Ctrl Signal CO #11 NO

L4TKZ2 L4TKZ2

20FG-1 20VS4-1

CO #12 NC CO #12 COM CO #12 NO CO #12 SOL Trip Solenoid #1 125VDC Control Power - Non-TMR Protection Gas fuel stop valve solenoid Trip Solenoid #2 125VDC Control Power - Non-TMR Protection Aux Gas fuel stop valve solenoid Trip Solenoid #3 125VDC Control Power - Non-TMR Protection Trip Solenoid #3

PWR_N1 PWR_N2

Flame detector channel #1 Flame detector channel #1 Flame detector channel #2 Flame detector channel #2 Flame detector channel #3 Flame detector channel #3 Flame detector channel #4 Flame detector channel #4 Flame detector channel #5

L20FG1X L20VS4X

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRLY TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG

H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 H5 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

Circuit NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO SOLENOID NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO N/A NC COMMON NO SPECIAL POWER_P1 SOL1OR4 POWER_P2 SOL2OR5 POWER_P3 SOL3OR6 NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE N125VDC N125VDC NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE FLAME DET 1 HI FLAME DET 1 LO FLAME DET 2 HI FLAME DET 2 LO FLAME DET 3 HI FLAME DET 3 LO FLAME DET 4 HI FLAME DET 4 LO FLAME DET 5 HI

19 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5

VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VCRC VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR

Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13 Q13

J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413 J413

Signal Sense


NC C

MCC MCC

953 952

NC C

MCC MCC

971 970

NC C

MCC 5524 MCC 5523

NC C NO NC C

MCC 7640 MCC 7639

NC C NO NC C

MCC 5529 MCC 5528

SOL NO

108


8/28/00


DT-GSF-1 DT-GSF-1 DT-GSF-1 DT-GSF-2 DT-GSF-2 DT-GSF-2 DT-GSF-3 DT-GSF-3 DT-GSF-3 DT-GSA-4 DT-GSA-4 DT-GSA-4 DT-GSA-5 DT-GSA-5 DT-GSA-5 DT-GSA-6 DT-GSA-6 DT-GSA-6 DT-GSC-7 DT-GSC-7 DT-GSC-7 DT-GSC-8 DT-GSC-8 DT-GSC-8 DT-GSC-9 DT-GSC-9 DT-GSC-9 DT-GGC-10 DT-GGC-10 DT-GGC-10 DT-GGC-11 DT-GGC-11 DT-GGC-11 DT-GGC-12 DT-GGC-12 DT-GGC-12 DT-GGC-13 DT-GGC-13 DT-GGC-13 DT-GGH-28 DT-GGH-28 DT-GGH-28 DT-GGH-29 DT-GGH-29 DT-GGH-29

DT-GGK-24 DT-GGK-24 DT-GGK-24 DT-GAC-23 DT-GAC-23 DT-GAC-23 DT-GAH-17 DT-GAH-17 DT-GAH-17

Description Flame detector channel #5 Flame detector channel #6 Flame detector channel #6 Flame detector channel #7 Flame detector channel #7 Flame detector channel #8 Flame detector channel #8 Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator coupling end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator collector end Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - stator center Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas collector end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - cold gas coupling end Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center Generator temp - hot gas center RTD Input #16 RTD Input #16 RTD Input #16 Generator frame - common cold gas Generator frame - common cold gas Generator frame - common cold gas Generator temp - cold air collector end Generator temp - cold air collector end Generator temp - cold air collector end Generator temp - hot air collector end Generator temp - hot air collector end Generator temp - hot air collector end RTD Input #4 RTD Input #4 RTD Input #4 RTD Input #5 RTD Input #5 RTD Input #5 RTD Input #6 RTD Input #6 RTD Input #6

Software ID

DTGSF1 DTGSF1 DTGSF1 DTGSF2 DTGSF2 DTGSF2 DTGSF3 DTGSF3 DTGSF3 DTGSA4 DTGSA4 DTGSA4 DTGSA5 DTGSA5 DTGSA5 DTGSA6 DTGSA6 DTGSA6 DTGSC7 DTGSC7 DTGSC7 DTGSC8 DTGSC8 DTGSC8 DTGSC9 DTGSC9 DTGSC9 DTGGC10 DTGGC10 DTGGC10 DTGGC11 DTGGC11 DTGGC11 DTGGC12 DTGGC12 DTGGC12 DTGGC13 DTGGC13 DTGGC13 DTGGH28 DTGGH28 DTGGH28 DTGGH29 DTGGH29 DTGGH29

DTGGK24 DTGGK24 DTGGK24 DTGAC23 DTGAC23 DTGAC23 DTGAH17 DTGAH17 DTGAH17

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRPG TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD

G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5

42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Circuit FLAME DET 5 LO FLAME DET 6 HI FLAME DET 6 LO FLAME DET 7 HI FLAME DET 7 LO FLAME DET 8 HI FLAME DET 8 LO EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN

20 of 24


VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD

S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 S20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20

J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320 J320

Signal Sense


degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF

degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF degF


8/28/00


CT-IF-3/R CT-IF-3/R CT-IF-3/R

96SR-1 96SR-1 96SR-2 96SR-2 96GC-1 96GC-1 96GC-2 96GC-2

96GC-5 96GC-5 96SR-1 96SR-1 96GC-1 96GC-1 96GC-3 96GC-3 90SR-1 90SR-1 90SR-1 90SR-1 90SR-1 90SR-1

65GC-1 65GC-1 65GC-1 65GC-1 65GC-1 65GC-1

Description RTD Input #7 RTD Input #7 RTD Input #7 Compressor temperature-inlet flange Compressor temperature-inlet flange Compressor temperature-inlet flange RTD Input #9 RTD Input #9 RTD Input #9 RTD Input #10 RTD Input #10 RTD Input #10 RTD Input #11 RTD Input #11 RTD Input #11 RTD Input #12 RTD Input #12 RTD Input #12 RTD Input #13 RTD Input #13 RTD Input #13 RTD Input #14 RTD Input #14 RTD Input #14 RTD Input #15 RTD Input #15 RTD Input #15 RTD Input #16 RTD Input #16 RTD Input #16 Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Position fdbck srv valve LVDT #2 Position fdbck srv valve LVDT #2 POSITION FDBCK PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #6 LVDT INPUT #6

LVDT EXCITATION GAS QUATERNARY VALVE LVDT EXCITATION GAS QUATERNARY VALVE LVDT #1 EXCITATION STOP/SPEED RATIO VALVE LVDT #1 EXCITATION STOP/SPEED RATIO VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Stop/speed ratio valve servo command Servo Output #1 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications Servo Output #2 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND

P28VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #1 P28VDC Return For Pulse Rate #1 Pulse Rate Input #1 High - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied

Software ID

CTIFR CTIFR CTIFR

FSGR FSGR FSGR FSGR FSGPM1 FSGPM1 FSGPM1 FSGPM1

FSCROUT FSCROUT FSCROUT FSCROUT FSCROUT FSCROUT

FSRG1OUT FSRG1OUT FSRG1OUT FSRG1OUT FSRG1OUT FSRG1OUT

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TRTD TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO

F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

Circuit EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN EXCITATION SIGNAL RETURN LVDT 1 HI LVDT 1 LO LVDT 2 HI LVDT 2 LO LVDT 3 HI LVDT 3 LO LVDT 4 HI LVDT 4 LO LVDT 5 HI LVDT 5 LO LVDT 6 HI LVDT 6 LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE ERH1 ERL1 ERH2 ERL2 ESH ESL ETH ETL SERVO 1R HI SERVO 1R LO SERVO 1S HI SERVO 1S LO SERVO 1T HI SERVO 1T LO SERVO 1 SMPX SERVO 2 SMPX SERVO 2R HI SERVO 2R LO SERVO 2S HI SERVO 2S LO SERVO 2T HI SERVO 2T LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE P24V1 P24R1 PR1H

21 of 24

Terminal Termination VME VME VME Brd. Board Card Rack Backpla Circuit Jumpers Name Slot ne Jack 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

JP1=10 JP2=10 JP3=10

JP4=10 JP5=10 JP6=10

VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VRTD VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO

T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 T20 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05 Q05


Signal Sense


degF degF degF

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

% % % % % % % %

Vrms Vrms Vrms Vrms Vrms Vrms Vrms Vrms


8/28/00


96GC-3 96GC-3 96GC-4 96GC-4 96GC-7 96GC-7 96GC-8 96GC-8

96GC-7 96GC-7 96GC-4 96GC-4 96SR-2 96SR-2 96GC-6 96GC-6 65GC-2 65GC-2 65GC-2 65GC-2 65GC-2 65GC-2

65GC-4 65GC-4 65GC-4 65GC-4 65GC-4 65GC-4

96GC-5 96GC-5 96GC-6 96GC-6 96TV-1 96TV-1 96TV-2 96TV-2

96TV-1 96TV-1 96GC-2 96GC-2

Description Pulse Rate Input #1 Low - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied P28VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #2 P28VDC Return For Pulse Rate #2 Pulse Rate Input #2 High - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied Pulse Rate Input #2 Low - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied POSITION FDBCK PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FDBCK PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #6 LVDT INPUT #6

LVDT EXCITATION PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM2 GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE LVDT #2 EXCITATION STOP/RATIO VALVE LVDT #2 EXCITATION STOP/RATIO VALVE LVDT EXCITATION GAS QUATERNARY VALVE LVDT EXCITATION GAS QUATERNARY VALVE PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM2 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND Servo Output #1 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications Servo Output #2 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VLV COMMAND PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO COMMAND

P24VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #1 P24VDC Return For Pulse Rate #1 NA NA P24VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #2 P24VDC Return For Pulse Rate #2 NA NA Quaternary GCV Position Feedback Quaternary GCV Position Feedback Position fdbck gas quaternary valve Position fdbck gas quaternary valve Position feedback IGV (high value selected) Position feedback IGV (high value selected) Position feedback igv lvdt #2 Position feedback igv lvdt #2 LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #5 LVDT INPUT #6 LVDT INPUT #6

LVDT #1 EXCITATION INLET GUIDE VANE LVDT #1 EXCITATION INLET GUIDE VANE LVDT EXCITATION PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM1 GAS CONTROL VALVE

Software ID

FSGPM2 FSGPM2 FSGPM2 FSGPM2 FSGPM3 FSGPM3 FSGPM3 FSGPM3



FSGQ FSGQ FSGQ FSGQ CSGV CSGV CSGV CSGV

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO

C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3

44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Circuit PR1L P24V2 P24R2 PR2H PR2L LVDT 1 HI LVDT 1 LO LVDT 2 HI LVDT 2 LO LVDT 3 HI LVDT 3 LO LVDT 4 HI LVDT 4 LO LVDT 5 HI LVDT 5 LO LVDT 6 HI LVDT 6 LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE ERH1 ERL1 ERH2 ERL2 ESH ESL ETH ETL SERVO 1R HI SERVO 1R LO SERVO 1S HI SERVO 1S LO SERVO 1T HI SERVO 1T LO SERVO 1 SMPX SERVO 2 SMPX SERVO 2R HI SERVO 2R LO SERVO 2S HI SERVO 2S LO SERVO 2T HI SERVO 2T LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE P24V1 P24R1 PR1H PR1L P24V2 P24R2 PR2H PR2L LVDT 1 HI LVDT 1 LO LVDT 2 HI LVDT 2 LO LVDT 3 HI LVDT 3 LO LVDT 4 HI LVDT 4 LO LVDT 5 HI LVDT 5 LO LVDT 6 HI LVDT 6 LO NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE ERH1 ERL1 ERH2 ERL2

22 of 24


1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

JP1=10 JP2=10 JP3=10

JP4=10 JP5=10 JP6=10

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO



Signal Sense


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

% % % % % % % %


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

% % % % % % % %



8/28/00


Description

96GC-8 96GC-8 96TV-2 96TV-2 65GC-3 65GC-3 65GC-3 65GC-3 65GC-3 65GC-3

LVDT EXCITATION PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT EXCITATION PM3 GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT #2 EXCITATION INLET GUIDE VANE LVDT #2 EXCITATION INLET GUIDE VANE Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Gas quaternary valve servo command Servo Output #1 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications Servo Output #2 Two Coil Termination For Simplex Applications Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command Turb inlet guide vane servo vlv command

90TV-1 90TV-1 90TV-1 90TV-1 90TV-1 90TV-1

52G/AUX 52G/AUX 25/25X/25P

25/25X/25P 25/25X/25P

INC PT INC PT RUN PT RUN PT

77NH-3 77NH-3

77NH-2 77NH-2

77NH-1 77NH-1

Software ID

FSRGQOUT FSRGQOUT FSRGQOUT FSRGQOUT FSRGQOUT FSRGQOUT

CSRGV CSRGV CSRGV CSRGV CSRGV CSRGV

P28VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #1 P28VDC Return For Pulse Rate #1 Pulse Rate Input #1 High - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied Pulse Rate Input #1 Low - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied P28VDC Excitation For TTL Type Inputs on Pulse Rate Input #2 P28VDC Return For Pulse Rate #2 Pulse Rate Input #2 High - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied Pulse Rate Input #2 Low - Only Available If J5 Cable Supplied BREAKER STATUS BREAKER STATUS BREAKER SYNC/SYNC CHECK/SYNC PERMISSIVE AUTO SYNCH MANUAL BREAKER CLOSE BREAKER SYNC/SYNC CHECK/SYNC PERMISSIVE BREAKER SYNC/SYNC CHECK/SYNC PERMISSIVE BREAKER SYNC/SYNC CHECK/SYNC PERMISSIVE

Generator volts Generator volts System line voltage System line voltage Shaft Voltage Monitor Input Shaft Voltage Monitor Input Shaft Current Monitor Input #2 Shaft Current Monitor Input #2 HP Control Speed probe #3 HP Control Speed probe #3 Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to HP Control Speed probe #2 HP Control Speed probe #2 Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to HP Control Speed probe #1 HP Control Speed probe #1 Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to

DV DV SVL SVL

TNH3 TNH3

TNH2 TNH2

TNH1 TNH1

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR

C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5 B5

Circuit

21 ESH 22 ESL 23 ETH 24 ETL 25 SERVO 1R HI 26 SERVO 1R LO 27 SERVO 1S HI 28 SERVO 1S LO 29 SERVO 1T HI 30 SERVO 1T LO 31 SERVO 1 SMPX 32 SERVO 2 SMPX 33 SERVO 2R HI 34 SERVO 2R LO 35 SERVO 2S HI 36 SERVO 2S LO 37 SERVO 2T HI 38 SERVO 2T LO 39 NOT AVAILABLE 40 NOT AVAILABLE 41 P24V1 42 P24R1 43 PR1H 44 PR1L 45 P24V2 46 P24R2 47 PR2H 48 PR2L 1 52GH 2 52GL 3 P125GEN 4 AUTO 5 MANUAL 6 BKRH 7 BKRH 8 N125GEN 9 NOT AVAILABLE 10 NOT AVAILABLE 11 NOT AVAILABLE 12 NOT AVAILABLE 13 NOT AVAILABLE 14 NOT AVAILABLE 15 NOT AVAILABLE 16 NOT AVAILABLE 17 GENERATOR VOLTS 18 GENERATOR VOLTS 19 BUS VOLTS 20 BUS VOLTS 21 SV HIGH 22 SV LOW 23 SC HIGH 24 SC LOW 25 T1 HI 26 T1 LO 27 T2HI 28 T2 LO 29 T3 HI 30 T3 LO 31 T4 HI 32 T4 LO 33 S1 HI 34 S1 LO 35 S2 HI 36 S2 LO 37 S3 HI 38 S3 LO 39 S4 HI 40 S4 LO 41 R1 HI 42 R1 LO 43 R2 HI 44 R2LO 45 R3 HI

23 of 24


JP1=10 JP2=10 JP3=10

JP4=10 JP5=10 JP6=10

VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VSVO VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR VTUR



Signal Sense


GPP 1807 GPP 1802 GPP 1137

GPP 1142 GPP 1153

GPP 756 GPP 751G GPP 752 GPP 751B

0 0

3600 3600

rpm rpm

0 0

3600 3600

rpm rpm

0 0

3600 3600

rpm rpm


8/28/00


39V-1A 39V-1A 39V-1A 39V-1B 39V-1B 39V-1B 39V-2A 39V-2A 39V-2A 39V-2B 39V-2B 39V-2B 39V-4A 39V-4A 39V-4A 39V-4B 39V-4B 39V-4B 39V-5A 39V-5A 39V-5A

CPF CPF CPF CPF

Description Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Spare Speed Input to Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration sensor Vibration input #8 Vibration input #8 Vibration input #8 Proximeter input #1 Proximeter input #1 Proximeter input #1 Proximeter input #2 Proximeter input #2 Proximeter input #2 Proximeter input #3 Proximeter input #3 Proximeter input #3 Proximeter input #4 Proximeter input #4 Proximeter input #4 Proximeter input reference (keyphasor) probe Proximeter input reference (keyphasor) probe

CA003 CA003 CA003 CA003

Software ID

BB1 BB1 BB1 BB2 BB2 BB2 BB4 BB4 BB4 BB5 BB5 BB5 BB7 BB7 BB7 BB8 BB8 BB8 BB9 BB9 BB9

Terminat Cabi ion Brd. net Name Colu Pt TTUR TTUR TTUR TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TVIB TB2 TB2 TB2 TB2

B5 B5 B5 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1

46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 3 4 5 6

Circuit R3 LO R4 HI R4 LO -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN -24VDC SIGNAL RETURN NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE


JY=JP1 JX=JP2 JY=JP13 JX=JP3 JY=JP14 JX=JP6 JY=JP4 JX=JP5 JY=JP7 JX=JP8 JY=JP15 JX=JP9 JY=JP10 JX=JP11 JY=JP16 JX=JP12

CA004 CA004 CA004 CA004

24 of 24

VTUR VTUR VTUR VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB VVIB TBL TBL TBY TBY

Q07 Q07 Q07 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 Q16 1 2 4 10

Signal Sense


J307 J307 J307 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316 J316

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

541 2503-1 101 102

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec in/sec

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV

Mark VI control panel

DSCN0008_1

Field terminations panel

DSCN00014_2

Controller and VPRO

DSCN0016_3

Power distribution module

DSCN0027_4

Control processor board

DSCN0024_5

Controller “V” board

DSCN0021_6

Cable sockets, terminal panel to controller

DSCN0019_7

MK VI I/O DEFINITION TM Drummond

Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

page: 1 File: MKVI_IO2

MARK VI I/O DEFINITION CONTENTS: A: I/O SUMMARY BY FUNCTION .............................................page 2 B: I/O SIGNAL SUMMARY BY TB Board ..................................page 5 C: I/O SIGNAL SUMMARY BY VME Card.................................page 7 D: Termination Board Symbols TBAI ....... Analog Input Termination Board......................page 9 TBAO ....... Analog Output Termination Board.................page 10 TBCI ....... Contact Input Termination Board....................page 11 TBTC ....... Thermocouple Input Termination Board.........page 12 TGEN ....... Generator Input Termination Board................page 14 TPRO ....... Protection Input Termination Board...............page 15 TPYR …… Pyrometer Input Termination Board .…….…page 17 TREG ....... Emergency Trip Termination Board...............page 18 TREL ..…....Emer Trip, Large Steam, Term Board............page 20 TRES ..…... Emer Trip, Special, Term Board……….........page 22 TRLY ....... Relay Output Termination Board....................page 24 TRPG ....... Primary Trip Termination Board.....................page 26 TRPL ....... Primary Trip,Large Steam, Term Board..........page 28 TRPS ....... Primary Trip,Special, Term Board……….......page 30 TRTD ....... RTD Input Termination Board........................page 32 TSVO ....... Servo Valve/LVDT Termination Board.........page 34 TTUR ....... Turbine Control Input Termination Board......page 37 TVIB ....... Vibration/Position Input Termination Board..page 41 E: Misc Drawings SIFT—Software Implemented Fault Tolerant Voting.........page 43 Hardware Output Voting Methods.......................................page 44 Generator Input Cabling.......................................................page 45 Turbine Control and Protection Cabling..............................page 46 Contact Inputs and Relay outputs Cabling....................…...page 47 …………….….page 48 Analog Outputs, VAOC/TBAO Block Diagram.............….page 49


Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM


A: MARK VI I/O SUMMARY BY FUNCTION I/O Signal #/TB/Card INPUTS: Analog In

Contacts In

Flame

10/20

24/48

8/8

Connectivity Comments TMR/SMX, Fanned In

TBAI, VAIC, Optional (Config): 4-20 mA with excitation power, +/- 5 VDC, +/- 10 VDC, +/- 1 mA Accuracy: 0.1%; Resol: 14 bit

TMR/SMX, fanned

TBCI, VCCC, Optical isolation, 60 Vrms rejection at 125 VDC exc. 125/24 VDC, 2.5 mA excitation, 4 msec hardware filter, 1 msec resolution, SOE.

TMR/SMX Fanned

TRPG, VTUR; using Honeywell GM Tube, Pulse rate measurement.

Gen/ Bus PT’s

2/2

TMR/SMX Fanned

TTUR, VTUR, TPRO, VPRO; Redundant, Auto Synch, Synch Check. 115 Vac, 50/60 hz, Accuracy: 0.5% Resol: 0.1%.

Gen PT’s

3/3

TMR/SMX Fanned

TGEN, VGEN; 115 Vac, 50/60 hz, Accuracy: 0.5% Resol: 0.1%

Gen CT’s

3/3

TMR/SMX Fanned

TGEN, VGEN; 0 to 5 Amp, 50/60 hz, Accuracy: 0.5% Resol: 0.1%;

LVDT’s

6/12

TMR/SMX Fanned

TSVO, VSVO; 7.0 Vrms exc, 3 khz, stability better than 0.3%, with auto calib.

Pulse Rate, Ctl

12/12

TMR/SMX, dedicated

TTUR, VTUR, Control, Four signals to each controller, 2 to 12,000 hz. Accuracy: 0.05 % of reading;


Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

TMR/SMX


Resol: 15 bit. TSVO, VSVO, 2 per VSVO

Pulse Rate, Prot

9/9

TMR/SMX, dedicated

TPRO, VPRO, Protection, Three signals to each Protection section, 2 to 12,000 hz. Accuracy: 0.05 % of reading; Resol: 15 bit.

Pyrometer

8/8

TMR/SMX Fanned

TPYR, VPYR; 2 Pyrometers each with four channels; 4 to 20 mA. Fast Sampling.

16/16

SMX

TRTD, VRTD, 10 ohm, Copper 100 ohm, Platinum, 200 ohm, Platinum, 120 ohm, Nickel, Accuracy: 1 to 4 deg; Resol: 14 bit.

Thermocouples 24/24

SMX

TBTC, VTCC, Type E, -60 to 1100 deg F, Type J, -60 to 1400 deg F, Type K, -60 to 2000 deg F, Type T, -60 to 750 deg F, Accuracy: 4 deg; Resol: 14 bit.

Vibration

8/16, 4/8

TMR/SMX, Fanned;

TVIB, VVIB; Prox, Seismic, Vel, Accel BNC interface, buffered, Signal range 4.5 Vpp ( 22.5 mils at 0.2 V/mil), Accuracy: 0.03 Vpp ( 1% of 3.0 Vpp), Resol: 14 bit (+1 to - 20 VDC).

Position (Gap) 4/8, 8/16

TMR/SMX, Fanned;

TVIB, VVIB; Proximitor, BNC interface, buffered, Signal range -0.5 to -20 VDC, Accuracy: 1% of full scale Resol: 14 bit (+1 to - 20 VDC).

Keyphasor

TMR/SMX, Fanned;

TVIB, VVIB; Proximitor, BNC interface, buffered, Signal range -0.5 to -20 VDC, Accuracy: 1% of full scale VDC, 1 degree of phase angle; Resol: 14 bit (+1 to - 20 VDC).

RTD’s

1/2


Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM


OUTPUTS: Analog Out

Servo Valves

16/16

2/4

TMR/SMX

TBAO, VAOC Additional four ccts on VAIC (20/200 mA) Accuracy: 0.5 %; Resol: 12 bit

TMR/SMX TSVO, VSVO; Dedicated, Bypolar output: 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 mA; Flux Summing. Can accommodate 200 mA (double cct). Individual suicide protection.

Relays Out

12/24

TMR/SMX

TRLY, VCCC, 50% fused sol drs (24/125 VDC, 120/240 Vac), 50% dry relay outputs, 24 VDC: 3 amp resistive, 3 Amp, L/R = 100 msec; 125 VDC: 0.6 Amp resistive, 0.2 Amp L/R = 7 msec; 0.6 Amp L/R = 100 msec, suppression; 120/240 Vrms: 3.0 Amp resistive, 2.0 Amp, pf = 0.4, 7.0 Amp, pf = 0.4, suppress’n, special;

Trip Solenoids

3/6

TMR/SMX TRPG, VTUR, TPRO, VPRO; Contact voting Redundant Primary, Emerg Trip; 1 Amp, 125 VDC, inductive L/R = 100 msec. With optional economizing function.



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

B: MK VI I/O SIGNAL SUMMARY BY TB Board Board

I/O Signal

#

Connectivity

Comment

TBAI

10 2 8 8 24

TBTC

TC’s

24

JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR2, JS2, JT2 JR1, JS1, JT1 JE1,JE2 JA1, JB1

TMR/SMX, VAIC TMR/SMX, VAIC TMR/SMX, VAOC TMR/SMX, VAOC TMR/ SMX, VCCC Power SMX, VTCC

2

TBCI

Analog In Analog Out Analog Out Analog Out Contacts In

TGEN

4-20 mA PT’s CT,s

4 3 3

JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1

TMR/SMX, VGEN TMR/SMX, VGEN TMR/SMX, VGEN

1

TPRO

Pulse Rate PT’s TC’s 4-20 mA

3/9 2 3/9 3

JR5, JS5, JT5 JX1, JY1, JZ1 JX1, JY1, JZ1 JX1, JY1, JZ1

TMR/SMX, VPRO,J5 TMR/SMX, VPRO,J6 TMR/SMX, VPRO,J6 TMR/SMX, VPRO,J6

1

TREG

Solenoids Contacts In E-Stop

3 7 1

JX1, JY1, JY1 JX1, JY1, JZ1 Screws only J1 J2

TMR,VPRO,J3 TMR,VPRO,J3 Hardwire Trip Clamp Interconnect to TRPG

2

TRLY

Solenoids Dry contacts

6 6

Flame (GM) Solenoids

8 3

TMR/SMX, VCCC TMR/SMX, VCCC Power TMR,VTUR,J4 TMR,VTUR,J4 Power 125 VDC Interconnect to TREG Power, 335 VDC

2

TRPG

JR1, JS1, JT1,JA1 JR1, JS1, JT1, JA1 JF1, JF2, JG1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 J1 J2 J3, J4, J5

TRTD

RTD

16

JA1, JB1

SMX, VRTD

1

TSVO

Servo Outs LVDT ins LVDT Exc PR Ins PR Exc

2 6 4 2 2

JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR5, JS5, JT5 JR1, JS1, JT1

TMR/SMR, VSVO TMR/SMX, VSVO TMR/SMX, VSVO TMR/SMX, VSVO TMR/SMX, VSVO

2

TBAO

TBxx/Vxxx

1 2 1

2



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

JD1,JD2

Trip Clamp

TTUR

Pulse Rate PT’s Shaft Mon Bkr Interface

4/12 2 2 -

JR5, JS5, JT5 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1

TMR/SMX,VTUR, J3 TMR/SMX,VTUR,J3 TMR/SMX,VTUR,J3 TMR/SMX,VTUR,J3

1

TVIB

Vib Prox Displ Prox Refer

8, 4 4, 8 1

JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JR1, JS1, JT1 JA1, JB1, JC1, JD1

TMR/SMX, VVIB TMR/SMX, VVIB TMR/SMX, VVIB BNC Interface

2



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

C: MK VI I/O SIGNAL SUMMARY BY VME CARD Board

I/O Signal

#

Connectivity

Comment

VAIC

Analog In Analog Out

20 4

J3, J4 J3, J4

TMR/SMX, TBAI TMR/SMX, TBAI

2

VAOC

Analog Out

16

J3, J4

TMR/SMX, TBAO

1

VCCC

Contacts In 48 Solenoids 12 Dry contacts 12

J3, J4 J3, J4, daughter Cd

TMR/ SMX, TBCI, 2 slots TMR/SMX, TRLY

2 2

VGEN

4-20 mA PT’s CT,s

4 3 3

J3, J4

TMR/SMX, TGEN TRLY for FAS (PLU)

1

VPRO (3)

Pulse Rate PT’s TC’s 4-20 mA Solenoids Contacts In E-Stop

3/9 2 3/9 3 6 14 1

J5, J6

Emerg Protection, TMR, TPRO

1

J3, J4

TMR, TREG

2

Screws only J1 J2

Hardwire Trip Clamp Interconnect to TRPG

VPYR

Pyrometer

2(8)

J3

TMR/SMX, TPYR, 1 Future, 2 Pyrometers, four 4-20 mA signals each.

VRTD

RTD

16

J3, J4

SMX, TRTD, 3 wire;

1

VSVO

Servo Outs LVDT ins LVDT Exc PR Ins PR Exc

4 12 8 2 2

J3, J4

TMR/SMR, TSVO

2

JD1,JD2

Trip Clamp

J3, J4

SMX, TBTC

VTCC

TC’s

24

TBxx/Vxxx

1


VTUR

VVIB

Pulse Rate PT’s Shaft Mon Bkr Interface Flame (GM) Solenoids


Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

4/12 2 2 16 6

Vib 16, 8 Prox Displ 8, 16 Prox Refer 2

J3, Rack

TMR/SMX,TTUR

1

J4, J4,Daughter Cd

TMR,TRPG,J4

2

J1 J2 J3, J4, J5

Power 125 VDC Interconnect to TREG Power, 335 VDC

J3, J4

TMR/SMX, TVIB BNC Interface

2



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

D: Termination Board Symbols Mark VI Analog Input Termination Board, TBAI

Analog Inputs

P28V,

TBAI

P24vx

S

VDCx

S

20mAx

S

Current P28VR Limiter

P28V,

JR1

P28V,

VDC

JPxA

ID

20mA

250 ohms S

Retx

PCOM

JPxB P24vx

Eight of the above ckts. Ckts 1 thru 8

Ret

Open

JS1

Current P28VR Limiter

S

1mAx

S

20mAx

S

ID

P28V

1mA

JPxA 20mA

250 ohms

5 kohms

S

Retx

Open

Analog Out

OPx

Two of the above ckts. ckts 9 thru 10.

Ret

JPxB

PCOM

Fan to JR1,JS1,JT1

JT1 ID

P28V

S

JO

ORx

S

200

20

Jmp sel on one ckt only Two of the above ckts.

41

42

43

44

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS: Analog In: CKT P24Vx #1 01 #2 05 #3 09 #4 13 #5 17 #6 21 #7 25 #8 29 #9 33 #10 37 Analog Out: CKT OPx #1 45 #2 47

Terminal Bk 20mAx 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38

VDCx/1mAx 03 07 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39

RETx 04 08 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40

JMPS COMMENT JP1A,JP1B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP2A,JP2B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP3A,JP3B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP4A,JP4B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP5A,JP5B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP6A,JP6B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP7A,JP7B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP8A,JP8B 4-20mA, +/-10VDC JP9A,JP9B 4-20 mA, +/-1 mA JP10A,JP10B 4-20 mA,+/-1 mA

ORx 46 48

JMPS J0 --

COMMENT 0-20, 0-200 mA Out 0-20 mA Out

1 3 2 4



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI Analog Output Termination Board, TBAO TBAO JR1

ID

sensing sensing

S

Power out Power ret

JS1

50 ohms, 0.01%

S

AOx Retx 0 to 500 ohm customer burden

ID Eight of the above ccts. in JQ1

JT1

ID

JR2

ID S 50 ohms, 0.01%

S JS2

ID Eight of the above ccts., in JQ2

ID

Analog Out: CKT AOx #1 01 #2 03 #3 05 #4 07 #5 09 #6 11 #7 13 #8 15

RETx 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16

#9 #10 #11 #12 #13 #14 #15 #16

18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31

k inal B Term 3

2

4

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:

1

JT2

AOx Retx 0 to 500 ohm customer burden



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI Contact Input Termination Board, TBCI To Contact Excitation Source JE1

JE2

TBCI

Pos Bus

Neg Bus

JR1

excitation voltage

Pos

ID

Ret S

S

For a total of 24 Crts

BCOM Pos Ret

JS1 S

ID

S

--For total of 24 ckts ---


BCOM

JT1 ID

BCOM


BCOM

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS: RET 02 04 06 08 ---

Current 2.5 mA 2.5 mA 2.5 mA 2.5 mA ---

#21 #22 #23 #24

etc. ---47

---48

2.5 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA

Term

inal B

k

3 2

4

POS 01 03 05 07 ---

1

CKT #1 #2 #3 #4 ---

File: Contact1.vsd



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI Thermocouple Input Termination Board, TBTC

TBTC

JA1

ID TC1P TC1N

S

S

For a total of 12 ckts to JA1 --

CJ Refer

JB1

ID TC1P TC1N

S

S

For a total of 12 ckts to JB1 --

CJ Refer

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS:

inal B

k

3 2

4

Term

1

CCT TCxP TCxN Connect #1 01 02 JA1 #2 03 04 JA1 #3 05 06 JA1 ------etc ---#12 23 24 JA1 -----------------------------------------#13 25 26 JB1 #14 27 28 JB1 ------etc. --#23 --#24 47 48 JB1

File: Thermo1.vsd Rev Date: July 18/97, TMD



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI Thermocouple Input Termination Board, TBTCH#B TBTCH#B

ID

TC1P

JRA

TC1N

S

CJ Refer

S

For a total of 12 ckts Fanned to JRA, JSA,JTA --

ID

JSA

CJ Refer

ID

JTA

CJ Refer

ID

JRB

TC1P CJ Refer

TC1N

S

S

For a total of 12 ckts Fanned to JRB, JSB,JTB --

ID CJ Refer

ID CJ Refer

JTA

JTB

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS: JSA

JRA

JSB

JRB

k inal B Term 3

2

4

1

CCT TCxP TCxN Connect #1 01 02 JRA, JSA, JTA #2 03 04 -#3 05 06 -------etc ---#12 23 24 ------------------------------------------#13 25 26 JRB, JSB, JTB #14 27 28 -------etc. ---#23 --#24 47 48 --

JSB

JTB


Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM


Mark VI Generator Input Termination Board, TGEN TB1

P24vx VDCx 20mAx

Retx

TGEN

S S

S Open

Ret

--- Four of the above ccts ---

JPxB PCOM

PCOM

S

BusA 22

S

BusB 23

S

CurBH1 1 CurBH2 2 CurBL1 3 CurBL2 4

CurCH1 1 CurCH2 2 CurCL1 3 CurCL2 4

P28V

TP_GB where 115 Vrms input yields 1.5333 Vrms

TP_BA TP_BB

where 115 Vrms input yields 1.5333 Vrms

TP_BC

JT1 ID

S

P28V

TB2

CurAH2 2

CurAL2 4

JS1 ID

TP_GA

S S

CurAL1 3

P28V,

20mA

TP_GC

CurAH1 1

JR1

250 ohms

GenC 21

BusC 24

ID

JPxA S

18

GenB 20

P28V,

VDC

17

GenA 19

P28V, Current P28VV Limiter

1:2000

S Phase A

100 ohms, 0.01 %

TP_IA2

S

TB3 1:2000

S

TP_IA1

Phase B

TP_IA1 100 ohms, 0.01 %

TP_IA2

S

where 5 amp input yields 0.25 Vrms (l-n) or 0.433 Vrms (l-l)

TB4 1:2000

S Phase C

S

TP_IA1 100 ohms, 0.01 %

TP_IA2

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS: RETx 04 08 12 16

JMPS JP1A,JP1B JP2A,JP2B JP3A,JP3B JP4A,JP4B

Comment 4-20mA, +/-10VDC 4-20mA, +/-10VDC 4-20mA, +/-10VDC 4-20mA, +/-10VDC

Term 3

inal B

1

TB1, Pluggable TB; Analog In: CKT P24Vx 20mAx VDCx #1 01 02 03 #2 05 06 07 #3 09 10 11 #4 13 14 15

2

4

Analog Inputs

k



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI TURBINE PROTECTION , SKETCH TMD970608

TPRO JX5 MPU

31 MX1H

S

32 MX1L

S

6

ID Three of above circiuts to 37 MY1H

S

38 MY1L

S

JY5 6

ID

Three of above circiuts to 43 MZ1H

S

44 MZ1L

S

JZ5 6

ID

Three of above circiuts to

JX1

4

ID

JY1

ID

JZ1

4

1

GENH

S

2

GENL

S

3

BUSH

S

4

BUSL

S

2

2

4

ID

Termination Board Screw Assignments: Speed Sensors (MPU): Circuit 1X 2X 3X 1Y 2Y 3Y 1Z 2Z 3Z

MnnH MX1H MX2H MX3H MY1H MY2H MY3H MZ1H MZ2H MZ3H

TB 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47

MnnL MX1L MX2L MX3L MY1L MY2L MY3L MZ1L MZ2L MZ3L

TB 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI TURBINE PROTECTION , SKETCH TMD970608, Cont'd TPRO

TCX1H TCX1L

TCY1H TCY1L

TCX1H TCX1L

JX1

3

S

JX1

---- Three TC ccts to ----

S

1

JX1 JX1

CJ

JY1

3

S

JY1


S

1

JY1 JY1

CJ

JZ1

3

S

JZ1


S

1

JZ1 JZ1

CJ

P28V,

P24vx

Current P28VV Limiter

S

VDC

S

20mAx

S

mAret

S

P28V, P28V,

VDC

JPA1 1

20mA

JX1,JY1,JZ1

250 ohms JX1,JY1,JZ1 Open

----- One of the above ccts. -----

Ret

JPB1

P24vx

S

20mAx

S

Current P28VV Limiter 2

JX1,JY1,JZ1

250 ohms

JX1,JY1,JZ1

----- Two of the above ccts. -----

Termination Board Screw Assignments: Thermocouples (TC's): Circuit TCnnH #1 X TC1XH #2 X TC2XH #3X TC3XH #1Y TC1YH #2Y TC2YH #3Y TC3YH #1Z TC1ZH #2Z TC2ZH #3Z TC3ZH

TB 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29

TCnnL TC1XL TC2XL TC3XL TC1YL TC2YL TC3YL TC1ZL TC2ZL TC3ZL

TB 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

4 - 20 mA Inputs: Circuit P24Vx

#1 #2 #3

P24V1 P24V2 P24V3

TB

20mAx

TB

VDC

5 9 11

20mA1 20mA2 20mA3

6 10 12

VDC ---------

TB

7 ---

mAret

TB

mAret -----------

8 -----



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI Pyrometer Termination Board TPYR

P28VR

CHAN A P24A PCom1

Current Limiter

S

P28VX

P28VT

S

N28VR N28VX

N24A PCom2

RetAx

Current Limiter

S

N28VS

JR1

N28VX N28VT

S

20mAAx

P28VS

P28VX

P28VR N28VR

S

100 ohms

S Four 4-20 mA circuits in Chan A

fanned distribution

CHAN B P24B

S

PCom3

S

N24B

S

PCom4

S

Current Limiter

P28VX

JS1 P28VS N28VS

20mABx

Current Limiter

N28VX

S 100 ohms

RetBx

S Four 4-20 mA circuits in Chan B

N24Prx

Refer or Keyphasor prox.

P R O X

S

PrHx

Current Limit

JT1 P28VT

N28VX

N28VT

S

PrLx

S Two keyphasor circuits

Termination assignments:

mA inputs: Chan Cct A 1 2 3 4 B 1 2 3 4

20mAxx 5 7 9 11 17 19 21 23

Retxx 6 8 10 12 18 20 22 24

Comment Average Max_Peak Avg-Peak Fast Average Max_Peak Avg-Peak Fast

Power: Chan A Chan B

P24x 1 13

PCom 2 14

N24x 3 15

PCom 4 16

Keyphasor inputs: CCT N24Prx PrHx #1 30 31 #2 33 34

PrLx 32 35



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP, TMR , SKETCH TMD970606 PWR_P1 PWR_P2

TREG

47 48

P125 VDC

J2

From TRPG

J2 JX1

K4X

P28X

P28X1

RES1A

"ETR1/4" KX1 JX1 JX1

3

KX2 KX1

RD

KX3

KE1

RES1B

04

SOL1

01

-------

three ccts. --------

KZ1 KY1

100 ohm, 70 Watt

Trip Solenoid #1 or #4

KY1 KX1

P124/P24V

3

KX1 KZ1

03

J2

JX1,JY1,JZ1

PWR_N1

JY1

K4Y

P28Y

P28Y1

KY1

KY2

KY3

"ETR2/5" KX2 KZ2

JY1 JY1

3

KY1

RD

P124/P24V

3

02

RES2A

07

RES2B

08

100 ohm, 70 Watt


KE2 SOL2

05

KY2 KX2 -------


J2

KZ2 KY2

JX1,JY1,JZ1

PWR_N2

K4Z

P28Z

JZ1

P28Z1

KZ1 JZ1 JZ1

3

KZ2 KZ1

RD

KZ3

KX3 KZ3

RES3A

11

RES3B

12

100 ohm, 70 Watt


KE3 SOL3

09

KY3 KX3

P124/P24V

3

"ETR3/6"

06

-------


J2

KZ3 KY3

JX1,JY1,JZ1

PWR_N3 P28X P28Y "Economizing Relays"

P28VV

P28Z

KE1 JX1

3

JY1 JZ1

3 3

JX1, JY1,JZ1

3

2 RD 3

KE2 KE1

KE3

P124/P24V -------


10



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP, TMR, SKETCH TMD970606, Cont'd TREG P125 VDC

JX1,JY1,JZ1

Sol Pwr Monitor PWR_N1 PWR_N2 PWR_N3

N125 VDC

JX1

P28VV

ID

JY1

CL

J2

TRP1

13

TRP2

14

TRP3

15

TRP4

16

TRP5

17

TRP6

18

E-STOP

ID

JZ1

ID

JX1 K4X

JY1

K4Y

K4Z

JZ1 P28X1 J2

To Relay K25A on TTUR

JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

P28Y1 Mon -itor

Mon -itor

RD mon

P28Z1

Mon -itor

JX1,JY1,JZ1

P28VV

K4CL JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

mon Excitation Volts

P125X 35

TRP1A

36

TRP1B

JX1, JY1,JZ1

S 7

S

JX1, JY1,JZ1

---- seven of the above circuits ---

JH1 P125X N125X

BCOM

Ckt #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8

TRPHx 13,14 35 37 39 41 43 45 47

TRPLx 17,18 36 38 40 42 44 46 48

Comment Hardware E-Stop Trip Interlock #1 Trip Interlock #2 Trip Interlock #3 Trip Interlock #4 Trip Interlock #5 Trip Interlock #6 Trip Interlock #7

k inal B Term 3

2

4

Trip Interlocks, Closed to Run.

JX1, JY1,JZ1

1

Trip Interlock

To TSVO Boards on SMX systems

J1

Servo clamp

K4CL

RD

JX1,JY1,JZ1

K4CL



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI STEAM TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP,LST TMR , SKETCH TMD990721 TREL

PwrA_P JX1

P28X

"ETR1" KX1 JX1

3

KX2

KX1 KZ1

RD

SOL1 A

01

SOL1 B

02

Trip Solenoid

KY1 KX1 KX1

JX1

KX3

KX2

KX3 KZ1 KY1

3

J2

PwrA_N

03

PwrB_P JY1

P28Y

KY1

KY2

KY3

"ETR2" KX2 KZ2

JY1 JY1

3

RD

SOL2A

04

SOL2B

05

Trip Solenoid

KY2 KX2 KY1

3

-------


J2

KZ2 KY2

PwrB_N

06

PwrC_P P28Z

JZ1

"ETR3" KZ1 JZ1 JZ1

3 3

KZ2

RD

-------

PwrA_P

SOL3A

07

SOL3B

08


J2

KZ3 KY3

PwrC_N

09

PwrA_P

13

PwrA_N PwrB_P PwrB_N PwrC_P PwrC_N

Sol Pwr Monitoring JX1,JY1,JZ1

KX3 KZ3 KY3 KX3

KZ1

From TRPL

J2

KZ3

PwrB_P

14

PwrC_P

15

Trip Solenoid



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI STEAM TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP, LST, SKETCH TMD990721, Cont'd TREL Cont'd

JX1

ID

JY1

ID

JZ1

ID

J2


JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

J25

To TTURH1B

J1


RD mon

JX1,JY1,JZ1

P28VV

K4CL JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

K4CL

Servo clamp

K4CL

RD

JX1,JY1,JZ1


Exc_P TRP1A

36

TRP1B

JX1, JY1,JZ1

S 7

S

JX1, JY1,JZ1


JH1 Exc_P Exc_N

BCOM

Ckt TRPHx TRPLx Comment Refer to Board TRPL for the Hardware E-Stop #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7

35 37 39 41 43 45 47

36 38 40 42 44 46 48

Trip Interlock #1 Trip Interlock #2 Trip Interlock #3 Trip Interlock #4 Trip Interlock #5 Trip Interlock #6 Trip Interlock #7

k inal B Term 3

2

4


JX1, JY1,JZ1

1

Trip Interlock

35



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI STEAM TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP, SKETCH TMD990729 TRES JX1

P28X

JY1

P28Y

JZ1

P28Z

JA1

P28A

J2 P28 PwrA_P ETR1

JX1

ETR1 ETR1

JY1 JZ1

ETR1

RD

JA1

JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1

SUS1A

01

SUS1B

02

SOL1 A

03

SOL1B

04

PwrA_P

08

PwrA_N

09

Trip Solenoid

PwrA_N

J2 P28 PwrB_P ETR2 JX1

ETR2 ETR2

JY1 JZ1 JA1

SUS2A

11

SUS2B

12

SOL2 A

13

SOL2B

14

Trip Solenoid

ETR2

RD

JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1

PwrB_P

18

PwrB_N

19

SUS3A

21

SUS3B

22

SOL3 A

23

PwrB_N

J2 P28 PwrC_P ETR3 JX1

ETR3

JY1 JZ1 JA1

PwrC_N

From TRPL PwrA_P PwrA_N PwrB_P PwrB_N PwrC_P PwrC_N Sol Pwr Monitoring JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1

SOL3B

24

PwrC_P

28

PwrC_N

29

ETR3

RD

JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1

J2

ETR3

Trip Solenoid



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI STEAM TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP, SKETCH TMD990729, Cont'd TRES Cont'd

JX1

ID

JY1

ID

JZ1

ID

JA1

ID

J2


JX1 JY1 JZ1 JA1

2 3

J25

To TTURH1B

J1


RD mon

JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1

P28VV

K4CL JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

K4CL

Servo clamp

K4CL

RD

JA1 JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1

mon TRP1A

36

TRP1B

S JX1, JY1,JZ1,JA1

7

S


JH1 Exc_P Exc_N

BCOM

Ckt TRPHx TRPLx Comment Refer to Board TRPL for the Hardware E-Stop #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7

35 37 39 41 43 45 47

36 38 40 42 44 46 48

Trip Interlock #1 Trip Interlock #2 Trip Interlock #3 Trip Interlock #4 Trip Interlock #5 Trip Interlock #6 Trip Interlock #7

k inal B Term 3

2

4


JX1, JY1,JZ1,JA1

1

Trip Interlock

35

JX1, JY1,JZ1,JA1

Excitation Volts

Exc_P



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI Relay Termination Board, TRLYH1B Alternate Power Source

Normal Power Source, Pluggable (7 Amp)

JF1

(20 Amp) 2

3

1

Customer Solenoid Return wiring option

TB3 4

TRLYH1B

JF2

3

2

1

JA1

Pos,High

JS1

JT1

3

2

FUx fuse

NC JPx

Ext Sol

COM NO

P28V

FUy fuse

Neg,Return

JA1

Coil

JR1

Monitor >14 Vdc/ > 60 Vac

RD

JS1

TMR

1

3.15 Amp slow-blow

JR1

Simplex

Power Daisy chain

SOL

Six of the above ccts.

JT1 Monitor >14 Vdc/ >60 Vac

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

NC

--------12 of the above ccts. ---------

Dry Contacts

COM NO

Five of the above ccts.

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 3 JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

monitor select NC COM

JA1

SOL

ID ID ID

JT1

1

COM 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46

NO 03 07 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47

SOL 04 08 12 16 20 24

48

3

2

JG1

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS: NC 01 05 09 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45

6 Amp at 120 VAC 3 Amp at 240 VAC

One of the above ccts.

FUx/y FU7/1 FU8/2 FU9/3 FU10/4 FU11/5 FU12/6

JPx JP1 JP2 JP3 JP4 JP5 JP6

Comment Solenoid / Form C cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Special,Ign Xtr/ Sol/Form C

Term

inal B

3 2

4

JS1

1

JR1

CKT #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12

Special Ckt

NO

k



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI Relay Termination Board, TRLYH1C Alternate Power Source

Normal Power Source, Pluggable (7 Amp)

JF1

(20 Amp) 2

3

1

Customer Solenoid Return wiring option

TB3 4

TRLYH1C

JF2

3

2

1

JA1

Pos,High

JS1

JT1

3

2

Ext Sol

COM

FUy fuse

Neg,Return

Coil

JR1

Snub SOL

Monitor >14 Vdc/ > 60 Vac

RD

JS1 JT1

JCx

Six of the above ccts.

Monitor >14 Vdc/ >60 Vac

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

NC

FUx fuse

NO

P28V

JA1

TMR

1

3.15 Amp slow-blow

JR1

Simplex

Power Daisy chain

NC

--------12 of the above ccts. ---------

Dry Contacts

COM NO

JCx

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 3 JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

Five of the above ccts.

monitor select

NC COM

JA1

SOL

ID ID ID

JT1

6 Amp at 120 VAC 3 Amp at 240 VAC JCx

1

COM 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46

NO 03 07 11 15 19 23 27 31 35 39 43 47

SOL 04 08 12 16 20 24

48

One of the above ccts.

2

JG1

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS: NC 01 05 09 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45

3

FUx/y FU7/1 FU8/2 FU9/3 FU10/4 FU11/5 FU12/6

JCx JC1 JC2 JC3 JC4 JC5 JC6 JC7 JC8 JC9 JC10 JC11 JC12

Comment Solenoid / Form C cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Solenoid / Form C Cont Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Form C Contact Special,Ign Xtr/ Sol/Form C

Term

inal B

3 2

4

JS1

1

JR1

CKT #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12

Special Ckt

NO Snub

k



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI TURBINE PRIMARY TRIP, TMR , SKETCH TMD970605A 125 VDC

TRPG

J1 N125 VDC

JR1

KR1 JR1 JR1

P125 VDC

3

J2

KR2

"PTR1/4"

KR3

KR1 KS1

RD

To TREG

J2

PWR_P1, PWR_P2, PWR_P3

P28VR

SOL1

02

Trip Solenoid # 1 or #4

KS1 KT1

3

-------

KT1 KR1

three ckts. --------

J2

PWR_P1

N124

01

KR1

JS1

P28VS

KS1

KS2

"PTR2/5"

KS3

KR2 KS2 JS1 JS1

3

RD

-------

KS1

JT1

KT2 KR2


N124

J2

PWR_P2

03

P28VT

KT1 JT1

04

KS2 KT2

3

JT1

SOL2

3

KT2

"PTR3/6"

KT3

KR3 KS3

RD

SOL3

06

KS3 KT3

3

-------


N124

KT3 KR3

J2

PWR_P3

05

KT1 JR1 JS1 JT1

ID

J2 ID ID

P125 VDC JR1,JS1,JT1


Sol Pwr Monitor

N125/24 VDC

PWR_N1

09

PWR_N2

10




Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI TURBINE PRIMARY TRIP, SKETCH TMD970605A, Cont'd

Cont'd for TRPG

JR1,JS1,JT1

To Relay K25A on TTUR Driven From TREG

J2

33 FL1H

S

34

S

FL1L

511 ohms

2.7k

825k

3.3k

FL1

0.022 MF

1.5k

Flame Detection ckt. eight of the above

825k

FL2 FL3

----etc.

FL8 335 VDC monitoring

JR1,JS1,JT1

335 VDC*

J3

J4

J5

335 VDC

* Note: dangerous voltage, requires special handling. Termination Board Screw Assignments:

FLnH FL1H FL2H FL3H FL4H FL5H FL6H FL7H FL8H

TB 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47

FLnL FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L FL1L

TB 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48

Term

inal B 3

2

4

Circuit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1

Flame Detectors (GM):

k



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI STEAM TURBINE PRIMARY TRIP, LST , SKETCH TMD990714

TRPL

JR1

K4R

P28R1

P28VR

"PTR1" KR1 JR1 JR1

3

KR2

KR3

KR1 KS1

RD

SOL1

02

Trip Solenoid # 1 or #4

KS1 KT1 KR1

KR2

KR3 KT1 KR1

3

J2

PwrA_N 01 JR1,JS1,JT1

JS1

1

Solenoid volts monitor

K4S

PwrA_P

P28S1

03

04

P28VS

"PTR2 " KS1

KS2

KS3 KR2 KS2

JS1 JS1

3

RD

SOL2

06


KS2 KT2 KS1

3

-------

KT2 KR2


J2

PwrB_N 05 JR1,JS1,JT1

1

Solenoid volts monitor PwrB_P

JT1

P28VT

K4T

08

P28T1

KT1 JT1 JT1

3

3

07

KT2

KT3

PwrC_N


10

RD KT1

-------


J2 9

"PTR3" JR1,JS1,JT1

1

KR3 KS3


11

KS3 KT3 PwrC_P

KT3 KR3 18

PwrC_P

19

PwrA_N

22

PwrB_N

23

PwrC_N

24



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI STEAM TURBINE PRIMARY TRIP, LST, SKETCH TMD990714, Cont'd Cont'd for TRPL

JR1,JS1,JT1

To Relay K25A on TTUR Driven From TREL

J2

JR1 JS1 JT1

P28VV

ID

CL

ID ID

K4R

K4S

K4T

TRP1

43

TRP2

44

TRP3

45

TRP4

46

TRP5

47

TRP6

48

E-STOP

P28R1 P28S1

JR1

Mon -itor

JS1 JT1

Mon -itor

P28T1

Mon -itor

PwrA_P PwrB_P Sol Pwr Monitoring JR1,JS1,JT1

PwrC_P

PwrA_N Power Buses

PwrB_N PwrC_N

JP1

JP2

JP3

125/24 VDC, Bus A 125/24 VDC, Bus B 125/24 VDC, Bus C

1

k inal B Term 3

4

2

J2

To TREL



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI STEAM TURBINE PRIMARY TRIP, SKETCH TMD990730

TRPS PwrA_P JR1

P28R

PwrA_P1

01

JS1

P28S

PwrA_P2

02

PwrA_P3

03

K4_1 JT1

P28T

JA1

P28A

P28

SUS1A PTR1

JR1

PTR1

JS1 JT1

RD

JA1

PwrA_N JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

PTR1

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

PTR1


04

J2

SOL1 A SUS1B

05

SUS1C

06

SUS1D

07

SOL1A

08

SOL1B

Trip Solenoid

09 36

PwrB_P1

11

PwrB_P2

12

PwrB_P3

13

PwrB_P

K4_2 P28

SUS2A PTR2 JR1

PTR2

JS1 JT1

RD

JA1

PwrB_N JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

PTR2

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

PTR2


14

J2

SOL2 A SUS2B

15

SUS2C

16

SUS2D

17

SOL2A

18

SOL2B

Trip Solenoid

19 37

PwrC_P1

22

PwrC_P3

23

PwrC_P

K4_3 P28

SUS3A PTR3 JR1

PTR3

JS1 RD

PwrC_N JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

PTR3 Solenoid volts monitor

PTR3

24

J2

SOL3 A

JT1 JA1

21

PwrC_P2

SUS3B

25

SUS3C

26

SUS3D

27

SOL3A

28

SOL3B

29 38

Trip Solenoid



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI STEAM TURBINE PRIMARY TRIP, SKETCH TMD990730, Cont'd Cont'd for TRPS

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

To Relay K25A on TTUR Driven From TRES

J2

JR1 JS1 JT1 JA1

P28VV

ID

CL

ID ID ID

K4_1 JA1

K4_2

K4_3

TRP1

43

TRP2

44

TRP3

45

TRP4

46

TRP5

47

TRP6

48

E-STOP

AND

JR1

Mon -itor

JS1 JT1

Mon -itor

Mon -itor

PwrA_P PwrB_P Sol Pwr Monitoring JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

PwrC_P

PwrA_N Power Buses

PwrB_N PwrC_N

JP1

JP2

JP3

125/24 VDC, Bus A 125/24 VDC, Bus B 125/24 VDC, Bus C

1

k inal B Term 3

4

2

J2

To TRES



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI RTD Input Termination Board, TRTD

TRTD ID JA1 A

EXCxx

B C

SIGxx

S

RTD

S

RETxx

S

For a total of 8 ckts to JA1 --

ID JB1 A

EXCxx

B C

SIGxx

S

RTD

S

RETxx

S

For a total of 8 ckts to JB1 --

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS: CCT EXCxx SIGxx RETxx Connect #1 01 02 03 JA1 #2 04 05 06 JA1 #3 07 08 09 JA1 #4 10 11 12 JA1 #5 13 14 15 JA1 #6 16 17 18 JA1 #7 19 20 21 JA1 #8 22 23 24 JA1 -----------------------------------------#09 25 26 27 JB1 #10 28 29 30 JB1 #11 31 32 33 JB1 #12 34 35 36 JB1 #13 37 38 39 JB1 #14 #15 #16

40 43 46

41 44 47

42 45 48

JB1 JB1 JB1

Application Note: --Optional Ground: connect the "B" wire to ground; --RTD Group wiring, i.e. sharing the "B" wire; tie the "B" wires together at the RTD's, tie the "Sigxx" signals together at the TRTD terminal board, and interconnect with one wire.



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Mark VI, TMR, RTD Input Termination Board, TRTD2 IS200TRTDH1B

A

EXCxx

B C

SIGxx

ID

S

RTD

JRA PM, Tx PM, Rx, S

S

RETxx

S

For a total of 8 ckts to JRA,JSA, JTA, fanned --

pacemaker cross connect 2 ccts per line

ID

JSA PM, Tx PM, Rx, R

ID

JTA PM, Tx PM, Rx,R

pacemaker cross connect 2 ccts per line

A

EXCxx

B C

SIGxx

RTD

RETxx

ID

S

JRB PM, Tx PM, Rx, T

S S

For a total of 8 ckts to JRB,JSB, JTB, fanned --

ID pacemaker cross connect 2 ccts per line

ID

JSB PM, Tx PM, Rx, T

JTB PM, Tx PM, Rx,S

Where:

TERMINATION ASSIGNMENTS: CCT EXCxx SIGxx RETxx Connect #1 01 02 03 JRA,JSA,JRA #2 04 05 06 JRA,JSA,JRA #3 07 08 09 JRA,JSA,JRA #4 10 11 12 JRA,JSA,JRA #5 13 14 15 JRA,JSA,JRA #6 16 17 18 JRA,JSA,JRA #7 19 20 21 JRA,JSA,JRA #8 22 23 24 JRA,JSA,JRA -----------------------------------------#09 25 26 27 JRB,JSB,JRB #10 28 29 30 JRB,JSB,JRB #11 31 32 33 JRB,JSB,JRB #12 34 35 36 JRB,JSB,JRB #13 37 38 39 JRB,JSB,JRB #14 40 41 42 JRB,JSB,JRB #15 43 44 45 JRB,JSB,JRB #16 46 47 48 JRB,JSB,JRB

PM = pacemaker; Tx = VRTD Transmit; Rx = VRTD Receive;

Application Note: --Optional Ground: connect the "B" wire to ground; --RTD Group wiring, i.e. sharing the "B" wire; tie the "B" wires together at the RTD's, tie the "Sigxx" signals together at the TRTD terminal board, and interconnect with one wire.



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI SERVO VALVE TERMINATION BOARD

EXT TRIP

TSVOH1A

JR1

JS1

P28VR

P28V

P28V

ID

JD1

P28VT

JT1

1 2

K1

ID

1 2

ID

JD2

P28V

12

Exc

LVDT

P28VR

4

JP1

K1

120B 120A 80 40 20

1

LVxxH

2

LVxxL

S

S

10

S

4

S

SRxH

Servo Valve Coils

25 31

S

SSxH

S

SRxL 26

S

3 LVxxH

LVxxL

75 ohm coil 40 ohm coil

JP2

to second ckt

Total of six LVDT input Ckts.

----- etc to second ckt

S S

SSxH

27

SSxL

28

JP3 41

P24V1

S

42

P24R1

S

CL

P28V

2

4


S S

STxH

29

STxL

30

2

PR1H

44

PR1L

Two Sets of the Above Servo Circuits S S

45

P24V2

S

46

P24R2

S

CL

P28V

S

S S

PR

47

PR2H

48

PR2L

S

S 4

JR5

S

JS5

JT5

S S

ERH1 17 ERL1 18

ERH2 19

ERL2 20

ESH

21

ESL

22

ETH

23

ETL

24

LVDT Excitation

PR

43



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI SERVO VALVE TERMINATION BOARD

EXT TRIP

TSVOH1B

JR1

JS1

P28VR

P28V

P28V

ID

JD1

P28VT

JT1

1 2

K1

ID

1 2

ID

JD2

P28V

12

Exc

LVDT

P28VR

4

JP1

K1

120B 120A 80 40 20

1

LVxxH

S

2

LVxxL

S

3 LVxxH

S

4

S

LVxxL

75 ohm coil 40 ohm coil

S

10

SRxH

Servo Valve Coils

25 31

S

SSxH

S

SRxL 26

JP2

to second ckt

Total of six LVDT input Ckts.


S S

SSxH

27

SSxL

28

JP3 P24V1

42

P24R1

39

TTL1

43

PR1H

44

PR1L

CL

S

P28V

2

4


S

S S

P24V2

S

46

P24R2

S

40

TTL2

CL

P28V

S

S S

48

PR2L

30

S

45

PR2H

STxL

Two Sets of the Above Servo Circuits

S

47

29

2

Pulse Rate Input

MPU

STxH

S

S 4

Pulse Rate Input

JR5

S

JS5

JT5

S S

ERH1 17 ERL1 18

ERH2 19

ERL2 20

ESH

21

ESL

22

ETH

23

ETL

24

LVDT Excitation

T T L

41



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI SERVO VALVE TERMINATION BOARD CONT'D

Servo Driver Circuit:

JD1 Ext Trip Ckt

TSVO

VSVO

JD2 P28V

JP1

P28VR

Voltage Limiter 11 vlt

Current Ref

120B (75 ohm coil) 120A (40) 80

10 ohm

flow of current to shutdown actuated device

40 20 10

Suicide Relay

J2

J3/J4 Back plane

Configurable Gain

LVDT Excitation: VSVO

TSVO

Monitoring J2

J3

JR1 17 18

3.2 Khz

To LVDT's

Monitoring 19 20 21 22 JT1

Term

inal B

23

1

24

3 2

J4 To Second TSVO Termination Board

Servo Output TB Locations: SxxH 25 27 29 33 35 37

SSxH 31 ----32 -----

SxxL 26 28 30 34 36 38

Jumper Comment JP1 Device #1, JP2 Device #1, JP3 Device #1, JP4 Device #2, JP5 Device #2, JP6 Device #2,

LVDT Input TB Locations: Device# 1 2 3 4 5 6

LVxxH 1 3 5 7 9 11

k

LVxxL 2 4 6 8 10 12

4

JS1

Servo Coils



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI TURBINE CONTROL , SKETCH TMD970321A

TTURH1A JT5 MPU

25 M1TH

S

26 M1TL

S

8

ID Four of above circiuts to 33 M1SH

S

34 M1SL

S

JS5 8

ID

Four of above circiuts to 41 M1RH

S

42 M1RL

S

JR5 8

ID

Four of above circiuts to

Shaft

21

SVH

22

SVL

S

23

SCH

S

24

SCL

S

S

JR 4 4

Cur Shunt 0.005 ohm

ID

JS

ID

JT

4 4

17 GENH

S

18 GENL

S

19 BUSH

S

20 BUSL

S

4 4

ID

Termination Board Screw Assignments: Speed Sensors (MPU): Circuit 1T 2T 3T 4T 1S 2S 3S 4S 1R 2R 3R 4R

MnnH M1TH M2TH M3TH M4TH M1SH M2SH M3SH M4SH M1RH M2RH M3RH M4RH

TB 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47

MnnL M1TL M2TL M3TL M4TL M1SL M2SL M3SL M4SL M1RL M2RL M3RL M4RL

TB 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48


Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM


MARK VI TURBINE CONTROL , SKETCH TMD970603A, Cont'd

TTURH1A Cont'd JR1

P28V

JS1

P28V

JT1

P28V

P28VX K25P

JP1

3

2

1

SMX

JR1 JS1 JT1

TMR 2 3

K25A

Synch Permiss RD Mon

JR1,JS1,JT1 JP2

3

2

SMX

JR1 JS1 JT1

1 TMR 2 3

Auto Synch RD Mon

JR1,JS1,JT1

JR1,JS1,JT1

P125Gen

Synch Check from TREG, VPRO

01

52GH

02

52GL

P125Gen 03 K25P "Synch Perm" AUTO 04

5

MAN K25A "Synch Check"

05 06

BKRH

07

L3BKR_GXS

L3BKR_GES

L3BKR_PRM

N125Gen 08 L3BKR_VLT

JR,JS,JT

K25 "Auto Synch"

L52G

52G a

K25

52G b

Bkr N125GenClose Coil



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI TURBINE CONTROL , SKETCH TMD970321A

TTURH1B Pulse Rate Inputs

TTLn_T

JT5 MPU

8

MnTH

S

MnTL

Four of above circiuts to , except for TTL, see Table.

TTLn_S

ID JS5

MnSH

8

S

MnSL


TTLn_R

ID JR5

MnRH

8

S

MnRL


ID Shaft Monitor, Voltage & Current

Shaft

21

SVH

22

SVL

S

23

SCH

S

24

SCL

S

S

JR 4 4

Cur Shunt 0.005 ohm

ID

JS

ID

JT

4 4

Auto Synch, Voltage Monitoring 17 GENH

S

18 GENL

S

19 BUSH

S

20 BUSL

S

4 4

ID Termination Board Screw Assignments: Circuit 1T 2T 3T 4T

MnnH M1TH M2TH M3TH M4TH

TB1/2 25 27 29 31

MnnL M1TL M2TL M3TL M4TL

TB1/2 26 28 30 32

TTL TTL1_T TTL2_T ---------

TB3 01 02

1S 2S 3S 4S

M1SH M2SH M3SH M4SH

33 35 37 39

M1SL M2SL M3SL M4SL

34 36 38 40

TTL1_S TTL2_S ---------

03 04

1R 2R 3R 4R

M1RH M2RH M3RH M4RH

41 43 45 47

M1RL M2RL M3RL M4RL

42 44 46 48

TTL1_R TTL2_R

05 06


Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM


MARK VI TURBINE CONTROL , SKETCH TMD970603A, Cont'd

TTURH1B Cont'd JR1

P28V

JS1

P28V

JT1

P28V

P28VX K25P

JP1

3

2

1

SMX

JR1 JS1 JT1

TMR 2 3

K25

K25A

Synch Permiss RD Mon

JR1,JS1,JT1 JP2

3

2

SMX

JR1 JS1 JT1

1 TMR 2 3

Auto Synch RD Mon

JR1,JS1,JT1 JP3

JR1,JS1,JT1

Isol

Synch Check from TREG, VPRO

VTUR 1 2 3 4

01

52GH

02

52GL

P125Gen 03 K25P "Synch Perm" AUTO 04

5

MAN K25A "Synch Check"

05 06

BKRH

07

L3BKR_GXS

L3BKR_GES

L3BKR_PRM

N125Gen 08 L3BKR_VLT

JR,JS,JT

K25 "Auto Synch"

L52G

52G a

P125Gen

J8

52G b

Bkr N125GenClose Coil



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI VIBRATION TERMINATION BOARD

TVIB JR1 N28V

JS1

JT1

N28V

N28V

ID

ID

ID

N28VR

1 N24Vxx

V

P R O X

2

S

PRxxH

3 PRxxL

S

CL S v P,A

JPxA

S

-11V

N28V

26

PRxxH

27 PRxxL

Position Prox

S

P, V,A S JPxB

Eight of the above ccts

25 N24Vxx

JA1 & JB1 DB25

3 mA

PCOM

Vib or Pos Prox., or Seismic, or Accel, or Velometer

P R O X

S

Neg Volt Ref

CL

JC1 DB25

S S

PCOM

Four of the above ccts P9 thru P12 BNC form H2x

N28V 37 N24Vxx

P R O X

P1 thru P8 BNC form H2x

38

S

PRxxH

S

39 PRxxL

S

Refer or Keyphasor prox.

CL

JD1 DB9 PCOM

One of the above ccts for Mk VI; Two of the above ccts for B/N interface. Where: P = Prox; S = Seismic; V = Velomiter.

P13 thru P14 BNC form H2x



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

MARK VI VIBRATION TERMINATION BOARD

TVIBH1A, TVIBH2A

Buffered Outputs P28VDC

P1VDC

DB25/9

Common Signal

P,V,A

S

JPxB

V

JPxA

PCOM

S

P,A -11 V

Neg Ref

N28VDC

Px BNC form H2x

Where: P = Prox; S = Seismic; V = Velomiter.

1

k inal B Term 3

4

2

TVIB Assignments: TB screw assignments Jumpr Ckt N24Vx PRXXH PRXXL JPxA JPxB JP1A JP1B JP2A JP2B JP3A JP3B JP4A JP4B JP5A JP5B JP6A JP6B JP7A JP7B JP8A JP8B

DB pin assignments Conn Comm Sign

Shld

Px,BNC Conn Comment

JA1 JA1 JA1 JA1 JB1 JB1 JB1 JB1

2 6 10 24 2 6 10 24

3 7 11 23 3 7 11 23

4 8 12 22 4 8 12 22

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8

Vib#1 Vib#2 Vib#3 Vib#4 Vib#5 Vib#6 Vib#7 Vib#8

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

01 04 07 10 13 16 19 22

02 05 08 11 14 17 20 23

03 06 09 12 15 18 21 24

09 10 11 12

25 28 31 34

26 29 32 35

27 30 33 36

-----

-----

JC1 JC1 JC1 JC1

2 6 10 24

3 7 11 23

4 8 12 22

P9 P10 P11 P12

Pos#1 Pos#2 Pos#3 Pos#4

13 14

37 40

38 41

39 42

---

---

JD1 JD1

3 9

1 5

2 4

P13 P14

Ref Probe B/N Only



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

E: Misc Drawings SIFT -- Software Implemented Fault Tolerant Voting on Inputs and Internal States UDH-1

High Speed Serial Data Networks

V O T E

V O T E

V O T E

Control Racks, VME Comm, vote inputs CBL, Seq, Alarms

Redund Electronics

Output Term Boards, Ext Connections, Screws

NonRedund

Input Term Boards, Ext Connections, Screws, Suppression

Frames:

UDH-2

Redund (TMR) Sensors

Comm Networks

I/O Racks Smart VME Cards Conditiong, Scanng

0

Outputs

1

input

vote

com

out exe

2 etc.

bkgd time

File: w:\npi\ics\working\tmd\vote2 Date: Jan 10, 1997, TMD



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

HARDWARE OUTPUT VOTING METHODS

1: Servo Valve:

Servo current Servo current Servo current

Servo Valve

Controllers

Hydraulic Actuator

2: 4-20 /40-200 mA:

Current Sensing Resistor Burden Resistor

Sensing

3: Contacts Out:

Non-critical RD

RD

Critical

RD

RD

Date: Jan 10, 1997; TMD File:

w:\npi\ics\working\tmd\vote1



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM Mark VI Generator Input Cabling

VGEN

VGEN

VGEN J3

J4

J3

J4

J3

J4

TRLY

TGEN JR1

JF1

JR1 Fu

Gen PT's, Gen CT's, Bus PT's, 4 - 20 mA or +/- 10 VDC

JS1

JF2

To Fast Acting Solenoids, (up to 12)

JS1

12 relays JT1

From Typically 120 Vrms

JT1 JA1


Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM


MARK VI TURBINE CONTROL & PROTECTION OUTLINE, SKETCH TMD970603

VTUR

special speed cable

TTUR

JR5

SCREW COUNT Speed: 4 x 3 x 2 = 24 PT: 2x2 = 4 Sh Monitor: 2 x 2 = 4 L52G: 2 Bkr Interface 6 TOTAL: 40 screws

JS5 JT5 J5 Optional

JR1

Daughter Card

JS1

two xfrs

3 Relays Gen Synch

JT1

335 VDC from Not req'd on sec TRPG

J3 JR1

J4

TRPG

JT1

J4

9 Relays (3 x 3 PTR's) J1 J2

125 VDC Cable

JX1

J2

TREG

JZ1

J3

12 Relays To second TREG Board (Optional)

J4

(9 ETR's, 3 Econ Relays) JH1

J5 P125 VDC from Not required on sec TREG NEMA class F

J6

Serial Port

special speed cable JX5

J7 JZ5

Ethernet Port

JX1 JY1

125 VDC

JZ1

J1

Trip signal to TSVO TB's (Non functional on second TREG) SCREW COUNT Trip Logics: 8 x 2 = 16 Non functional on Voltage Bus, Neg = 3 the second TREG Voltage Bus, Pos = 2 Trip Sol: = 3 Series Resistors = 6 TOTAL: 30 (Max 48) screws PIN COUNT JQ1: Trip Logic: 1 + 7 =8 Relay Dr: 1 +3 =4 Relay Mon 1 +3 =4 Sol monitoring = 3 Economizing Relay Dr = 3 Econ Relay monitor = 3 Trip to TSVO Dr =1 Monitor 125 VDC =1 TOTAL: 27 pins

TPRO

JY5

Parallel Port

(Max 28)

Trip Solenoids, three circuits

JY1 VPRO

(Max 15)

SCREW COUNT GM (Flame) 16 Non functional on Voltage Bus, Pos 03 the second TRPG Voltage Bus, Neg 02 Trip Sol: 03 TOTAL: 24 (Max 48) screws PIN COUNT JQ1: GM (Flame) =8 Relay Dr: =3 Relay Monitor: = 3 335 Vlt Mon: =1 125 VDC Mon =1 Sync Relay, K25A = 1 (Max 28) TOTAL: 17 pins

J3

J4

(Max 48)

J5

JS1

To second TRPG board (Optional)

PIN COUNT JQ5: Speed: 4 x 2 = 8 pins; JQ1: PT: 2x2= 4 Sh Monitor: 2 x 2 = 4 L52G: 1 Bkr Interface: diag =4 relay dr =3 relay mon = 2 TOTAL: 18 pins

two xfrs

SCREW COUNT Speed, 3 x 3 x 2 = 18 TC: 3 x 3 x 2 = 18 PT: 2x2= 4 mA: = 08 TOTAL: 48 screws PIN COUNT JQ5: Speed: 3 x 2 = 6 pins; JX1: TC: 3x2=6 CJ: 1x2=2 PT: 2x2=4 mA: 3x2 = 6 TOTAL: 18 pins



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Cabling For Mark VI Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs, Simplex

VC CC

VME Backplane

J1

J2

Da

ug

hte

rB

d

J2

backplane wiring

J3

J3

J4

J4

Termination Boards:

Relay/Sol Outputs 12 per board TRLY

JT1

JT1

Relay/Sol Outputs 12 per board TRLY

Contact Inputs 24 per board JT1 TBCI


JS1

JS1

JR1

JR1

JS1 JS1 JR1 JR1 JA1 JA1 Power plugs

JF1

JF2 JG1

Power plugs

JF1

JF2 JG1

Power plugs

JE1

JE2

Power plugs

JE1

JE2

File: VCCC_Cab.vsd Rev: July 18/97, TMD



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

Cabling For Mark VI VCRC Card

VC RC

Note:Parallel Port Moved to ribbon cable Connector P4 on PWA. (not on card front)

P1

9

P2 J33

J44

37

37

Single Width Front Panel

VME backplane wiring

J3

J4 Termination Boards:



JS1

JS1

JR1

JR1

Relay/Sol Outputs JT1 12 per board TRLY

Relay/Sol Outputs JT1 12 per board TRLY

JR1

JR1

JS1

JS1

JA1 Power plugs

JE1

JE2

Power plugs

JE1

JE2

Power plugs

JF1

JF2 JG1

JA1 Power plugs

JF1

JF2 JG1

File: VCRC_Cab.vsd Rev: Feb 4/98, AFG



Rev: 08/29/00 12:34 PM

VAOC/TBAO Block Diagram

TM Drummond Aug 28/97 File: w:\npi\ics\working\tmd\analot02

Analog outputs, 0 to 20 mA

VAOC

P24V P15V

Current Ref

Firmware

Cur_refxx

D/A

+

Neg = inc output Pos = dec output

-

Inner loop load sharing

+

P2xx

Individual Current

TMR Mode

Rack Backplane

Icurrxx

+

100 ohms

+ Suicide

Outer loop, Total current

RD

C A

Tcurrxx B

+ -

D

16 circuits Cur_refxx Icurrxx Tcurrxx

M U X

A/D

Suicide

Firmware

TMR Mode

16 circuits

TBAO B A C

J3xx

Cabling

+

_ 50 ohms

D JR1

8 circuits

8 circuits

JS1 JT1

B A C

J4xx

_ 50 ohms

D

Rack Backplane

+

Customer Burden 0 to 500 ohms

8 circuits

JR2 JS2 JT2

8 circuits

Customer Burden 0 to 500 ohms

MK VI Protection Algorithms Resident in VPRO TM Drummond Rev Date:09/17/99 11:34 AM

Page:1 File: Prot_A3

MARK VI PROTECTION ALGORITHMS RESIDENT IN VPRO FIRMWARE The following diagrams define the Algorithms coded in the VPRO Firmware. These algorithms are configurable from the GE “ToolBox”; a configurable parameter is illustrated with the abbreviation “CFG(xx)” where xx indicates where the configuration is located. Some parameters/variables are followed with a “SS” indicating they are outputs from Signal Space ( are driven from the CSDBase.); Other variables are followed with “IO” indicating they are hardware I/O points.



CONTACT INPUTS:

L5ESTOP1 KESTOP1_Fdbk, IO

Estop1 Trip L5ESTOP1

L86MR, SS

L5ESTOP2 KESTOP2_Fdbk, IO

Estop2 Trip L5ESTOP2

L86MR, SS

Cont1_TrEnab

Used

Enable

ContactInput, CFG (J3, Contact1) TripEnable, CFG (J3, Contact1) L5Cont1_Trip Contact1, IO

Cont1_TrEnab TDPU

Contact Trip

TrpTimeDelay (sec), CFG (J3, Contact1)

L5Cont1_Trip

L86MR, SS

Repeated seven times for Contact1 thru Contact7

Mark VI Protection Algorithms, VPRO TM Drummond Rev: 02/27/98



ONLINE OVERSPEED TEST LOGIC, STEAM TURB:

OnLineOS1

OnlineOS1Tst, SS

Online OverSpeed Test

OnlineOS1X, SS

OnlineOS1X, SS A TDPU 1.5 sec

OnlineOS1x, SS

L97EOST_ONLZ

B

L97EOST_RE

L97EOST_ONLZ

Reset pulse

L86MRX

L86MR, SS

L97EOST_RE

OnLineOS1X, SS

L97EOST_ONLZ

1.5 sec L97EOST_RE, Reset Pulse




OVERSPEED TRIP, HP Shaft:

OS1_Setpoint , SS |A|

A

RPM

A-B

A

A

OS1_SP_CfgEr A>B


B

1 RPM

RPM

System Alarm, if the two setpoint don't agree!!

B A MIN B

OS_Stpt_PR1

A

0.04

A

MULT

A

A+B

B

MIN

B

OS_Tst_Delta, CFG (J5, PulseRate1)

OS_Setpoint_PR1

zero

B

RPM

OfflineOS1tst, SS OnlineOS1

PulseRate1, IO A A>=B

OS1

OS_Setpoint_PR1 B

OS1_Trip OS1

OS1_Trip

Overspeed Trip L86MRX

Mark VI Protection Algorithms, Implimented in VPRO, TM Drummond Rev: 09/08/99



OVERSPEED TRIP, HP Shaft, Continued:

PulseRate1, IO A PR1_Zero A
A

PR1_Min

A>B Min_Speed, CFG (J5, PulseRate1) B

S (Der)

PR1_Accel A PR1_Dec A
A

PR1_Acc


B

Dec1_Trip PR1_DEC

Decel Trip Dec1_Trip

L86MR,SS

Acc_Trip, CFG (J5, PulseRate1) Enable

Acc1_Trip

Acc1_TrEnab

PR1_ACC

Accel Trip Acc1_Trip

*Note: where 100% is defined as the Configured value of OS_Stpt_PR1

L86MR,SS




OVERSPEED TRIP, HP SHAFT, Continued:

OS1_SP_CfgEr

L5CFG1_Trip

L5CFG1_Trip

PR1_Zero

HP Config Trip

L86MR,SS

PR1_Max_Rst

PR_Max_Rst

PR1_Zero_Old

PR1_Zero

PR1_Zero

0.00 PR1_Max_Rst

Max

PR1_Max

PulseRate1

PR1_Zero

PR1_Zero_Old




OVERSPEED TRIP, LP Shaft:


A

RPM

A-B

A

A

OS2_SP_CfgEr A>B


B

1 RPM

RPM

B


A MIN B

OS_Stpt_PR2

A

0.04

A

MULT

A

A+B

B

MIN

B


OS_Setpoint_PR2

zero

B

RPM



OS2

OS_Setpoint_PR2 B

OS2_Trip OS2

OS2_Trip

Overspeed Trip L86MR, SS




OVERSPEED TRIP, LP Shaft, Continued:

A

PR2_Min


S (Der)

A

PR2_Acc


B

Dec2_Trip PR2_DEC

Dec2_Trip

Decel Trip LP L86MR,SS

Acc_Trip, CFG (J5, PulseRate2) Enable PR2_ACC

Acc2_Trip


PR2_MIN

Acc2_TrEnab

Acc2_Trip

Accel Trip LP

L86MR,SS




OVERSPEED TRIP, LP SHAFT, Continued:

OS2_SP_CfgEr

L5CFG2_Trip

L5CFG2_Trip

PR2_Zero

LP Config Trip

L86MR,SS

PR2_Max_Rst

PR_Max_Rst

PR2_Zero_Old

PR2_Zero

PR2_Zero

0.00 PR2_Max_Rst

Max

PR2_Max

PulseRate2

PR2_Zero_Old PR2_Zero

LPShaftLocked PR1_MIN

LPShaftLocked

PR2_Zero

LockRotorByp

L86MR, SS




OVERSPEED TRIP, IP Shaft:


A

RPM

A-B

A

A

OS3_SP_CfgEr A>B


B

1 RPM

RPM

B


A MIN B

OS_Stpt_PR3

A

0.04

A

MULT

A

A+B

B

MIN

B


OS_Setpoint_PR3

zero

B

RPM



OS3

OS_Setpoint_PR3 B

OS3_Trip OS3

OS3_Trip

Overspeed Trip L86MR, SS




OVERSPEED TRIP, IP Shaft, Continued:

A

PR3_Min


S (Der)

A

PR3_Acc


B

Dec3_Trip PR3_DEC

Dec3_Trip

Decel Trip IP L86MR,SS

Acc_Trip, CFG (J5, PulseRate3) Enable PR3_ACC

Acc3_Trip


PR3_MIN

Acc3_TrEnab

Acc3_Trip

Accel Trip IP

L86MR,SS




OVERSPEED TRIP, IP SHAFT, Continued:

OS3_SP_CfgEr

L5CFG3_Trip

L5CFG3_Trip

PR3_Zero

IP Config Trip

L86MR,SS

PR3_Max_Rst

PR_Max_Rst

PR3_Zero_Old

PR3_Zero

PR3_Zero

0.00 PR3_Max_Rst

Max

PR3_Max

PulseRate3

PR3_Zero_Old PR3_Zero




OVERTEMPERATURE TRIP :

TC1 M E D

TC1

TC_MED

TC1

Overtemp_Trip, CFG (VPRO) A OT_Setpoint A+B

CPD, SS A

A A-B

A*B

M I N

B

CPD_Corner, CFG (VPRO) B

B

CPD_Slope, CFG (VPRO) Neg number Zero

TC_MED

A A>=B

L26T

OT_Setpoint B

OT_Trip_Enbl, CFG (VPRO)

Enable L26T

OT_Trip

OT_TrEnab

Over Temp Trip OT_Trip

L86MR, SS




TRIP ANTICIPATE FUNCTION: RatedRPM_TA, CFG (VPRO, Config)

RPM_94% Calc Trip Anticipate speed references

RPM_103.5% RPM_106% RPM_116% RPM_1%

RPM_116%

A

TA_StptLoss,SS Alarm

A
RPM

L30TA

or

B

A A
B TA_Spd_SP

RPM_106%

RPM_1%/sec

Rate TA_Spd_SP

Ramp

TA_Spd_SPX, RPM

A Trp_Anticptr

RPM_94%

A
Reset (Out=In)

B Hyst

TrpAntcptTst RPM_1% PulseRate1, IO,

RPM

SteamTurbOnly

TA_Trip,SS

Trip Anticipator Trip

Trp_Anticptr L12TA_TP




TRIP LOGIC :

L5Cont_Trip L5Cont1_Trip

Contact Trip L5Cont2_Trip

L5Cont3_Trip

L5Cont4_Trip

L5Cont5_Trip

L5Cont6_Trip

L5Cont7_Trip

Turbine_Type, CFG (VPRO_Crd_Cfg)

LargeSteam

SteamTurbOnly

Configured Steam Turbine Only, not including Stag

MediumSteam

SmallSteam




TRIP LOGIC , Continued: ComposTrip1A OS1_Trip

Composite Trip 1A

Dec1_Trip

L5CFG1_Trip

L5Cont_Trip

Acc1_Trip

Cross_Trip, SS

SteamTurbOnly

OT_Trip

LM_2Shaft

LM_3Shaft

HPZeroSpdByp, SS

PR1__Zero

L3Z

LMTripZEnabl,CFG(VPRO)




TRIP LOGIC , Continued:

OS2_Trip

ComposTrip1B

Composite Trip 1B

ComposTrip1

Composite Trip 1

GT_2Shaft

Dec2_Trip

LM_2Shaft L5CFG2_Trip LM_3Shaft

Acc2_Trip

LPShaftLocked

OS3_Trip

LM_3Shaft

Dec3_Trip

L5CFG3_Trip

Acc3_Trip

ComposTrip1A

ComposTrip1B




TRIP LOGIC , Continued:

Turbine_Type, CFG (VPRO)

ComposTrip1

Stag_GT_1Sh

ComposTrip2

Composite Trip 2

Stag_GT_1Sh

OS1_Trip

Dec1_Trip

L5CFG1_Trip

L5Cont_Trip

Acc1_Trip

Cross_Trip, SS




TRIP & ECONOMIZING RELAYS, J3 , TREG:

RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K1_Fdbk)

used TA_Trip

TestETR1

ComposTrip1

ETR1

ETR1_Enab

L5ESTOP1

X

Trip Relay, Energize to Run,

X TRES,TREL*

TA_Trp_Enabl1, CFG(VPRO_CRD_CFG)

ETR1

SOL1_Vfdbk

KE1*

KE1_Enab

TDPU


used RelayOutput, CFG( J3,KE1_Vfdbk)

2 sec RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K2_Fdbk)

TA_Trip

TestETR2

ComposTrip1

used ETR2_Enab

ETR2

L5ESTOP1

X

X


TRES,TREL* TA_Trp_Enabl2, CFG(VPRO_CRD_CFG)

ETR2

SOL2_Vfdbk

KE2* KE2_Enab

TDPU


used RelayOutput, CFG( J3,KE2_Vfdbk) 2 sec

RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K3_Fdbk) L97EOST_ONLZ

LargeSteam used ETR3

TA_Trip

ComposTrip1

TestETR3

ETR3_Enab

L5ESTOP1

X


X TRES,TREL*


ETR3

SOL3_Vfdbk

KE3*

KE3_Enab

TDPU

used


RelayOutput, CFG( J3,KE1_Vfdbk) 2 sec

Note: * these functions, L5ESTOP1 & KEx, are not included in the TRES, TREL TB applications. They are included in the TREG applicaton only.




TRIP & ECONOMIZING RELAYS, J4 , TREG:


TA_Trip

ComposTrip1

TestETR4

used ETR4_Enab

ETR4

L5ESTOP2

X


X TRES,TREL*


ETR4

SOL4_Vfdbk

KE4*

KE4_Enab

TDPU


used RelayOutput, CFG( J4, KE4_Vfdbk) 2 sec


ComposTrip1

ETR5

used ETR5_Enab

L5ESTOP2

X


X TRES,TREL*

ETR5

SOL5_Vfdbk

KE5*

KE5_Enab TDPU


used RelayOutput, CFG( J4, KE5_Vfdbk) 2 sec


used ComposTrip2

ETR6

ETR6_Enab


L5ESTOP2

X

X TRES,TREL*

ETR6

SOL6_Vfdbk

KE6*

KE6_Enab TDPU

used


RelayOutput, CFG( J4, KE6_Vfdbk) 2 sec

Note: * these functions, L5ESTOP2 & KEx, are not included in the TRES, TREL TB applications. They are included in the TREG applicaton only.




SERVO CLAMP & SYNCH CHECK RELAYS, J3, TREG :

K4CL_Enab

ComposTrip1

OnlineOS1Tst

K4CL

Servo Clamp Relay, Energize to Clamp, K4CL

Used

RelayOutput, CFG( J3,K4CL_Fdbk)

L25A_Cmd

K25A_Enab

Used

K25A

Synch Check Relay, Energize to Close Breaker, K25A on TTUR via TREG

SynchCheck, CFG( J3,K25A_Fdbk)




SYNCH CHECK:

CFG(J3, K25K_Fdbk) SynchCheck(Used, Unused) SystemFreq(50,60) VoltageDiff TurbRPM ReferFreq FreqDiff PhaseDiff GenVoltage BusVoltage

SynCk_Perm, SS SynCk_ByPass, SS

GenFreq, SS

Synch Check Function

BusFreq, SS GenVolts, SS BusVolts, SS GenFreqDiff, SS

Slip

DriveFreq

GenPhaseDiff, SS GenVoltsDiff, SS Phase

Synch Window GenPT_KVolts, IO BusPT_KVolts, IO

L25A_Cmd, IO




HARDWARE I/O DEFINITION: Inputs

Inputs

TPRO, J5

TPRO, J6

GenPT_KVolts

PulseRate1

Gen Volts

PulseRate2

Bus Volts

Speeds, PR

BusPT_KVolts TC1 PulseRate3

Thermocouples TC2

TREG, J3

KESTOP1_Fdbk ESTOP1

Trip Interlocks

ColdJunction

Contact1 Contact2

These TC's will appear in the CSDB three times (SMX)

TC3

Analog Inputs

AnalogIn1

Contact3

AnalogIn2

Contact4

AnalogIn3

Contact5 Contact6 Contact7

Outputs:

Sol1_Vfdbk Voltage to solenoid, feedback

Trip Relay feedback

Econ Relay feedback

Clamp Relay feedback Synch Check Relay feedback

Sol2_Vfdbk

ETR1

Sol3_Vfdbk

ETR2

K1_Fdbk

ETR3

K2_Fdbk

KE1

K3_Fdbk

KE2

KE1_Fdbk

KE3

KE2_Fdbk

K4CL

KE3_Fdbk

K25A

Relays KX1, KY1, KZ1 Relays KX2, KY2, KZ2 Relays KX3, KY3, KZ3 Relay KE1 Relay KE2 Relays KE3 Relay K4CL Relay K25A

K4CL_Fdbk K25A_Fdbk

TREG, J3

TREG, J4 ETR4 Relays KX1, KY1, KZ1 ETR5

TREG, J4

Relays KX2, KY2, KZ2 ESTOP2

KESTOP2_Fdbk

ETR6 Relays KX3, KY3, KZ3


Sol4_Vfdbk

KE4

Sol5_Vfdbk

KE5

Sol6_Vfdbk

KE6

Relay KE1 Relay KE2 Relays KE3

K4_Fdbk Trip Relay feedback

K5_Fdbk K6_Fdbk

Econ Relay feedback

KE4_Fdbk KE5_Fdbk KE6_Fdbk




SIGNAL SPACE I/O DEFINITION: Inputs

Signal Space TPRO,J5

Signal Space

PulseRate1 PulseRate2 PulseRate3

Speeds, RPM

Inputs PR1_Zero TREG, J3

KESTOP1_Fdbk

PR2_Zero PR3_Zero

Zero Speed

ESTOP1 Contact1 Contact2

Contacts

OS1_SP_CfgErr OS2_SP_CfgErr

Contact3 Contact4

OS3_SP_CfgErr

Config Alarm

Contact5 Contact6

ComposTrip1 ComposTrip2

Contact7

Composite Trips

ComposTrip3 Sol1_Vfdbk Sol2_Vfdbk Sol3_Vfdbk K1_Fdbk K2_Fdbk K3_Fdbk KE1_Fdbk KE2_Fdbk


L5CFG1_Trip L5CFG2_Trip L5CFG3_Trip OS1_Trip OS2_Trip

Trip Relay feedback

OS3_Trip Dec1_Trip Dec2_Trip

Econ Relay feedback

KE3_Fdbk K4CL_Fdbk K25A_Fdbk

Dec3_Trip Clamp Relay feedback Synch Check Relay feedback ESTOP2

K5_Fdbk K6_Fdbk

KE6_Fdbk GenPT_KVolts BusPT_KVolts

TC3 ColdJunction

AnalogIn2 AnalogIn3

Overspeed Test

Trip Relay feedback

OnLineOS3Tst

LP Shaft Locked Trip

OffLineOS3Tst TrpAntcptTst

L5ESTOP2 L5Cont1_Trip L5Cont2_Trip TPRO,J6

L5Cont3_Trip L5Cont4_Trip

Gen Volts

L5Cont5_Trip

Bus Volts

L5Cont6_Trip

Trip Antic Ovrtemp Trip

mA1_Trip mA2_Trip

Analog Inputs

Trip Bypass Diagn checking

BusFreq

Overspeed Setpoints

TA Setpoint

OS1_TATrpSP CPD

Misc Trips

Relay Test

TestETR1 TestETR2 TestETR3

Synch Check

TestETR4 Cold Junct'n Backup VCMI (Mstr) Reset Max speed Reset

GenVoltsDiff

CJBackup L86MR

PR_Max_Rst

Accel

PR2_Accel

Gen Center Freq

PR3_Accel

PR2_Max PR3_Max

OS1_Setpoint OS2_Setpoint OS3_Setpoint

BusVolts GenFreqDiff GenPhaseDiff

PR1_Max

PTR1 PTR2

PTR5 PTR6

Contact Trips

GenVolts

PR1_Accel

HPZeroSpdByp

PTR4

L25A_Cmd GenFreq

LockRotorByp

PTR3

ESTOPs

L5Cont7_Trip Thermocouples, these TC's will appear 3 times in the CSDB (SMX)

OnLineOS2Tst

LPShaftLock

L5ESTOP1

Econ Relay feedback

OnLineOS1Tst OnLineOS1X

OffLineOS1Tst OffLineOS2Tst

mA3_Trip AnalogIn1

Cross_Trip

Accel Trips

OT_Trip

TC1 TC2

Dec Trips

SynCk_Perm SynCk_ByPass

Acc2_Trip Acc3_Trip

TA_StptLoss


KE4_Fdbk KE5_Fdbk

Overspd Trips

Acc1_Trip

TA_Trip

Sol4_Vfdbk

K4_Fdbk

Synch Check

TREG, J4

KESTOP2_Fdbk

Sol5_Vfdbk Sol6_Vfdbk

Outputs:

Config Trip

DriveFreq

Max Speed since the last Zero




SIGNAL SPACE I/O DEFINITION CONT'D: Inputs

Cont1_TrEnab Cont2_TrEnab

Signal Space

Configuration Status

Cont3_TrEnab Cont4_TrEnab Cont5_TrEnab Cont6_TrEnab Cont7_TrEnab Acc1_TrEnab Acc2_TrEnab Acc3_TrEnab OT_TrEnab GT_1Shaft GT_2Shaft LM_2Shaft LM_3Shaft LargeSteam MediumSteam SmallSteam Stag_GT_1Sh Stag_GT_2Sh

ETR1_Enab ETR2_Enab ETR3_Enab ETR4_Enab ETR5_Enab ETR6_Enab KE1_Enab KE2_Enab KE3_Enab KE4_Enab KE5_Enab KE6_Enab K4CL_Enab K25A_Enab




MARK VI TURBINE CONTROL & PROTECTION OUTLINE, SKETCH TMD970603

VTUR

special speed cable

TTUR

JR5

SCREW COUNT Speed: 4 x 3 x 2 = 24 PT: 2x2 = 4 Sh Monitor: 2 x 2 = 4 L52G: 2 Bkr Interface 6 TOTAL: 40 screws

JS5 JT5 J5 Optional

JR1

Daughter Card

JS1

two xfrs

3 Relays Gen Synch

JT1

335 VDC from

J3 JR1

J4

SCREW COUNT GM (Flame) 16 Voltage Bus, Pos 03 Voltage Bus, Neg 02 Trip Sol: 03 TOTAL: 24 screws PIN COUNT JQ1: GM (Flame) =8 Relay Dr: =3 Relay Monitor: = 3 335 Vlt Mon: =1 125 VDC Mon =1 Sync Relay, K25A = 1 TOTAL: 17 pins

JS1 J3 JT1

J4

9 Relays (3 x 3 PTR's)

J4 J1 J2 125 VDC

Cable

J1

JZ1

J3

12 Relays To second TREG Board (Optional)

J4

(9 ETR's, 3 Econ Relays) JH1

J5 P125 VDC from NEMA class F

J6

Serial Port

special speed cable JX5

SCREW COUNT Trip Logics: 8 x 2 = 16 Trip Sol: = 3 Voltage Bus, Neg = 3 Voltage Bus, Pos = 2 Series Resistors = 6 TOTAL: 30 screws PIN COUNT JQ1: Trip Logic: 1 + 7 =8 Relay Dr: 1 +3 =4 Relay Mon 1 +3 =4 Sol monitoring = 3 Economizing Relay Dr = 3 Econ Relay monitor = 3 Trip to TSVO Dr =1 Monitor 125 VDC =1 TOTAL: 27 pins

TPRO

J7 JZ5

Ethernet Port

JX1 JY1

125 VDC

JZ1

(Max 48)

(Max 28)

Trip signal to TSVO TB's

JY5

Parallel Port

(Max 28)

TREG

JY1 VPRO

(Max 15)

Trip Solenoids, three circuits

J2 JX1

(Max 48)

J5

TRPG

To second TRPG board (Optional)

PIN COUNT JQ5: Speed: 4 x 2 = 8 pins; JQ1: PT: 2x2= 4 Sh Monitor: 2 x 2 = 4 L52G: 1 Bkr Interface: diag =4 relay dr =3 relay mon = 2 TOTAL: 18 pins

two xfrs

SCREW COUNT Speed, 3 x 3 x 2 = 18 TC: 3 x 3 x 2 = 18 PT: 2x2= 4 mA: = 08 TOTAL: 48 screws PIN COUNT JQ5: Speed: 3 x 2 = 6 pins; JX1: TC: 3x2=6 CJ: 1x2=2 PT: 2x2=4 mA: 3x2 = 6 TOTAL: 18 pins

(Max 48)



MARK VI TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP, TMR , SKETCH TMD970606 PWR_P1 PWR_P2

TREG

47 48

P125 VDC

J2

From TRPG

J2 JX1

K4X

P28X

P28X1

RES1A

"ETR1/4" KX1 JX1 JX1

3

KX2

KX3

KX1

RD

KX1 KY1

03

RES1B

04

SOL1

01


KE1

KY1 KZ1

P124/P24V

KZ1 KX1

3

-------

100 ohm, 70 Watt

J2


JX1,JY1,JZ1

PWR_N1

JY1

K4Y

P28Y

P28Y1

KY1

KY2

KY3

"ETR2/5" KX2 KY2

JY1 JY1

3

02

RES2A

07

RES2B

08

100 ohm, 70 Watt


KE2 SOL2

05

KY1

RD

P124/P24V

3

KY2 KZ2 -------


J2

KZ2 KX2

JX1,JY1,JZ1

PWR_N2

K4Z

P28Z

JZ1

P28Z1

KZ1 JZ1 JZ1

3

KZ2

KZ3

KZ1

RD

KX3 KY3

RES3A

11

RES3B

12

100 ohm, 70 Watt


KE3 SOL3

09

KY3 KZ3

P124/P24V

3

"ETR3/6"

06

-------


J2

KZ3 KX3

JX1,JY1,JZ1

PWR_N3 P28X P28Y "Economizing Relays"

P28VV

P28Z

KE1 JX1

3

JY1 JZ1

3 3

JX1, JY1,JZ1

3

2 RD 3

KE2 KE1

KE3

P124/P24V -------


10



MARK VI TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP, TMR, SKETCH TMD970606, Cont'd TREG Cont'd, for Proto H1APR1 only P125 VDC

JX1,JY1,JZ1


N125 VDC

J2

TRPH1 13

JX1

P28VV

ID JY1

TRPH2 14

CL

ID

JZ1

E-STOP

TRPL1 15

ID

K4X

K4Y

K4Z

TRPL2

16

P28X1

JX1

P28Y1 JY1

Mon -itor

Mon -itor

JZ1

J2

P28Z1

Mon -itor


JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

RD mon

JX1,JY1,JZ1

P28VV K4CL


J1

Servo clamp

K4CL JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

K4CL

RD

JX1,JY1,JZ1


P125X 17

TRP2H

18

TRP2H

JX1, JY1,JZ1

S 7

S

JX1, JY1,JZ1


JH1 P125X N125X

TRPHx 13,14 17 19 21 23 25 27 29

TRPLx 15,16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30


Term

inal B 3 2

4

Trip Interlocks, Closed to Run. Ckt #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8

JX1, JY1,JZ1

BCOM

1

Trip Interlock

k



MARK VI TURBINE EMERGENCY TRIP, TMR, SKETCH TMD970606, Cont'd TREG Cont'd form H1AAA & later P125 VDC

JX1,JY1,JZ1


N125 VDC

JX1

P28VV

ID JY1

CL

J2

TRP1

13

TRP2

14

TRP3

15

TRP4

16

TRP5

17

TRP6

18

E-STOP

ID

JZ1

ID

JX1 K4X

JY1

K4Y

K4Z

JZ1 P28X1 J2


JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

P28Y1 Mon -itor

Mon -itor

RD mon

P28Z1

Mon -itor

JX1,JY1,JZ1

P28VV K4CL


J1

Servo clamp

K4CL JX1 JY1 JZ1

2 3

K4CL

RD

JX1,JY1,JZ1


P125X TRP1A

36

TRP1B

JX1, JY1,JZ1

S 7

S

JX1, JY1,JZ1


JH1 P125X N125X

TRPHx 13,14 35 37 39 41 43 45 47

TRPLx 17,18 36 38 40 42 44 46 48


k inal B Term 3

2

4

Trip Interlocks, Closed to Run. Ckt #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8

JX1, JY1,JZ1

BCOM

1

Trip Interlock

35

g

GE Power Systems

SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Alarm Logic

Display Alarm Message

Cause

Action

L63ADLA

A.A. Diff. Press Low, Auto Problem with atomizing air Xfer to Dist system.

Investigate atomizing air system.

L63ADL_ALM

Atomizing Air Diff. Pressure Low

Atomizing air compressor not providing adequate pressure.

Check atomizing air system.

L26AAH_ALM

Atomizing Air Temperature High

Failure of atomizing precooler louvers to open and close.

Check water supply to the atomizing air pre-cooler, isolating valve position flow restrictions.

L86S

Auto Synchronizing Lockout

Auto synchronizing selfchecking system has detected a synchronizing equipment abnormality.

Investigate synchronization system to determine exact cause of problem.

L83COMF

Auto Xfer to Dist. Communicator Failure

Communication link with auto transfer to distillate system failed.

Check auto transfer to distillate components and communication system.

L52HQ_ALM

Auxiliary Hydraulic Oil Pump Motor Running

Check hydraulic system. Accessory gear-driven hydraulic pump has not supplied sufficient pressure because of leaks or failure of pump.

L52QA_ALM

Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump Motor Running

The main accessory gear driven lube oil pump is supplying insufficient lube oil pressure due to pump failures or leaks.

L49X_ALM

Auxiliary Motor Overload

One of the auxiliary motors Check auxiliary motors to is overloaded. determine which motor is overloaded and the cause of the overloading.

alm_trbl_mk6.doc rev 12/28/99

1

Examine main lube pump. Check pump output and main lube filters for leaks or plugging.

g

GE Power Systems

L52QS_ALM

L27BLN_ALM

L30LOA

Auxiliary Seal Oil Pump Running

Insufficient pressure from main seal oil supply pump.

Check seal oil supply system components.

Battery 125 VDC Ground

Insulation failure has resulted in a ground on the 125 VDC system.

Isolate and remove ground from the system.

Battery Charger AC Undervoltage.

Battery charger AC undervoltage.

Check battery charger AC breaker. Check voltage magnitude.

Battery DC Undervoltage.

Battery system voltage is low. Battery charger is not functioning properly, excessive drain on the batteries, or bad cells in battery.

Check battery charger for proper operation, correct excessive drain on battery, check for bad cells. The gas turbine should not be operated unless DC power is available to the emergency DC lube oil pump.

Bearing Drain Temperature High bearing drain High temperature.

Check lube oil feed and drain piping.

Bearing Metal Temperature High

Bearing or lube oil problem.

Check bearings and lube oil system.

L27VVN_ALM

Black Start Inverter Trouble

The black start inverter output voltage has gone low, ignition power has been transferred to the MCC 12 VAC

Troubleshoot black start inverter.

L27BN_ALM

Bus Undervoltage – No Auto Synch

Bus synchronizing potential not available.

Check bus PT fuses and wiring. Do not use auto synchronizing or manual synchronizing until problem is resolved.

L28FD_SD

Chamber Flamed Out During Shutdown

Flame loss during fired shutdown period.

Investigate cause and remedy before restarting turbine. Monitor vibration on the way up.


2

g

GE Power Systems

L30SPA

Combustion Trouble

Faulty thermocouples, gas path hardware or uneven distribution of fuel to the fuel nozzles.

Analyze data for trends. At earliest shutdown check thermocouples. Perform borescope or combustion inspection. Check flow divider fuel pressures. Check for plugged nozzles.

LCOM_B_ALM

Common IO Communication Loss

processor is no longer communicating.

Check power supply card and cabling.

L86Cb1

Compressor Bleed Valve Position Trouble

Compressor bleed valves have not operated properly. They are in the wrong position or required an excessive amount of time to move from one position to the other.

Investigate problem. The problem should be corrected before restarting. The Master Reset switch must be pressed before restarting.

L86TCI

Compressor Inlet Thermocouples Disagree

Bad thermocouple signal. Thermocouples in the inlet have failed, shorted or open.

Check thermocouples and wiring and replace faulty thermocouple(s).

L26CTH_ALM

Control Panel Temp High

Air-conditions not maintaining proper temperature.

Check air conditioners.

L12HF

Control Speed Signal Loss – HP

Machine tripped due to loss of speed signal.

Check wiring to speed pickups.

L12HFD_C

Control Speed Signal Trouble – HP

HP speed pickup voting mismatch in .

Check and recalibrate HP speed pickups.

L12HFD_P

Control Speed Signal Trouble – HP

HP speed pickup voting mismatch in
.

Check and recalibrate HP speed pickups.

L12LF

Control Speed Signal Trouble – LP

LP speed pickup voting mismatch.

Check and recalibrate LP speed pickups.

L30CD

Cooldown Trouble

Unit failed to go on cooldown, or the cooldown cycle was aborted prior to cooldown timer timeout.

Check ratchet system. Monitor vibration when cooldown cycle is reinitiated.


3

g

GE Power Systems

L52FC_ALM

Cooling Fan Motor Breaker Open

Cooling fan motor did not start.

Check cooling fan motor module in PECC

L71WL_ALM

Cooling Water Level Low

Cooling water tank level low.

Check cooling water system for leaks.

L63QQ3H_ALM

Coupling Oil Filter Diff Pressure High

Clogged filter.

Replace filter.

L3CP_ALM

Customer Start Inhibit

Customer contact input not enabled.

Check customer’s permissive.

L4CT_ALM

Customer Trip

Customer trips input to the L4CT logic have caused an automatic trip of the unit.

Determine which of the customer trip devices caused the trip and correct.

Customer-Specific Alarms L27QEL_ALM

DC Motor Undervoltage (Lube Oil)

DC power not supplied to emergency DC lube pump.

Check power to DC lube pump (MCC breaker on). The gas turbine should not be operated unless DC power is available to the emergency DC lube pump.

L26DWH_ALM

Diesel Engine Cooling Water Temp High

Diesel cooling water temperature is high.

Check diesel cooling water system.

L2DWZ2

Diesel Failure to Break Turbine Away

Diesel was unable to accelerate to maximum rpm.

Check diesel. Check diesel maximum torque solenoid.

L48DSX

Diesel Failure to Start

Diesel has failure to start.

Check diesel fuel tank.

L4DEY_ALM

Diesel Failure to Stop

Diesel should stop automatically after a 5minute cooldown period.

Check diesel stop solenoid 20DV.

L63QDN_ALM

Diesel Lube Oil Pressure Low

Diesel lube oil pressure is low.

Check diesel lube oil system.

L83DT1

Diesel Test Mode Selected

Indication that diesel test pushbutton permissive has been activated.

Test mode should be deselected once the test is complete.

L63LF2H_ALM

Distillate Fuel Filter

Clogged filter.

Replace filter.


4

g

GE Power Systems Differential Pressure High L26FD1H_ALM

Distillate Fuel Temperature High

Possible cooling system problem.

Check temperature sensor and cooling system.

L12H

Electrical Overspeed Trip – HP

The speed control system has not limited HP turbine speed within the trip limits.

Isolate problem and correct.

L12L

Electrical Overspeed Trip – LP

The speed control system has not limited LP turbine speed within the trip limits.


L72QEZ_ALM

Emergency Lube Oil Pump Motor Running

Loss of AC power to main lube oil pumps.

Determine cause of AC power loss.

L72ES_ALM

Emergency Seal Oil Pump Running

Generator seal oil pressure is low.

Check main and auxiliary seal oil system components.

L59E_ALM

Exciter Overvoltage

Excessive field volts have been detected.

Check exciter.

L94EK

Exciter Rect Cooling Trouble – Trip 52G

Breaker has tripped and machine is at FSNL because of problem with exciter rectifier cooling.

Investigate exciter rectifier cooling system.

L26SFH_ALM

Exciter Rectifier Bridge Temp High

Possible cooling system problem.

Check exciter rectifier cooling system.

L86TXT

Exhaust Overtemperature Trip

The temperature control system has not limited exhaust temperature within the trip limits


L63TK_ALM

Exhaust Frame Cooling Air Exhaust frame blower Pressure Low motor not operating. Air passages blocked.

Check motor operation. Inspect cooling airflow passages.

L90TKL

Exhaust Frame Cooling System Trouble – Unload

Investigate exhaust frame cooling system.


Exhaust frame cooling fans 88TK-1,2 problem or system problem.

5

g

GE Power Systems

L63EAH_ALM

Exhaust Pressure High Alarm

Exhaust pressure has risen above recommended levels.

Inspect exhaust filter and ducting for blockage.

L63ETH

Exhaust Pressure High Trip

Exhaust pressure has risen above the trip level.

Inspect exhaust filter and ducting for blockage.

L63ETHX_ALM

Exhaust Pressure Switch Trouble

Bad signal from exhaust pressure switch.

Check switches and switch wiring.

L30TXA

Exhaust Temperature High

The exhaust gas temperature is excessive.

Check all thermocouples. Replace any bad thermocouple. If problem is not thermocouples, isolate portion of Control System causing the problem.

L30SPTA

Exhaust Thermocouple Trouble

Faulty thermocouple.

Check thermocouples.

L86TFB

Exhaust Thermocouples Open Trip

Excessive number of thermocouples not connected.

Check and reconnect thermocouples.

L63FLZ_FLT

Failure to Establish Liquid Fuel Press.

Liquid fuel forwarding system problem.

Check that power is being supplied to liquid fuel forwarding pump/motor. Troubleshoot per system components per instructions.

L30FD_ALM

Failure to Ignite

Failure to fire within the one minute period.

Check that ac power is supplied to the ignition system.

L62TT2_ALM

Failure to Start

The master protective logic signal “L4” has not been set within 30 seconds of the start signal, has tripped the unit twice or, if the unit is operating in remote, flame was not established after two tries.

Check all signals making up the L4 logic signal to determine which caused the problem, or determine cause of lack of flame establishment.


6

g

GE Power Systems

L3Z

Failure to Synchronize

Unit did not synchronize and close generator breaker within the normal expected time (15 seconds).

Check all signals going making up the L4 logic signal to determine which caused the problem or determine the cause of lack of flame establishment.

L45FTX2_ALM

Fire in Zone #1 or

Fire in the turbine or accessory compartment.

L45FTX1_ALM

Zone #2 Trip

Restarting after an operation of the CO 2 system requires that the CO2 system be reset, including all doors and dampers, and the CO2 release mechanism.

L45FAX_ALM

Fire Protection System Inoperative

CO2 pressure or control problem.

Check fire protection system.

L28FD_ALM

Flame Detector Trouble

One of the detectors operating when no flame is present.

Check for proper operation of the flame detection system. Check that the flame detector quartz windows are clean.

L60FSRG

FSR Gas Not at Max Limit

Manual FSR control has not been reset to a position where it will not interfere with automatic FSR control.

Raise the manual FSR control to maximum.

L3GCVFLT

Gas Control Valve Servo Trouble

The gas control valve feedback signal is abnormal.

Check LVDT.

L63HGL_SENSR

Gas Fuel Hydraulic Pressure Switch Trouble

Bad signal from hydraulic pressure switch.

Check switch and switch wiring.

L63HGL_ALM

Gas Fuel Hydraulic Trip Pressure Low

Low oil pressure in gas fuel hydraulic oil trip circuit.

Check the control oil filter and control oil piping. This alarm will actuate if the turbine is tripped with the manual emergency trip valve on the turbine or a large leak were to occur in the hydraulic trip circuit piping.


7

g

GE Power Systems

L3GFIVP

Gas Fuel Inter-valve Pressure Trouble

Pressure sensed between the gas control valve and the speed ratio valve is abnormal.

Check GRV control system, inter-valve vent, and pressure transducer.

L63PGFT

Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge System Pressure High

Problem with valves.

Determine cause of incorrect valve positioning.

L94PGT

Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge System Trouble Trip

Either VA13-1 or –2 or 20VG-2 are stuck open and machine has tripped. Gas may be backing through the system.

Check valves for cause. Correct positioning prior to re-fire.

L33PGFT

Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge Valve Fail to Close

VA13-1 or –2 are obstructed.

Check valves to remove obstruction to resume purge.

L33PGO_ALM

Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge Valve Fail to Open

No atomizing air flow; VPR44-1 stuck.

Check valve.

L63FGL_ALM

Gas Fuel Pressure Low

Gas fuel pressure to turbine has been sensed as low.

Check cause of low supply pressure.

L3GRVFLT

Gas Ratio Valve Position Servo Trouble

The gas ratio valve feedback signal is abnormal.

Check LVDT.

L63CA3L_ALM

Gen Air Filter Cleaner Pressure Low

Generator air inlet filter cleaning system problems.

Check air inlet filter cleaning components.

L43HPA_ALM

Gen Purge System on Manual Control

Operator has selected manual control.

Change to automatic control.

L52GA_ALM

Gen. Inlet Air Dirt Separator Not Running

Generator inlet air dirt separator malfunction.

Check separator motor for proper operation. Check supply system wiring.

L63GFH_ALM

Generator Air Filter High Pressure Drop

High pressure differential across generator air inlet filters.

Inspect and clean/change filter elements, as required.


8

g

GE Power Systems

L63BQL_ALM

Generator Bearing Vacuum Generator bearings are Low sealed by vacuum. This alarm indicates a potential problem with the sealing system.

Investigate generator bearing sealing system.

L52G_ALM

Generator Breaker Tripped

Generator breaker has been tripped by an automatic protective device or manually.

Determine device that tripped the breaker.

L63GKL_ALM

Generator Casing Hydrogen Press. Low

Low hydrogen pressure in generator

Check hydrogen supply system.

L71WGH_ALM

Generator Casing Liquid Level High

Liquids have accumulated in bottom of generator.

Remove liquids, check for leaks and take action to prevent recurrence of problem.

L33GCC_ALM

Generator CO2 Door Trouble.

Generator CO2 door is closed.

Door must be opened and the latch reset.

L86TGT_ALM

Generator Differential Trip

A generator panel protective device has tripped the 86G lockout relay.

Determine which protective device tripped the 86G and correct the abnormality that precipitated the trip.

L64F_ALM

Generator Field Ground

A ground on the generator field has been detected.

Operation of the generator with the field grounded is not recommended as a second ground could result in excessive damage to the generator field.

L94H_ALM

Generator Hydrogen Purge Shutdown

Shutdown is initiated due to one or more hydrogen system problems, e.g., hydrogen purity has fallen to shutdown level.

Check hydrogen cabinet for undervoltage. Check hydrogen control switch in maintenance/auto. Check and restore hydrogen purity. Check seal unit. If purity continues to deteriorate, a possible hazard condition may develop.


9

g

GE Power Systems

L49GH_ALM

Generator Stator Temp High

Generator stator temperature is excessive caused by lack of cooling or overload.

The generator should not be operated when the stator temperature is excessive. Check cooling system, reduce overload on generator.

L94GEN

Generator Ventilation Trouble Shutdown

Temperature in generator compartment exceeds limits. Vent fans inoperable or insufficient to handle ventilation requirements.

Check generator ventilation system for proper fan/motor operation. Check ventilation dampers for proper operation/position.

L63FU2LA

Heavy Fuel Pressure Low, Auto Xfer to Dist

Problem with heavy fuel system.

Investigate heavy fuel system.

L26FU2LA

Heavy Fuel Temp Low, Auto Xfer to Dist

Problem with heavy fuel system.

Investigate heavy fuel system.

L3FUZ

Heavy Fuel Transfer Permissive Trouble

Turbine unable to transfer to heavy fuel.

Check heavy fuel system. Be sure fuel is warm and free flowing.

L30SPT

High Exhaust Temp. Spread Trip

Faulty thermocouples, gas path parts or uneven distribution of fuel to the fuel nozzles.

Analyze data for trends. Perform borescope or combustion inspection. Check flow divider, fuel pressures. Check for plugged nozzles.

L39VA

High Vibration Alarm

High vibration at one or more bearings.

Monitor vibration readings.

L39VTX_ALM

High Vibration Trip or Shutdown

High vibration due to bowed rotor, mechanical imbalance, bearing failure, etc.

Check that the hydraulic ratchet is operating properly. Check for mechanical failures, observe vibration level on the next startup.

L30TNH_DIFF

HP Speed Signal Differential Alarm

One of the HP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the other two.

Check HP speed pickups.


10

g

GE Power Systems

L63HF1H_ALM

Hydraulic Filter Differential Pressure High

Clogged filter.

Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result. Change filter.

L86HD

Hydraulic Protective Trouble

One second after the hydraulic oil trip is initiated either the liquid fuel stop valve is not closed or the hydraulic trip pressure (63HG, 63HL) has not decreased sufficiently.

Check operation of 20FL and 20HD servos.

L63HQ1L_ALM

Hydraulic Supply Pressure Low

Hydraulic supply pressure is low.

Check hydraulic supply pressure filter and differential pressure gauge, regulating valve or pump.

L27GHN_ALM

Hydrogen Control Panel Undervoltage

AC power supply voltage low.

Check power supply for proper operations. Check wiring.

L63GL_GH_AL

Hydrogen Pressure High or Low (GEN)

High machine gas pressure or low manifold gas pressure.

Check generator hydrogen system.

L63HHL_ALM

Hydrogen Pressure Low (Skid)

Hydrogen supply side pressure low.

Check skid components for proper operation.

L30HP

Hydrogen Purity Trouble

Bad generator hydrogen purity or purity pressure.

Check generator hydrogen system.

LWLX4MIN

Injection to Fuel Ratio Low-Four Minute Average

Steam (water) injection flow four minute average low.

Check steam (water) injection system.

LWLXHR

Injection to Fuel Ratio Low-Hourly Average

Steam (water) injection flow one hour average low.


L86GVA

Inlet Guide Vane Control Trouble Alarm

IGV control system problem

Check IGV control system.

L4IGVT

Inlet Guide Vane Control Trouble Trip

IGV control system problem

Check IGV control system.


11

g

GE Power Systems

L3IGVFLT

Inlet Guide Vane Position Servo Trouble

Incorrect servo operation

Check servos.

L30TNI_DIFF

IP Speed Signal Differential Alarm

One of the IP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the others.

Check IP speed pickups.

L71WG_ALM

Liquid Detected in Generator

Excessive liquid in bottom of generator.

Remove liquid and take corrective action to prevent recurrence of problem.

L3LFLT

Liquid Fuel Control Fault

Liquid fuel checking system has detected an abnormal servo or LVDT position or signal.

Determine abnormal condition by reading signals (L3LFLT1 to L3LFLT5).

L63LF1H_ALM

Liquid Fuel Filter Differential Pressure High

Clogged filter.


L30FQL_DIFF

Liquid Fuel Flow Differential Alarm

Speed pickups on flow divider disagree.

Check and recalibrate speed pickups.

L63HL_SENSR

Liquid Fuel Hydraulic Pressure Switch Trouble

Bad signal from hydraulic pressure switch.

Check switch and switch wiring.

L63HLL_ALM

Liquid Fuel Hydraulic Trip Pressure Low

Low oil pressure in liquid fuel hydraulic oil trip circuit.

Check the control oil filter and control oil piping. This alarm will actuate if the turbine is tripped with the manual emergency trip valve on the turbine or a large leak were to occur in the hydraulic trip circuit piping.

L63FLZ_ALM

Liquid Fuel Pressure Low

Liquid fuel forwarding system problem.

Check fuel forwarding system components for proper operation. Check liquid fuel forwarding piping for leaks.


12

g

GE Power Systems

L3LFP_FLT

Liquid Fuel Pump Control Trouble

Problem with one or more control devices.

Troubleshoot liquid fuel pump control components to determine problem and correct.

L33FL_ALM

Liquid Fuel Stop Valve Failure to Open

Valve or control failure.

Check operation of VSI and controls.

L26FL2LA

Liquid Fuel Temp Low, Auto Xfer to Dist

Heavy fuel temperature is low. Unit has been automatically transferred to distillate fuel operation.

Check heavy fuel supply heating equipment.

L3TFLT

Loss of Compressor Discharge Pressure Bias

Bad signal from compressor discharge pressure transmitter.

Check transmitter and associated connections for proper bias signal.

L3DWRF

Loss of External Setpoint Load Signal

L28FDT

Loss of Flame Trip

Failure of one of the detectors to detect flame.

Check for following: fuel being supplied to the combustors, flame in all chambers, damaged crossfire tubes, or combustors. Check for proper control valve position and fuel pressure.

L63QTX

Low Lube Oil Pressure trip

Lube oil pressure has fallen below the trip level.

Determine cause and correct before restarting unit.

L30TNL_DIFF

LP Speed Signal Differential Alarm

One of the LP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the other two.

Check HP speed pickups.

L26QA_ALM

Lube Oil Header Temp High

Lube header temperature above recommended limits.

Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat exchangers, cooling water fans (proper rotation) and temperature regulating valve.


13

g

GE Power Systems

L26QT_ALM

Lube Oil Header Temp High Trip

Lube header temperature above recommended limits.

Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat exchangers, cooling water fans (proper rotation) and temperature regulating valve.

L71QH_ALM

Lube Oil Level High

Lube oil tank level high.

Investigate cause of high level alarm and restore normal level.

L71QL_ALM

Lube Oil Level Low

Lube oil tank level low.

Check for leaks, restore normal level.

L63QA1L_ALM

Lube Oil Pressure Low

Lube system leaks or pump trouble.

Repair leaks or pump.

L63QT_SENSR

Lube Oil Pressure Switch Trouble

Bad signal from lube oil pressure switch.


L26QN_ALM

Lube Oil Tank Temperature Low

Lube tank temperature below recommended limits (see piping schematic).

Check for proper operation of the lube oil tank heaters. Starting is inhibited if the tank temperature is low.

L26QT_SENSR

Lube Oil Temperature Switch Trouble

Bad signal from lube oil temperature switch.


L63QQ1H_ALM

Main LO Filter Diff Pressure High

Clogged filter.


L43MAINT

Maintenance – Forcing Mode Enable

Auto calibrate, memory When done with the changing or logic forcing operation, deselect the mode of operation has been operation. selected.

L86MAN_SYNC

Manual Synchronizing Lockout

Manual synch lockout has been selected on . Breaker will not close.

Determine why manual synch has been locked out. Reset using Master Reset target on .

L5E_ALM

Manual Trip

The emergency stop pushbutton has been pressed.

Correct abnormality that caused the operator to push the emergency stop pushbutton.


14

g

GE Power Systems

L86MP

Master Protective Startup Lockout

Within the turbine control panel the three microprocessor controllers R, S, and T are in disagreement for the proper condition of the Master Protective logic “4X”.

Determine which controller is in disagreement with the other two.

L27MC1N_ALM

MCC Undervoltage

Motor control center undervoltage.

Check that power is supplied to the motor control center.

L30LTA

No. 3 Bearing Temperature High

High number 3 bearing temperature.

Check lube oil feed and drain piping.

L33BS_ALM

No. 3 Drain Valve Position Trouble

Valve incorrectly positioned.

Check drain valve operations.

L3NZFLT

Nozzle Control Servo Trouble

Problem with second stage nozzle servo.

Check servo wiring and hydraulic oil system.

L43DIAG_ALM

Off-Line Diagnostics Running

Off-line diagnostic operation has been selected.

Do not start unit until diagnostics are complete.

L3WCTIM_ALM

On Line Water Wash Inhibited

Ambient temperature is below 50 degree F.

Wait to water wash until ambient temperature is higher.

L12HBLT_ALM

Overspeed Bolt Trip – HP

The speed control system has not limited turbine speed within the trip limits.


L83HOST

Overspeed Test Mode Selected – HP

HP overspeed trip being tested.

See “Overspeed Trip Checks” section of text.

L83LOST

Overspeed Test Mode Selected – LP

LP overspeed trip being tested.

See “Overspeed Trip Checks” section of text.

L30EK

Prim Exciter Rect Cooling Fan Trouble

Problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan.

Determine and correct problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan.


15

g

GE Power Systems

L4ETR_FLT

Protective Module ETR Relay Trouble

Trip due to a problem with master protective (4’s) circuit.

Isolate
Protective Module and correct the problem.

L12H_P_ALM

Protective Module Overspeed Trip – HP

module HP overspeed trip.

Investigate cause of overspeed.

L12L_P_ALM

Protective Module Overspeed Trip – LP

module LP overspeed trip.

Investigate cause of overspeed.

L12LF_OS

Protective Speed Signal Trouble – LP

LP speed pickup voting mismatch in
.

Check and recalibrate LP speed pickups.

L30HRX2

Ratchet Did Not Start

Ratchet did not initiate a ratchet stroke in the prescribed time.

Check ratchet permissives.

L49HR1A_ALM

Ratchet Motor Overload

Ratchet motor overload.

Check ratchet motor overload (MCC). Check for proper operation of ratchet mechanism.

L30HRX1

Ratchet Trouble

Ratchet did not complete a prescribed motion in normal time.

Check for proper operation of ratchet mechanism.

L30RHLTX

Relative Humidity Sensor Fault

Humidity sensor failure.

Check sensor and wiring.

R5E_ALM

Remote Emergency Trip

Unit was tripped with the remote emergency trip pushbutton.

Investigate and correct cause of trip. Manually reset pushbutton.

L63SAL_ALM

Seal Oil Diff. Pressure Low

Low seal oil pressure across bearings.

Check seal oil system.

L63ST

Seal Oil Diff. Pressure Low Shutdown

Seal oil pressure across bearings has reached shutdown setpoint.

Correct seal oil system problem before restarting.

L71SDH_ALM

Seal Oil Drain Liquid Level High

Seal oil drain system problem

Check generator seal oil drain system.

L63STX_ALM

Seal Oil Press. Shutdown Switch Trouble

Bad signal from seal oil pressure switch.


L30WC_LAG

Standby Cooling Water

Either low cooling water

Investigate problem with


16

g

GE Power Systems Pump Running

pressure, or a problem with the main cooling water pump.

cooling water system or main cooling water pump.

L30FD_LAG

Standby Dist Fuel Fwd Pump Running

Low distillate fuel pressure or problem with main dist fuel fwd pump.

Investigate fuel forwarding system and main pump.

L4DT

Starting Device Lockout

L3SMT

Starting Device Trip

The turbine has been tripped because the starting device has failed to start the turbine.

Note where in the start sequence the turbine tripped to aid in determining cause of trip. Check the suspect system.

Starting Motor Breaker Did Not Pick Up

Cranking motor did not start.

Check limitamp for energizing or overload.

L4CRT

Starting Motor Breaker Did Not Pick Up

Starting motor did not start.

Checking starting motor module in PECC.

L49CR_ALM

Starting Motor Overload

Starting motor is showing an overload.

Investigate starting motor circuits.

L86CRTX

Starting Motor Protective Lockout

Cranking motor circuit electrical fault.

Clear fault and reset 88CR.

L2SFT

Startup Fuel Flow Excessive Trip

Excessive fuel for startup has been detected. For gas fuel the gas control valve is open too far.

Check the servo and feedback signals for proper operation.

L30EKR

Stby Exciter Rect Cooling Fan Running

Problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan.

Determine and correct problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan.

L60APHA_ALM

Steam Augmentation – High Pressure

High steam pressure.

Reduce steam pressure.

L60APHT

Steam Augmentation High Pressure Trip

Steam augmentation system tripped due to high pressure.

Correct problem before restarting steam augmentation.


17

g

GE Power Systems

L60ATHT

Steam Augmentation – High Temp. Trip

Steam augmentation system tripped due to high temperature.


L60ATHA_ALM

Steam Augmentation – High Temperature

High steam temperature.

Reduce steam temperature.

L60APLA_ALM

Steam Augmentation – Low Pressure

Low steam pressure.

Increase steam pressure.

L60ALPT_ALM

Steam Augmentation – Low Pressure Trip

Steam augmentation system tripped due to low pressure.


L600ATLT_ALM

Steam Augmentation – Low Temp. Trip

Steam augmentation system tripped due to low temperature.


L60ATLA_ALM

Steam Augmentation – Low Temperature

Low steam temperature.

Increase steam temperature.

L60WL1_ALM

Steam Flow High

Excessive steam flow.

Check steam system.

L60WQPL_ALM

Steam Flow High Lockout

Excessive steam flow.

Correct problem before restarting.

L30SJ

Steam Injection Not Selected

NOx control steam injection system inoperative.

Select Steam Injection on .

L60SPHA_ALM

Steam Pressure High


Reduce steam pressure.

L60SPHT_ALM

Steam Pressure High Lockout


Correct steam pressure before restarting.

L60SPLA_ALM

Steam Pressure Low

Low steam pressure.

Increase steam pressure.

L60SPLT_ALM

Steam Pressure Low Lockout

Low steam pressure.

Correct steam pressure before restarting.

L60STHA_ALM

Steam Temperature High


Reduce steam temperature.

L60STHT_ALM

Steam Temperature High Lockout


Correct steam temperature before restarting.


18

g

GE Power Systems

L60STLA_ALM

Steam Temperature Low


Increase steam temperature.

L60STLT_ALM

Steam Temperature Low Lockout


Correct steam temperature before restarting.

LWLXHR

Steam to Fuel Ratio Low Hourly Average

Steam (water) injection flow one hour average low.


L63QQ2H_ALM

Trip Oil Filter Diff Pressure High

Clogged filter.

Replace filter.

L63TF1H_ALM

Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure Alarm

Clogged filter.

Replace filter.

L63TFH_ALM

Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure ShutDown

Clogged or iced filter.

Determine cause of blockage.

L63TFH_SENSR

Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure Switch Trouble

Bad signal from differential pressure switch.

Check switch calibration and switch wiring.

L30TFX

Turbine Air Inlet Trouble

Inlet filter excessive pressure drop or inlet filter motor overloaded or inlet compartment bypass door is not in proper position.

Check the following: Inlet filter for blockage. Inlet filter motor for proper operation. Inlet house bypass door.

L26BT1H_ALM

Turbine Compartment Temp High

Compartment temperature excessive.

Check cooling air fan for proper operation.

L83KU_ALM

Turbine Compressor Abrasive Cleaning Selected

Compressor being cleaned.

Turn function off when cleaning is complete.

L48

Turbine Incomplete Sequence

Failure of unit to reach complete sequence.

Check equipment that is causing the problem in the normal sequence.

L3A

Turbine Underspeed

Turbine has bogged down.

Reduce the load that will be applied to the generator before re-closing the generator breaker.


19

g

GE Power Systems

L39VD3_ALM

Vibration – Start Inhibit

Vibration protection system problem.

Check vibration protection system.

L39VDIFF

Vibration Differential Trouble

Vibration protection system problem.

Check vibration protection system.

L30VD1

Vibration Sensor Disabled

Signal from vibration sensor is faulty.

Check vibration sensors and wiring.

L39VF

Vibration Transducer Fault

Vibration detector impedance is not within normal bounds.

Check impedance of each vibration detector.

L3WFD_ALM

Water Flow Feedback Trouble

A disagreement between the water flow sensors has been detected.

Determine failed sensor and replace.

L86WN3

Water Flow High Lockout

Water injection system locked out due to excessive water flow. This is dangerous because it could extinguish flame.

Investigate water injection system.

L3WFLT_ALM

Water Flow Sensor Trouble

Water flow sensors disagree.

Recalibrate or replace faulty flow sensor.

L86WN1

Water Injection Suction Pressure High Lockout

High supply pressure.

Check water supply system.

L86WN2

Water Injection Discharge Pressure Low Lockout

Low supply pressure.

Check water supply system.

L30WN

Water Injection Not Selected

NO x control water injection system inoperative.

Select Water Injection on .

L26JS2H_ALM

Water Skid Enclosure Temperature High

Failure of exhaust fan.

Check exhaust fan-/motor components for proper operation.

L26ALL_ALM

Water Skid Enclosure Temperature Low

Failure of heaters.

Check heater and blower for proper operation.

L86WN4

Water System Trouble Lockout

Water injection system not ready for use.

Check water injection system components.


20

g

GE Power Systems

L3WSFLT_ALM

Water Valve LVDT Trouble

Water valve LVDTs disagree.

Recalibrate or replace faulty LVDT.

L30TWW

Water Wash Inhibit Wheelspace Temp High

Turbine not sufficiently cooled before attempting water wash.

Allow turbine to cool to specification prior to selection.

L30WSA1

Wheelspace Temp Differential High

Excessive differential between wheelspace thermocouples.

Check thermocouples for shorts, grounds, or opens. Replace failures. If condition persists investigate for seal failure.

L30WSA2

Wheelspace Temperature High

High wheelspace temperature.

Check thermocouples, investigate for seal failure.


21

GFK 1180K To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GFK 1180K in tab 16.

GFK 1396F To access this document, go to the contents and click on the link to GFK 1396F in tab 17.

Servovalve Overview Moog CONTROLS

TORQUE MOTOR

COILS TOP POLE PIECE

PERMANENT MAGNET

ARMATURE FLAPPER MOTOR SHIM

FLEXURE SLEEVE

FILTER

NOZZLE

BOTTOM POLE PIECE

ORIFICE, INLET

FEEDBACK SPRING

SPOOL STOP

BUSHING (SLEEVE)

SPOOL (SLIDE) ORIFICE, RETURN

END CAP

1350 PSI DRAIN BODY (HOUSING)

LVDT

TO < RST >

MOOG2 9/97

SUPPLY PRESSURE

CONTROL PORT PRESSURES

FILTERED 1st STAGE SUPPLY PRESSURE

RETURN PRESSURE

1st STAGE CONTROL PRESSURE

INTERNAL DRAIN PRESSURE

g

GEI-100506 Supersedes GEI-100271

GE Industrial Systems

System Database (SDB) Browser These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation, and maintenance. If further information is desired or if particular problems arise that are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purpose, the matter should be referred to GE Industrial Systems. This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA and is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation, testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document shall not be reproduced in whole or in part, nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third party without the written approval of GE Industrial Systems. Section Page Introduction..................................................................................................................3 Installation ...................................................................................................................3 Starting the SDB Browser............................................................................................3 From SDB Server Control ....................................................................................3 From the Toolbox or SDB Utilities ......................................................................5 SDB Browser Toolbar ..........................................................................................5 SDB Browser Tabs ......................................................................................................6 Signal Tab.............................................................................................................6 Topology Tab .....................................................................................................10 Where Used Tab .................................................................................................11 Alarms Tab .........................................................................................................12 Scale Tab ............................................................................................................12 NetGroups Tab ...................................................................................................12 Resources Tab.....................................................................................................13 Signal Fields ..............................................................................................................14 Data Types..........................................................................................................18 Message Classes for DLAN+ .............................................................................19

________ CIMPLICITY is a registered trademark of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation. PC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. Series 90 is a trademark of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

Introduction The Browser can be accessed from the toolbox with or without having a device open.

SDB Browser is used to view the contents of an SDB database, display the topology of a system, and perform a filtered signal search on the SDB, list system scales, and more. The SDB Browser is implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (.dll), so it must be started from another application, such as the Control System Toolbox, the SDB Server Control, or SDB Utilities and the Diagnose application.

Installation For assistance, contact: Industrial Systems General Electric Company Product Service Engineering 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA Phone + 1 540 387 7595 Fax + 1 540 387 8606 (replace + with the international access code)

Control System Solutions installs various products for control systems as selected in the setup program. It is recommended that you exit all Windows® programs before beginning. A dialog box will prompt you for a license key, which can be found on the actual CD. You must agree to the standard Software License Agreement for these products. Ø

To install the product

•

Place the Control System Solutions CD in the disk drive. The Setup program executes automatically, or run the program setup.exe.

•

Follow the instructions from each screen. For more help press F1.

Starting the SDB Browser The SDB Browser is started from the SDB Server Control command button or from the toolbox or SDB Utility’s View menu, as described in the following sections.

From SDB Server Control Refer to the application manual, GEI-100189 or the online help.

Ø

To start the SDB Browser from the SDB Server Control

•

From the SDB Server Control dialog box, click on the then click

GEI-100506 Control System Solutions

button,

button.

System Database (SDB) Browser • 3

The SDB Maintenance dialog box displays.

Enter the name of the database to search.

Click on the Browse SDB button. The SDB Browser window displays.

4 • System Database (SDB) Browser

Control System Solutions GEI-100506

From the Toolbox or SDB Utilities Ø

To start the SDB Browser from the toolbox or SDB Utilities

1.

Select an SDB to enable the SDB Browser. From the toolbox, select Options menu, Settings, and the tab Database. From SDB Utilities, select Options menu and Select SDB.

Refer to the online help found in both applications.

2.

From either application, select the View menu, and SDB Browser. The SDB Browser window displays.

SDB Browser Toolbar The SDB Browser displays the following buttons on the toolbar: Click

To keep the Browser Window open and on top of the screen. If this pushpin displays, the window closes when the area outside is clicked. Click on this pushpin to keep the Browser displayed on top of other windows. Close the Browser Window when the area outside is clicked. This pushpin displays when the pushpin above is clicked on. The Browser Window remains open and on top of the screen when the pushpin is in this position (even when working in another window). Hide all tabs and make the Browser window display only the Output View. Load signal query settings from a file (only available in the Signal tab). Save the current signal query settings to a binary file with the extension .sqs (only available in the Signal tab). Save results of the signal query to a text file that can be viewed in Notepad (only available in the Signal tab). Print the signal query results in the Output View to produce a hard copy (only available in the Signal tab). Delete a device and all signals owned by the device from the SDB database (only available in the Topology tab). display the Help file for this utility.



SDB Browser Tabs The following sections describe the tabs that can be selected to start a search.

Signal Tab Ø

To perform a signal query

1.

From the SDB Browser, select the tab Signal.

To define the signal query, click on the Query... button (Refer to the Query Design dialog box in step 2.) The finished query displays in the Output View



2. The order shown in the following screen is the default order.

From the tab Signal, click on Query. The Query Design dialog box displays. In the Query Design dialog box, a Field represents each attribute of a signal. The order of the field columns in the dialog box determines the order of the data when the results of the query display in the Output View. Change this order by clicking on a column to highlight it, then drag-and-drop to a new location. Signal fields can be rearranged using drag-and-drop.

Sort arranges the order of multicolumns. Show or Hide determines the visibility of a field in the Output View.

Criteria or Or establishes the guidelines of the find (such as using Wildcards).

3.

Click on the column/cell to highlight it. Select the Sort and Visibility for each field. Edit the order of the columns, if desired. Sort is a drop-down list to arrange the order of the data by selecting None, Ascending, or Descending. Sort order is from left to right and the default is None. Visibility is a drop-down list to Show or Hide a field (column) to minimize the number of columns of the Output View results. Show is the default.

4.

Enter the item(s) to query in the row(s) Criteria: and Or: Criteria: and Or: are used to establish the filter of the query. Enter the item to match in the desired field (column). Wildcards, such as the asterisk symbol (*) (match any number of any character) and question mark (?) (match one of any character) are allowed.

5.


Click OK and view the results in the Output View.


Criteria Examples The following are examples of entering multiple criteria in the Query Design dialog box. Match signals where: REG1NAME begins with R and REG2NAME equals FEED.

REG1NAME equals MILL1 or REG1NAME equals MILL2.

REG1NAME begins with R and REG2NAME equals FEED or NET_NAME equals RDL01. Criteria is evaluated by the row. Therefore, match signals where REG1NAME begins with R and REG2NAME equals FEED are evaluated first. Then, the next row, NET_NAME equals RDL01, is evaluated. REG1NAME begins with R and NET_NAME equals RDL01 or REG1NAME begins with R and NET_NAME equals RDL02.



Signal Query Example To change the order of columns, click on the column, then drag-and drop to the new location.

The following Query Design changes the default order of the columns. The first five columns have Show for the visibility attribute, so the resulting list will only show the owning device plus the full signal name. The criteria (or filter) reads: Match all signals where REG1NAME begins with the letters FM or where REG2NAME equals SHAW or REG2NAME = test. (The filter is not casesensitive.)

The following screen displays the results of the signal query in the Output View.

Click to restore a previously saved query design.

A query design can be saved. The saved file will include the criteria of each column, the sort order, visibility, and the order of the columns. Click

to save the query design to a binary file with the extension .sqs.

Click

to save the results as a text file that can be viewed in Notepad.



Topology Tab The button gets recent data from the SDB database.

Ø

To display topology information

1.

From the SDB Browser, select the tab Topology.

2.

Click the Update button. The Topology Output View displays as shown below.

View Options

Output Views

Expand the hierarchy by clicking on the symbol .

The left Output View displays devices, networks, and pages in a hierarchy. Click on an item to highlight it. The right Output View displays detailed information about the item highlighted. Control how this information is organized by selecting one of the following options: View by device displays all devices in the SDB as shown below. When expanded, each device lists all the networks that the device is connected to, and each network lists the pages that the device owns on that network.



The drop number of the device is in parentheses next to the device name.

View by Network displays all networks in the SDB as shown below. When expanded, each network lists all the devices connected to that network, and each device name lists all pages that the device owns on that network.

Delete a device and all signals owned by the device from the SDB by highlighting the device and clicking on the button.

delete

Note If a device is accidentally deleted, it can only be recovered through the appropriate tool (such as the toolbox for drives or controllers).

Where Used Tab The button starts the search process.

Ø

To display signal usage information

1.

From the SDB Browser, select the tab Where Used.

2.

Type in a signal name.

3.

Click on Update button. The Where Used Output View displays the location where the signal is used as shown below.

The display window displays all the devices that use the signal UC1\fdlo1\sig2. In order for a device to display in this list, it must have referenced the above signal in its code, and performed a successful get from the SDB for that signal.



Alarms Tab Click information.

to display

Ø

To display alarm information

1.

From the SDB Browser, select the tab Alarms.

2.

Click the Update button. The Alarms Output View displays, as shown below.

Alarms originate in the toolbox System Device as Broadcast alarms.

Scale Tab Click information.

to display

Ø

To display scale information

1.

From the SDB Browser, select the tab Scale.

2.

Click the Update button. The Scale Output View displays, as shown below.

NetGroups Tab Click information.

to display

Ø

To display network group information

1.

From the SDB Browser, select the tab NetGroups.

2.

Click the Update button. The NetGroups Output View displays, as shown below.



Resources Tab Click information.

to display

Ø

To display resources information

1.

From the SDB Browser, select the tab Resources.

2.

Click the Update button. The Resources Output View displays, as shown below.

Signals can be assigned to a specific resource (see res_ID field in the signal attribute list). The resource is used to filter the signals imported into the CIMPLICITYâ HMI system using SDB Utility.



Signal Fields The following tables describes the SDB signal fields (see the section, Signal Tab). Field Name

Name Description

Type

Description

REG1NAME

Region 1 name (part of the fully qualified signal)

String, six characters maximum

The first part of a fully qualified signal name. See SIG_NAME for details on signal naming conventions. The REG1NAME is a required part for a signal.

REG2NAME



The second part of a fully qualified signal name (optional). See SIG_NAME for details on signal naming conventions.

REG3NAME



The third part of a fully qualified signal name (optional) . See SIG_NAME for details on signal naming conventions.

SIG_NAME

Signal Name (last part of fully qualified signal)

String, 12 characters maximum

The fourth part of a fully qualified signal name. The SIG_NAME is a required part for a signal. The fully qualified signal name can be described as, Reg1name\Reg2name\Reg3name\Sig_name. Reg2name and reg3name are optional, so a fully qualified signal could be named at a minimum as, Reg1name\Sig_name. The backslashes are part of the fully qualified signal name. Including the backslashes and the maximum sizes of the different parts, a fully qualified signal name can be 33 characters long. However, the CIMPLICITY HMI system uses the fully qualified signal name as the ‘PointID’ when signals are imported into the HMI point database. The limitation for ‘PointID’ is 32 characters. For this reason, the total size of a signal is limited to 32 characters when signals are put into the SDB. The fully qualified signal name must be unique on a given network. This means that it is possible for two networks to have identical fully qualified signal names. The SDB Server enforces uniqueness for the following fields: Net_name + reg1name + reg2name + reg3name + sig_name. The signal name can be the same on two different networks to support routing of a signal from one network to another.

DEV_NAME

Device Name that owns this signal

String, seven characters maximum (limit of five for the toolbox name).

This is the device that owns the signal. The device name field should never be blank. The device name can have up to seven characters. However, the toolbox enforces a fivecharacter limit to the device name to maintain backwards compatibility with the LynxOs-based USDB.

NET_NAME

Network Name where this signal is available

String, five characters maximum

Name of the network where the signal is made available by the owning device. The device in DEV_NAME is connected to this network when viewing the topology of the SDB. To support diagnostics on operator stations or an HMI system, signals that are internal only (to a device) are also stored in the signal table of the SDB. In this case, network name is meaningless. To differentiate between network available signals and internal signals, the network name field is forced to be the same as the device name, and page name (PAGE_NAME) is assigned the value “NULLP” (for Null page).



Field Name

Name Description

Type

Description

PAGE_NAME

Page Name where this signal originates


This is the name of the page where this signal is mapped. A signal’s address (SIGADDR) is relative to the page named in this field. (See NET_NAME about internal signals.) For DLAN+ and ISBus, the page has physical meaning (Status_S page word/bit) within this network’s protocol. However, for Ethernet™ SRTP and other networks, the page is an artificial construct used only to group signals.

SCALE_NAME

Scale name used by this signal


For analog type signals, this is the name of the scale associated with the signal. For details on the scale, click on the tab Scale in the SDB Browser. A scale definition includes conversion factors, alarm limits, entry limits, clamp limits, units, precision, and more.

SDESC

Signal description

String, 50 character maximum

This is the user entered signal description. In the toolbox, the description is the first 50 characters of the note associated with the signal definition.

IODESC

I/O description

String, 50 character maximum

If the signal points to a physical I/O point, this field is the user-entered I/O description. In the toolbox, the I/O description is the first 50 characters of the note associated with the I/O point.

MEMODESC

Memo description

String, no limit

This field is used for controller diagnostics. If this signal is a controller internal signal that is the Status Pin on a block that sends diagnostic messages (PENG, BENG_D, etc), then the MEMODESC is the note associated with the block. This text displays in the diagnostic system as the second level when a diagnostic message is generated.

ALRMENABLE

Alarm enabled

Boolean, one character

If the value of this field is False, DO NOT use this signal as an alarm. If the value of this field is True, use this signal to generate alarms. If it is an analog signal with a scale, alarm generation should be based on the appropriate scale fields. If Boolean signal, a change in state of this signal may or may not generate an alarm. This field is primarily used when SDB Signals are imported into the CIMPLICITY Point database. If this Boolean is true, then an alarm definition is created for this point in the CIMPLICITY system.

HOP_COUNT

Hop count (number of devices away from true owner)

Numeric, one significant digit

When a signal is routed from one network to another, this field stores the number of devices that are between this signal and the actual source of the signal. If a signal is routed through device R1 from network 1 to network 2, and then by device R2 from network 2 to network 3, the record for the signal on network 3 will have a hop count of 2.

SDEV_NO

Source Device Number where signal originates

Numeric, five significant digits

This field is used for routed signals. This is the device number for the device that originated the routed signal. This data is required in the controller for signals that are routed through the DLAN+. The Source Device Number is included in the actual command message that is sent by a device.

SNET_NO

Source Network Number where signal originates

Numeric, five significant digits

This field is used for routed signals. This is the network number where the signal originated. This data is required in the controller for signals that are routed through the DLAN+. The Source Network Number is included in the actual command message that is sent by a device.

SSIGADDR

Source Signal Address


For routed signals, this is the address of the signal for the device that sources the signal. This is used for command bits that are routed for DLAN+.

SRPAGE_NO

Source Relative Page Number

Numeric, two significant digits

For routed signals, this is the relative page number (Port ID) where the signal is located for the device that sources the signal. This is used for command bits that are routed.



Field Name

Name Description

Type

Description

RES_ID

CIMPLICITY Resource name


This field is used to filter signals imported from the SDB into the CIMPLICITY Point database. Importing methods include specifying the network and the device from which you wish to import signals (if desired). There can be thousands of signals on a given network, but the HMI system may be interested in only a small percentage of these. For example, assign Resource names to specific signals; Import all signals on network FDL01 that have a resource name of ENTRY, PROCESS, and EXIT. System Information, under the Resource Type Def defines resources in the toolbox. When the command Put into Database is performed, the Resources are stored in the SDB. Now, when a controller gets from the SDB, the Resource list is made available, so that I/O points can be assigned a resource. The Resource is assigned to the points in the toolbox where the network I/O point is defined. (See the Resources tab in the SDB Browser for defined resources.)

DATA_TYPE

Data type for this signal


There is no restriction by the SDB on what is put into the data type field. There has to be contract between applications that puts signals in the database and those that get signals from the database (the separate applications must agree on exactly what is meant by a DINT data type).

SIG_DIR

Signal direction (read, write, both)

Character, R, W, B

This field is used to indicate whether a device that gets this signal can write to the signal or read the signal, or both. Feedback signals are typically read only. Command bits or setpoints are usually both.

SIG_CODE

Signal code (event, refresh, none)

Character, E, R, N

The signal code is normally only used for Boolean signals. An event bit is usually a command bit, and when it is set by another device, the owner of the signal will then reset the bit after detection of the event (the bit goes high). A refresh bit is also usually a command bit. The device that sets the bit to a one is required to send ‘set’ commands at a periodic rate in order to keep the bit set to a one. If the sender does not keep refreshing the bit, then the owner of the signal forces it to a zero. The usual example is the JogFwd Command. If an OC2000 sends a command to jog forward, but then it is disconnected from the network, there is no way for it to reset the jog forward command. This problem is solved by the fact that it can no longer refresh its jogfwd command, so the drive stops the jog. If the signal is neither an event bit nor a refresh bit, then this field will be set to N for none.

SIGADDR

Signal Address


This is the address of the signal. For Status_S, it is the word and bit number in the form of word_no.bit_no (23.5) or just word no (34). For a Ethernet SRTP, the address is in the form %Xnumber (%R543). For Ethernet Global Data protocol (EGD) it is byte_no.bit_no (45.4) or byte_no (34). For EGD or DLAN+, the word number or byte number is relative to the page. For Ethernet SRTP, the number is relative to the whole network.

HSIGADDR

Signal Health Address


The form is the same as SIGADDR. The address always points to a Boolean. True means the signal is healthy and False (0) indicates that the value for the signal may not be valid. This field is used only for DLAN+ or EGD. If no health signal is defined, then the value in this field is either blank, or 65535.6553.

(Refer to Table 2 for a list of the data types used by the toolbox.)



Field Name

Name Description

Type

Description

DEV_TAG

Device Tag ID


This field is the customer or the mill builders item number for the device that this I/O signal is associated with. The value is user defined.

WIRENO

Signal Wire Number

String, eight characters maximum

Enter the wire number on electrical drawings for the I/O related to this signal.

SIG_XREF

Signal Cross Reference


This is a general-purpose field for storing signal crossreference information.

DEVLOC

Signals Device Location


This field indicates the plant location for the device that originates this I/O point, for example, OPPOR1 (Operator Side of the Payoff Reel 1). The value is user-defined.

PNLLOC

Panel Location where signal is brought in


This field is for the panel location of the I/O board or terminal strip that sources the signal.

PNLCOLID

Panel Column ID

String, four characters maximum

This field is for the column ID where the panel is located.

PNL_NAME

Panel Name


Enter the panel name.

GEDWGREF

General Electric Drawing Reference


Enter the GE Drawing reference. It is the actual sheet number where this I/O point shows up on the GE elementary.

SDEVTYPE

Source Device Type


Enter the type of I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics.

SDEV_NAME

Source Device Name


Enter the name of the I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics.

SNET_NAME

Source Network Name


This field is for the name of network that sources the signal. This would normally be the I/O network (such as Genius). This information is useful for diagnostics.

SDROP_NO

Source Drop Number

Numeric, three significant digits

Enter drop number of the I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics.

SMOD_NO

Source Module Number


Enter the module number of the I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics.

SPOINT_NO

Source Point Number


Enter the point number of the I/O board that sources the signal. This information is useful for diagnostics.

Msg_Class

Message Class (for DLAN+).


Status_S message class of the signal used only for (DLAN+) Status_S signals. The message class is part of the Status_S broadcast or group command messages and is used by recipients to filter out commands that are not meant for them.

Refer to Table 3 for a list of the supported message classes for DLAN+.



Data Types BOOL

Boolean

BIT

Boolean

INT

Integer

DINT

Double integer

LINT

Long integer

UINT

Unsigned integer

UDINT

Unsigned double integer

ULINT

Unsigned long integer

FLOAT

Real

BYTE

Bit string

WORD

Bit string

DWORD

Bit string

LWORD

Bit string

CHRxxxxx

Character (byte) array of length xxxx

TIME

Time (hh.mm.ss) (24 hour day)

DATE

Date (yyyy.mm.dd)

DATETIME

Date and time (yyyy.mm.dd.hh.mm.ss)



Message Classes for DLAN+ Message Class

Type

Description

0

variables

Setpoint page

(MM2000) 4

bit

5

var

6

bit

7

var

8

bit

9

var

10

bit

11

var

12

bit

13

var

14

bit

15

var

16

bit

17

var

20

bit

21

var

22

bit

23

var

24

bit

25

var

30

bits

31

variables

32

bit

33

var

80

bits

81

variables

96

bits

97

variables

Drive alone page IOS alone page Any with shared page IOS part of with shared page Exciter part of with shared page Stand Control JMP_CTL alone Stand Control AGC alone page Stand Control SC2000 alone page Stand Control COORD alone page PID in SC2000 PCâ Series 90™-70 MMI2000 or DM2000 alone page MARK V Controller

g Issue date: 2001-09-19 Control  2000 GEI-100506 by General Electric Company,System USA. All rights reserved.

GE Industrial Systems Solutions

General Electric Company 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA


BASIC CONTROL DEVICE FUNCTION NUMBERS AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 1

MASTER ELEMENT

50

INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT or RATE–of–RISE RELAY

2

SEQUENCE TIMER

51

AC TIME OVERCURRENT RELAY

3

CHECKING RELAY

52

AC CIRCUIT BREAKER or CONTACTOR

4

MASTER RELAY

55

POWER FACTOR RELAY

5

STOPPING DEVICE

57

SHORT CIRCUITING or GROUNDING DEVICE

6

STARTING CIRCUIT BREAKER

59

OVERVOLTAGE RELAY

8

CONTROL POWER DISCONNECTING DEVICE

60

VOLTAGE or CURRENT BALANCE RELAY

10

UNIT SEQUENCE SWITCH

62

STOPPING or OPENING TIMER RELAY

12

OVERSPEED DEVICE

63

LIQUID or GAS PRESSURE or VACUUM

13

SYNCHRONOUS SPEED DEVICE

64

GROUND PROTECTIVE RELAY

14

SPEED RELAY

65

GOVERNOR

15

SPEED or FREQUENCY MATCHING DEVICE

66

NOTCHING or JOGGING DEVICE

18

ACCELERATING or DECELERATING DEVICE

67

AC DIRECTIONAL OVERCURRENT RELAY

20

SOLENOID VALVE

68

BLOCKING RELAY

21

DISTANCE RELAY

69

PERMISSIVE CONTROL DEVICE

23

TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICE

70

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED RHEOSTAT

25

SYNCHRONISM CHECK DEVICE

71

LIQUID or GAS LEVEL RELAY

26

TEMPERATURE SENSING DEVICE

72

DC CIRCUIT BREAKER or CONTACTOR

27

UNDERVOLTAGE

75

POSITION CHANGING MECHANISM

28

FLAME DETECTOR

77

PULSE TRANSMITTER

30

ANNUNCIATOR RELAY

80

LIQUID or GAS FLOW RELAY

32

DIRECTIONAL POWER RELAY

81

FREQUENCY RELAY

33

POSITION SWITCH

82

DC RECLOSING RELAY

34

MASTER SEQUENCE DEVICE

83

AUTOMATIC SELECTIVE CONTROL or TRANSFER RELAY

37

UNDERCURRENT or UNDERPOWER RELAY

84

OPERATING MECHANISM

38

BEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICE

85

CARRIER or PILOT–WIRE RECEIVER RELAY

39

MECHANICAL CONDITION MONITOR

86

LOCK–OUT RELAY

40

FIELD RELAY

87

DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTIVE RELAY

41

FIELD CIRCUIT BREAKER

88

AUXILIARY MOTOR or MOTOR GENERATOR

43

MANUAL TRANSFER or SELECTOR DEVICE

89

LINE SWITCH

45

ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION MONITOR

90

REGULATING DEVICE

46

REVERSE–PHASE or PHASE–BALANCE CURRENT RELAY

91

VOLTAGE DIRECTIONAL RELAY

47

PHASE–SEQUENCE VOLTAGE RELAY

93

FIELD–CHANGING CONTACTOR

48

INCOMPLETE SEQUENCE RELAY

94

TRIPPING or TRIP–FREE RELAY

49

MACHINE or TRANSFORMER THERMAL RELAY

96

TRANSDUCER

A00029b

1

BASIC CONTROL DEVICE FUNCTION NUMBERS

GE Power Systems Training General Electric Company One River Road Schenectady, NY 12345

A00029b

2

BASIC CONTROL DEVICE FUNCTION NUMBERS

g GE Power Systems

ACRONYMS B BB1

Vibration (# indicates bearing location)

C CPD CPR CSGV CTD CTIM CT

Compressor discharge pressure (psi) Compressor pressure ratio IGV actual position Compressor discharge temperature Compressor temperature at the inlet flange current transformer: senses current in a cable

D DCS DVAR DV DW DWATT

Distributed control system: balance of plant control system Generated VARS (generator output) Generated voltage (generator output) Generated megawatts (generator output (also DWATT)) Generated megawatts (generator output (also DW))

E EGD

Ethernet global data: communication protocol

F FSR FSRSU FSRN FSRT FSRACC FSRMAN FSRSD

Fuel stroke reference: indication of fuel flow (0 – 100%) FSR from startup control sequencing FSR from speed control sequencing FSR from temperature control sequencing FSR from acceleration control sequencing FSR from manual control sequencing FSR from shutdown control sequencing

H HMI HRSG

Human machine interface: operator interface with turbine control Heat recovering steam generator: boiler off the GT exhaust

I IGV

Inlet guide vanes: adjustable position air foils on compressor inlet

K KP

Key phasor: shaft position indicator, proximitor

M MTBF MMTR

acronym_class.doc 12/30/1999

Mean time between failures: measure of reliability Mean time to repair: indication of system reliability

1

g GE Power Systems

P PDH PT

Plant data highway: links HMI to control panel Potential transformer: senses voltage in a cable

R RTD

Resistance temperature device: temperature transmitter

S SIFT SOE

Software implemented fault tolerance: sharing of digital data to reduce chance of single point failure (2 out of 3 voting) Sequence of events: record of high speed contact closures at the initiation of an “event” (trip)

T TMR TNH TNR TTRF TTRX TTXM TTXSP1 TTXSP2 TTXSP3 TTXSPL

acronym_class.doc 12/30/1999

Triple modular redundant: control architecture design concept using three identical controllers. Supports SIFT Turbine speed (high pressure shaft) Speed reference Combustion reference temperature (for DLN modes) Maximum exhaust temperature allowable Exhaust temperature (~ median) Largest spread (hottest – coolest) of exhaust temperatures 2nd largest spread (hottest – 2nd coolest) of exhaust temperatures 3rd largest spread (hottest – 3rd coolest) of exhaust temperatures Maximum allowable exhaust temperature spread (hottest – coolest)

2

g GE Power Systems University

Mark VI Turbine Controls TYPICAL SIGNAL NAMES The signals and names listed here are typical of the control sequencing of the GE SPEEDTRONIC Mk VI software. It is neither a representative nor comprehensive listing of any specific application. Differences between this list and a specific application should be expected. Signal Name AFKAP_SITE AFPAP afpap1a afpap1b afpap1c afpbd afpcs afpep AFQ AFQD atid1 atid2 atid3 bb1 bb2 bb3 bb4 bb5 bb7 bb8 bb9 BB_MAX btgj1_1 BTGJ1_1_ALM btgj1_2 BTGJ1_2_ALM btgj2_1 BTGJ2_1_ALM btgj2_2 BTGJ2_2_ALM btj1_1 BTJ1_1_ALM btj1_2 BTJ1_2_ALM btj2_1 BTJ2_1_ALM btj2_2 BTJ2_2_ALM BTJ2_M signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Description Site Average Ambient Pressure Barometric Pressure Transducer 96AP Barometric Pressure Transducer 96AP-1A Barometric Pressure Transducer 96AP-1B Barometric Pressure Transducer 96AP-1C BellMouth Inlet Pressure 96BD Compressor Inlet Pressure Transducers 96CS Exhaust Pressure Transmitter 96EP-1 Compressor Inlet Air Mass Flow Compressor Inlet Dry Air Mass Flow Air Duct Temperature TC #1 - Inlet Duct Air Duct Temperature TC #2 - Inlet Duct Air Duct Temperature TC #3 - Inlet Duct [39V-1A] Vibration Sensor - Turbine #1 Brg [39V-1B] Vibration Sensor - Turbine #1 Brg [39V-2A] Vibration Sensor - Turbine #2 Brg [39V-3A) Vibration Sensor - Turbine #3 Brg [39V-3B) Vibration Sensor - Turbine #3 Brg [39V-4A) Vibration Sensor - Generator #1 Brg [39V-4B) Vibration Sensor - Generator #1 Brg [39V-5) Vibration Sensor - Generator #2 Brg Maximum vibration Bearing Metal Temp - Generator Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #1 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Generator Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #1 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Generator Bearing #2 BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #2 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Generator Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP GEN JOURNAL #2 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Turbine Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #1 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Turbine Bearing #1 BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #1 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Turbine Bearing #2 BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #2 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Turbine Bearing #2 BRG METAL TEMP TURB JOURNAL #2 HIGH Bearing Metal Turb Journal #2 TC Hi Sel 1


Mark VI Turbine Controls BTKALM1 BTKALM10 BTKALM11 BTKALM12 BTKALM13 BTKALM14 BTKALM2 BTKALM3 BTKALM4 BTKALM5 BTKALM6 BTKALM7 BTKALM8 BTKALM9 btta1_14 BTTA1_14_ALM btta1_4 BTTA1_4_ALM btta1_7 BTTA1_7_ALM btta1_8 BTTA1_8_ALM btti1_4 BTTI1_4_ALM btti1_8 BTTI1_8_ALM cagv CPAMB cpbh1 CPBH1_PSIA CPBH1D CPBH1X cpbh2 CPBH2_PSIA CPBHDP CPBHPR CPD cpd1a cpd1b cpd1c CPDABS CPR CPRERR csgv csgv_b CSRBH csrgv signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp Alarm Setpoint Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Active BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 14 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Active BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 4 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Active BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 7 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Active BRG METAL TEMP THRUST ACTIVE 8 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Inactive BRG METAL TEMP THRUST INACTIVE 4 HIGH Bearing Metal Temp - Thrust Inactive BRG METAL TEMP THRUST INACTIVE 8 HIGH IGV control servo current AMBIENT PRESSURE ABSOLUTE Inlet Bleed Heat CV Upstream Pressure Inlet Bleed Heat CV Upstream Pressure Inlet Bleed Heat CV Inlet Pressure and CPD Delta Inlet Bleed Heat CV Selected Inlet Press Ref Inlet Bleed Heat CV Downstream Pressure Inlet Bleed Heat CV Downstream Pressure IBH System Control Valve Delta Pressure Ref Signal IBH Valve Critical or Choked Flow Factor Compressor Discharge Press Max Select Compressor Discharge Press Transd. 96CD-1 Compressor Discharge Press Transd. 96CD-1B Compressor Discharge Press Transd. 96CD-1C Absolute Compressor Discharge Pressure COMPRESSORE PRESSURE RATIO COMPRESSOR PRESS RATIO ERROR IGV angle in deg IGV angle in deg 2nd LVDT FDBK Inlet Bleed Heating IGV REFERENCE 2


Mark VI Turbine Controls CSRGVPS CSRGVTXB CSRGVX CSRIH csrihout CSRPR Ctbd1 ctbd2 ctbd3 CTBKDIF CTD CTDA ctda1 ctda2 ctda3 ctif1a ctif1b ctif2a ctifr CTIM DF DLN_MODE DPF DRVAR DRVAR_CMD dtgac23 DTGAC_ALM DTGAC_MAX dtgah17 dtggc10 dtggc11 dtggc12 dtggc13 DTGGC_COL_MX DTGGC_CPL_MX dtggh12 dtggh13 dtggh14 dtggh15 dtggh28 dtggh29 DTGGH_COL_MX DTGGH_CPL_MX DTGGH_MAX dtggk24 dtgsa4 dtgsa5 signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Part Speed VIGV Reference Fuel Temp Bias Temp Control and Manual Control Ref INLET BLEED HEAT REFERENCE Inlet Heating Control Valve Command COMPRESSOR PRESS RATIO BLEED HEAT REF Inlet Air Thermocouple #1 Inlet Air Thermocouple #2 Inlet Air Thermocouple #3 Inlet Air Temperature Spread Limit Compressor Discharge Temperature Compressor Discharge Temperature Compressor Discharge Thermocouple #1 Compressor Discharge Thermocouple #2 Compressor Discharge Thermocouple #3 Compressor Inlet Thermocouple 1A Compressor Inlet Thermocouple 1B Compressor Inlet Thermocouple 2A Compressor Temperature - Inlet Flange Compressor Inlet Temperature Generator Frequency DLN Mode Enumerated State Calculated Power Factor VAR Control Reference VAR Control Manual Reference Generator Temp - Cold Air Collector End GENERATOR TEMP COLD AIR COLLECTOR END Max Select Gen Temp Cold Air End Generator Temp - Hot Air Collector End Generator Temp - Cold Gas Coupling End Generator Temp - Cold Gas Collector End Generator Temp - Cold Gas Collector End Generator Temp - Cold Gas Coupling End Max Select Gen Temp Cold Gas Collector End Max Select Gen Temp Cold Gas Coupling End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Coupling End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Coupling End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Collector End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Collector End Generator Temp - Hot Gas Center Generator Temp - Hot Gas Center Max Select Gen Temp Hot Gas Collector End Max Select Gen Temp Hot Gas Coupling End Max Select Gen Temp Hot Gas Center Generator Temp - Frame Common Cold Gas Generator Temp - Stator Collector End Generator Temp - Stator Collector End 3


Mark VI Turbine Controls dtgsa6 dtgsc7 dtgsc8 dtgsc9 DTGSC_ALM DTGSC_MAX dtgsf1 dtgsf2 dtgsf3 DV DV_ERR DV_EX dv_volt dv_volt_err DV_VPRO dvar DWATT dwatt1 dwatt2 DWDROOP EX2K_FLD_A EX2K_FLD_T EX2K_FLD_V EX2K_GN_PF EX2K_GN_VARS EX2K_GN_WATT EX2K_HZ EX2K_MVAR EX2K_MWE EX2K_PHS_A EX2K_RUNNING EX2K_TRM_V EXHMASS fagpm1 fagpm2 fagpm3 fagq fagr fd_intens_1 fd_intens_2 fd_intens_3 fd_intens_4 fdg1 fdg2 FPG2 fpg2a fpg2b signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Generator Temp - Stator Collector End Generator Temp - Stator Center Generator Temp - Stator Center End Generator Temp - Stator Center End GEN STATOR CENTER TEMPERATURE HIGH Max Select Gen Temp Stator Center Generator Temp - Stator Coupling End Generator Temp - Stator Coupling End Generator Temp - Stator Coupling End Generator Line Voltage Generator to Bus Voltage Differential Terminal Volts EX Generator Volts - VTUR Gen/Bus Differential Voltage Line Volts Read By VPRO Generator VARS Generator Watts Max Selected Generator Watts 96GG-1 Transducer Generator Watts 96GG-2 Transducer TURBINE LOAD DROOP REFERENCE EX2K Generator Field Current EX2K Generator Field Temperature EX2K Generator Field Voltage EX2K Generator Power Factor EX2K Generator Vars EX2K Generator Watts EX2K Generator Frequency EX2K Generator MVAR EX2K Generator MWATT EX2K Generator Stator Current Indicates EX2K Running Status, 1 = running EX2K Generator Terminal Volts Exhaust Mass Flow PM1 GCV Servo Current Feedback PM2 GCV Servo Current Feedback PM3 GCV Servo Current Feedback Quaternary GCV Servo Current Feedback Cur Speed ratio valve servo current PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR #1 FLAME INTENSITY PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR #2 FLAME INTENSITY PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR #3 FLAME INTENSITY PRIMARY FLAME DETECTOR #4 FLAME INTENSITY Fuel gas flow orifice differential press xmitter Fuel gas flow orifice differential press xmitter Interstage fuel gas press Interstage fuel gas press xmitter 96FG-2A Interstage fuel gas press xmitter 96FG-2B 4


Mark VI Turbine Controls fpg2c fpg3 FQG frcrout fsgpm1 fsgpm2 fsgpm3 fsgq fsgr fsgr_A fsgr_B FSKSU_AR FSKSU_FI FSKSU_GASFI FSKSU_GASWU FSKSU_IA FSKSU_IM FSKSU_LIQFI FSKSU_LIQWU FSKSU_TC FSKSU_WU FSR FSR1 FSR2 FSRACC FSRCPR fsrg1out fsrg2out fsrg3out fsrgqout FSRMAN FSRMAN_CMD FSRMINN FSRN FSRSD FSRSU FSRT FTG ftgi1 ftgi2 ftgi3 gen_gpres gen_rtr_fdp h2fdp h2gp hofdp1 hofdp2 signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Interstage fuel gas press xmitter 96FG-2C Fuel gas flow orifice upstream press xmitter Gas Fuel Flow Fuel Gas Speed Ratio Servo Command PM1 GCV Position Feedback PM2 GCV Position Feedback PM3 GCV Position Feedback Quaternary GCV Position Feedback Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Position fdbck srv (high value selected) Startup FSR Acceleration Limit Startup FSR Firing Gas Fuel Startup FSR Firing Gas Fuel Warmup FSR Startup FSR Acceleration Ramp Rate FSR Ramp Rate to Maximum Liquid Fuel Startup FSR Firing Liquid Fuel Warmup FSR Startup FSR Time Const During lower (sec) Warmup FSR Fuel Stroke Reference Liq Fuel Stroke Ref from Fuel Splitter Gas Fuel Stroke Ref from Fuel Splitter FSR: Acceleration Control COMPRESSOR PRESS RATIO LIMIT FSR PM1 Gas Control Valve Servo Command PM2 Gas Control Valve Servo Command PM3 Gas Control Valve Servo Command Gas Quaternary Valve Servo Command FSR: Manual Control FSR Setpoint Command FSRMIN @ Shutdown Speed Speed Control Fuel Stroke Reference Shutdown FSR Signal FSR: Startup Control Temperature Control Fuel Stroke Reference Fuel gas temperature Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Fuel gas temperature thermocouple Generator Gas Pressure Generator Rotor Fan Differential Pressure Generator Rotor Fan Differential Pressure Generator Gas Pressure Transmitter Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Press Transmitter Hydraulic Oil Filter Diff Press Transmitter 5


Mark VI Turbine Controls K2F K2G K2TV K2W K2WW K30CD K48 K52GXY K52GY K52GZ K62CD L12H L12H_ACC L12H_ACC_ALM L12H_ALM L12H_FLT L12H_FLT_ALM L12H_P L12H_P_ALM L12HF L12HF_ALM L12HFD_C L12HFD_C_ALM L12HFD_P L12HFD_P_ALM L14HA L14HC L14HF L14HM L14HMZ L14HP L14HR L14HS L14HT L14SSBOG L1FAST L1FAST_CPB L1FAST_I L1S L1START L1START_CPB L1START_I L1STOP L1STOP_CPB l20cb1x l20cb2x L20CBX signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Firing Timer Generator breaker reclosing timer Purge Time Warmup Timer On Line Water Wash Period On Time Value Cooldown Trouble Time Delay Incomplete Sequence Timer Generator Breaker Open Time Delay Generator Breaker Tripped TD Constant Generator Breaker Close Time Delay Cooldown Time Turbine electrical overspeed trip signal & alarm VPRO HP Excessive Acceleration Trip PROTECTIVE MODULE ACCELERATION TRIP _ HP ELECTRICAL OVERSPEED TRIP - HP Loss of Protective HP Speed Inputs LOSS OF PROTECTIVE HP SPEED SIGNALS VPRO HP Overspeed Trip PROTECTIVE OVERSPEED STATUS Turbine overspeed protective status trip CONTROL SPEED SIGNAL LOSS - HP HP overspeed fault - control input trouble CONTROL SPEED SIGNAL TROUBLE HP overspeed fault - protective input trouble PROTECTIVE SPEED SIGNAL TROUBLE HP accelerating speed signal Auxiliary cranking speed relay Field flashing speed relay Minimum speed signal Mininmum Firing Speed After Coastdown From Purge Spare speed signal HP zero speed signal HP operating speed signal Cooldown slow roll start speed relay Static Starter Bogged Down Speed Relay Master fast load start logic Master fast load start signal Fast Start Command Issued Auxiliary to start signal Master start logic Master start signal Start Command Issued Master stop logic Master Stop Signal Compressor bleed sol 3 way vlv #1 Compressor bleed sol 3 way vlv #2 Compressor Bleed Valve Control Signal 6


Mark VI Turbine Controls l20fg1x l20fg1x_ref L20FGX L20FGZ l20qb1 L20QB1_ALM l20scav1 l20scav2 l20th1x l20tv1x L20TVX l20vg1x l20vs4x l20vs4x_ref L25_COMMAND L25P L25PX L25X_BYPASS L25X_PERM L26GGCA L26GGCA_ALM L26GGCF L26GGF_ALM L26GGHA L26GGHA_ALM L26GGHF L26GSA1 L26GSA2 L26GSA3 L26GSAF L26GSFF l26qa L26QA_ALM l26qn L26QN_ALM L26QT l26qt1a l26qt1b L26QT_ALM L26SPH1 L26SPH2 L26SPH_ALM l27bcn l27bln1 L27BLN1_ALM l27bln2 L27BLN2_ALM signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command PTR Reference Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command Time Delayed Lift Oil Supply Isolation Valve LIFT OIL SUPPLY ISOL. VLV NOT CLOSED H2 Increasing Scavenging, Analyzer #1 H2 Increasing Scavenging, Analyzer #2 Inlet Heating Control Valve Trip Solenoid Valve Turbine Compressor Inlet Guide Vane Solenoid Vlv Turbine Compressor Inlet Guide Vane Open Command Gas Fuel Vent Valve Command Aux Gas Fuel Stop Valve Solenoid Aux Gas Fuel Stop Valve Command PTR Reference Breaker Close Command Issued - VTUR Synch Permissive Relay Synch Permissive Logic Synch Check Bypass Request Synch Check Permissive Generator Cold Gas Temperature High GENERATOR COLD GAS TEMPERATURE HIGH Generator Cold Gas RTD Out Of Limit Failure GENERATOR RTD OUT OF LIMITS Generator Hot Gas Temperature High GENERATOR HOT GAS TEMPERATURE HIGH Generator Hot Gas RTD Out of Limit Failure Stator Temperature Too High (1 or more RTD) Stator Temperature Too High (2 or more RTD) Generator Stator Temperature Too High Stator Collector End RTD Out Of Limit Failure Stator Coupling End RTD Out Of Limit Failure Lube Oil Header High Temp Alarm LUBE OIL HEADER TEMPERATURE HIGH Lube Oil Header Temperature Normal LUBE OIL TANK TEMPERATURE LOW Redundant Lube Oil Header Temp High Trip Logic Lube Oil Header Temp Switch A - Temp High Trip Lube Oil Header Temp Switch B - Temp High Trip TURBINE LUBE OIL HEADER TEMP HIGH TRIP DLN 2.6 High Exhaust Temp Spreads #1 DLN 2.6 High Exhaust Temp Spreads #2 DLN HIGH EXHAUST SPREAD LOCKOUT Battery Charger AC Normal AC Undervoltage Battery Charger #1 BATTERY CHARGER #1 AC UNDERVOLTAGE AC Undervoltage Battery Charger #2 BATTERY CHARGER #2 AC UNDERVOLTAGE 7


Mark VI Turbine Controls l27bn L27BN_ALM l27bz L27DZ L27DZ_ALM L27ES_ALM l27esl L28ALL L28CAN L28CAN1 L28CAN2 L28CAN3 L28CAN4 L28FD L28FD_ALM L28FDA L28FDB L28FDC L28FDD L28FDSCK L28FDT L28FDT_ALM L2F L2G L2HH2 L2HH2_ALM L2TV L2TVX l2tvx1 L2W L2WARM L2WW L2WX L2WZ L3 l30bn_f L30BN_F_ALM L30BTA_ALM L30CSURG L30EX L30EX_ALM L30EX_TRIP_A L30SPA L30SPT L30SPTA L30SRV_C L30SS signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

AC Bus Normal BUS UNDERVOLTAGE - NO AUTO SYNCH AC Bus Undervoltage 125VDC Undervoltage DC POWER SUPPLY UNDERVOLTAGE DC MOTOR UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL OIL PUMP Seal Oil DC Motor Undervoltage All Flame Detectors Reporting Flame Any Can Flamed Out Can 1 Flamed Out Can 2 Flamed Out Can 3 Flamed Out Can 4 Flamed Out Flame Detected FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE Flame Detector Channel #1 Flame Detector Channel #2 Flame Detector Channel #3 Flame Detector Channel #4 Flame Detector Trouble Loss of Flame Trip LOSS OF FLAME TRIP Firing timer Generator breaker reclosing timer Generator Hyd Purge Shutdown H2 PURITY TROUBLE-BEGIN MAN GEN PURGE Turbine Vent Timer Ignition Permissive Ignition Permissive Turbine Warmup Timer Low Torque Warmup Complete On Line Water Wash Period Time Turbine Warmup Complete, Increase Fuel Flame Detector Timer Turbine complete sequence Bently Nevada Vibration Monitor Fault BENTLY NEVADA MONITOR FAULT BEARING METAL TEMPERATURE HIGH COMPRESSOR STALL DETECTED Exciter Alarm EX2K DIAGNOSTIC EX2K TRIP COMBUSTION TROUBLE HIGH EXHAUST TEMPERATURE SPREAD TRIP EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE SRV Gas Valve Closed (For Display) Load Commutated Inv (Static Start) Alarm 8


Mark VI Turbine Controls L30SS_ALM l33cb1o l33cb2o l33cb3o l33cb4o L39VA L39VA_ALM L39VD1 L39VD1_ALM L39VD2 L39VD3 L39VD3_ALM L39VDIFF L39VDIFF_ALM L39VF L39VF_ALM l39vs_a L39VS_A_ALM l39vs_d L39VS_D_ALM L39VSD L39VSD_ALM L39VT L39VTX_ALM L3ACS L3ADJ L3CD l3cp L3CP_ALM L3DF L3DV L3EX_RS L3GFLT L3GRV L3GRVFLT L3GRVSC L3IGV L3MP L3RS L3SQ L3SS L3SS_CON L3SS_DISCON L3SS_RS L3SSDIS_ALM L3STCK L3STCK0 signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

STATIC STARTER (LCI) COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE #1 OPEN COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE #2 OPEN COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE #3 OPEN COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE #4 OPEN High Vibration Alarm HIGH VIBRATION Vibration Transducer Disabled VIBRATION SENSOR DISABLED Vibration Input Group Disabled Logic Vibration Start Inhibit VIBRATION START INHIBIT Vibration Differential VIBRATION SENSOR DIFFERENTIAL TROUBLE Vibration Transducer Fault VIBRATION TRANSDUCER FAULT Bently Nevada Vibration Level High Alarm BENTLY NEVADA MONITOR HIGH Bently Nevada Vibration Level High Danger BENTLY NEVADA MONITOR HIGH DANGER High Vibration Level Shutdown HIGH VIBRATION SHUTDOWN Vibration trip HIGH VIBRATION TRIP Auxiliary Check Servos Auto Calibrate Permissive Cooldown Period Complete Customer Permissive To Start CUSTOMER PERMISSIVE TO START DISABLED Generator Frequency Sync Permissive Generator Voltage Synch Permissive EX2000 Ready to Start Fuel Gas Control Fault Gas Fuel Speed Ratio Valve Command Enable GAS RATIO VALVE POSITION SERVO TROUBLE Stop/Ratio Valve Servo Current Trouble alarm IGV Control Permissive Master Protectives Agree Ready to Start Sequence In Progress Static Start Complete Sequence Static Starter Connect Sequence Complete Static Starter Disconnect Sequence Complete Load Commutated Inv (Static Start) Ready to Start STATIC STARTER DISCONNECT SEQUENCE TROUBLE Start Check Start Check Logic 0 9


Mark VI Turbine Controls L3STCK1 L3STCK2 L3STCK3 L3STCK_HGEN L3SYNC L4 L43A L43ADJ L43BWX L43C L43F L43O L43O_C L43O_F L43O_PERM l45ftx l45ftx1 L45FTX1_ALM l45ftx2 L45FTX2_ALM L48 L48_ALM L4POST L4PRET L4PST L4PSTX1 L4PSTX2 L4PSTX3 L4PSTX4 l4qaz l4qaz1 l4qaz2 l4qbz1y L4QEOFF l4qvz1b L4S L4SS L4SS_FLT L4SS_RUN L4SS_W_WASH L4T L52G_ALM l52gt L52GT_TRIP L52GX l52gx1 L52GXY signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Start Check Logic 1 Start Check Logic 2 Start Check Logic 3 Hydrogen Start Check Auto Synch Permissive Master protective signal Auto Mode Selected Maintenance Calibration Mode Enabled Water Wash Selected Crank Mode Selected Fire Mode Selected Off Mode Selected Off, Crank, or Cooldown Mode Selected Off or Fire Selected Off Mode Selected Permissive Fire Indication Trip Fire Accessory/Turbine Area Zone 1 FIRE IN TURBINE OR ACCESSORY AREA Fire - Load Tunnel Coupling Area Zone 2 FIRE IN LOAD TUNNEL / COUPLING AREA Turbine Incomplete Sequence INCOMPLETE SEQUENCE Post-Ignition Trip Pre-Ignition Trip Protective Status Trip Logic 1 Protective Status Trip Logic 1 Protective Status Trip Logic 1 Protective Status Trip Logic 1 Protective Status Trip Logic 1 [88QA] Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump Motor Command Master Control Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump [88QA-1] Master Control Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump [88QA-2] Master Control - Bearing Lift Oil Pump Motor Emergency Lube Oil Pump Cooldown Off Timer Master Control - Gen Lube Mist Separator Motor Master Protective Set Static Start Master Start Permissive Static Starter Fault Load Commutated Inv (Static Start) Running Master Start Signal for Static Start WW Mode Master Protective Trip GENERATOR BREAKER TRIPPED Generator Breaker Trip Manual Synch 52G Breaker Trip PB Generator Breaker Close/Open Status Input Generator Breaker Closed Aux. 1 Generator Breaker Open Delay 10


Mark VI Turbine Controls l63eah L63EAH_ALM l63et1h l63et2h L63ETF_SENSR L63ETH L63ETH_ALM l63fgl L63FGL_ALM l63qa1al l63qa1bl l63qa1l L63QAL L63QAL_ALM L63QANY l63qb1l L63QB_ALM L63QBFH_ALM L63QBLZ l63qe1n L63QEX L63QEZ L63QQ1H_ALM l63qq21h l63qq22h l63qqdp L63QQDP_ALM L63QT l63qt2a l63qt2b L63QT_SENSR L63QTL_T_ALM L63QTX l63qtx1 l63qtx2 l63qtx3 L63QTX_ALM l63qv1l L63QV_ALM l63sal L63SAL_ALM L63SALZ l63sof L63SOFA L63ST l63st1a l63st1b signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Exhaust Duct Press High Alarm Switch EXHAUST DUCT PRESSURE HIGH Exhaust Duct Press High Trip Switch 1 Exhaust Duct Press High Trip Switch 2 EXHAUST DUCT PRESS SWITCH FAILURE Exhaust Duct Pressure High Trip EXHAUST DUCT PRESSURE HIGH TRIP Gas Fuel Pressure Low GAS FUEL PRESSURE LOW Low Lube Oil header Pressure - Aux Pump Start Low Bearing Header Oil Pressure - Aux Pump Start Lube Oil Pressure Low Low Lube Oil Pressure - aux Pump Start LUBE OIL PRESSURE LOW Lube Oil Header Pressure Normal Bearing Lifting Oil Supply Pressure Low BEARING LIFT OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE LOW BEARING LIFT OIL FILTER DIFF PRESSURE HIGH Bearing Lift Oil Press Available for Turning Gear Emergency Lube Oil Pump Running Emergency Lube Oil Pressure Detection On S/U EMERGENCY LUBE OIL PUMP TEST FAILED MAIN LUBE OIL FILTER DIFF PRESSURE HIGH Lube Oil Filter #1 Differential pressure Alarm G1\Lube Oil Filter #2 Differential Pressure High Main Lube Oil Filters Differential Pressure High HIGH DIFF PRESSURE - MAIN LUBE OIL FILTERS Lube Oil Header Pressure Low Trip Logic Lube Oil Header Pressure Switch A - Low Press Trip Lube Oil Header Pressure Switch B - Low Press Trip TURB LUBE OIL HEADER PRESS SW FAULT LOW LUBE OIL PRESSURE TRIP TURB LUBE OIL HEADER PRESS LOW - TRIP Low Lube Oil supply Pressure-Stop Aux Hyd Pump #1 Low Lube Oil Supply Pressure-Stop Aux Hyd Pump #2 Low Lube Oil Supply Pressure-Stop Brg Lift Pump TURBINE LUBE OIL HEADER PRESS LOW TRIP Low Vacuum In Lube Oil Reservoir LOW VACUUM IN LUBE OIL RESERVOIR Seal Oil Differential Press Low SEAL OIL FILTER DIFF PRESSURE LOW Loss of Seal Oil Pressure Start DC Pump Seal Oil Filter Differential Press High SEAL OIL FILTER DIFF PRESSURE HIGH Seal Oil Diff. Pressure Low Shutdown Seal Oil Diff Pressure 1A Low Trip Seal Oil Diff Pressure 1B Low Trip 11


Mark VI Turbine Controls L70L L70R l72esx LK39VA1 LK39VA2 LK39VA3 LK39VA4 LK39VA5 LK39VA7 LK39VA8 LK39VA9 LK39VSD1 LK39VSD2 LK39VSD3 LK39VSD4 LK39VSD5 LK39VSD7 LK39VSD8 LK39VSD9 LK39VT1 LK39VT2 LK39VT3 LK39VT4 LK39VT5 LK39VT7 LK39VT8 LK39VT9 TNH TNKHOS TNR TTRX TTRXB ttws1ao1 ttws1ao2 ttws1fi1 ttws1fi2 ttws2ao1 ttws2ao2 ttws2fo1 ttws2fo2 ttws3ao1 ttws3ao2 ttws3fo1 ttws3fo2 TTXD1 TTXD1_1 TTXD1_10 signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Lower Speed Setpoint Raise speed setpoint Emergency Seal Oil Pump Contactor Vibration alarm setpoint, BB1 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB2 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB3 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB4 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB5 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB7 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB8 Vibration alarm setpoint, BB9 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB1 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB2 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB3 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB4 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB5 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB7 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB8 Vibration Shutdown setpoint, BB9 Vibration trip setpoint, BB1 Vibration trip setpoint, BB2 Vibration trip setpoint, BB3 Vibration trip setpoint, BB4 Vibration trip setpoint, BB5 Vibration trip setpoint, BB7 Vibration trip setpoint, BB8 Vibration trip setpoint, BB9 Turbine HP shaft speed in % Overspeed trip setting for HP turbine Speed Control Reference Temperature Control Reference Speed Biased Temperature Control Reference Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 1ST Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 1ST Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 1ST Stg Fwd Inner Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 1ST Stg Fwd inner Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Fwd Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Fwd Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 2nd Stg Fwd Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 3rd Stg Aft Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 3rd Stg Fwd Outer Turbine Temperature Wheelspace 3rd Stg Fwd Outer Exhaust Thermocouple Array By Position Exhaust Thermocouple 1- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 10 - Compensated 12


Mark VI Turbine Controls TTXD1_11 TTXD1_12 TTXD1_13 TTXD1_14 TTXD1_15 TTXD1_16 TTXD1_17 TTXD1_18 TTXD1_19 TTXD1_2 TTXD1_20 TTXD1_21 TTXD1_22 TTXD1_23 TTXD1_24 TTXD1_25 TTXD1_26 TTXD1_27 TTXD1_3 TTXD1_4 TTXD1_5 TTXD1_6 TTXD1_7 TTXD1_8 TTXD1_9 TTXD2 ttxd_1 ttxd_10 ttxd_11 ttxd_12 ttxd_13 ttxd_14 ttxd_15 ttxd_16 ttxd_17 ttxd_18 ttxd_19 ttxd_2 ttxd_20 ttxd_21 ttxd_22 ttxd_23 ttxd_24 ttxd_25 ttxd_26 ttxd_27 ttxd_3 signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Exhaust Thermocouple 11 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 12 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 13 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 14 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 15 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 16 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 17 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 18 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 19 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 2- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 20 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 21 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 22 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 23 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 24 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 25 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 26 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 27 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 3- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 4- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 5- Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 6 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 7 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 9 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple 9 - Compensated Exhaust Thermocouple Array By Value Exhaust Thermocouple 1 Exhaust Thermocouple 10 Exhaust Thermocouple 11 Exhaust Thermocouple 12 Exhaust Thermocouple 13 Exhaust Thermocouple 14 Exhaust Thermocouple 15 Exhaust Thermocouple 16 Exhaust Thermocouple 17 Exhaust Thermocouple 18 Exhaust Thermocouple 19 Exhaust Thermocouple 2 Exhaust Thermocouple 20 Exhaust Thermocouple 21 Exhaust Thermocouple 22 Exhaust Thermocouple 23 Exhaust Thermocouple 24 Exhaust Thermocouple 25 Exhaust Thermocouple 26 Exhaust Thermocouple 27 Exhaust Thermocouple 3 13


Mark VI Turbine Controls ttxd_4 ttxd_5 ttxd_6 ttxd_7 ttxd_8 ttxd_9 TTXM TTXSP1 TTXSP2 TTXSP3 TTXSPL WSKALM1 WSKALM10 WSKALM2 WSKALM3 WSKALM4 WSKALM5 WSKALM6 WSKALM7 WSKALM8

signal_name_class.doc 1/20/01

Exhaust Thermocouple 4 Exhaust Thermocouple 5 Exhaust Thermocouple 6 Exhaust Thermocouple 7 Exhaust Thermocouple 8 Exhaust Thermocouple 9 Exhaust Temp Median Corrected By Average Combustion Monitor Actual Spread 1 Combustion Monitor Actual Spread 2 Combustion Monitor Actual Spread 3 Combustion Monitor Allowable Spread Wheelspace Alarm Setpoint #1 Startup Bias Removal Time Delay Wheelspace Alarm Setpoint #2 Wheelspace Alarm Setpoint #3 Wheelspace Alarm Setpoint #4 Wheelspace Alarm Setpoint #5 Wheelspace Alarm Setpoint #6 Wheelspace Alarm Setpoint #7 Wheelspace Stage Spread Limit

14

000Start CD

Recommend Documents